Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Property & Casualty / Berentzen-Gruppe

Berentzen-Gruppe

bez · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bez
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Property & Casualty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Berentzen-Gruppe
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Beazley plc | Annual report and accounts 2022

Insurance. Just different.

Preface to Beazley 2022 Annual Report and 
Accounts

A version of Beazley's Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2022 was originally approved by The Board 
on 1 March 2023 and Beazley announced its final results for the year ended 31 December 2022 on 2 March 2023. The final 
results reported an alternative performance measure of net assets per share that had been calculated using the weighted 
average of shares for the year. This alternative performance measure was used by Beazley to determine the LTIP awards for 
Adrian Cox and Sally Lake that were initially approved by the Remuneration Committee and included in the Directors 
Remuneration Report.

It had been intended that the alternative performance measure would be calculated using the number of shares at 31 
December 2022, rather than using the weighted average of shares for the year. On 7 March 2023, Beazley published an RNS 
entitled ‘Alternative performance measure correction NAVps’, which provided updated information on the net asset value per 
share calculation. On 8 March 2023, Beazley published an RNS entitled ‘Alternative performance measure correction NAVps – 
update', which provided updated information on the LTIP awards for Adrian Cox and Sally Lake once the Board had considered 
the updated net asset value per share calculation.   

The Company, having taken advice, has determined that the annual report and accounts as initially approved by the Board on 1 
March 2023 were neither sent or supplied to shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, nor 
were such accounts as a matter of fact, laid before a general meeting of the Company or filed with Companies House. The 
Board therefore rescinded its approval of the version of the accounts that were approved on 1 March 2023 and, in their place, 
approved this version of the accounts as the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts on 12 March 2023. As a result, this final 
version of the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts reflects the updated figures set out in the RNSs published on 7 and 8 March 
2023. Other than as described in those RNSs and the related changes, no changes have been made to the annual report and 
accounts as initially approved by The Board on 1 March 2023.

The Company acknowledges that a hyperlink was contained in the announcement of its final results to the version of the 
accounts that were approved on 1 March 2023 which appeared temporarily on the Company's website. No reliance should be 
placed on that document which was removed as soon as the error came to light.  

The updated information announced by Beazley on 8 March 2023 (which is reflected on page 121 in this 2022 Annual Report 
and Accounts) is set out below:  

Fixed pay

Pay for performance

£

Adrian P 
Cox 

Sally M 
Lake

Adjustment 2022

Salary
Revised 2022 525,250 
Original 2022 525,250 
0
Revised 2022 414,000
Original 2022 414,000
0

Adjustment 2022

Pension

Total fixed 
pay

Total annual 
bonus 

Long term 
incentives
Total
(LTI)1 
variable pay
65,656  610,666 787,875 106,663
894,538
65,656  610,666 787,875 245,127 1,033,002
-138,464
692,190
800,310
-108,120

0 -138,464
45,960  462,898  621,000
71,190
45,960  462,898  621,000 179,310
0 -108,120

0

0

0

0

Total
remuneration
1,505,204
1,643,668
-138,464
1,155,088
1,263,208
-108,120

Benefits
19,760 
19,760 
0
2,938
2,938
0

1  The LTI figures for 2022 have been calculated using the average share price in the last three months of 2022 of 630.7p.

Financial statements

157  Consolidated statement of profit or loss
158  Statement of comprehensive income
159  Statements of changes in equity
161  Statements of financial position
162  Statements of cash flows
163  Notes to the financial statements
232  Alternative performance measures

Strategic report

01 
02 
03 
04 
08 
11 
13 
18 
21 
29 

50 
55 
58 

67 

Highlights
Key performance indicators
Our purpose
Our business model
Statement of the Chair
Chief Executive Officer’s statement
Chief Underwriting Officer’s report
Performance by division
Responsible business
Task Force on Climate-Related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 2022
Stakeholder engagement
Section 172 statement
Financial review
58  Group performance
63  Balance sheet management
64  Capital structure
Risk management & compliance

Governance

Letter from our Chair
Statement of corporate governance
Board of Directors
Governance Framework
Shareholder engagement and investor relations
Board evaluation
Audit and Risk Committee

73 
75 
77 
79 
87 
88 
91 
100  Nomination Committee
106  Remuneration Committee
108 

Letter from the Chair of our 
Remuneration Committee

111  Directors’ remuneration report
139  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
140  Directors’ report
146 

Independent auditor’s report

 
 
 
Highlights

Financial

Gross premiums written

Net premiums written

Net earned premiums

$5,268.7m $3,876.2m $3,614.2m

(2021: $4,618.9m)

(2021: $3,512.4m)

(2021: $3,147.3m)

Net investment (loss)/income

Cash and investments

Investment return

$(179.7)m $8,998.1m (2.1)%

(2021: $116.4m) 

(2021: $7,875.3m) 

(2021: 1.6%)

Rate increase on renewals

Profit before tax for the financial year

14%

(2021: 24%) 

$191.0m

(2021: $369.2m)

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

01

 
Key performance indicators

Financial

Average five year return on equity of 8%.

Our combined ratio has averaged 98% over five 
years. 

The Group is of the view that some of the above metrics constitute alternative performance measures (APMs). 
Further information on our APMs can be found in the financial review on page 59.

Non-financial

Female representation in senior 
leadership roles

People of Colour representation in 
the workforce

Overall carbon emissions

43%

(2021: 38%)

25%

(2021: 23%)

5,283.0tCO2e

(2021: 2,228.5 tCO2e)

Employee engagement

Employee favourability

85%

(2021: 86%)

80%

(2021: 81%)

02

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

Earnings per share (c)13.044.6(8.0)50.926.320182019202020212022-100102030405060Dividends per share (p)11.712.30.012.913.5Interim and second interimSpecial20182019202020212022051015Net assets per share (c)256.2286.3278.0331.2367.424.223.320.920.419.3TangibleIntangible20182019202020212022050100150200250300350400450Return on equity (%)515(3)16720182019202020212022-505101520Gross premiums written ($m)2,615.33,003.93,563.84,618.95,268.720182019202020212022010002000300040005000Combined ratio (%)39383635355962735854981001099389Expense ratioClaims ratio20182019202020212022020406080100120 
www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

03

 
04

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

05

 
06

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

07

 
Statement of the Chair

Beazley posted a pre-tax profit in 2022 of $191.0m (2021: $369.2m), and an impressive 
89% (2021: 93%) combined ratio, a result that demonstrates the impact of our disciplined 
underwriting. I am also pleased to confirm that The Board has declared a dividend of 
13.5p. Our business is grateful for the support of our shareholders, partners and 
customers during a challenging year of geopolitical uncertainty. I am particularly proud 
of the confidence our investors placed in us during our equity raise in November 2022, 
which will help us further invest in the sustainable growth of our business. 

A specialty insurer that delivers sustainable growth
Our deepest sympathy is with all the people suffering from the 
devastation in Turkey and Syria, and those impacted by the 
human tragedy of the war in Ukraine. These events have made 
us acutely aware of this kind of geopolitical uncertainty. This 
uncertainty is compounded by the pervasive economic stress 
of high inflation and the cost of living challenges it creates for 
so many. In this environment our role, as a sustainable, 
specialty insurer, is to support clients and broker partners to 
manage the additional risks as we all adapt and deliver value 
for our shareholders. Beazley adds tangible value when things 
are complex, volatile and changing in areas such as Cyber, 
Specialty, Marine and Political Risk, where we have 
consistently demonstrated our ability to help our clients grow, 
while allowing our insureds to explore, create and build.

We believe growth is driven by our ability to assess external 
realities and use our platforms, people and geographical 
strengths to lean into emerging opportunities as conditions 
change, rather than just be dictated by hard or soft market 
conditions. I like to think of this as anticipatory competence. 
During 2022 the rating environment in Property insurance and 
reinsurance reached a transition point, as the market 
understood that it was unsustainable to continue to 
underwrite this business in a commoditised way, in the face of 
overwhelming evidence about the impact of climate change. 

This is a moment where our market expertise and underwriting 
competence becomes a differentiating factor and where we 
are able to add real value to our brokers and clients. We are 
excited about the opportunity these changes offer to grow and 
develop our Property portfolio as we move through 2023. 

This enthusiasm is based on the long-term approach we have 
taken to Property, which saw our exposure, on both our 
Property and Reinsurance books within our Property Risks 
division, reduce as rates were depressed and the impact of 
climate change began to be felt. During this time, we invested 
in expertise and modelling tools to explore how the changing 
climate is impacting Property Risks. The knowledge gained is 
now allowing us to grow our share of the Property market as 
the underwriting environment significantly improves.

Our successful equity raise in November 2022, puts us in an 
excellent position to take up the opportunity in Property and 
also deliver against our Cyber ambitions, while extending our 
market share across our classes of business, delivering 
sustainable, diversified growth for shareholders across a 
balanced portfolio. Focusing on sustainable growth has 
resulted in our gross premiums written doubling between 
2018 and 2022 - and saw our US platform reach a significant 
milestone as it passed gross premiums written of $2bn.

08

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Strong culture guides us through change 
In autumn 2022, I assumed the role of Interim Chair of 
Beazley, I was previously the Senior Independent Director and 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee. The role of Chair has 
offered a fresh perspective on our business and I have been 
energised by the exciting future our fast changing and growing 
business has ahead of it.

On 25 April, at the conclusion of the 2023 Annual General 
Meeting, I will relinquish this role to our outstanding new 
Chair, Clive Bannister and I will return to my previous role. 
Clive is currently the Chair of the Rathbones Group plc and the 
Museum of London. He was previously the CEO of the Phoenix 
Group plc. He will bring deep strategic, commercial and 
transformational experience to The Board.

In the selection process we drew on our corporate values and 
founding principles, which have propelled Beazley to be the 
business it is today. We are a value driven, growth minded 
and disciplined company which has created a respectful and 
inclusive workplace and I believe that in Clive, we have a 
leader who embodies these values and who will be an 
outstanding advocate for Beazley.

On behalf of The Board, I would like to thank David Roberts for 
his leadership as we faced the challenges of COVID-19, for 
the transformation of our executive management team and for 
his genuine conviction that by creating a diverse environment 
that is respectful and open, you achieve better outcomes. He 
has left us a stronger business and we wish him well as he 
takes up the challenge as Chair of the Court of the Bank of 
England.

I would also like to thank Robert Stuchbery for assuming the 
role of the Senior Independent Director and Nicola Hodson for 
chairing the Remuneration Committee, while I undertook the 
Interim Chair role. Nicola will remain Interim Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee following the 2023 AGM. 

On behalf of The Board, I would also like to recognise 
Catherine Woods for her excellent service as a Non-Executive 
Director, having stepped down following the conclusion of two 
three-year terms in March 2022. On 31 May 2022, The Board 
appointed two new Non-Executive Directors, Fiona Muldoon 
and Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger. Fiona is a member of the Audit 
and Risk Committees and Cecilia the Audit, Risk and 
Remuneration Committees. They both bring insight and offer 
experience-led advice to The Board. 

A talented team that champions diverse thinking 
Our company has thrived because our people can thrive. 
People are the bedrock on which we continue to build and 
grow our business. They are a vital asset and one that 
becomes more valuable over time. Understanding this leads 
us to commit to creating a market leading workplace. 

Building a highly differentiated, talented, cross functional 
team means recruiting and retaining the best people. In 2022 
we recruited 410 new joiners and our turnover rate was 10%.

We give our people the tools, support and create a learning 
environment where they are able to grow in their roles, make 
decisions and execute with autonomy. By remaining a mostly 
flat organisation, our team knows that they are making 
individual contributions to the collective success of the 
company. This approach results in positive behaviours and 
outcomes and a willingness to seize opportunities - which I 
believe is not just what makes Beazley a market leading 
workplace, but is also the key to our ongoing success as a 
business.

We are able to attract and keep top talent because of this 
compelling culture and the inviting workplace we have created, 
which resonates with both new and long-standing staff, as is 
reflected in our annual employee survey. Our engagement 
score, which measures whether colleagues are willing to go 
above and beyond for the organisation, was 85% and we 
remain above the global benchmark for both favourability and 
engagement. We continue to see parity in the demographics 
of respondents such as gender, ethnicity, age and length of 
service to the employee survey.

Only with a team that embraces the purpose of our business 
to explore, create and build will we deliver the innovation that 
our clients and broker partners expect. It is no surprise, 
therefore that during 2022 innovation remained at our core. 
We collaborated with the market to explore and create new 
insurance solutions to the emerging or changing risk 
landscape and in 2022 these included the build out of Carbon 
Offset Invalidation and specialist parametric property 
products, and building on our long-standing expertise in space 
underwriting by offering the first commercial insurance for 
vehicles on the moon. We are constantly looking to the risk 
horizon to identify where our specialist underwriting can add 
value. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

09

 
Statement of the Chair continued

Being a responsible business
Beazley is committed to being a responsible business and in 
2022 we launched our ESG Consortium and Syndicate 4321. 
We also made significant strides towards embedding ESG 
criteria through the underwriting process with the addition of 
tools and talent to truly get our arms around this challenge. 

We continue to make progress at pace against our 2023 
targets of 45% senior leadership roles held by women, and 
25% of our people being people of colour. The same is true of 
our target of a 50% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by 
2023, where we have in fact achieved a reduction of 55% so 
far to date. The Board will closely monitor our achievements 
against these targets and looks forward to reconfirming our 
Responsible Business commitments and presenting new 
targets for beyond 2023.

Dividend
The Board is pleased to continue with its progressive dividend 
policy, which will be paid annually, and as such has declared 
an interim dividend of 13.5p for the full year of 2022. 

New Era, consistent vision
In December 2022, Beazley joined the FTSE 100 for the first 
time. We welcome the additional responsibility, visibility and 
scrutiny that comes with this and expect to be better for it. It 
is worth reflecting that we have reached this point not through 
acquisition or merger but by focusing on growing and 
developing our business organically through our talented 
people, expertise and skill.

It has been a pleasure to lead such a committed and talented 
team of Directors as Chair of The Board for the past several 
months. Together we are steering your company as it 
continues to grow successfully and offer meaningful solutions 
to the challenges that risk presents to our clients and broker 
partners.

As a business we operate within a framework of underwriting, 
responsibility and financial probity that we can all be proud of, 
driven by an extremely skilled team. Our vision of being a 
leading sustainable, Specialty insurer, is both lived every day 
and drives our aspirations, as our products, people, platforms 
and culture all come together. As Clive succeeds me as Chair, 
I can reflect that our new brand descriptor perfectly 
encompasses what it is about Beazley that makes us stand 
out from the crowd.

Christine LaSala 
Interim Chair

10

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Beazley’s combined ratio of 89% (2021: 93%) and gross premiums written of $5,268.7m 
(2021: $4,618.9m) are testament to our hard work over the last few years, and are 
particularly pleasing given that 2022 witnessed geopolitical uncertainty unseen since the 
Cold War. The overall result, a profit before tax of $191.0m (2021: $369.2m), consisted of a 
strong underwriting performance, offset by a reduced investment performance, driven by 
mark to market losses as a result of the volatile interest rate environment.

I am proud of Beazley’s progress throughout 2022. We 
delivered a strong underwriting result, raised capital that will 
enable us to make the most of a structural change in the 
Property insurance and reinsurance markets, realigned our 
underwriting teams to better deliver for clients and launched 
Lloyd's first ESG syndicate. All against a backdrop of high 
inflation, an energy price crunch and the overhang of war in 
Europe.

Specialty insurance in a time of geopolitical turmoil
The war in Ukraine has shaken us all, causing real human 
suffering; and, as we all take stock, it is right to reflect on the 
impact it has had on our business. Firstly, the conflict resulted 
in us provisioning for claims directly from the war itself, for 
which our estimate of loss remains unchanged since our 
2022 interim report. Secondly, the energy price spike and 
rising inflation caused central banks to increase interest 
rates, leading to mark to market losses in our fixed income 
portfolio resulting in an $179.7m investment loss. Finally, the 
war has reinforced the value a specialty insurer like Beazley 
brings in complex situations. From our claims team’s support 
for mariners injured by missiles in the conflict zone, or 
enabling shipments of grain needed by some of the world’s 

poorest people, to offering clients reassurance as they 
navigate a complex sanctions regime - the innovation and 
responsiveness of the Beazley team has shone through and 
I’d like to thank everyone for their hard work and focus on 
supporting clients.

Sustainable growth 
Our business received a strong endorsement from the capital 
markets in November 2022 as we raised $404m in new 
equity capital to support our exciting growth agenda. We see a 
multi-dimensional opportunity to show our agility and grow in 
response to changes in market conditions whilst continuing to 
pursue our sustainable long-term growth strategy, which this 
additional capital will further support.

The market dislocation in Property is a signal of structural 
change as it adjusts to the increased exposure climate 
change brings. This gives us a strategic opportunity to 
accelerate rather than simply re-grow our Property franchise 
(which used to be a significantly larger proportion of the 
business than it is now) but also to retain more of our Cyber 
and Specialty Risks business.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

11

 
Chief Executive Officer’s
statement continued

Firm foundations
Our ability to pivot our business to take up new opportunities 
as they emerge is part of our DNA. Platform strength, product 
and geographical diversity are cornerstones of this. Our 
strategy is to achieve the successful intersection of platforms 
and products to offer our brokers and clients access to our 
expertise and specialist underwriting capacity where and when 
they do business. We believe that a mix of international, 
wholesale and domestic platforms delivers straightforward 
access to us and adds real value.

People are, of course, Beazley’s most important asset and 
in October 2022 we had to say goodbye to one of the best, 
David Roberts, our Chair of five years, who left to become 
Chair of the Court of the Bank of England. We are grateful for 
David’s leadership and I would like to thank him personally for 
his counsel and wisdom over his time with us, but particularly 
when I transitioned to CEO last year. David’s calm presence 
during COVID-19 and his personal drive and commitment to 
diversity and inclusion have had a profound impact on 
Beazley. Christine LaSala has ably assumed the role of 
Interim Chair and returns to her role as Senior Independent 
Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee with our 
sincere thanks. I look forward to working with our incoming 
Chair, Clive Bannister, who brings a wealth of experience with 
him which will aid us as we enter the next phase of Beazley's 
journey.

and I look forward to reporting our progress in next year’s 
annual report, when we will recommit ourselves to additional 
and equally challenging targets for the next three year cycle.

Insurance. Just different 
Beazley’s Cyber team took a leading role in the market this 
year on the issue of systemic Cyber risk. If the Cyber 
insurance industry is to achieve its potential and play its role 
in managing and mitigating Cyber risk, it needs to define and 
build parameters that will allow insurers to manage their 
balance sheet prudently, whilst encouraging more capital to 
come into the sector. We are fully committed to supporting 
this adjustment to happen. Innovation has come right across 
our business, from insuring the first commercial moon rover 
vehicle to providing an insurance solution for e-sports events. 
In early 2023 we launched the market's first cyber 
catastrophe bond, an innovation that will see new capital 
come into a cyber market that needs to grow at pace in the 
next decade to meet business demand. All have the same 
characteristics in common - they require a specialist approach 
to insurance as the issues raised are complex; but with the 
right investment they offer significant long-term potential.

As you can see from our digital version of this annual report; 
beazley.com/2022-annual-report, in 2022 we refreshed our 
brand identity to better reflect the age in which we live. Our 
fresh look and feel retains the essential qualities for which 
Beazley is well known, reflects our three corporate values of 
being bold, striving for better and doing the right thing, but 
introduces a more engaging and forward-looking approach to 
communication which better represents how our business is 
growing and changing.

Developing and supporting our employees is crucial to our 
success and in June 2022 we reflected the cost-of-living 
challenges we are all facing by making a one-off payment of 
up to £3,000 (or equivalent currency) to the people in the 
company most impacted. As we approached the end of year 
salary and bonus cycle this was also upper most in our minds 
and we awarded eligible staff an additional 2% cost of living 
pay rise in addition to an average company wide annual uplift 
of 5%. 

The support of all our stakeholders is key. Brokers are our 
first, vital link in the chain, but the purpose of our business is 
to help our clients explore, create and build their businesses. 
To better achieve this in 2022 we established our client 
engagement team which will actively ensure clients have 
access to our full product range and our research and 
expertise. We see this a two-way process that will allow us to 
develop more relevant products and insurance solutions that 
better meet the needs of our clients going forward.

What we say is what we do 
Beazley believes that fundamentally we must deliver what we 
promise; and in 2022, we did just that with the launch of the 
ESG consortium and Syndicate 4321, Lloyd’s first ESG 
syndicate. Since its launch on 1 January 2022 the new 
syndicate has offered additional capacity to clients who 
achieve high scores on ESG metrics, the syndicate is also 
helping Beazley to understand more about how high scoring 
businesses operate and test our hypothesis that companies 
which do well on ESG criteria are also likely to be less risky. 
We are using the lessons learnt as part of a wider effort, 
which got fully underway in 2022, to embed ESG thinking into 
all our underwriting.

We also know that what gets measured, gets done and that is 
why in 2019 we set robust and challenging targets for our own 
ESG efforts. Specific highlights include targets of 45% of 
senior leadership roles being held by women, 25% of our team 
being people of colour and a 50% drop in carbon emissions, 
from 2019 levels; all to be achieved by the end of 2023. 
I believe we are firmly on track to deliver our target on senior 
leadership roles held by women, having reached 43% by the 
end of 2022, and I am delighted to have already hit our 25% 
people of colour target and reached a 55% reduction in carbon 
emissions (for more information please see pages 21 to 28) 

As we start 2023, and we see positive market conditions, 
Beazley is able to look at that opportunity from a strong 
capital position, with a talented and committed team and the 
platform strength and product range to deliver for our clients, 
brokers and shareholders. For 2023 our growth expectations 
are for higher net premium growth than gross premium growth, 
with net growing in the mid 20s while gross is at mid teens.  
The difference is caused by us no longer writing portfolio 
underwriting through the Group in 2023 (as syndicate 5623 
became a standalone syndicate and no longer requires the 
Group to cede the majority of the business written to it), 
alongside our reduction in purchased reinsurance on both 
Cyber Risks and Specialty Risks.  These changes have the 
impact of increasing the net premium growth compared to the 
gross premium growth. Taking the above into account, we 
expect to deliver a high-80s combined ratio for 2023 
assuming average claims experience. Although significant 
geopolitical headwinds remain, I believe we are in an excellent 
position to sustainably grow our company and I am looking 
forward to all we will achieve together in 2023.

Adrian Cox
Chief Executive Officer

12

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Chief Underwriting Officer’s report

Beazley achieved gross premiums written growth of 14% and a very strong combined 
ratio of 89% (2021: 93%). We delivered this impressive underwriting result by executing 
against our underwriting strategy of deploying specialist products in markets that value 
expertise and are demand driven, combined with an agility to pivot in new directions as 
opportunities from changing market conditions emerge.

Balanced underwriting combined with agility 
2022 was a year of global dislocation and complexity, but 
throughout we remained true to our core values, executing our 
ambitious strategy to deliver profitable growth across all lines. 
We achieved this by underwriting a balanced book of business 
across multiple platforms, with the agility to respond to 
changing market conditions. Innovation also remained at our 
core with the development of new insurance solutions such as 
CryptoGuard and Carbon Offset Invalidation. We also continue 
to evaluate and support various parametric Property products 
to provide the market with solutions beyond traditional 
insurance. 

Market conditions moved markedly during 2022. The Directors 
and Officers insurance (D&O) market saw competition emerge 
and a slow down in IPOs and SPACs, resulting in an over 
supply of capacity and lack of demand driving rates down. 
Cyber rates continued an upward path, albeit at a more 
conservative pace following the much needed price correction 
of the previous two years. In Property Risks we have reached a 
market turning point, and we anticipate significant rate 
increases in Treaty reinsurance and the direct Property market 
in 2023. However as the market changes, our approach to 
underwriting remains consistent – our focus is on underlying 
pricing and risk dynamics, market knowledge and experience, 
and standing by our clients.

New structure – more specialism
In March 2022 we restructured our underwriting teams to 
improve interconnectivity and achieve synergies. We now have 
an underwriting structure of four more equally sized divisions, 
which ensures a balanced book of business and is better able 
to manage short and long tail drivers of risk and reward.

Bringing together the Property insurance and Reinsurance 
teams to form Property Risks, and the Executive Risk and 
Speciality Lines teams to create Specialty Risks, has given us 
access to deep and broad insights into market dynamics, 
allowing us to better anticipate trends, identify opportunities 
or raise the alarm if risks are rising. 

MAP Risks underwriters are experts in their specialist 
products and segments and while the specifics of risk differ 
between classes, their clients are sometimes the same and 
often face similar challenges, making for an ideal environment 
for cross fertilisation of ideas and growth of our underwriting 
via our international platforms.

Cyber Risks has exciting growth opportunities ahead as 
digitalisation sees demand for Cyber insurance protection 
grow exponentially. As a Cyber market leader, we have the 
experts in-house who continue to build our comprehensive 
Cyber ecosystem and in 2022 led the market wide debate on 
catastrophic Cyber, to protect our clients, the market and 
shareholders from the growing threat of a Cyber catastrophe. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

13

 
Chief Underwriting Officer’s 
report continued

second half of 2022 as we anticipated dramatic changes to 
Property Treaty reinsurance rates, and with our November 
equity raise, we are well placed to retain more risk and profits 
on our own balance sheet rather than extend our use of 
outwards reinsurance. 

Small business underwriting
Alongside these four divisions, Beazley Digital offers cross 
class specialist digital underwriting capabilities to the SME 
market. Our SME brokers and clients can now access our 
expert underwriting team via multiple channels, ensuring ease 
of doing business. In its first full year of trading the new 
division has experienced significant increased demand.

Data driven specialists
To ensure we continue to add greater insight and build 
knowledge and expertise in exposure management and the 
use of data, we are actively investing further and adding 
specialists to our team. Beazley hired its first Chief Data 
Officer in 2022, appointed a Senior Financial Climate Risk 
Specialist, and we are focused on building our pricing and 
exposure management team. As we make a concurrent 
investment into modelling tools, we will continue to need 
highly skilled specialists who can turn data into useful tools 
and benchmarks for underwriting action. 

Agility in action 
New structures, platform strength and a high-quality team are 
the firm foundations from which we can respond and change 
as market conditions move. In the second half of 2022 we 
saw movement in Property markets and as rates began to 
harden, we were able to optimise our Property portfolio as 
both a seller and buyer of reinsurance. Our Property Risks 
division will take advantage of this excellent opportunity for 
growth as the market is rapidly hardening into 2023. However, 
it will do so in the certain knowledge that the ongoing work we 
are doing to manage climate risk will mean we are not just 
here for short-term gain but to sustainably underwrite this core 
class of business.

D&O, long one of our key areas of specialism, has seen 
competition come into the market at a point where our 
assessment is that the risk landscape remains extremely 
high. As a result, when we do not believe the rate justifies the 
risk we have pulled back, reduced our appetite as we continue 
our disciplined approach to underwriting D&O. This is a 
caution we will maintain in 2023, although we believe the 
market will likely stabilise with supply and demand coming 
more in line. 

Our US business continues to grow, and we hit our goal of 
$2bn gross premiums written through the platform in 
December 2022. Beazley’s ‘Insurance. Just different.’ 
message resonates strongly in the thoughtful way we 
underwrite and the client centric approach we take to claims 
in the world’s largest insurance market. Growth also continues 
at pace in Europe, where we see significant opportunities and 
where we are investing in underwriting expertise. Our Lloyd’s 
wholesale platform sees our underwriters leading global 
thinking on the challenges our client and brokers face. In 
particular, we can be proud of innovations that come from our 
specialist teams in this market, such as underwriting the first 
commercial insurance policy for projects on the moon.

We underpin our strategy by flexing our reinsurance 
purchasing and choosing to retain risk or share it based on 
the pricing dynamic. This thinking came to the fore in the 

Successful strategy
I joined Beazley just over a year ago because I was impressed 
by the quality of the underwriting team and the effective and 
considered way in which they execute our underwriting 
strategy. In 2022, it was testament to this approach that we 
have delivered a 89% combined ratio and seen growth of 14% 
despite perhaps the most challenging geopolitical situation in 
a generation.

Underwriting focused on rigorous attention to detail and 
delivered by a team of experts who question decision making 
and actively value challenge and follow up have been key to 
this result.

This is combined with an agile approach to seizing 
opportunities as they emerge, whilst always keeping the 
interests of our shareholders and clients at the forefront of 
our minds. These will remain our defining principles 
throughout 2023. 

Cyber Risks
Cyber Risks continued to see strong rate increases of 40% 
(2021: 88%) leading to an increase in gross premiums written 
to $1,156.1m (2021: $814.3m).

A successful year
New business was strong across all geographies with our 
business outside of our core US client base growing 
exponentially. In the US, we are seeing strong demand from 
the mid-market segment which is driving ongoing growth. 
Outside of the US, demand came from Europe, Asia, Australia 
and beyond and we expect this trend to continue as business 
becomes increasingly aware of and keen to protect itself from 
the Cyber threat. The substantial rate increases we have seen 
over the last two years, did begin to moderate during 2022, 
but they remained at very significant levels, reflecting the 
scale of the challenge that Cyber poses.

Our positive result reflects the good work we have done since 
October 2020, to build our Cyber ecosystem, which focuses 
on pre-underwriting and post-loss mitigation efforts. In 2022 
we also added our threat intelligence and Beazley Cyber 
Council to this offering. 

14

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

Underwriting yearRate changeRate change graph 2017-2022 (%)Cyber RisksDigitalMAP RisksProperty RisksSpecialty RisksAll divisions20172018201920202021202250100150200250300 
To reflect the demand we are experiencing and to respond to 
that opportunity, the team has continued to grow during the 
year, we’ve invested in people, expertise and resources 
across the globe. We also made specific investments into 
threat and intelligence pilots during 2022, of which, the 
successful ones, will become operational during 2023.

Adapting now, to grow tomorrow
We are a market leader in Cyber and we believe we need to 
use that position to address the challenges the market faces. 
In 2022 this saw us tackle the issue of Cyber catastrophes. 
To date no Cyber attack has been big enough to create a 
widespread breakdown in essential services; however, we 
have modelled the possible scenarios and believe now is the 
time to actively build market awareness and the capital 
needed to address the threat as the market grows.

Looking ahead, we believe that the flattening of rate increases 
will continue through 2023, but we expect that to be a 
moderation in what have been substantial, but required, rate 
increases over the last two to three years. We expect to see 
continued strong new business demand, particularly outside 
of the US, where we see the mid-market as the largest area of 
growth for our Cyber products and services. In Europe and 
across the globe, we are seeing large corporations seek 
greater Cyber protection and expect the level of demand to 
continue. Our continued focus is on maintaining and 
advancing our knowledge and understanding of the Cyber 
threat, and maintaining vigilance about the threat actors and 
their changing methods of operation as we move forward.

In January 2023 we launched the market's first cyber 
catastrophe bond and with strong demand from investors we 
expect to be able to launch additional tranches through 2023 
and beyond.

Through the equity raise in 2022, we are also looking to retain 
more of the business which we write, and capitalise on future 
profitability in this division. 

Digital
Our profit before tax of $14.4m (2021: $40.6m), reflects the 
successful build out of our small business proposition across 
our key territories. Demand for our digital underwriting and 
distribution capabilities continues to grow and our delivery of 
$204.9m (2021: $190.8m) in gross premiums written for our 
first year of full operation and combined ratio of 87% (2021: 
76%), demonstrate our success.

It is testament to the outstanding work of our team, that in 
our first year of operating as a separate division we have 
delivered a strong performance. Throughout the year we have 
made considerable progress in technology innovation and are 
seeing the benefits of a multi-skilled team working across all 
lines of business. 

Digital started underwriting as a separate division in January 
2022. It was created to build on the success of our myBeazley 
portal and to respond to demand from clients and brokers for 
accessible Digital insurance placement for small to medium 
sized risks. Digital gives brokers one Beazley point of contact, 
supported by a cross functional team, to access multiple 
product lines and digital services via their preferred platform 
or channel.

By committing to our strategy of meeting the client where they 
want to be met, we are seeing success across all access 
points: the myBeazley portal, APIs, on digital market hubs and 
our artificial intelligence enhanced email submission 
capabilities.

Take up of each channel differs depending on location. In the 
US, the prevalent method of placement remains via email, but 
through 2022 we have seen a shift to engagement via APIs 
and market hubs. In Europe and the UK, myBeazley has 
established itself as a key link in the insurance chain, while 
for our German business, market hubs or ‘broker pools’ are 
increasing in use.

Specialist insurance for small business
We recognise that not all small businesses are the same and 
neither are the risks they face. A small manufacturing 
business has very different exposures to business interruption 
risk than a small financial consultancy. By leveraging the 
deep-seated specialist knowledge that we are known for and 
that is prevalent across our organisation, we are able to 
effectively design and price relevant cover for a myriad of 
organisation types and sizes, which can be accessed at the 
touch of a button and delivered digitally. 

At our core, we have a broad Specialist Lines portfolio, 
focused on lines such as Professional Indemnity, 
Management Liability, Tech Professions Errors and Omissions, 
Medical Malpractice for small scale health and care services 
providers, Event Cancellation and Pleasure Craft. During 
2022, we have also matured the way we underwrite flagship 
products like Cyber for small business, where we are seeing 
significant demand and there is an opportunity to grow at 
pace.

Growth going forward
We remain confident about our growth trajectory going into 
2023 and expect to see moderate rate increases across the 
portfolio.

Service is key, and we continue to invest in the people and 
technology of our customer success team who support our 
brokers with client queries, providing product information, and 
transacting business. Similarly, our dedicated territory 
manager sales team continues to grow and expand our 
distribution by region and by digital channel.

In the year ahead, we are targeting growth in all regions. We 
see plenty of opportunity to expand our digital distribution in 
the US, and Europe. In 2023, we will also launch the 
myBeazley portal in Canada, with the support of our well 
establish specialist teams in Toronto, Montreal and 
Vancouver. 

Although Digital is tailored for the small to medium business 
segment, looking ahead, we see opportunities to direct more 
digitally placed larger risk business to our complex risk 
underwriting teams via channels such as APIs. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

15

 
 
Chief Underwriting Officer’s 
report continued

MAP Risks
MAP Risks reported gross premiums written of $1,107.8m 
(2021: $897.5m), and a combined ratio of 84% (2021: 85%). 
The division is exposed to the war in Ukraine in its Marine, 
Aviation, Political Risk and Terrorism lines of business - yet, 
despite the claims arising from the conflict, delivered a profit 
of $91.6m (2021: $167.5m).

Positive results from specialist team
The 2022 result was impacted by the war in Ukraine, and this 
has represented a potentially material loss to our book which 
remains unchanged since our 2022 interim report. Despite 
this, MAP Risks delivered a profit for 2022, which is a credit 
to the expertise and hard work of our team, who have been 
focusing on helping clients as they have faced extraordinary 
difficulties.

Bringing together Beazley’s Marine division with the Political, 
Accident and Contingency division and Portfolio Underwriting 
has brought synergies and opportunities for cross selling. Our 
specialist underwriting teams are leading members of the 
Lloyd’s market and we see positive opportunities to expand 
access to their technical skill and sector knowledge by 
leveraging our domestic underwriting platforms: in the US and 
Europe alongside Asia via our Singapore operation, where 
business comes into our Lloyd’s syndicates.

Value of expert underwriting reflected in rates
The rating environment remains buoyant, with an overall rate 
increase of 4%, although we are now seeing pressure in some 
lines, including Aviation where capacity has returned after 
COVID-19. The war in Ukraine has impacted a range of 
classes and as a result we have seen significant uplifts in the 
rating environment in some of these areas. As a responsible 
business we are mindful of the importance of Ukraine as an 
exporter of grain, and the negative impact the conflict is 
having on world food supplies, and are supportive of market 
efforts to assist in facilitating the flow of these vital global 
commodities.

2022 saw our Contingency underwriting recover from the 
impact of COVID-19 with positive premium growth and, despite 
recessionary fears, we expect that trend to continue into 
2023.

The value of our Political Risk cover has been fully 
demonstrated by the geopolitical turmoil of the past 12 
months and we are seeing heightened interest from 
businesses looking to protect overseas assets, and the rating 
environment remains robust for this class.

Our Portfolio Underwriting business, which is primarily 
reinsured to an external special purpose Syndicate 5623, has 
delivered three consecutive years of profit. In January 2023, 
Syndicate 5623 became a full stand alone syndicate, writing 
all Portfolio Underwriting business directly. Beazley will be 
providing circa 18% of the capacity for the 2023 year of 
account for this syndicate.

ESG Syndicate 4321 launched in the year and wrote $10.5m 
of premium which the Group has a 10% share of. The 
syndicate provides additional follow capacity across several 
different classes of business to over 250 Beazley clients with 
a strong ESG rating since January 2022, building momentum 
through the year. A unique offering, the ESG consortium has 
been particularly successful for clients actively seeking to 
include ESG within their insurance programme and we have 
registered strong take up for both Financial Lines and Cyber 
clients in particular, and we are exploring growth opportunities 
in Europe. 

Our specialist underwriters continue to innovate in established 
lines, be it on Marine, Cyber, embedding ESG principles and 
helping clients transition to net zero, or in underwriting the 
first commercial insurance on the moon and acting as the 
leader in the development of insurance for commercial space 
ports.

While there are rating pressures beginning to be felt in some 
classes, the geopolitical turbulence of the last 12 months only 
serves to demonstrate the importance of the specialist 
insurance and sector expertise that our underwriters 
consistently deliver. 

Property Risks 
2022 saw the combining of our Property insurance and 
Reinsurance business. Non-catastrophe exposed business 
performed well contributing to an increase in gross premiums 
written to $859.8m (2021: $812.6m). Hurricane Ian has, in 
line with expectations for such a large event, dampened our 
overall result, which nevertheless saw the combined ratio 
improve to 98% (2021: 106%). 

The success of work painstakingly done in recent years to 
address the impact of climate events and refine our risk 
selection, has seen the book progressively improve. With 
market conditions reaching a pivot point during 2022, we are 
now in a great position to reap the rewards. While Hurricane 
Ian will see a claims burden in the range of a $120m net loss 
and has undoubtedly had an impact on the 2022 result, we 
comprehensively plan for events of this size, and it falls within 
our expectations for such an event. 

Ready for the future
The combined expertise of our Property insurance and 
Reinsurance teams is allowing us to look across our portfolio 
strategically and benefit from both detailed site level insights 
and high-level trends, giving us a bird’s eye view of market 
dynamics. Over time we believe this bottom up and top down 
approach will deliver competitive advantages as we address 
the sector’s challenges of which climate change is perhaps 
the most urgent.

Throughout 2022 we continued to further our understanding of 
and implement enhancements to our underwriting approach 
and analysis around climate risk. We believe we are ahead of 
the curve, having actively invested in modelling tools and 
taking steps to embed the learnings into our underwriting 
processes. We are also making strides in regards to the 
impact of climate change on non-modelled perils such as 
wildfire, flood, and severe convective storm. 

Our non-catastrophe business continues to benefit from the 
work we’ve done in the last few years to improve risk 
selection. A key driver of that has been the use of better, 
more insightful, modelling and tools. In particular, we released 
a new dynamic Property underwriting tool that provides the 

16

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
teams with the ability to analyse, model and rate all aspects 
of a risk at a location level with an informed view.

A significant opportunity
These focused efforts have put us firmly on the front foot to 
strongly build our Property premium base through 2023 - not 
just as we respond to an immediate and much needed 
improvement in the rating environment, but for the long term. 
As the rating environment remains favourable we will lean into 
the market opportunity; the equity raise of November 2022, 
has given further charge to this effort as we anticipate 
Property Treaty rate increases of up to 50% and over 15% in 
the direct Property book during 2023.

In contrast, as a buyer of reinsurance we are seeing an 
increase in costs; but balanced against the overall benefit of 
more effective market pricing and our dual role as a Property 
reinsurer, we believe this environment creates excellent 
opportunities for Beazley as a leading specialist Property 
insurer.

Specialty Risks 
Specialty Risks achieved gross premiums written of 
$1,940.1m (2021: $1,903.7m) with rate increases of 2%. 
The combined ratio improved to 93% (2021: 95%). Through 
2022 we achieved synergies and gained insights as we 
brought together our Executive Risk and Specialty Lines 
teams. 

Specialty Risks offers scale and diversification over 27 
different product lines, across global geographies, serving 
insureds from SME’s to the world’s largest companies. Our 
distribution methods are equally diverse and include; broker 
partners along the insurance value chain, coverholders, 
delegated authority arrangements and reinsurance. This not 
only creates a truly diversified book of casualty business but 
actively offers diversification benefits to Beazley as whole.

The newly combined division leverages its expertise and 
interconnected broker relationships to deliver strong and 
effective cycle management across our diverse book, by 
pushing and pulling the relevant levers of geographies, 
platforms and products and moving our focus as market 
conditions evolve and change. 

Active cycle management
Our focus on active cycle management lets us see where risks 
are growing, or the rating environment is becoming 
unattractive and move swiftly to protect that business area.

A good example of how this works is in the current D&O 
market cycle. We avoided growing in the depth of the soft D&O 
market by methodical underwriting, and when the market 
changed direction in 2020/21 we stepped up and seized the 
opportunity. As conditions have moderated since the second 
quarter of 2022, we’ve become more selective on rate and in 
some instances, reduced our appetite. We are hopeful that 
conditions will stabilise during this year and we will adjust our 
underwriting as opportunity emerges. 

This year we’ve seen growth across areas where innovation 
plays a key role, such as our Safeguard Product and Beazley 
Product Solutions embedded reinsurance segment. Here we 
take a market leading position in these smaller or niche lines 
and invest significantly, giving them airtime to grow at pace. 
This approach sees us able to move swiftly into new or 
emerging areas where growth potential and client demand is 
high for Beazley's unique solutions. Another new area for 
2022 was our geographic expansion of Product Recall to 
Singapore alongside our overall Specialty Risks growth in the 
Asia Pacific region.

Outperformance is our focus
Discipline is the watch word of our approach to underwriting; 
while growth makes the headlines, profit is the real mark of 
success. The current economic environment is challenging but 
the hard de-risking work we undertook during the last 
recession gives us confidence that we are well placed at the 
start of 2023. 

Our underwriting capabilities are fully demonstrated by how we 
behave at these moments and this includes leveraging our net 
growth and varying our reinsurance purchasing, to ensure we 
deliver market share and a positive result in any given year, 
regardless of market conditions. Our November equity raise 
will see us keep more of our carefully selected risk within our 
own business rather than purchase additional, more 
expensive, reinsurance thus maintaining our outperformance.

It takes discipline to leave our egos at the door, invest in 
future business areas and to pull back on some of our most 
respected classes of business if the rating environment is 
wrong.

However, this mantra is key to our strategy of growing in a 
smart, sustainable way.

Bob Quane
Chief Underwriting Officer

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

17

 
Performance by division

Growth across all of our divisions, with two divisions growing in double digits.

Growth of managed gross premiums written by division $m

18

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

19

 
Performance by division continued

20

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Responsible Business

Our vision is to be the highest performing sustainable specialist insurer.

Building a responsible culture
We define our culture, through our brand and values which 
inspire the way we work, from how we engage with our 
stakeholders and colleagues, to how we design our 
workspaces, treat our customers and behave as a 
responsible business.

We are proud of our culture, which is embodied by our 
people. We attract and nurture curious people, that value 
constructive challenge and a collaborative approach to 
problem solving. We provide an environment where this 
approach can thrive by creating an inclusive culture, true to 
our values, to ensure our success now and for the future.

Together our people and culture make it easy to do 
business with Beazley.

Inclusion and Diversity 
Our culture and people strategy is underpinned by our 
approach to inclusion and diversity, which is powered by 
our 5 employee networks. These play an important role in 
embedding our inclusion and diversity strategy, ensuring 
that colleagues right across our company have clear 
channels through which their voices can be heard.

• Beazley Families – Our newest network supports parents-
to-be and experienced parents on the parental journey in 
the company

• Beazley Proud – Our LGBTQ+ employee network 
• Beazley RACE – Focused on raising awareness and 

celebrating People of Colour

• Beazley SHE – Our women’s network
• Beazley Wellbeing – creates supportive content to help 
break the stigma around talking about mental health. 

We will not achieve our goal without setting ourselves a 
series of measurable and bold targets that incorporate 
ESG thinking into every aspect of our business. We know 
that we are on a journey and that it will take time to deliver 
but we are committed to building better resilience for our 
clients, staff, our local and global communities, the 
environment and all our stakeholders.

Our Responsible Business strategy is based around four 
central pillars. These pillars are supported by nine key 
areas across the organisation which are detailed within the 
outer ring of our responsible business wheel, which is 
designed to demonstrate the interconnected nature of our 
approach to responsible business.

We not only set metrics against which we can measure our 
performance, these are regularly reviewed by our Executive 
Committee and Board. Beazley’s Responsible Business 
Steering Group is responsible for challenging the progress 
and development of the strategy and providing support to 
the business as it addresses ESG issues and climate 
related risk. 

On pages 29 to 49 you can read our disclosures made as 
part of Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD), which will give you an in depth overview of how 
Beazley is addressing the challenges of climate change. On 
our Responsible Business and culture and values pages of 
our website you will find detailed information and our key 
policies and disclosures. In the following pages we have 
set out our key responsible business metrics for 2022.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

21

 
22

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

23

 
24

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

25

Responsible business continued

Inclusion & diversity
Inclusion and diversity are a key element of being a responsible business. To support our ambitions we have not only set robust 
targets for inclusion and diversity but actively encourage our staff to play their part via our five employee networks. These 
networks ensure that colleagues right across the company have clear channels through which their voices can be heard and 
they can help the business tackle some of the complex issues that will lead to a more equitable and inclusive culture.

Network Activity
The five networks are:
Beazley Families – Our newest network supports parents-to-be and experienced parents focusing on enhancing the support 
and resources available for those on the parental journey.
Beazley Proud – Our LGBTQ+ employee network.
Beazley RACE – Focused on raising awareness and celebrating People of Colour.
Beazley SHE – Our women’s network.
Beazley Wellbeing – Seeks to create supportive content to help break the stigma around talking about mental health.

Climate change
For more information please see page 29.

Supply chain
Ensuring that our supply chains are responsible is vital for us to deliver a seamless service to clients. With much of our supply 
chain focused mainly on services, products are only a significant part of the mix when associated with an office fit out, the 
procurement of office supplies, or the delivery of events. During 2022 we continued to use our environmental management 
system and leveraged ESG data to appraise and inform our procurement decisions.

Building a responsible culture
Our business is underpinned by our shared values and culture. Attracting diverse talent, building multidisciplinary teams and 
creating an inclusive culture true to our values is how we create success now and for the future. Put simply, our values inspire 
the way we work, how we engage with stakeholders and colleagues, the design of our workspaces, and form the basis of our 
service to customers, ensuring our behaviour is that of a responsible business.

We are proud of our culture, and a mark of our success in building it from the inside out is the high score very high in our 
employee engagement surveys. By attracting and nurturing curious people. We have built a company that values constructive 
challenge and has a collaborative approach to problem solving. 

Non-financial information statement
Beazley presents its non-financial information statement in compliance with sections 414CA and 414CB of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Certain aspects of the non-financial information required pursuant to the Companies Act 2006 is provided in this report 
by cross reference to the following locations:

Non-financial information
Business model
Principal risks
Key non-financial performance indicators Key performance indicators

Section
Our business model
Risk management and compliance

Responsible business metrics

Pages
4
67
2
22

26

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Policy embedding, due diligence and outcomes
We have a range of policies in relation to environmental matters, employees, human rights, social matters and anti-corruption 
and anti-bribery, that support our strategy and business model and ensure good outcomes for our stakeholders. 
Our performance against our non-financial key performance indicators is an important way in which we measure the 
effectiveness of our strategy and associated policies. The Board ensures that the relevant policies are in place, remain 
appropriate and are operating effectively through setting a review cycle for the key policies. As part of this process, the key 
policies are reviewed by the person within Beazley who is the subject matter expert and responsible for the policy. This may 
include obtaining external advice, where appropriate. The Board also reviews and approves the key policies annually or 
bi-annually, as well as reviewing non-financial information, KPIs and other monitoring data through its regular reporting. 

Our key non-financial policies, a brief description of their purpose and any important outcomes from our due diligence 
processes during 2022, are set out in the table below.

Further information
Responsible business 
(page 21) 
TCFD (page 29)
Section 172 
statement (page 57)
Directors' report 
(carbon emissions) 
(page 144)

Responsible business 
(page 21)
Stakeholder 
engagement (our 
people) (page 50) 
Nomination Committee 
(inclusion and 
diversity) (page 104)

Relevant non-financial 
KPIs and other metrics
Weighted average 
carbon intensity of 
corporate bond and 
equity portfolios

Overall carbon 
emissions

Greenhouse gas 
emissions per full time 
equivalent 

Energy procured from 
certified renewable 
sources

Female representation 
in senior leadership 
roles 

People of colour 
representation in the 
workforce

Employee engagement 
score 

Employee favourability 
score

Reporting requirement
Environmental matters 
Our long-term 
commitment to 
sustainability and 
playing our part in 
addressing the issue of 
climate change and 
reducing our impact on 
the environment is a 
key competitive 
advantage.

Policy or standard, its purpose, and outcomes
Environmental policy 
Details our approach to environmental matters aligned with ISO14001:2015 and is 
reviewed every two years, with the next review by the Board in 2023. 

Responsible business strategy
Our responsible business strategy ensures that we act responsibly across every 
aspect of our business and includes our approach and objectives across the areas of 
environment, employees, human rights, society and anti-bribery and corruption. 

Responsible investment policy
This financial policy sets out how environmental, social and governance matters are 
incorporated into investment analysis and decision-making processes.

The company’s 
employees
Our people are a key 
pillar within our 
business model and our 
values of being bold, 
striving for better and 
doing the right thing 
inspire the way we work 
and deliver value for our 
stakeholders.

Inclusion and diversity policy and Board inclusion and diversity policy
These policies cover Beazley’s commitment to creating a truly inclusive environment 
that operates zero tolerance to discrimination or harassment and fully supports and 
celebrates differences. The Board’s inclusion and diversity policy was adopted in 
2022, and specifically sets out how the Board can use its influence in meeting our 
diversity objectives. 

Conflicts of interest policy
This policy ensures we have effective systems in place to prevent conflicts of interest 
wherever possible and that potential conflicts of interest are identified and addressed 
across Beazley plc, its subsidiaries, and syndicates.

Beazley Code of Conduct 
Our code of conduct sets out the minimum standards required of all employees in 
their dealings in and on behalf of Beazley and is aligned with our values and ways of 
working. 

Employee handbooks
Our employee handbooks set out all of the policies and procedures for employees in 
their local jurisdiction and includes items such as our equal opportunities policy, 
policy for employees with disabilities, and parental leave amongst others. The 
employee handbooks are owned by the Head of Culture and People and are kept up 
to date with changing legislation globally through regular review both internally and 
externally.

Health and safety policy
This policy details how health and safety matters are managed for our workforce, 
contractors, service providers and others impacted by the Group’s activities, and 
ensures we adhere to all health and safety regulations in the jurisdictions in which we 
operate. The Board annually reviews health and safety information, associated risk 
assessments and accident reporting. All employees receive a health and safety 
induction on training and refresher training where required. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

27

 
Responsible business continued

Reporting requirement
Human rights
Beazley is committed to 
respecting human rights 
and human rights are 
integrated across our 
responsible business 
strategy.

Policy or standard, its purpose, and outcomes
Human Rights policy
In 2022, we introduced a new Human Rights policy. The policy explains how we fulfil 
our commitment to respecting human rights and how we aim to uphold the standards 
set by the United Nations and International Labour Organisation in respect of human 
rights. It applies to all Beazley plc entities, employees, contractors, and third-party 
suppliers. It covers how we respect human rights as an employer, investor, business 
partner and insurer and incorporates other policies operated by the group which help 
support our approach. The policy sets out our commitment to prevent adverse 
impacts on human rights and remedy any adverse impact if it occurs. We also seek 
to promote awareness and respect along our value and supply chains. The policy is 
owned by our Responsible Business Steering Group. 

Supplier code of conduct and procurement policies
Our supplier code of conduct and procurement policy are referenced in our Human 
Rights policy. They help us ensure that our suppliers follow applicable standards, and 
our supplier due diligence and RFP questionnaires require confirmation of compliance 
with human rights legislation and the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 (where 
applicable), and that suppliers have other appropriate policies in place.

Modern slavery 
Beazley group complies with the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015. In accordance with the 
requirements of the Act, we release an annual Beazley Group Statement on Modern 
Slavery, which outlines the actions we have taken in seeking to identify and address 
the risks of modern slavery and human trafficking in our operations and supply chain.

Responsible business strategy 
See above under environmental matters. 

Relevant non-financial 
KPIs and other metrics
The Board does not 
monitor any non-
financial KPIs in relation 
to human rights, 
however it receives 
reporting in relation to 
these policies and 
matters.

Further information
Responsible business 
(page 21)

Stakeholder 
engagement – 
suppliers (page 54)

Modern Slavery Act 
statement (our 
website)

Social matters
Charity and community 
and making a difference 
in our local communities 
is important to Beazley 
and a component of our 
responsible business 
strategy.

Charity and community donation policy
Our employees are encouraged to raise money and donate time to volunteering 
opportunities in our local communities. We also partner with a chosen charitable 
organisation on a rotating basis, to allow us to have a deeper relationship with the 
chosen partner and a greater impact on our communities. The policy sets out the 
approach taken to charity and community donations, including matched funding, and 
ensuring organisations receiving donations are registered charities and do not 
operate discriminatory policies. 

Number of hours 
volunteered and 
charitable donations (to 
match responsible 
business metrics).

Responsible business 
(page 21)
Stakeholder 
engagement 
(communities) (page 
54)

Responsible business strategy
See above under environmental matters

Anti-corruption and 
anti-bribery matters
We operate a zero-
tolerance approach to 
bribery, corruption and 
fraud and protecting our 
stakeholders is a key 
pillar of our strategy. 
Adhering to our values 
helps protect Beazley, 
our stakeholders and 
our communities from 
financial crime.

Financial crime policy 
In 2022 our policies in relation to anti-corruption and anti-bribery were combined into 
one policy: Beazley Financial Crime Policy. This policy sets out that we do not tolerate 
criminal activity of any kind both within the business or by our business partners and 
third-party suppliers, and we are committed to doing the right thing and acting within 
the law. It covers six broad areas of anti-bribery and corruption, anti-money 
laundering, sanctions, fraud, market abuse and anti-tax evasion facilitation.

The policy sets out how our values and culture, systems and controls, management 
oversight and reporting, assurance monitoring and record keeping create an ethical 
environment which helps ensure the effectiveness of our policy. Our controls require 
due diligence to be completed in accordance with the group’s due diligence 
guidelines, which are maintained by our Compliance function. Any exceptions must be 
reported to and approved by Compliance.  

The Board does not 
monitor any non-
financial KPIs in relation 
to these policies, 
however the Board and 
relevant committees 
receive reporting and 
updates from 
Compliance, which 
includes monitoring 
data including 
information in relation 
to any breaches.

Risk management and 
compliance (page 67)
Audit and Risk 
Committee (page 91)

All employees have an important role to play in helping to detect, prevent and deter 
financial crime and our mandatory annual compliance training program ensures that 
our workforce is aware of our policies, how to implement them in their day-to-day 
roles, and how to report any breaches or suspicions. All of the policies and training 
modules are maintained by our Compliance function, are reviewed annually, and are 
available in our policy depository on the intranet.

Sanctions policy 
Our sanctions policy is incorporated into our Financial Crime policy and has been vital 
during 2022 in keeping our business protected during a time of increased 
geopolitical uncertainty and sanctions in connection with the Russia-Ukraine conflict. 
To ensure that Beazley and any agents or third parties do not violate any sanctions 
requirements in the jurisdictions in which we operate, we also utilise third party 
screening and subject third parties to regular sanctions screening.

Whistleblowing Policy
We operate a separate Whistleblowing policy which sets out how any concerns 
relating to wrongdoing, malpractice, or danger in connection with Beazley, should be 
reported, as well as the safeguarding measures in place to protect any employees 
who report concerns.

During 2022, following review, an independent whistleblowing hotline was introduced 
as an additional method for the workforce and others to report concerns. The policy 
was enhanced using external guidance and benchmarking. The whistleblowing policy 
is included in the annual compliance training program. The Audit Committee has 
overall responsibility for the effectiveness of the whistleblowing policy and procedures 
and the Chair of the Audit Committee is the whistleblowing champion.

28

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 2022

1. Governance
1.1 Board oversight on climate-related risks and opportunities
1.1.1 plc Board oversight
A summary of Beazley’s corporate governance structure, the general responsibilities of the plc Board and plc Board 
Committees, on behalf of Beazley plc, are outlined on page 80 of this report. 

A description of how the plc Board, and supporting Committees, have oversight of climate-related issues, is set out in the table 
below. Board members are informed through a combination of Board papers, training and awareness. The corporate governance 
team support the Chair of the relevant Board/Committee in putting in place a yearly agenda plan and agreeing the agenda for 
each meeting. 

Board/ Committee
Plc Board

Description of how climate-related matters are considered
The plc Board considers climate-related matters as part of the annual process to approve:
• the risk framework;
• the Group’s corporate business plan, including capital adequacy and the own risk and solvency assessment (ORSA); 
• updates to the Group's Responsible Business Strategy;
• the Responsible Investment Policy;
• the Investment strategy;
• annual report and accounts, including the TCFD report

Beazley plc Audit and Risk 
Committee

Throughout the year the plc Board monitors progress against the goals and targets set to address climate-related issues, through 
update papers provided primarily from the following functions: responsible business, risk and underwriting. 

The plc Board has delegated oversight of the risk management framework to the Audit and Risk Committee. Committee 
responsibilities include overseeing the effectiveness of the risk management framework at Beazley, of which climate-related risk is 
one element. In 2022, the Committee reviewed the draft TCFD report and accompanying improvement report. A paper providing an 
update on the development of TCFD reporting was also reviewed. One audit on TCFD reporting was undertaken during the year, for 
which the audit findings were sent to the Committee for review. On 9 December 2022 The Board approved the proposal to replace the 
Audit and Risk Committee with a separate Audit Committee and Risk Committee from 1 January 2023. 

Beazley plc Nomination 
Committee

The Committee considers the current and anticipated future needs of the organisation to operate effectively. Given the growing 
importance of climate change, this is a consideration in assessing candidates for future Board and senior executive positions. The 
Committee also recommends, for approval by the plc Board, the annual board knowledge and training plan. Climate-related matters 
can form part of this plan.

Beazley plc Remuneration 
Committee

This Committee is responsible for ensuring climate-related risk is considered within executive remuneration. Evidence that this occurs 
is documented within each Executive Director’s remuneration scorecard, where climate-related risk matters are considered as part of 
Beazley’s wider approach to ESG. Remuneration is reviewed on an annual basis.

1.1.2 Training and awareness
The culture and people team are responsible for maintaining 
both board skill matrices and the annual board training plan. 
To facilitate increased knowledge on climate-related matters, 
and thus enable The Board to make informed decisions, 
Board members receive additional training and awareness 
throughout the year. The scope of this training and awareness 
is shaped by a combination of emerging trends and market 
developments, stakeholder expectations, progress against 
Beazley’s Responsible Business Strategy, and regulatory 
demands. In 2022, The Board received an awareness raising 
session on Beazley’s proposed expected future state 
scenario. Sessions on the impact the transition to net zero 
will have on key sectors were included as part of the 2022 
Board away day.

1.1.3 Subsidiary Board oversight
Beazley has four key subsidiary entities: Beazley Furlonge Ltd 
(BFL), Beazley Insurance Designated Activity Company 
(BIDAC), Beazley Insurance Company, Inc. (BICI), and Beazley 
America Insurance Company, Inc. (BAIC), each with their own 
board and supporting committees. The responsibilities of 
these Boards mirror those set out at a plc Board level, and 
ensure the subsidiary company is operating in accordance 
with both legal and regulatory requirements and relevant 
Beazley Group policies and procedures. These entities are 
more insurance-risk-focused than the plc Board, and therefore 
the impact of climate-related risk on underwriting is 
considered in greater detail at these Boards. 

The subsidiary Boards consider climate-related matters as 
part of the annual process to approve the risk framework and 
ORSA. Further updates on climate-related matters are also 
provided throughout the year, via the Responsible Business 
report.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

29

 
 
TCFD 2022 continued

1.2 Summary of management’s role on climate-related matters 
1.2.1 Key individuals at Beazley for climate-related issues
At management level, the responsibility for ensuring climate-related issues are managed/ assessed is covered by
 a number of roles across the organisation. In summary these are as follows:

Responsible individual
Chief Executive Officer 
(CEO)

Summary of engagement
The CEO provides a quarterly update to The Board and Executive Committee summarising discussions at the responsible business 
steering group. This is contained within the CEO report. The CEO is an Executive Director, and a member of both the plc Board and 
Executive Committee.

Chief Risk Officer (CRO)

The CRO has responsibility for risk management framework, of which climate-related risk is one part.

They provide updates on risk matters (including climate-related risk) to the plc Board, Executive Committee, and Audit and Risk 
Committee. The CRO is a member of the Executive Committee. The role of senior management function (SMF) for climate-related risk 
is split within Beazley between the Chief Underwriting Officer (CUO) and Chief Risk Officer (CRO).

Group Finance Director 
(GFD)

The GFD provides updates on the financial performance of the company (including investments and capital) to The Board, Executive 
Committee and Audit and Risk Committee. The GFD is an Executive Director, and a member of both the plc Board and Executive 
Committee.

Chief Underwriting Officer 
(CUO)

The CUO has responsibility for ensuring climate-related matters are embedded within the underwriting process. The Head of Financial 
Climate Risk and Head of Exposure Management report into the CUO. The CUO has ownership of the outputs of the Climate Risk 
Working Group and ESG in Underwriting project.

The CUO provides updates on the underwriting performance of the company (including matters arising from climate-related exposures, 
progress against climate-related risk objectives, and Exposure Management) to the plc Board, Executive Committee, Audit and Risk 
Committee. The CUO is a member of Executive Committee.

Chief Operating Officer 
(COO)
Group Head of Strategy

The role of senior management function (SMF) for climate-related risk is split within Beazley between the CUO and CRO.
The COO has responsibility for business operations, which includes office energy consumption; managing data demands for the 
business (including the use of data centres); and procurement.
The Group Head of Strategy has responsibility for overseeing the delivery of Beazley’s business strategy. The Head of Incubation and 
Head of Responsible Business report into this role.

The Group Head of Strategy provides updates on at least an annual basis to the plc Board and Executive Committee in respect to 
business strategy. The Group Head of Strategy is a member of the Executive Committee.

Chief Investments Officer 
(CIO)

The CIO is responsible for all investment activity within the Beazley Group, including the development of investment strategy, delivery 
of appropriate investment returns, and the effective management of investment risks. Managing climate risks to our investment 
portfolio is a key aspect of this role.

Head of Capital

The Head of Capital oversees the assessment of climate-related capital requirements. They do this using modelled and non-modelled 
information to help determine the impact of climate change on the business. The Head of Capital reports into the Executive 
Committee and plc Board on a regular basis.

Head of Responsible 
Business

The Head of Capital provides updates on a quarterly basis to the plc Board, Audit and Risk Committee and Executive Committee in 
respect of capital. This includes the allocation of capital to address the potential impacts of climate-related events occurring and 
Beazley being liable for insurance claims. 
The Head of Responsible Business leads on the development and delivery of the objectives set within the Responsible Business 
Strategy, including those in relation to climate-related responsibility. They also ensure all ESG and climate-related disclosures are 
delivered in line with regulatory and voluntary requirements.

The Head of Responsible Business provides a quarterly update on responsible business matters to the Executive Committee and plc 
Board. These updates include progress against the objectives and targets set out within the Responsible Business Strategy, climate-
related risk, climate-related responsibility, and an overview of items discussed at the responsible business steering group. An annual 
update is also provided to the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Head of Financial Climate 
Risk

This role was created in 2021 to firstly deliver the CBES return and then to become part of the business as usual approach to 
managing climate-related financial risk. Their responsibilities include overseeing the day-to-day delivery of embedding climate-related 
risk into underwriting, coordinating climate risk activities and initiatives across business functions, and providing subject matter 
expertise to strengthen Beazley's technical capabilities of managing climate risk.

This role reports to the CUO, and also reports to the Underwriting Committee and Responsible Business Steering Group on a quarterly 
basis.

30

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Responsible individual
Head of Compliance and 
compliance department

Summary of engagement
The Head of Compliance is responsible for overseeing the compliance function at Beazley. This includes ensuring that we conduct 
business in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations we operate a group-wide compliance framework designed to measure 
risk exposure, govern decision-making and monitor performance. Our framework consists of a number of systems and controls, 
including: 
• Senior management oversight; 
• Risk assessments; 
• Staff training and awareness; 
• Compliance monitoring; and 
• Compliance reporting.

Beazley is mandated to ensure compliance with the following climate-related requirements: 
• Annual disclosure against the TCFD reporting framework; and
• Adherence with SS3/19.

The Head of Compliance reports into the CRO.

Head of Internal Audit and 
internal audit department

The Head of Internal Audit is responsible for overseeing a robust audit function within Beazley. From the perspective of climate-related 
matters, this role holds the responsibility for ensuring appropriate audits are undertaken on underwriting functions, investments and 
TCFD disclosures.

Head of Exposure 
Management

The Head of Exposure Management leads the team responsible for developing approaches to monitoring the aggregation of exposure 
to natural catastrophes. The exposure management team reports to the CUO, who in turn provides regular updates to The Board on 
these matters. The exposure management team is supported by the Head of Financial Climate risk.

1.2.2 Summary of management-level 
reporting structure
To help the business address climate-related issues, the roles 
outlined in 1.2.1 report into a number of different committees, 
steering groups and working groups. A brief description of 
these committees, steering groups and working groups is as 
follows:

Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is responsible for: managing all 
operational matters of the Group; reviewing the risk 
management framework; and having oversight of the Group's 
sub-committees and business functions. The Executive 
Committee receives updates throughout the year on both 
climate-related matters and ESG issues. Throughout 2022, 
and prior to the plc Board for final sign off, the Executive 
Committee has approved the updates to Beazley’s 
Responsible Business Strategy, its ESG disclosures, and 
TCFD report. It also reviewed applications to join global 
sustainability initiatives for the insurance industry such as the 
Net Zero Insurance Alliance (NZIA) and Sustainable Market 
Initiatives (SMI) Terra Carta. In these instances, the matters 
have been discussed at the Responsible Business Steering 
Group (RBSG) prior to being submitted to the Executive 
Committee. 

Responsible business steering group
The RBSG is scheduled to meet 11 times during the year. The 
RBSG oversees the delivery of responsible business across 
Beazley, monitoring progress against the objectives set out in 
the responsible business strategy. It provides a forum for 
strategic matters relating to ESG and climate-related issues to 
be discussed, and knowledge to be shared. In 2022, agenda 
items have included: progress updates from the climate risk 
working group and ESG in underwriting project; reviewing the 
application to join the NZIA and SMI Terra Carta; reviewing 
progress against key climate-related KPIs e.g. GHG emissions; 
and the finalisation of the annual responsible business 

strategy refresh. The RBSG is chaired by the CEO, and 
attended by the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Underwriting Officer, 
Chief Operating Officer, Group Head of Strategy, Head of 
Responsible Business, Head of Financial Climate Risk, and 
investment manager responsible for ESG matters. On a 
quarterly basis, Non-Executive Directors from across the 
Beazley plc Board and key regulated subsidiaries are also in 
attendance. This provides a further link between management 
and the plc Board on climate-related matters. 

The RBSG's role is to provide recommendations to the 
decision-making Committees within Beazley i.e. Executive 
Committee, Underwriting Committee, Investment Committee. 
There is often dialogue between the RBSG and these 
Committees/Boards, which demonstrates that responsible 
business matters are becoming embedded across the 
organisation.

Investment Committee
Chaired by the Group Finance Director, this Committee is 
responsible for overseeing the investment strategy, and 
ensuring there is a robust framework and appropriate 
resources to deliver against this strategy. It is also 
responsible for ensuring investment risk aligns with overall 
business risk appetite. 

To further promote sustainability and climate-related matters, 
Beazley has a responsible investment policy. This policy sets 
out how we have incorporated ESG issues into our investment 
analysis and decision-making process, and our approach to 
the management of climate change risk within the investment 
portfolio. The Investment Committee, in conjunction with the 
RBSG, also oversees progress against the investment-related 
objectives within the responsible business strategy. Beazley 
has undertaken to invest up to $100m of its assets in 
investments with a measurable social and/or environmental 
impact and the Committee is responsible for reviewing and 
approving these impact investments.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

31

 
 
Climate risk working group (CRWG)
This group was set up following the delivery of the CBES 
return in 2021, to further embed climate-related risk into the 
underwriting process. The CRWG's work forms part of the 
climate risk strategy, as approved by the plc Board. In 2022 it 
has been chaired by the CUO and its membership includes the 
Head of Exposure Management, the Head of Financial Climate 
Risk, the Head of Responsible Business, the Lead Pricing 
Actuary - Property Risks, and underwriting representatives from 
each of the four divisions. The CRWG meets monthly and 
oversees and tracks climate risk projects and activities in 
relation to underwriting risk. The CRWG reports into the 
Underwriting Committee and RBSG on a quarterly basis. 

ESG in underwriting project group
This group was established to oversee the further embedding 
of ESG matters within underwriting. Its work includes: 
• Enhancing data collection within the underwriting process to 
facilitate the collection of carbon emissions and transition-
related information;

• improving data gathering within the underwriting process on 

ESG matters; and

• enhancing colleagues’ knowledge on both ESG and climate-
related issues through the delivery of training modules. 

This project group reports to the Chief Underwriting Officer, 
with regular progress updates also provided to the 
Underwriting Committee and RBSG. its membership includes 
the Head of Financial Climate Risk, the Head of Responsible 
Business, and underwriting representatives from each of the 
four divisions.

Risk and regulatory Committee
The plc Board has delegated executive oversight of the risk 
management department to the Executive Committee, which 
in turn has delegated immediate oversight to the Risk and 
Regulatory Committee, which meets monthly. The roles, 
responsibilities and oversight of this Committee are further 
discussed in the risk section.

TCFD 2022 continued

Underwriting Committee
The Underwriting Committee is responsible for monitoring 
progress and ensuring the delivery of underwriting, claims
and reinsurance business plans. Chaired by the CUO, the 
Underwriting Committee includes representation from the 
underwriting teams, the Group Head of Claims, the Group 
Actuary, Chief Risk Officer, Group Head of Strategy, and Digital 
Head of Underwriting. Within its remit is a responsibility to 
ensure ESG, with prominence given to climate risk and 
opportunities, is implemented as efficiently as possible within 
underwriting. The Underwriting Committee has ultimate 
oversight and decision- making power on climate-related risk 
matters related to underwriting. As a minimum, a quarterly 
update to the Underwriting Committee is made by the Head of 
Responsible Business, who summarises key discussions at 
the RBSG, updates are also provided by the Head of Financial 
Climate Risk on climate-related risk matters. The Underwriting 
Committee reports into the Executive Committee on a monthly 
basis, with the outputs summarised within the Chief 
Underwriting Officer’s report.

Underwriting sub working groups
Feeding into the Underwriting Committee are the following 
working groups:

Physical damage exposure management group (PDEMG)
This group is responsible for monitoring: the natural 
catastrophe risk appetite set by the plc Board; the risk 
appetites assigned to Beazley Group companies, including 
Beazley plc, BIDAC, BFL and BICI; and the physical damage 
RDS plan agreed by Lloyd’s. The PDEMG reviews, on a monthly 
basis, the modelled loss output by team and the overall Group 
total showing utilisation of the plan, and provides challenge 
where there is a variance to plan. Its remit includes 
responsibility for the Group view of physical damage 
catastrophe risk written within the underwriting teams, and 
climate change analysis. The PDEMG reports to the 
Underwriting Committee on a monthly basis.

Casualty and Cyber Management Group (CCMG)
The CCMG has responsibility for the Group view of Cyber and 
Casualty risk written within the underwriting teams. This 
includes how climate change can impact the underwriting. The 
CCMG provides governance for climate litigation scenario 
development and monitoring. The CCMG reports to the 
Underwriting Committee on a monthly basis.

32

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
2. Strategy
2.1 Climate-related risks and opportunities
2.1.1 Definitions of time horizons 
Beazley considers risk across three broad time horizons for climate-related risks. These time horizons are reflective of Beazley’s 
approach to business planning, the type of products Beazley provides, and the investment decisions the company makes. 
These time horizons are outlined in the table below, along with a summary of climate-related issues which could potentially 
have a material financial impact on the company within each timeframe. The summary of climate-related issues is based on a 
general review of external research and information. A more detailed review of how climate-related risks specifically apply to 
Beazley over the three time horizons will be developed in 2023.

Time horizon

Short term
(1 year)

Description

Beazley’s performance is evaluated on the results of each financial year and the business plan is developed on this basis. Most of 
Beazley’s underwriting business is in short-tail classes. The impact of physical climate-related events occurring through the year are 
reflected in Beazley’s approach to underwriting and pricing. Specific climate-related issues arising within this time horizon could 
include:
• liability-related claims relating to greenwashing; 
• reputational incidents arising from the underwriting of, or investment in, companies which have a significant impact on climate 

change; 

• impact of green technology;
• failure of Beazley to act as a responsible business on these matters; and

Medium term 
(1 to 5 years)

Some of Beazley’s underwriting business is in medium-tail classes, whilst investment in larger projects and platform developments 
may run over multiple years. Some emerging risks may crystallise over several years.

Through the medium term, the issues identified within the short term are likely to persist. The frequency and severity with which 
acute impacts of natural catastrophes are felt is expected to begin to increase. Liability related claims associated with a failure to 
prepare or adapt to climate change are expected to increase in severity and likelihood. Transitional issues are also expected to arise 
over the medium term, whether from policy intervention, market forces, or technology advances. Some of Beazley's strategic 
objectives are typically set over the medium term to deliver the strategy.

Long term
(5+ years)

Beazley’s strategy and strategic objectives are generally set over multiple years. Mega trends and slow-moving emerging risks may 
crystallise over many years. From a climate risk perspective there will be an increased trend in the acute physical climate-related 
risks, whilst longer term and more chronic impacts may also begin to be realised.

From a material financial impact perspective, the issues identified within the short term are likely to persist. The frequency and 
severity with which acute impacts of natural catastrophes are felt is expected to begin to increase. The chronic impacts of climate 
change are also expected to begin to feature. Liability claims associated with a failure to prepare or adapt to climate change are 
expected to increase in severity and likelihood.

2.1.2 Process to identify climate-related risks with a material financial impact
It is acknowledged that climate-related issues are likely to manifest more over the medium and long term. As set out in the 
table below, Beazley uses a variety of qualitative and quantitative tools to help manage and prioritise our approach to climate-
related risks and opportunities. This ensures we can prioritise those with the most material financial impact.

Processes used to identify 
risks and opportunities
Materiality assessment 
process (hereafter referred 
to as the materiality 
assessment)

Scenario analysis

Focus group deep dives

Description
Using 2020 written premium and modelled losses, in 2021 Beazley undertook a materiality assessment by country and physical risk 
peril. The outputs of the materiality assessment determined that the US is the most material geographical location, and the material 
perils are US tropical cyclone, US inland flood, US wildfire, US severe convective storm, US winter storm, European windstorm, and 
Japan tropical cyclone.

Beazley participated in the CBES Stress Test in 2021, the results of which have been used to inform Beazley’s identification of 
climate-related risks. The outputs of this exercise are discussed later in this disclosure. Beyond the physical peril analysis, climate 
litigation risk was identified as a material risk to Beazley, given our exposure on specialty risks. Climate litigation risk will continue to 
be reviewed by a cross-functional team at Beazley. We are engaging with a third-party expert that could assist us with reviewing and 
challenging our scenario development and analysis, and wider thinking on climate litigation risk

In 2022, Beazley commenced a strategic project to further embed ESG considerations within the underwriting process. To facilitate 
this, the project engaged with each underwriting focus group, through a series of deep dive workshops, to help identify both the risks 
and opportunities associated with ESG issues. A number of these opportunities are linked to climate-related issues. The output of 
this work has informed the project objectives for 2023.

Wider peer and investor 
engagement

As part of our wider approach to responsible business, Beazley is involved in a number of market initiatives. This engagement 
enables us to identify emerging workforces and disclosure requirements. This work is also supported by feedback from our investors 
on ESG matters. The outputs of this correspondence can be found within our responsible business strategy and ESG disclosures.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

33

 
 
 
TCFD 2022 continued

2.1.3 Process to identify climate-related opportunities with a material financial impact
Beazley has a number of processes to identifying  climate-related opportunities with a material financial impact. These 
processes complement one other, and which ones we use depends on their alignment with existing products and services, the 
knowledge required to ascertain the size of the opportunity, and the resources required to deliver the opportunity. In summary, 
therefore, this means that climate-related opportunities can be identified through the mechanisms described in the following 
table:

Method of identification

Description

Identified as a result of 
determining a risk
Incubation process

The methods used to determine a risk also enable identification of an opportunity. The development of an opportunity, where 
underwriting-related, will be delivered using one of the three processes described below.
The Incubation Underwriting team develops new products that sit outside of existing underwriting team business plan and appetite. 
New product opportunities are sourced from brokers, InsurTechs, Beazley underwriting teams and internally from within the 
incubation team itself. When reviewing a new product opportunity, and thus its potential materiality, the Incubation team will 
consider: the addressable market; buyer urgency; market saturation; product economics; and customer interests. 

Should the opportunity meet the threshold to pursue further, the incubation team will engage with experts within Beazley before 
presenting the opportunity to the head of strategy and the underwriting strategy manager. Following feedback from these internal 
stakeholders, a decision paper is prepared. This is then presented by the Incubation team to the CUO and/or the underwriting 
committee. 

Opportunities are launched in pilot periods, typically to maximum aggregate limits, to test the opportunity. If suitably ‘proven’ in the 
underwriting pilot, and following approval, the opportunity will be handed over to an existing Beazley team, where suitable.

Business planning process Underwriting focus group leads are responsible for developing the annual business plan, in which they may identify an area of 

Currently the Incubation team is investigating solutions for the carbon transition. Their work is monitored by the underwriting 
committee.

business in which to either enter or expand their portfolio. They will document their strategy within their business plan. This could 
include the type of products/services they will insure, and the size of the market and the opportunity for Beazley. This work is 
supported by input from specialists. One such example of this approach is the work being undertaken to develop a business plan for 
renewable energy, with a view to the energy team decarbonising its energy portfolio over the long term. This will align with the metric 
currently disclosed for the premium generated from low and zero carbon technologies.

Extension to an existing 
product or service

Due to the specialist nature of Beazley’s products and services, there may be several existing products and services which can be 
used to cover similar risks in new settings. Where this occurs, the relevant underwriting team use their knowledge and expertise to 
ensure any adjustments to the policy wording are implemented. This work is supported by the product development team. 

2.1.4 Summary of risks and opportunities 
identified
Physical climate-related risks and opportunities
Based on the materiality assessment, the US was determined 
the most material geographical location in which the Group 
operates and underwrites. The material perils are US tropical 
cyclone, US inland flood, US wildfire, US severe convective 
storm, and US winter storm. Perils not related to the US are 
European windstorm, and Japan tropical cyclone, which are 
material to our Property and Treaty underwriting business.

The opportunities related to these areas for Beazley lie, in the 
first instance, in further developing our understanding of these 
perils and the impact they may have on the business. By 
enhancing our understanding of the risk and being able to 
improve the quantification of this this risk then we will be able 
to better mitigate the risk. Such mitigation measures may 
include; better risk selection and pricing; diversification of our 
underwriting portfolio to avoid any material risk concentration 
thus optimizing our portfolio to increase underwriting 
performance; better transfer of the risk through reinsurance; 
supporting our clients to mitigate climate risk and improve 
their risk management.

Liability-related climate risks and opportunities
Climate liability risk could be a material risk given Beazley’s 
exposure on speciality risks. We continue evolving our 
understanding of climate liability risk, and understanding how 
our policy wording could respond to climate liability scenarios, 
and engaging with clients to understand the risks better. This 
risk could also bring products and services opportunities that 
we will keep exploring. 

Transition-related climate risks and opportunities
For Beazley, it is important to support a just transition to a net 
zero world. Whilst there are risks associated with the 
transition, opportunities are also available in this area for 
Beazley. These opportunities include Beazley developing its 
own transition plan, incubating products which provide 
coverage for clean/green technology, and supporting our 
clients as they begin their transition. From an investment 
perspective, seeking to align our investment portfolio with a 
1.5 degree Celsius pathway is important, and work has been 
undertaken to help establish the current alignment of our 
investment portfolio.

34

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
 
 
2.2 Impact of climate-related risks and 
opportunities on business strategy and 
financial planning
Our insureds are the most important part of our value chain, in 
respect of developing long-term value for Beazley. We do not 
see this value just in being their insurer, but in the 
partnerships we can create to support our clients as they 
themselves address climate-related risk. Both Beazley’s 
climate risk strategy, and wider responsible business strategy. 
help set out how we manage our material climate-related risks 
and opportunities. A summary of our approach to climate-
related matters across our underwriting, investments and 
operations and how they are helping to inform our strategy is 
provided in the following section.

2.2.1 Developing Beazley's plan for the 
transition to net zero
The transition to net zero is an important topic for Beazley, 
and cuts across our approach to our operations, investments 
and underwriting. The development of the first iteration of our 
transition to net zero plan will be completed in 2023, and will 
form a key part of our strategic approach to ESG and climate-
related matters going forward. This plan can be broken down 
into three key areas:

Underwriting
In 2022, Beazley became a member of the NZIA, which is an 
industry initiative led by the United Nations Environment 
Program Finance Initiative (UN EPFI) to develop an appropriate 
methodology for measuring the apportioned GHG emissions 
arising from the underwriting portfolio. The methodology - the 
NZIA target setting protocol 1.0 was published in January 
2023, and will enable all NZIA members to develop their first 
round of targets relating to the decarbonisation of the 
underwriting portfolio by 2050. As a condition of continued 
membership of the NZIA, Beazley is mandated to publish its 
first target by the end of July 2023, for which work has already 
commenced.

Operations & Investments
Beazley has also committed to adopting a Science Based 
Targets initiative (SBTi) target. The SBTi methodology is a well 
established framework by which Beazley can set a credible 
pathway for the decarbonisation of our operations and 
investments to near to net zero emissions by 2050. In 
accordance with the SBTi requirements, the plan will set a 
number of clear qualitative and quantitative targets, at a 
maximum of five year intervals, for both the operations and 
investments.

In brief, for the operations element, this will include the 
continued decarbonisation of the material GHG emissions 
generated by Beazley across our Scopes 1, 2 and 3. This plan 
will build on the GHG reductions the Group has already 
achieved, as reported within the Metrics section. For our 
investments, our initial transition plan will cover our approach 
for the decarbonisation of the relevant asset classes set out 
within the latest version of the SBTi finance sector guidance. 
This work will build on the metrics reported in the Metrics 
section of this report. We will of course, look to expand the 
reporting of the emissions arising from our investments as 
and when new guidance is published for asset classes not 
currently covered within existing methodologies, i.e. sovereign 
bonds. 

For the elements of our transition plan which can be verified 
by the SBTi, Beazley has set the objective to achieve this 
verification by the end of 2023.

2.2.2 Climate risk strategy for underwriting
Our climate risk strategy forms the basis for the planning the 
actions the business will take, in the short term, to further 
embed climate change into our, business as usual, 
approaches. The strategy covers four key areas:
• embedding climate risk into underwriting;
• underwriting product opportunities;
• risk mitigation; and
• financial stewardship

Approach to embedding climate risk into underwriting 
The CBES stress test conducted in 2021 has moved us forward in the work required to fully embed climate-related matters into 
underwriting and has triggered a series of key projects and activities, all of which are overseen by the CRWG. A summary of 
progress is as follows: 

Initiative

Summary of progress and plan for 2023

1. Strengthen catastrophe 
modelling capabilities and 
develop forward looking 
view of risk

2. Develop climate 
adjusted pricing for key 
perils

3. Develop underwriting 
climate change metrics

In 2022, we validated and implemented a US hurricane climate-change-conditioned model for use as our view of risk for 2023. This 
takes account of the fact that hurricane risk is elevated due to climate change and allows us to develop a forward-looking view of 
risk. This view of risk for US hurricane is implemented in portfolio management, pricing, and capital setting. We also validated the US 
wildfire model during 2022 and the model is planned to be implemented in 2023. 
In 2023, we also plan to further review US hurricane climate change impacts including storm surge and tropical cyclone induced 
flooding to update our view of risk. For US wildfire and inland flood, we will continue evaluating the models and develop a forward-
looking view of risk. We will also continue strengthening our modelling approach for other key perils.
In 2022, we introduced key peril model calibration pricing. We introduced climate loss trends in pricing for US wildfire, US inland 
flood at the end 2022, and US hurricane in January 2023. In 2023, we plan to review and incorporate other key peril climate loss 
trends (US hail, US tornado, and US winter storm). We plan to investigate and evaluate whether catastrophe model outputs for US 
wildfire and inland flood could be used in pricing. If they are proven to be better than the current climate risk models used in pricing, 
we will incorporate the catastrophe model outputs for US wildfire and inland flood into the pricing tool and provide underwriters with 
training to help them understand any changes in pricing methodology and outputs.

We developed a climate change metric on US hurricane risk during 2022 to be implemented in January 2023 into our key property 
pricing tool. This metric has been developed by using a third-party tool that provides climate change projections for a list of physical 
risk perils. The US hurricane climate change metric was validated and is to be implemented first, given that it is the most material 
peril. This metric will help underwriters understand future climate change impact in the assessment of their portfolio, which will 
support underwriting decision-making. At this stage it will not impact the modelled premium as this is already captured in the 
hurricane adjusted climate loss trends. This metric could also be shared with clients to support client engagement. During 2023, we 
plan to embed this metric into the underwriting process and provide training to underwriting teams to understand uses of this metric 
and how it can be used in underwriting. Additionally during 2023, we also plan to review and evaluate the third-party climate-change-
conditioned data and scores, and develop and incorporate into the pricing tool climate change metrics for other key perils.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

35

 
TCFD 2022 continued

Initiative

Summary of progress and plan for 2023

4. Portfolio management: 
develop and implement 
catastrophe optimisation 
framework and tools 

In 2022, we developed a catastrophe optimisation framework and tool. This framework and tool enables underwriters to optimise the 
US property risks portfolio using risk appetite metrics and performance metrics. This allows underwriters to manage their portfolios 
dynamically and make decisions on where we would like to expand or retract our exposure to optimise the overall portfolio. 
In 2023, we will implement this framework and tool and proactively manage the US property risks portfolio using the optimisation 
tool. We will consider how climate risk can be further incorporated into the framework and tool.

5. Climate litigation: 
scenario development 

In 2022, we have developed an internal realistic disaster scenario on greenwashing to assess and quantify the potential impact of 
greenwashing and consider actions needed to mitigate this risk. 
In 2023, we plan to work with a third party partner that could assist us with reviewing and challenging our scenario development and 
analysis, underwriting questions development, wording impact assessment, and our wider thinking on climate litigation risk.

6. Wording analysis

7. Development of climate 
change risk assessment 
framework

An analysis of wording was carried out in 2022 to investigate if there were any potential ambiguities of peril coverage in underwriting 
policies. 
To enhance our approach to defining material issues, Beazley is working to further incorporate scientific research into our materiality 
assessment. This process is going to be part of the climate change risk assessment framework which will be developed in 2023.  
This framework will enable Beazley to further communicate not just the material issues, but also the actions being undertaken to 
manage the risks (e.g. model validation, model adjustment, actions to pricing and underwriting).  This work, will be supported by the 
establishment of a natural hazards research team, which will further strengthen our model evaluation and research capabilities. 

Underwriting product opportunities
It is important to consider climate risk impact on end-to-end 
insurance operations that will drive opportunities for new and 
changes to existing products and propositions. The processes 
we have in place, as discussed in section 2.1.3, will help 
facilitate the development of product opportunities. 

In 2022, we undertook a review on how Beazley's current and 
planned product suite applies for industries and sub-industries 
that are key to carbon transition (i.e. green/clean tech). As 
part of the review, we gathered information from our 
underwriting teams on both their appetite and demand for 
coverage for these industries. There is clearly a demand for 
products and services for renewable energies (wind, solar, 
hydro-electric, wave & tidal, geo-thermal, and hydrogen), as 
well as being demand for green technology (carbon capture & 
storage, battery technology, recycling) and green services, 
(green consulting, technical services, green finance). 

The exercise also enabled Beazley to identify the challenges 
to underwriting green/clean tech, which include:
• a lack of available historical data, such as claims 

performance, creating significant challenges for underwriting 
and pricing new products; and 

• having difficultly in predicting which green technologies will 
prove most successful, or how quickly they will be adopted.

Risk mitigation services opportunities
We feel it is important to be able to support our clients in 
better understanding, mitigating and managing their climate 
risks. This work is to commence in 2023.

Financial stewardship
In 2023, work will commence to investigate further how we 
can best support our clients during their transition to net zero. 
We wish to support as many of our clients as we can during 

their transition to net zero. We believe that this can be 
delivered through a combination of: education on the need for 
a smooth and just transition; knowledge sharing from the 
learnings we gain during our own transition journey; and the 
provision of products and services in this space. 

For Beazley, a key part of the transition to net zero is to 
ensure it occurs in a just manner, and the short term social 
needs of energy security are balanced against the longer term 
needs to reach net zero by 2050. At the beginning of 2022, 
we adopted a policy of not underwriting any new thermal coal, 
oil tar sands, or arctic energy exploration projects, or 
businesses which generated more than 5% revenues from 
these areas. However, in November, due to the ongoing war in 
Ukraine, it was decided that the exclusion for thermal coal, 
would be revised. This revision applies only to our Marine and 
Political Risk underwriting classes, where Beazley is prepared, 
until June 2024, to insure new clients who are transporting 
thermal coal from existing coal mines. This approach was 
adopted in order to support the need for energy security, and 
the fact that a number of global countries are having to 
increase their use of thermal coal plants to provide electricity. 

Working with brokers
Brokers are a key link between Beazley and our clients and 
therefore our relationship with our brokers will be central to 
our response on climate-related matters. We have recently 
begun working with external analytics teams to enhance our 
knowledge of the latest research of climate change impacts to 
physical risk perils, catastrophe models and tools, and 
climate scenario analysis. This will enhance our ability to 
model and manage climate risks, and allow us to keep 
abreast of latest market developments on catastrophe and 
climate risk analytics. 

36

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
2.2.3 Investments
In 2021 Beazley published, for the first time, its Responsible 
Investment Policy, which sets out how ESG factors and 
climate risk are considered as part of the investment decision-
making process. In 2022, we took a number of steps to 
further enhance this approach, which include:
• Moving the calculation of climate risk metrics for our 

corporate bond and listed equity exposures to a specialist 
platform to improve consistency and quality of data. This 
has enabled Beazley to determine the apportioned carbon 
emissions and weighted average carbon intensity (WACI), 
which we now report as part of our climate-related metrics; 
• Using the same platform to access information on the Paris 
alignment of our assets and physical and transition risks, 
this knowledge will help us to monitor and manage our 
climate risk on an ongoing basis; and

• Commencing work to develop and incorporate climate data 

and emission factors for sovereign exposures. It is 
anticipated these numbers will be incorporated into our 
annual reporting at the end of 2023.

Alongside this work, Beazley also made its first impact 
investment. This was based on a Beazley commitment in 
2021 to invest, over time, up to $100m of the investment 
portfolio in impact investments (these are defined as 
investments that have a measurable positive social and 
environmental impact as well as a financial return). In 2022, 
following detailed analysis, we made our first such 
investment, in a fund focused on the creation of renewable 
energy capacity. This fund is managed by a member of the 
Natural Capital Investment Alliance (NCIA) which was 
established through the Sustainable Markets Initiative (SMI) 
to increase the scale of natural capital investment. In 2023, 
we will maintain our focus and momentum in searching for 
impact investments. Progress will be overseen by the 
Investment Committee.

For 2023, in addition to supporting the development of 
Beazley's plan for the transition to net zero, will also focus on 
developing our analysis on the impact of different climate 
scenarios on the EBITDA of the companies we invest in, over 
various time horizons out to 2050, to enable us to reduce 
exposure to climate risk across our investments. 

For our internally managed investment-grade fixed income 
portfolios, we will look to reduce our exposure by disinvesting 
from companies not making sufficient progress to 
decarbonise. We feel this approach is appropriate given the 
size and nature of investments are not sufficient scale to 
allow us to effectively engage directly with companies we 
invest in. Equity investment is a small proportion of our 
portfolio and the management of these assets is outsourced 
to external investment managers; we do require that they 
exercise our voting rights and engage with our investee 
companies on climate issues. We continually monitor 
available investments to ensure we are invested in the most 
sustainable comparable option and/or engage with the 
manager to apply pressure to make changes to the mandate 
where possible.

2.2.4 Operations
Greenhouse Gas reduction strategy
Beazley operates from a number of offices across the globe. 
Whilst these locations could be impacted by physical climate-
related events, in the short term the focus of business 
strategy is on how Beazley can best work to reduce our 
contribution to climate change, particularly in respect to the 
greenhouse gases (GHGs) we generate. As laid out within our 
Responsible Business Strategy, a 40% reduction in GHG 
emissions was targeted for 2022, and a 50% reduction 
sought in 2023; both targets are set against a 2019 baseline. 
Progress against these figures is reported in the metrics 
section. Beazley’s GHG emissions predominantly arise from 
our Scopes 2 and 3 emissions, as set out in within our GHG 
emissions disclosures. We aim to deliver our targets through 
the following actions:

Office space selection 
We are selecting our office spaces based on our changing 
needs as a business. The move to an activity-based working 
approach means that our office space is smaller than in 
previous years. Furthermore, by selecting offices which 
achieve a BREEAM or LEED certificate, we can guarantee that 
the energy performance of the fabric and technology within the 
building is energy efficiency.

Carbon travel budget
Business travel is a significant part of our scope 3 emissions. 
To help address the impact of business travel, a carbon 
budget was introduced at the beginning of 2022. As with a 
financial budget, each division has a total amount of carbon 
they can ‘spend’ on GHG emissions arising from business 
travel. Updates on performance were provided throughout the 
year, so teams could track budget spends. 

For 2023, we have developed this further to improve the 
alignment between the carbon travel budget and the financial 
budget for business travel. We will monitor both the financial 
and carbon budgets in 2023 in order to identify where 
improvements to this revised approach can be made.

Supply chain
Currently we do not disclose emissions arising from our supply 
chain, beyond those produced by two of the data centres we 
lease. However, Beazley has committed to embedding ESG 
matters into our procurement, including a focus on GHG 
emissions arising from our suppliers' operations. We will 
begin to develop this procurement strategy in 2023. Progress 
against targets, and the emissions arising from our supply 
chain, will be reported in subsequent years in the metrics 
section.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

37

 
TCFD 2022 continued

3. Scenario analysis
3.1 Climate Biennial Exploratory Scenario 
In 2021, Beazley took part in the PRA’s Climate Biennial Exploratory Scenario (CBES) stress test. The exercise covered 
modelling of physical, transition and liability (litigation) risk over a 30-year time horizon within three different scenarios – Early 
Action (EA), Late Action (LA), and No Additional Action (NAA). The scenarios were based on those established by the Network for 
Greening the Financial System (NGFS), with their key characteristics summarised in the table below:

Physical Risks
Mean global warming rise by end of scenario 
(since pre-industrial times)
Mean sea level rise in UK (m)
Transition risks
Transition begins
Nature of transition

Impact on output

Early Action
Limited
1.8

Late Action
Limited
1.8

No Additional Action
High
3.3

0.16
Medium
2021
Early and orderly

0.16
High
2031
Late and disorderly

Temporarily lower 
growth

Sudden contraction 
(recession)

0.39
Limited
n/a
Only policies that were 
in place before 2021
Permanently lower 
growth and higher 
uncertainty.

The exercise focussed on both assets and liabilities, taking
a view, based on end-of-year 2020 balance sheets, of what 
might happen depending on future climate-related policies, 
technological advancements and consumer behaviour to limit 
greenhouse gas emissions. A quantitative questionnaire also 
accompanied the qualitative exercise, asking for the 
disclosure of potential management actions to improve the 
management and mitigation of climate-related risks. 

It was determined that the overall balance sheet impact is 
material over the long term, particularly in the NAA scenario 
which sees greater physical and transitional risk. However, in 
no scenario is Beazley rendered unviable as an organisation.

On physical risk, the biggest impact on loss occurs in the NAA 
scenario, specifically the US perils (i.e. US windstorm, US 
inland flood, US wildfire, US severe convective storm, and US 
winter storm). There is however, a range of reliability of 
climate data and this leads to significant uncertainty as to the 

impacts of climate change on individual perils and regions. As 
a result, the modelling of physical risk triggered a series of 
further actions on improving catastrophe modelling by 
developing climate change conditioned view of risk, 
incorporating climate risk trends for most material perils.

On transition risk, the largest asset portfolio loss occurs in 
the NAA scenario and the smallest in the EA scenario. The 
‘balance sheet shock’ approach has its limitation, however we 
continue to decarbonise our investment portfolio. 

The climate litigation risk scenarios have been useful to 
stimulate discussion, raise awareness, and consider timing of 
impact on industry sectors. The impact on the underwriting 
portfolio was estimated to be the highest for the 
greenwashing scenario. This led to development of an internal 
deterministic greenwashing scenario.

38

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Scenario analysis plan for 2023
On physical risk, we have already assessed the impacts on 
key perils in our CBES exercise. Recognising the need to 
continue carrying out such scenario analysis, however, we 
plan to keep developing short-term, medium-term, and long-
term scenarios. We will link these to our business planning 
and decision making. We plan to link the future likely state 
scenarios to individual perils when developing physical risk 
scenarios. This will enable Beazley to understand what the 
physical risk impacts would be under future likely state 
scenario, and the stressed version of the scenario. 

On litigation risk, we are investigating the merit of working with 
a third-party partner to review and challenge the way we 
undertook the CBES litigation scenario, and also our internal 
climate litigation scenario. This would potentially not only 
allow us to better understand and assess our climate 
litigation risk, but also refine/update the scenario and design 
more scenario(s) if necessary. The internal climate litigation 
scenario will be monitored on a quarterly basis. We will review 
the quarterly movement in scenario results linked to climate 
ligation claims and the risk landscape, enabling us to review 
the scenario and its use for decision making.

3.3 Climate-related issues and the financial 
planning process
The outputs from scenario analysis and risk modelling help to 
determine Beazley's capital allocation for risks. The risk 
modelling continues to be updated to reflect the latest 
consensus of scientific opinion. For example, the US hurricane 
model includes assumptions that are based on climate-
conditioned output. The process also informs the amount of 
reinsurance which needs to be purchased to cover claims 
arising from climate-related issues. This work is conducted on 
an annual basis, as part of the business planning process, 
and ensures Beazley has sufficient capital to cover ongoing 
claims. 

3.2 Post CBES actions
CBES has significantly moved us forward in embedding 
climate risk into our business and has triggered a number of 
actions, as discussed previously in section 3.1. From a 
scenario analysis perspective, our focus in 2022 was to 
develop a Beazley most likely future state climate scenario, a 
deterministic greenwashing scenario, and a plan for further 
scenario development in 2023. Progress on these matters is 
summarised in the section below. 

Likely future state scenario
In 2022, we developed a 'likely future state' scenario which 
ensures that all areas of the business are aligned in terms of 
views on likely future scenarios and what ‘degree world’ we 
are operating in and planning for. This scenario has been 
developed to support internal business activities (e.g. view of 
risk selection, underwriting and pricing decisions, capital 
investment choices). The scenario is based on NGFS 
scenarios and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 
(IPCC) scenarios. The proposed ‘Beazley most likely’ scenario 
parameters are: 
• a 3 degree celcius warmer world at 2050;
• a 0.6m sea level rise at 2050; and
• a very late and more aggressive policy transition. Assumes 

annual emissions do not decrease to 2030. 

This corresponds to the NGFS ‘Delayed transition’ scenario 
and the IPCC RCP4.5 scenario. We also proposed stressed 
versions of the scenario, for both physical risk and transition 
and liability risk. The likely future state scenario will be 
reviewed on a regularly basis to ensure the continued 
appropriateness of the parameters. 

The 'likely future state' scenario parameters have already 
been used to decide which view of risk we should take in our 
US hurricane climate-change-conditioned model, and also 
when developing climate change metrics for US hurricane for 
underwriters. 

Deterministic climate litigation scenario
Post CBES, we found that one of the climate litigation 
scenarios merited further investigation internally, and this has 
resulted in the development of a deterministic greenwashing 
scenario to assess and quantify the potential impact of 
greenwashing and consider actions needed to mitigate this 
risk.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

39

 
Deterministic scenarios
Beazley runs RDSs in order to determine the impact of 
different risks. The natural catastrophe RDS and climate 
litigation RDS are run on a regular basis. This modelling 
process is overseen by the exposure management team, who 
have developed a complex and emerging underwriting risks 
protocol. This sets out the activity in place to review 
potential,complex, and / or emerging risks relating to 
underwriting. There are approximately 60 Deterministic 
Realistic Disaster Scenarios (D-RDS) used to monitor the 
most significant. 

These scenarios are either modelled, using data drawn from 
third-party modelling partners, or non-modelled, where experts 
across Beazley collaborate to determine the impact. An 
example of our approach to non-modelled risks is wildfires, an 
increasingly common event due to the impacts of climate 
change. The modelling approach, meanwhile takes into 
account the impact of sector, geography and business 
segment, in order to determine Beazley’s exposure. This helps 
to determine the relative significance of the climate-related 
risk in relation to other risks. In turn this informs decision-
making across the business. 

Climate-related strategic risks
The Board identifies and analyses emerging and strategic risk 
on an annual basis for discussion at The Board level. In the 
context of climate-related matters, strategic risks relate to 
Beazley’s approach overall to climate risk and behaving as a 
responsible business by seeking to minimise our 
environmental impact. This includes our approach to the 
transition to net zero, key disclosure requirements, and 
embedding climate risk and responsibility actions into 
business as usual approaches.

Strategic risks are also reviewed, twice a year, by the risk 
team as part of Beazley’s risk assessment process. These 
reviews are a collaborative effort with all the business 
functions, and are an opportunity to identify emerging risk, 
review existing risks, and provide appropriate mitigation 
measures to reduce/manage the risk. This assessment is 
inward looking and primarily concentrates on operational 
processes, whilst helping to encourage open dialogue with 
risk owners. This assessment is also where Beazley’s own 
response to climate change is noted, and the appropriate 
action to deliver improvements is documented.

TCFD 2022 continued

4. Risk management
4.1 Risk management framework
4.1.1 Overview of Beazley’s risk 
management framework 
Beazley’s risk management framework establishes our 
approach to identifying, measuring, mitigating and monitoring 
the Group’s key risks, including climate risk. See additional 
detail on the risk management framework in the strategic 
report which starts on page 1. 

4.2 Identification and assessment of 
climate-related risks 
We use the key mechanisms set out below to identify and 
assess a range of climate-related risks relevant to Beazley, 
whether that be by geographical location, sector or product 
line. 

Scenario analysis
Scenario analysis includes stressing the scenarios of the first 
line or developing additional scenarios to consider climate 
related risks. 

Natural catastrophe modelling
Beazley utilises physical damage catastrophe models, such as 
those created by Moody's proprietary modelling system RMS, 
to help understand the implications of physical events. The 
modelling of physical events with a climate-adjusted view, i.e. 
models that enable us to review potential changes in physical 
risk as a result of a changing climate, is a discipline in its 
infancy. The Group has licensed, and validated, the RMS 
climate-adjusted model for our most material peril and 
expects to review and validate more climate-adjusted models 
released in 2023. 

The primary purpose of the tool is to gather data from the 
underwriting portfolio and provide loss-related information 
about pre-defined events, such as Lloyd's Realistic Disaster 
Scenarios (RDSs). However, it is also used to assist with 
determining rate adequacy and as a key input in portfolio 
management decisions; for example, in terms of 
diversification and geographical spread. 

The modelling enables the impact of climate-related risk to be 
reviewed from the following perspectives:
• regional variation;
• different climate risk scenarios; and
• different loss perspectives

Beyond this modelling, we also engage with other data and 
tool providers to review potential changes in physical perils at 
an individual location level.

40

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
4.3 Management of climate-related risks 
4.3.1 Consideration of climate-related risk 
within the Risk Management Framework
The classification of climate-related risk has evolved at 
Beazley. The Board identified it as an emerging risk in 2019 
before being reflected under enterprise risk which is a 
principal risk within the risk framework in 2021. However, 
enterprise risks including climate-related risks are pervasive 
and span multiple risk categories and risk owners. 

A brief outline of how climate-related matters are reflected in 
the risk categories wider than enterprise risk, is outlined in 
the tables below.

Identification of emerging trends and regulatory 
requirements
Regular scanning of the horizon for emerging trends, 
regulatory requirements and stakeholder perspectives is 
undertaken. Key elements which are looked for include:
• Understanding the perspectives of stakeholders, whether 
they be investors, activists or our employees, through 
regular dialogue;

• Determining current and emerging legal requirements, 
whether they be mandated or voluntary. This includes 
compliance with regulatory demands and legislation. It also 
extends to voluntary initiatives Beazley is a member of, 
such as the UN Principles for Sustainable Insurance, or the 
Net Zero Insurance Alliance; and

• Understanding the evolving reputational risks associated 

with our activities.

Regular communication on these matters occurs across the 
teams identified in section 1.2 in order to ensure Beazley’s 
approach to responsible business meets stakeholder 
expectations. Where necessary, proposals are put to the 
responsible business steering group for further discussion or 
clarification and recommendations for any appropriate action. 
Last year the Group committed to setting a net zero target for 
2050.

Insurance risks 

Risk type
Market cycle risks

Relevance to climate-related matters
This is the risk of systematic mispricing of the medium-tailed speciality risks business, which could arise due to a change in the 
US tort environment, changes to the supply and demand of capital, companies using incomplete data to make decisions. In the 
context of climate-related matters, liability risks could manifest themselves, especially in relation to accusations of greenwashing. 
Transitional risk may also play a part in claims arising from market cycle risks.

Natural catastrophe risks 
events

The Group uses a range of techniques to mitigate this risk including sophisticated pricing tools, analysis of macro trends, analysis 
of claim frequency and the expertise of our experienced underwriters and claims managers.
This is the risk of one or more large events caused by nature affecting several policies and therefore giving rise to multiple losses. 
Given Beazley’s risk profile, such an event could be a hurricane, major windstorm, earthquake or wildfire. 

Reserve risk

This risk is monitored using exposure management techniques to ensure that the risk and reward are appropriate, and that the 
exposure is not overly concentrated in one area.

This is the risk that established reserves are not sufficient to reflect the ultimate impact climate change may have on paid losses. 
This includes unanticipated liability risk losses arising from our clients facing litigation if they are held to be responsible for 
contributing to climate change, or for failing to act properly to respond to the various impacts of climate change. With support 
from our Group actuarial team, claims teams and other members of management, the Group establishes financial provisions for 
our ultimate claims liabilities. The Group maintains a consistent approach to reserving to help mitigate the uncertainty within the 
reserves estimation process.

Asset, credit and liquidity risks 

Risk type
Risk to earnings

Relevance to climate-related matters
This is a risk of investment loss, in any period, sufficient to impact capital and/or cause reputational damage. Beazley’s 
investment portfolio could suffer detrimental returns following drops in the share prices of investments following a climate-risk-
related incident.

Reinsurance credit risk

To mitigate this risk, an approved investment strategy is in place that provides guidance on appetite. In addition, adherence to the 
investment strategy is monitored through ongoing review, oversight and audit work.

In the event material natural catastrophe events, there would be a risk that our reinsurance counterparties are unable to pay 
reinsurance balances due to Beazley. If the frequency or severity of these events is increased due to climate change, this could 
cause a corresponding increase in credit risk. An important consideration when placing our reinsurance programme is evaluation 
of our counterparty risk. Every potential reinsurer is evaluated through a detailed benchmarking exercise which considers financial 
strength ratings, capital metrics, performance metrics and other considerations.

Liquidity risk

There is a risk that losses resulting from unprecedented natural disasters or extreme weather could erode our ability to pay 
claims in a timely manner, due to unavailability (or not having access to) the neccesary financial resources to meet obligations.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

41

 
 
 
TCFD 2022 continued

Strategic risk 

Risk type
Strategic decisions

Relevance to climate-related matters
The Group’s performance would be affected in the event of making strategic decisions that do not add value. 

The Group mitigates this risk through the combination of recommendation and challenge from Non-Executive directors, debate at 
the Executive Committee and input from the Strategy and Performance Group (a group of 30+ senior individuals from across 
different disciplines at Beazley).

In the context of climate-related matters, this relates to decision making around the transition to net zero across underwriting, 
investments and our operations.

Communication

Having the right strategy and environment is of little value if the strategy is not communicated internally so that the whole Group 
is heading in the same direction, or if key external stakeholders are not aware of Beazley’s progress against its strategy.

Beazley regularly communicates internally and externally on responsible business matters. This is underpinned by the responsible 
business strategy.

Senior management 
performance

There is a risk that senior management could be overstretched or could fail to perform, which would have a detrimental impact on 
the Group’s performance. 

The performance of the senior management team is monitored by the CEO and Culture and People team, and overseen by the 
Nomination Committee. Climate-related objectives are built into senior management remuneration packages. This ensures 
progress can be measured and reported against.

Enterprise risk

Risk type
Climate financial risk

Environmental, social, and 
governance (ESG)

Reputation

Operational risk

Risk type
External event

Commercial management

Regulatory and legal

Relevance to climate-related matters
This relates to potential financial risks that may result from the physical impact and transition requirements of a changing climate 
on Beazley’s underwriting and investment portfolios. This could be due to systemic mispricing of climate-related exposures, 
mismanagement of our aggregate exposures, or greater claims costs than expected resulting in financial loss and/or reputational 
damage.

The Group mitigates this in a number of ways, including having a clearly defined and documented underwriting and investment 
strategy. There is training and guidance on related risks as part of the business planning process. Pricing models are regularly 
reviewed and updated to include/reflect climate-risk-related information. Exposure management processes are in place, including 
stress and scenario analysis. 

ESG is the umbrella term for environmental, social and governance factors that are used to measure the sustainability and ethical 
impact of a business. The risk is that we fall short of the expected standard of ESG in relation to our stakeholders. For example, 
this could stem from failing to understand and keep pace with ESG related thinking (that continues to gain momentum) and 
consequently not taking appropriate actions to address Beazley’s stance and exposure in those areas. This could result in actual, 
or a potential, material negative impact and/or reputation of Beazley, arising from an adverse sustainability impact.

We mitigate this risk by ensuring there is a clearly defined and documented ESG strategy driven by the executive team, that 
includes targets and milestones which are communicated to all staff. This is primarily governed via the Responsible Business 
Steering Group to ensure we take a consistent approach across the Group. Sustainability initiatives are incorporated into the 
business planning process.

Although reputational risk is a consequential risk, i.e. it emerges upon the occurrence of another risk manifesting, it has the 
potential to have a significant impact on an organisation. Beazley expects its staff to always act honourably by doing the right 
thing.

From a climate-related risk perspective, reputational risk manifests itself in the decisions we make on climate matters. This 
includes our approach to the transition to net zero, our approach to underwriting and investments, particularly in carbon-intensive 
sectors, and performance against the objectives we have set within our Responsible Business Strategy.

Relevance to climate-related matters
This is the risk that the physical impact of climate-related events has a material impact on our own people, processes and 
systems, leading to increased operating costs or the inability to deliver uninterrupted client service. The Group has business 
continuity plans in place to minimise the risk of interrupted client service in the event of a disaster.

The Group aims to minimise where possible the environmental impact of its business activities and those that arise from the 
occupation of its office spaces. As we operate in leased office spaces, our ability to directly influence the building's environmental 
impacts is limited. However, we do choose office space with climate change mitigation in mind, and engage with our employees, 
vendors and customers in an effort to reduce overall waste and our environmental footprint.

Regulators, investors and other stakeholders are becoming increasingly interested in companies’ responses to climate change. 
Failure to appropriately engage with these stakeholders and provide transparent information could result in the risk of reputational 
damage or increased scrutiny. The Group regularly monitors the regulatory landscape to ensure that we adhere to any changes in 
relevant laws and regulations. This includes making any necessary regulatory or statutory filings with regard to climate risk.

42

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
4.3.2 Processes for managing climate-related risks
Beazley’s risk management philosophy is to balance the risks the business takes on with the associated cost of controlling 
these risks, whilst also operating within the risk appetite agreed by The Board. In addition, our risk management processes are 
designed to continuously monitor our risk profile against risk appetite and to exploit opportunities as they arise. As a specialist 
insurer, a number of classes of business that we underwrite are susceptible to the impact (or potential impact) of climate 
change. There are broadly four options that we have as an insurance company in relation to these risks: we can accept the risk, 
avoid the risk, mitigate the risk, or transfer the risk. 

Tools to help manage climate-related risks
Beazley employs a variety of tools to help manage climate-related risks. These are as follows:

Tools used
Stress and scenario 
framework

Description of use
The stress and scenario framework is a key element of the risk management framework, enabling senior management to form an 
understanding of the vulnerabilities of the business model. There are two levels of stress and scenario tests conducted at 
Beazley, which ensures there is coverage of the key risks facing us and ownership at the appropriate management level.

Monitoring of aggregation of 
exposure

Capital modelling

Risk appetite

Single-pillar stress and scenario tests such as RDSs are performed as part of normal business processes, with RDSs for natural 
catastrophes run on a regular basis in order to determine the impact of different risks. 

In addition, multi-pillar testing is conducted as part of the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) process, to ensure that 
tests continue to develop and reflect the evolving risk environment.

The Exposure Management team has the responsibility for developing approaches to monitor the aggregation of exposure to 
natural catastrophes. Part of this work involves assessing the latest views on climate change and reporting to the business on 
the impacts any changes could have to the insurance portfolios. The Exposure Management team reports to the Chief 
Underwriting Officer, who in turn provides regular updates to The Board on these matters. The Exposure Management team is 
supported by the Head of Financial Climate Risk.

The Head of Capital provides an update to The Board, using modelled and non-modelled information, to help determine the impact 
of climate change on the business. An example of this is the internal modelling the capital team undertook to determine the 
impact of wildfires, which are becoming increasingly prevalent as a result of climate change. They also set out a view on the more 
material hurricane risk as part of this process.

On an annual basis, Beazley’s risk appetite is reviewed and is informed by outputs from the RDS, capital model, and credit risk 
assessment, as well as input from the trading teams. This helps guide the trading teams for the following year, before being 
reviewed against the capacity available. 

This appetite is agreed and set by The Board, before being tracked by the exposure management team on a monthly basis, who 
flag up to the business any areas where we are close to the limits the business has set. Capacity is obviously impacted by the 
number of physical weather events which occur throughout any given year, and therefore the impact of climate change is 
considered when deciding on risk appetite. 

During 2022, risk appetite statements and specific Board-level key risk indicators (KRIs) have been developed for climate-related 
financial risk, which includes investment and underwriting. These are being monitored from 2023 onwards. 

Quantitative and qualitative assessment of climate-related risks within the Risk Management Framework
Specific Board-level key risk indicators (KRIs), as set out in the risk appetite statements, are being monitored, as part of the 
risk management framework from 2023 onwards. They are designed to provide triggers that through monitoring can be 
addressed through Beazley’s governance structure. They set out tolerance levels using red, amber and green ('RAG') ratings to 
help indicate the extent to which a risk is inside or outside appetite and whether any escalation is required. The climate change-
related KRIs will be as follows:

Area of the business

Key Risk Indicator

Underwriting

Investments

Operations

Phase 1 Climate change in underwriting and pricing objectives met
Regulatory disclosure requirements met
Compliance with responsible investment policy and transition risk

Reduction in carbon emissions for our operations compared to the 2019 baseline of 40% in 2022, and 50% in 2023.

Where possible, these KRI’s have been reported in the metrics section of the TCFD disclosure, with full incorporation expected 
from 2023.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

43

 
 
 
5.3 Investments 
Beazley uses data from Standard & Poor's Market Intelligence 
Capital IQ pro (S&P CAP IQ pro) to help determine a number of 
metrics across our investment portfolio. 

Total apportioned GHG emissions arising from 
our investments
This is the total Carbon Emissions apportioned to Beazley's 
portfolio of publicly listed equities, which are 1.8% of our 
overall holdings. The value of holdings is $159m. This metric 
is the starting point for carbon footprinting of our listed equity 
portfolios. It adopts the equity ownership approach, consistent 
with the GHG Protocol accounting standard, allocating 
emissions based on levels on equity ownership (market 
capitalisation) on an enterprise value including cash (EVIC) 
basis. 

The GHG emissions data is based on Scope 1 and 2 
emissions only. Data to complete the calculation has been 
sourced from S&P CAP IQ pro. The data was reported as at 
1st January 2023, and is the first year we have reported this 
figure. This metric will form part of the suite of metrics Beazley 
will report on going forward. 

Apportioned GHG emissions (tCO2e) arising from 
our investments (Publicly listed equities only)

 2,359.29 

2022

Weighted average carbon intensity (WACI)
The weighted average carbon intensity (WACI) of our corporate 
bonds and equity portfolios is set out in the table below. The 
WACI is calculated by taking the sum of the GHG emissions 
(Scope 1 and Scope 2) for the holding and dividing by the total 
revenue of each holding. This figure is then multiplied by its 
investment weight (the current value of the holding to the 
current value of the total holdings as at 1 January 2023). The 
scope of the reporting is limited to the GHG emissions arising 
from our publicly listed corporate bonds (investment grade and 
high yield) and publicly listed equities. The GHG emissions 
data is sourced from S&P CAP IQ. Emissions have been 
reported for 90.23% of the portfolio of publicly listed equities 
and corporate bonds. Work continues to source data required 
to report on the remainder of the portfolio.

WACI (tCO2e/$m sales) arising from our 
investments (Publicly listed corporate 
bonds (investment grade and high yield) 
and publicly listed equities)

2021

2022

75.50

49.92

TCFD 2022 continued

5. Metrics 
5.1 Enhancing our approach 
to climate-related matters
The creation of the CRWG in 2022 has enabled the Group to 
work to begin to enhance our approach to climate-related 
matters within underwriting. For 2022, there are two 
quantitative metrics which we can report against as a 
measure of initial progress, with the expectation that we will 
develop more metrics to measure our progress against our 
climate risk strategy in 2023.

Number of perils with climate- change- conditioned 
view of risk
Beazley is investigating the climate change conditioned 
models in the market and updating our understanding of 
climate change impact on physical risk perils from dedicated 
research, in order to develop a forward-looking climate-change-
conditioned view of risk. We developed and introduced a 
climate change conditioned view of risk for US hurricane, our 
most material peril, in 2022, and plan to develop climate 
change conditioned view of risk for other key perils in 2023.

2021
0

2022
1 (US hurricane)

Number of perils with climate loss trends introduced
into pricing model calibration
Beazley is in the process of incorporating climate trends for 
key perils into the model calibration for pricing. This is the first 
step in the process to fully embed climate loss trends for key 
perils into pricing. In 2022, we reviewed climate loss trends 
for US hurricane, US wildfire, and US inland flood. These were 
introduced into the key property pricing tool in December 
2022 for US Flood and US Wildfire and January 2023 for 
US Hurricane. We plan to further embed these perils within 
pricing, whilst also reviewing and incorporating other key peril 
climate trends.

2021
0

2022
2 (US wildfire, US inland flood)

5.2 Underwriting
Net Estimate Premium Income arising from low and 
zero carbon technologies 
The sum of net estimated premium income (net EPI) arising 
from low and zero carbon technologies underwritten in 2021 
and 2022 is as outlined in the table below. The scope of 
inclusion is for estimated insurance premiums written for 
policies related to energy efficiency and low and net zero 
carbon technology, including renewable energy insurance, 
energy savings warranties, and carbon capture and storage 
insurance).

2021
$4.5m

2022
$8.0m

44

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
 
 
Temperature alignment of our investment portfolio 
The reporting of the temperature alignment of Beazley's 
portfolio is based on the methodology set out by the S&P Cap 
IQ. The methodology apportions the value of holdings with 
regards to the ‘under/over 2°C budget’ metric which is 
produced by S&P each year for every company. This is 
calculated by multiplying the ‘under/over 2°C budget’ figure by 
the investor’s value of holdings and then dividing this value by 
the total market capitalisation of that particular company. The 
individual values are then summed across the entire portfolio 
in order to either give a negative figure (aligned) or positive 
figure (misaligned). The scope of the reporting is limited to the 
GHG emissions arising from our publicly listed corporate 
bonds (investment grade and high yield) and publicly listed 
equities. The data was reported as at 1 January 2023. 
Emissions have been reported for 90.23% of the portfolio. 
Work continues to source the missing data required to report 
on the remainder of the portfolio.

The reporting of Beazley's current pathway alignment is the 
starting point from which future comparisons will be made. 
Beazley has set an objective to align its investment portfolio 
with a 1.5 degree Celsius pathway and will continue to work 
towards this in 2023.

Current Temperature 
Pathway Alignment

2022

2-3 degree Celsius

5.4 Beazley’s operations
5.4.1 GHG emissions
The Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are calculated and in 
accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, Corporate 
Reporting and Accounting Standard including the amended 
GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance, and HM Government, 
Environmental Reporting Guidelines, using the applicable UK 
Government’s (BEIS) GHG Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting unless otherwise indicated. Beazley Group’s 
(hereafter Beazley) GHG emissions are, where possible, 
calculated using emission factors for ‘kgCO2e’ (i.e. the sum of 
emission factors for carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous 
oxide). The full methodology for calculating the GHG emissions 
is available on Beazley's website. The exceptions to this are:
1 Emissions associated with refrigerants, which are reported 

as GHG dioxide equivalent (tCO2e) emissions;

2 GHG emissions for company cars are calculated using 
information provided on: the yearly mileage agreement, 
make, model, registration and fuel type. Consumption has 
been based on the maximum agreed mileage for the car in 
2022, as set out in the lease agreement.

3 GHG emissions associated with the Dublin office electricity 

use are calculated using information reported by the 
Sustainable Energy Authority of Ireland (SEAI) and reported 
as gCO2/kWh (NCV). The kgCO2e emission figure was 
calculated by adding BEIS NO2 and CH4 emission factors to 
SEAI’s kgCO2 figure.

4 Due to data coverage, US office electricity use and heating 
energy (Scope 2) are estimated using the office floor area 
and the 2021 CIBSE Guide F for Energy Benchmarking. 
5 US office electricity use (Scope 2) and US grid electricity 

transmission and distribution (Scope 3) where the 
Environment Protection Agency (EPA, 2020) EPA US State 
emission factors are used

6 US office business travel by rental car, personal car, air and 
rail (Scope 3) where the US Environment Protection Agency 
(EPA, 2020) emission factors are used.

7 Where emissions factors are not listed by BEIS for the 
country of hotel stay, then data from the Cornell Hotel 
Sustainability Benchmarking (CHSB) index is applied
8 Emission figures for electricity used in ‘ROW’ offices 

(Barcelona, Dublin, Munich, Montreal and Paris) are country 
emission factors sourced from Carbonfootprint’s GHG 
Footprint emissions document 

9 Car hire for business use has been estimated, as data is 
unavailable to assess the mileage travelled as part of the 
rental period. Calculations have been based on an 
assumption that the user would travel 100 miles per day as 
part of the rental.

The parameter of Scope 1 and Scope 2 reporting in 2022 
includes 16 sites covering London (UK), Birmingham (UK), 
Dublin (Ireland), Munich (Germany), Paris (France), Barcelona 
(Spain) and Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Farmington, New 
York, San Francisco, Philadelphia, Miami (USA) and Montreal 
(Canada) and two third party data centres. Additional offices 
are located across the globe, many of which are considered 
shared space or serviced office suites. Beazley pays a service 
charge for their use, however, has no control over the 
operation or use of utility provisions. Responsibility for energy 
consumption and carbon emissions, therefore, falls to the 
landlord, and is considered out of scope for the purpose of 
these calculations. The global emissions reported do not 
include data for the following office locations: Houston, Los 
Angeles, Denver, Singapore, Rio de Janerio, Shanghai, and 
Vancouver. These offices make up 8% of Global FTE in 2022. 
This equates to 94% of Beazley employees including 
contractors. The 2022 reporting scope is comparable with the 
GHG emissions reported for 2019 to 2021. Beazley’s two 
subsidiaries, Lodestone & BHI, are excluded due to data 
quality and will aim to be incorporated in future reporting. 

Reporting is based on operational control. Beazley Group does 
not have operational control over the building infrastructure 
and plant at its offices due to the presence of facility 
management companies and shared tenancy; as a result, 
emissions primarily fall within Scope 2 and 3 of the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

45

 
 
TCFD 2022 continued

5.4.2 Location- based GHG emissions 
Our Green House Gas (GHG) emissions normalised for Beazley's full-time equivalent (FTE) were 2.49 tonnes carbon dioxide 
equivalent (tCO2e/ FTE) in 2022. This equates to an 55% reduction when compared to our 2019 baseline. This sizeable 
reduction is a reflection of the actions taken over the last three years, which have included the relocation of our office in London 
to more energy efficient premises at 22 Bishopsgate, the outsourcing of our data centres, and a reduction in business travel.

Location- based GHG Emissions (tCO2e)  
Scope 1
Scope 2
Scope 3
Total tCO2e  

Total tCO2e/FTE  

2019

2020

2021

21.08
2,010.84
6,735.91
8,767.83

16.50
1,773.92
1,647.04
3,437.46

8.23
1,412.87
807.37
2,228.46

2022
65.20
1,144.79
4,073.96
5,283.00

5.52

2.09

1.22

2.49

5.4.3 Market- based GHG emissions 
Beazley Group’s market-based GHG reporting for 2022, taking into account the procurement of 538,589.43 kWh of electricity 
from certified renewable sources, is summarised in the table below. Renewable energy was procured for our Dublin, Barcelona, 
Paris and London offices, and equates to renewable energy being 53.46% of Beazley's overall in scope energy use. The 
procurement of renewable energy resulted in a saving of 116.63 tonnes of CO2 equivalent. The contribution of renewable energy 
to our overall energy consumption is lower than the 65.55% saving achieved in 2021. This is because we were reporting energy 
arising from both our new and old London offices whilst in the process of relocating. Both offices used renewable energy, and 
therefore both our overall energy consumption and the contribution from renewable energy was temporarily higher than in a 
normal operating year.

The market-based emissions, which take into account the carbon emission reductions achieved through the use of renewable 
energy in four of Beazley's offices, are set out in the table below.

Market-based GHG Emissions (tCO2e)  
Scope 1
Scope 2
Scope 3
Total tCO2e  

Total tCO2e/FTE  

2021
8.23   
1,038.22  
776.12   
1,822.57  

2022
65.20 
1,027.79 
4,066.63 
5,158.65 

1.00

2.43

5.4.4 Detailed Breakdown of Emissions
SCOPE 1 
Our Scope 1 emissions arise from company car use, refrigerant top ups of air conditioning systems and back-up generator use 
for our Dublin office. Emissions are as follows for 2022:

UK
5.71

USA
0.00

Europe
59.49

46

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
SCOPE 2 
Beazley Group does not have operational control over the building infrastructure and plant at its offices due to a combination of 
shared tenancy and the presence of facility management companies. Beazley offices are heated/ cooled by the building’s 
central HVAC systems, which are managed by the landlord or landlord’s agent. This does influence the options we have for 
procuring energy. Our Scope 2 emissions can be broken down by region:

UK 

Total location-based GHG Emissions (tCO2e) 
Total market-based GHG Emissions (tCO2e) 

USA 

Total location-based GHG Emissions (tCO2e) 

EUROPE 

Total location-based GHG Emissions (tCO2e) 
Total market-based GHG Emissions (tCO2e) 

2019
856.10

2020
615.26
173.94

2021
319.02
19.97

2022
135.28
72.73

2019

1,013.76   

2020
1,013.76 

2021
964.18

2022
909.32

2019
140.98

2020
144.90
50.62

2021
129.67
54.08

2022
100.19
45.73

SCOPE 3 
A breakdown of our Scope 3 is detailed below, with travel being a predominant part of our overall reported emissions. The UK/ 
Rest of World (ROW) data includes travel booked through our UK/ROW travel partner, which is predominantly for staff located 
within all offices except those in the USA. The data cited for the USA includes travel booked through our US travel partner, 
which is predominantly for staff located within all US offices.

UK/Rest of World GHG emissions

Air travel
Rail travel
Hotel stays
Car hire use
Electricity transmission & distribution losses (location-based)
Taxi use
Personal car use
Electric vehicle charging transmission & distribution losses
Imported heat transmissions & distribution losses
Data centres
Total

USA GHG Emissions 

Air travel
Rail travel
Hotel stays
Car hire use
Electricity transmission & distribution losses (location-based)
Taxi use
Personal car use
Electric vehicle charging transmission & distribution losses
Imported heat transmissions & distribution losses
Data centres
Total

2019
(tCO2e)
4,318.84
18.32
126.22
9.19
67.99
89.40
19.51
–
0.46
–
4,649.94

2019
(tCO2e)
1,755.20
89.33
57.00
14.33
39.99
75.71
54.41
0.00
0.00
0.00
2,085.98

2020
(tCO2e)
825.05
3.68
24.31
1.39
46.71
30.20
6.07
0.28
0.45
–
938.14

2020
(tCO2e)
612.65
2.01
10.42
1.86
39.99
28.93
13.04
0.00
0.00
0.00
708.90

2021
(tCO2e)
165.79
3.54
8.88
0.07
34.18
9.91
4.81
0.26
0.45
128.24
356.13

2021
(tCO2e)
361.60
0.66
21.93
2.67
37.25
12.78
14.34
0.00
0.00
0.00
451.24

2022
(tCO2e)
2,139.48
9.16
50.79
–
9.19
56.11
7.79
0.27
0.45
134.25
2,407.49

2022
(tCO2e)
1,527.01
2.78
45.34
9.56
37.92
43.86
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1,666.48

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TCFD 2022 continued

Our overall Scope 3 emissions are as detailed below. We have provided further details of how the market based emissions 
factors also impact our overall emissions.

Air travel
Rail travel
Hotel stays
Car hire use
Electricity transmission & distribution losses (location-based)
Taxi use
Personal car use
Electric vehicle charging transmission & distribution losses
Imported heat transmissions & distribution losses
Data centres
Total

Electricity transmission & distribution losses (market-based)
Total revised for market-based emissions

2019
(tCO2e)
6,074.04
107.65
183.22
23.52
107.98
165.11
73.92
0.00
0.46
0.00
6,735.92

2020
(tCO2e)
1,437.70
5.69
34.74
3.24
86.70
59.13
19.11
0.28
0.45
0.00
1,647.04

2021
(tCO2e)
527.39
4.20
30.81
2.74
71.43
22.68
19.15
0.26
0.45
128.24
807.37  

2022
(tCO2e)
3,666.49
11.93
96.13
9.56
47.11
99.97
7.79
0.27
0.45
134.25
4,073.96 

2019
(tCO2e)
107.98
6,735.92 

2020
(tCO2e)
42.92
1,603.27 

2021
(tCO2e)
40.18
776.12 

2022
(tCO2e)
39.77
3,932.38 

5.4.4 Carbon offsets 
Whilst Beazley does purchase carbon offsets, it does not use these as a mechanism to enable more emissions to be generated 
during the year. The targets we have set for carbon reductions do not include any allowance of the use of carbon offsets.

5.4.5 Water Consumption
As part of the Building Management System, Beazley has sub meters on the incoming water feed to the two floors we occupy 
within 22 Bishopsgate. This sub metering covers the water consumption arising from the use of our kitchenette facilities, and in 
2022 resulted in 1,013m3 of water being used. This is an increase on the 305m3 used in 2021, however, office occupancy 
rates were lower due to the impact of social distancing for COVID-19. The consumption figures cited do not include for the water 
being used for the toilets being used on our floors, nor water consumption arising from central functions across the remainder 
of the building. These elements are controlled and measured by the building's landlord. Water consumption is cited only for our 
22 Bishopsgate office, as this is the only office for which we currently have accurate water data for. This office is occupied by 
42.51% of FTEs.

5.4.6 Waste Consumption and Recycling Rate
Beazley is also able to measure the amount and type of waste being generated from our London office, Data is provided by our 
landlord, who is responsible for coordinating the collection and disposal of the waste generated by all building occupants. This 
information confirms the amount and type of waste stream being generated, by weight. This data is recorded and collated by 
the landlord's appointed waste contractor, before being provided to Beazley. Based on the information provided, for 2022, 
Beazley generated a total of 10.98 tonnes of waste, with 6.58 tonnes of this waste being recycled across multiple waste 
streams. We were able to achieve a recycling rate of 59%. This is an increase on the 1.12 tonnes of waste recycled in our 
London office in 2021, however, office occupancy rates were lower due to the impact of social distancing for COVID-19. This 
office is occupied by 42.51% of FTEs.

5.5 External Benchmarks
Beazley uses a number of external ESG ratings to help benchmark our progress on ESG matters. Of the ESG ratings we 
participate in, two are relevant to benchmarking climate-related matters: – Climatewise and Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP). 
The 2022 scores are detailed in the table below, with historic data provided for comparison.

Rating Scheme
Climatewise
CDP

2020
46
C

2021
72
C

2022
72
B

Improvement in 2022?
No Change
Yes

48

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
5.6 Remuneration
As set out within the remuneration dashboard on page 124, a 
section of executive compensation is linked to the 
achievement of ESG objectives. The score-card, and the 
degree to which it has been achieved, is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee. A quantitative key element of the 
scorecard is the ESG ratings we achieve, based on third-party 
ESG rating agencies' assessment of Beazley’s ESG 
performance. The CDP rating cited in this report forms part of 
the scorecard.

Compliance with TCFD Requirements
Beazley has included on pages 29 to 49 in the Strategic 
Report and various notes within our Financial Statements on 
page 157 to 232, climate-related financial disclosures 
consistent with the TCFD’s Recommendations and 
Recommended Disclosures, with the exception of the 
following:

Strategy 2a: Organisations should describe the climate-
related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified 
over the short, medium, and long term.

Beazley has partially disclosed against this requirement. In 
2023, as part of the development of the Beazley's transition 
plan we will work to further understand the sectoral impact of 
climate-related risk. Beazley expect it will add real value to the 
business to be able to disclose not just the risks, but also the 
opportunities arising on a sector by sector basis. Beazley has 
also committed to publish the first iteration of the Group’s 
transition to net zero plan by the end of 2023. This document 
will include detail on future GHG targets for Beazley. At the 
point of disclosure, it was considered that the work currently 
in progress is not sufficiently completed to meet the 
requirement of the disclosure recommendation.

Strategy 2b: Organisations should describe the impact of 
climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisations 
business, strategy and financial planning.

Beazley’s responses to this requirement are still developing, it 
is not possible to consider all possible future outcomes when 
determining asset and liability valuations, and timing of future 
cash flows, as these are not yet known. Nevertheless, the 
current management view is that reasonably possible changes 
arising from climate risks would not have a material impact on 
asset and liability valuations at the year-end date. Our TCFD 
disclosures are to be updated on an annual basis, therefore, 
we will be able to set out our progress as part of our 2023 
TCFD disclosure.

Beazley has partially disclosed against the supplementary 
requirements for insurance companies and asset owners.  
Beazley is working to further develop our approach to climate-
related matters. At the point of disclosure, it was considered 
that the work currently in progress is not sufficiently 
completed to meet the requirement of the disclosure 
recommendation.

Strategy 2c: The organization should describe how resilient 
their strategies are to climate-related risks and opportunities, 
taking into consideration a transition to a low-carbon economy 
consistent with a 2°C or lower scenario.

Beazley’s responses to this requirement are still developing, it 
is not possible to consider all possible future outcomes when 
determining asset and liability valuations, and timing of future 
cash flows, as these are not yet known. Nevertheless, the 
current management view is that reasonably possible changes 
arising from climate risks would not have a material impact on 
asset and liability valuations at the year-end date. Our TCFD 
disclosures are to be updated on an annual basis, therefore, 
we will be able to set out our progress as part of our 2023 
TCFD disclosure.

Metrics and Targets 4a: Organisations should disclose the 
metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk 
management process. Beazley partially complies with this 
requirement and is currently working to develop an appropriate 
tranche of data metrics by which to further monitor climate-
related risks in underwriting. Once developed these metrics 
will compliment the metrics already reported. Beazley is a 
member of the NZIA, and has also committed to publish the 
first iteration of the Group’s transition to net zero plan by the 
end of 2023. At the point of disclosure, it was considered that 
the work currently in progress is not sufficiently completed to 
meet the requirement of the disclosure recommendation.

Supplementary requirements for insurers 
and asset owners
For the supplementary requirements, our status is as follows:

Strategy 2c: Beazley has partially disclosed against the 
supplementary requirements for insurance companies and 
asset owners.

Risk 3a: Beazley does not comply with the supplementary 
requirements for asset owners and insurance companies.

Risk 3b: Beazley is partially compliant with the supplementary 
requirements for insurers, but is not compliant with the 
supplementary requirements for asset owners. 

Metrics and Targets 4a: Beazley partially complies with the 
supplementary requirements for asset owners, but does not 
comply with the supplementary requirements for insurers. 

Metrics and Targets 4b: GHG emissions and related risks 
Beazley does not comply with the supplementary requirements 
for insurers, but partially complies with the supplementary 
requirements for asset owners.

For these areas of the supplementary requirements, Beazley 
is working to further develop our approach to climate-related 
matters. At the point of disclosure, it was considered that 
the work currently in progress is not sufficiently completed 
to meet the requirement of the disclosure recommendation. 
Our TCFD disclosures are to be updated on an annual basis, 
therefore, we will be able to set out our progress as part of 
our 2023 TCFD disclosure.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

49

 
Stakeholder engagement

Our key stakeholders
The following pages describe how Beazley engages with its 
stakeholders to enable us to fulfil our purpose, deliver our 
strategy and deliver great outcomes for all our stakeholders.

Beazley is focussed on achieving long-term sustainable growth 
that delivers real value to all our stakeholders. The Board is 
committed to engaging with each of our stakeholder groups to 
help inform our strategy, annual plans and specific decision 
making. 

The Board reviews who it determines to be its key 
stakeholders. The key stakeholder groups continue to be: our 
people, our clients and broker partners, our shareholders and 
our regulators. The Board also continues to recognise 
suppliers and communities as important groups. 

Our Chief Executive Officer regularly engages with the 
workforce through his email and spoken updates and 
encourages questions on all topics through the ‘Ask Adrian’ 
forum.

More formal workforce engagement takes place at our ‘how 
are we doing? Live’ strategy event. This event is held annually 
in person in multiple locations globally and gives an 
opportunity for the Executive Committee members and other 
employees to present on key developments. There are also 
annual all-employee surveys on engagement and leadership, 
the findings of which are presented to the Executive 
Committee and Board in order that plans can be developed to 
address any findings. There is regular reporting to the 
Executive Committee and Board by the Head of Culture & 
People on employee matters.

An important element to support our employee engagement is 
our whistleblowing hotline. This enables employees and other 
members of the workforce to raise in confidence any specific 
concerns, and we undertake to investigate fully any matters 
raised.

This section of the report provides further information on how 
Beazley and The Board engage with each of these key 
stakeholder groups, what have been the outcomes of this 
engagement in 2022, and how the views of stakeholders have 
been considered in the key decisions taken by The Board 
during the year. 

How does The Board engage?
As previously mentioned, The Board receive regular updates 
from the Head of Culture & People on employee matters in 
general and on the findings from the annual surveys on 
employee engagement and leadership. 

Our people
Why we engage?
Our people are fundamental to Beazley’s long-term success 
and as such have been identified as one of the five key pillars 
supporting our strategy. We believe that by listening, sharing 
ideas, and learning we help each other strive for better. We 
seek to be open and honest in our dealings with our 
employees and contractors and support Beazley’s values and 
culture of ‘doing the right thing'.

How does Beazley engage?
Employee engagement takes place informally and formally at 
all levels of the organisation. Our managers are encouraged to 
communicate actively with their teams, seeking engagement 
at team meetings and in their day-to-day work.

We have five employee networks consisting of individuals from 
across the business in different roles and locations. Each 
network is focussed on raising awareness of different 
elements of our inclusion and diversity strategy and are able 
to give an employee view on matters within their remit. You 
can read more about these networks in the responsible 
business report.

Members of our Executive Committee support the overall 
approach to engagement, including through hosting ‘executive 
coffees’ with groups of employees and ‘executive Q&A panel 
events’ held virtually with the entire workforce. These 
sessions provide an opportunity for two-way engagement and 
for the executive to keep our people updated on what is 
happening across Beazley. Members of the Executive 
Committee are also regular contributors to our ‘weekly news’ 
emails, and other employees are also encouraged to 
contribute on relevant work developments and with interesting 
personal stories.

In addition, and in line with the Corporate Governance Code, 
we have appointed a Non-Executive Director with responsibility 
for bringing the ‘employee voice’ into Board level decision 
making. For the majority of 2022 this role was held by Bob 
Stuchbery, with Fiona Muldoon taking on the role from 
November. 

Fiona will continue Bob’s work on providing updates to The 
Board on her formal and informal engagement with the 
workforce. This engagement includes attendance at meetings 
of the NexCo (an alternative Executive Committee of high 
potential employees from across the business which runs in 
parallel to the usual Executive Committee meetings), and 
attendance at informal meetings held virtually between 
members of the Executive Leadership team and a small 
number of employees. There is also ongoing engagement with 
employees through matters raised via the dedicated 
‘employee voice’ pages on our intranet site. In 2022, some of 
the Non-Executive Directors hosted a live virtual panel for all 
employees, discussing their role and experience and 
answering employee questions. During the event Bob 
Stuchbery talked about his role as the ‘employee voice’ in the 
boardroom.

What is important to our people?
Our annual employee survey continues to highlight the 
importance of engagement to our employees, and our 2022 
survey showed continued high levels of employee 
engagement. Particular themes from the 2022 survey were 
the importance of working collaboratively, of feeling trusted 
and listened to, and being able to share their thoughts, 
opinions and ideas. Further information on the findings from 
the 2022 employee survey are contained in the Statement of 
the Chair on page 8.

50

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Outcomes from engagement with our people in 2022
Various steps have been taken during 2022 in response to 
our engagement with the workforce including:
• Steps to support individual growth and career development
– much of our business requires individuals with specialist 
knowledge built up over a number of years. However, we 
have addressed feedback around helping individuals 
further in their own career development. This has 
included hosting careers fairs and workshops, helping 
people get to know other areas of Beazley, 
communicating internal opportunities and sharing 
examples of how others have developed their careers at 
Beazley. We have also developed specific career 
pathways for our underwriters, distinguishing between the 
technical and managerial elements of the role, and 
sought to provide further clarity to individuals wishing to 
sit on our various leadership forums.

• Providing greater transparency on remuneration and bonus 

setting 
– remuneration is a key matter for our employees. We have 
encouraged open and honest conversations between 
managers and employees on remuneration topics and 
continued our ‘your compensation explained’ sessions 
where the Chief Executive Office and Group Finance 
Director provided information and answered questions. In 
response to specific feedback on challenges faced due to 
the cost of living crisis, the Executive Committee and 
Board gave their support to making a one-off cost of living 
payment to those individuals where the impacts were 
believed to be hardest felt. These impacts were also 
considered in agreeing salary increases for 2023.

• Support around mental health – the pandemic brought into 
sharp focus the importance of mental health, and we have 
continued to receive feedback from employees seeking 
support in this area. Our Beazley Wellbeing network has led 
on promoting a number of campaigns encouraging 
colleagues to strike the right balance between work 
pressures and their mental health, including encouraging 
people to take a break when needed. Our Culture & People 
business partners also work with their teams locally to 
identify key issues and resolve them.

• Supporting those with, or intending to start, a family – we 

launched the new Beazley Families network in 2022, with a 
focus on supporting those colleagues already with a family, 
those seeking to start a family and those with caring 
responsibilities. Further resources have been developed for 
employees and managers on our policies around families, 
including the ability for employees to take up to six months’ 
parental leave. A buddy system has been set up for parents 
returning to the office who may need informal support. 

• Promoting Juneteenth – the Beazley RACE network received 

feedback from our US workforce on the importance of 
recognising Juneteenth as an official holiday. As a result, 
the executive leadership team gave its support to granting 
Juneteenth as a holiday for all of our US workforce from 
2023. 

Clients and broker partners 
Why do we engage
Respecting and listening to the needs of our clients is a 
stated key pillar of our strategy to enable Beazley to deliver its 
purpose of helping our clients explore, create and build. We 
talk about this further in the Chief Underwriting Officer's 
report.

We strive for two-way dialogue with our clients to help us 
develop products and insurance solutions to best meet their 
needs. As Beazley has primarily an intermediated business 
model, our broker partners play a vital role in helping us 
engage and connect with our ultimate clients as well as being 
a vital stakeholder in their own right.

How does Beazley engage
Direct engagement with our insureds and broker partners is 
fundamental to how we do business. There is constant 
engagement by underwriters with brokers and clients to fully 
understand specific risks and requirements and by claims 
teams to ensure responsiveness, fair claims outcomes and 
excellent service. We are extremely proud that in 2023, for the 
seventh year running, we were awarded the Outstanding 
Service Quality Marque for claims service by Gracechurch 
Consulting. 

More coordinated engagement with our broker partners takes 
place via our dedicated Broker Relations team. Our Broker 
Relations team ensure we are maintaining and fostering the 
best possible relationships with brokers to complement our 
business teams.

During 2022, and building on the work of our ‘Closer to the 
Client’ strategic initiative, we created the role of Client 
Engagement Manager (CEM). The CEM has responsibility for 
coordinating activities across the business to focus on our 
ultimate clients. Their work has included appointing a number 
of strategic relationship officers, who are specifically focussed 
on the needs of their portfolio of clients, establishing 
workstreams to engage with medium-sized and SME clients, 
reviewing customer survey findings and liaising with product 
development teams to address client feedback on new 
products. The continued adoption of a customer relationship 
management (CRM) tool will be key in gathering information 
on clients from across teams and be able to respond to their 
needs.

How does The Board engage?
The Chief Executive Officer is actively engaged with key clients 
and broker partners and brings the insight he receives to 
Board discussions. Maintaining good relationships with our 
broker partners is a key priority of the Chief Executive Officer, 
and his engagement takes the form of discussions on specific 
and general topics in conferences and at other formal and 
informal settings.

A number of our Non-Executive Directors also maintain contact 
with broker networks from their previous executive roles and 
are able to bring relevant insights to the boardroom.

The Board receives reports on key areas of client and broker 
engagement via reporting from the Chief Executive Officer, 
Chief Underwriting Officer, and other teams. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

51

 
Stakeholder engagement 
continued

What is important to our clients and broker partners?
Our ultimate clients want us to have clear and fair policies and 
help them find efficient risk solutions, and this is also a 
priority of our broker partners. We partner with our clients and 
broker partners to offer risk solutions, expertise and 
knowledge, to allow our clients to focus on running their 
businesses. 

Outcomes from our engagement with clients and broker 
partners during 2022
Examples of direct engagement with clients and broker 
partners during 2022 included:
• holding a summit with Beazley and key client 

representatives on the healthcare claims environment – this 
summit was very well received by attendees and provided a 
great opportunity to share insight into the healthcare claims 
environment on a non-specific basis. 

• engagement on developments in our cyber policies – we 

have engaged with brokers to explain the evolving nature of 
cyber risk, particularly in the context of war, and how 
Beazley intends to respond to this risk. This engagement 
has helped support brokers in their discussions with 
insureds.

• development of the ESG product suite – we have engaged 
with our clients and broker partners on how we can bring 
more innovative ESG products to the market that provide 
value to them. The Chief Executive Officer has also provided 
input on ESG matters through the feedback he receives as 
a participant in the Sustainable Markets Initiative.

Our shareholders
Why we engage?
At Beazley, we recognise the needs of our different types of 
shareholder, which range from individuals to large institutions. 
We place great importance on communicating with our current 
shareholders and with potential future investors. 

The ongoing support of our shareholders, and our ability to 
attract new investment, is essential as we continue to grow 
the business. It is vital that shareholders understand and 
have confidence in not only our strategy and ability to deliver 
it, but also in the responsible and sustainable way in which we 
run our business – helping us to become the highest 
performing sustainable specialty insurer.

How does Beazley engage?
We communicate formally with our entire shareholder base 
through regulatory news, results announcements and the 
annual report and in conjunction with shareholder meetings. 
All of our shareholders are also able to access useful 
information on the company through our website. The annual 
general meeting provides a formal opportunity for engagement 
by shareholders with The Board. 

Regular engagement with investors is co-ordinated by our 
Head of Investor Relations. The Chief Executive Officer and 
Group Finance Director regularly meet with our investors. Any 
feedback or themes are shared with the wider Board through 
the Chief Executive Officer's report and the report from the 
Head of Investor Relations. 

We invite investors and analysts to meet with management 
twice a year following the announcement of the annual and 
interim results. We have also increased our level of formal 
investor engagement and, in 2022, management attended 
four European investor conferences in 2022 and conducted a 
number of ad hoc investor meetings. Additionally, Beazley 
hosted a capital markets day in May, where the Chief 
Executive Officer, Group Finance Director and the Chair met 
with our investors. The opportunity was used to remind the 
market about Beazley’s products and the platform and 
distribution strategy which underpins our planned growth. The 
Chief Executive Officer and Group Finance Director also met 
with investors as part of the equity raise. More information is 
included in the Directors' report (page 140).

How does The Board engage?
The Board receives regular reports from the Head of Investor 
Relations on activity during each quarter, which includes 
feedback from engagement with analysts and institutional 
shareholders. Key shareholder matters are also reported to 
The Board via the reports from the Chief Executive Officer and 
Group Finance Director.

The Chair of the Remuneration Committee also engages with 
shareholders on matters relating to remuneration. In 2022, 
there has been specific shareholder engagement by the chair 
of the Remuneration Committee and the Interim Chair on 
changes to the remuneration policy which are being proposed 
for approval by shareholders at the 2023 AGM.

What is important to our shareholders?
All of our shareholders are interested in seeing Beazley grow 
profitably. However, they are also keen that growth is carried 
out in a responsible and sustainable way to help ensure the 
long-term success of the company. The Board is very much 
aligned with shareholders in these priorities. 

52

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Outcomes from our engagement with shareholders
and investors in 2022.
Examples of actions taken in response to dialogue with 
shareholders during 2022 included:
• Giving shareholders greater visibility of our longer-term 

outlook - during the year, a number of our larger 
shareholders have expressed a change in their focus to 
Beazley's long-term strategy, including the strategy for the 
Cyber business and other future opportunities. This follows 
shareholders being more focussed on the shorter term 
during Covid-19.

• Helping shareholders to understand our platform strategy – 
an agenda topic at the capital markets day in May was to 
provide specific information on how Beazley carries out its 
business globally across multiple platforms. This followed 
feedback that the global reach of the business and the 
platform strategy were not well understood by some 
shareholders.

• Seeking shareholder support in our equity raising – our 

shareholders gave us strong support in the raising of new 
equity capital in November. The additional capital serves to 
not only support our business plans, but also address 
feedback from some shareholders on the level of debt to 
equity that was maintained in the business. The Board's 
decision to raise equity is further discussed in the Section 
172 statement on page 55.

• Providing information to shareholders to support the 

proposed changes to our remuneration policy – we actively 
engaged with the top 100 shareholders and with proxy 
agencies on the proposed changes to our remuneration 
policy. As part of this, we provided some worked examples 
on how the changes to the remuneration policy could work 
in practice. Further information on the engagement with 
shareholders on the remuneration policy are included on 
page 90.

Our regulators 
Why do we engage?
At Beazley, we recognise the key role played by our regulators 
in protecting our customers. The Group seeks to maintain a 
positive and transparent relationship with each of its 
regulators, as a key element in carrying out its business 
effectively, and living to its value of ‘doing the right thing’. 

We have a number of regulators globally including the 
Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), Financial Conduct 
Authority (FCA), Central Bank of Ireland (CBI), Lloyd’s, the 
Connecticut Insurance Department (CIT) and other US state 
regulators, and regulators in other jurisdictions where Beazley 
operates. 

How does Beazley engage?
Our Compliance function coordinates the Group’s regulatory 
relationships, engaging with each of its regulators on a 
frequent basis and help the Group meet their expectations.

There are regular scheduled meetings with the supervisors of 
the Group’s key regulators, including an annual meeting with 
supervisors from the PRA, CBI and CIT and the Group’s Chief 
Executive Officer, Group Finance Director, Chief Risk Officer 
and Head of Compliance. Regulators may also request 
meetings with other members of senior management and The 
Board as part of the Group’s supervision.

Beazley also engages with regulators through discussions on 
certain topics and business activities, participates in industry-
wide thematic reviews, core risk assessments, thought 
leadership and providing industry feedback. The engagement 
is two-way, and may be initiated by the regulator or by Beazley. 

How does The Board engage?
The Board and its Committees receive reports on regulatory 
priorities and regulatory engagement, including any reviews, 
requests and responses. This information is considered in 
discussions and decision-making. The regulated subsidiary 
Boards and their Committees also receive regular reports 
which focus on the activities and views of their respective 
regulators. 

As mentioned, our regulators request meetings with our Board 
Directors as required to support their overall supervision. 
Following such meetings, Directors share the outcomes and 
feedback with the wider Board.

What is important to our regulators?
Our regulators are primarily concerned with the safety and 
soundness of the firms which they regulate, the protection of 
customers and ensuring the stability of the wider economy. 
This is managed through regulation and oversight of a firm’s 
activities.

Outcomes from engagement with regulators during 2022
During 2022, we specifically engaged with our regulators on 
various matters including business plans and strategy, the 
war in Ukraine, climate change, cyber insurance, the 
modernisation programme and governance.

Outcomes from regulatory engagement activities during 2022 
included valuable feedback on the PRA climate biennial 
exploratory scenario (CBES), cyber underwriting and delegated 
authority thematic reviews. The Group has also participated in 
the general insurance stress test (GIST) during 2022 and is 
looking forward to receiving feedback in early 2023.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

53

 
Stakeholder engagement 
continued

Other stakeholder groups
The Board also recognises suppliers and the communities in 
which Beazley operates as important stakeholders.

Suppliers
We actively engage with our suppliers and outsource providers 
and recognise the important role they play in helping us run 
our business. This engagement takes a number of forms and 
is underpinned by a desire to maintain equitable relationships.

Prior to any new engagement, we carry out thorough due 
diligence, including face-to-face communication on service 
expectations, contractual terms and business practices. We 
expect our suppliers to adopt the same standards of ethical 
business practice that we expect from ourselves, which 
includes respecting human rights and preventing modern 
slavery and human trafficking. Further information on the 
steps taken by Beazley to eradicate modern slavery in its 
supply chain are contained in Beazley’s Modern Slavery Act 
statement which is available on our website.

We undertake annual monitoring of material suppliers and 
outsource providers to ensure both performance and practices 
continue at a high standard. This annual monitoring is a good 
opportunity for open engagement with suppliers outside of 
day-to-day activities, and two-way feedback on areas for 
improvement is encouraged. We also encourage suppliers to 
raise any concerns independently through Beazley’s 
independent whistleblowing hotline.

Communities
Beazley is committed to actively engaging with and supporting 
the communities in which it operates. Community engagement 
is a core part of our responsible business strategy, which is 
overseen by the Responsible Business Steering Group 
(‘RBSG’) and supported through the work of the global charity, 
community and environmental committees. We invite a 
number of our Non-Executive Directors to attend meetings of 
the RBSG on a quarterly basis to give their own perspectives 
and they in turn, help update The Board on key initiatives.

Our approach to being a responsible business is described in 
the responsible business section of this report on page 21 
and the separate responsible business report, which is 
available on our website. 

Beazley operates in a significant number of local 
communities, and employees are encouraged to engage in 
their communities through our ‘Make a Difference’ 
programme. This programme encourages all employees to 
devote one working day a year to volunteering, and Beazley 
also matches charitable funds raised by our employees. 
Beazley’s charitable efforts are overseen by the Global Charity 
Committee and take the form of supporting charitable work 
both in our local communities and globally. 

In 2021 and 2022, our global charitable efforts have been 
focussed on our partnership with Renewable World and 
supporting the provision of affordable renewable energy 
programmes in third world countries. For the next two years, 
our employees have voted that our global charitable efforts 
should be focussed on providing support to World Central 
Kitchen, an organisation which provides meals to communities 
impacted by natural disasters and during prolonged 
humanitarian crises. Please see the responsible business 
report for more information.

In further promoting equitable supplier relationships, Beazley 
is a willing follower of the Prompt Payment Code and 
publishes its average supplier payment times twice a year. 

The Board receives regular updates on the work of the RBSG 
and reviews and approves changes to Beazley’s charity and 
community donation policy.

The Board is kept informed of material supplier matters 
through updates from the Chief Operations Officer and other 
reports. The Board also reviews and approves changes to the 
key policies governing Beazley’s ethical relationships with its 
suppliers and other third parties.

54

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Section 172 statement

The Board of Directors confirm that during the year ended 31 December 2022 they have discharged their duties to act in a way 
that they believe promotes the long-term success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, whilst having 
regard to the matters set out in Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. Further information is provided in this statement on 
how these duties have been discharged.

The Board is responsible for ensuring that the principal decisions it takes promote Beazley’s long-term success for its members 
as a whole and have regard to the matters set out in Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. Section 172 states that:

A Director of a company must act in the way he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the 
company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to:
(a) the likely consequences of any decision in the long term,
(b) the interests of the company's employees,
(c) the need to foster the company's business relationships with suppliers, customers and others,
(d) the impact of the company's operations on the community and the environment,
(e) the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct, and
(f) the need to act fairly as between members of the company.

The Board has determined the company’s key stakeholder groups to be its employees, clients and broker partners,shareholders 
and regulators. The approaches to engagement with these stakeholder groups and the impact of such engagement on the 
outcomes of certain key board decisions are set out in the stakeholder engagement report. The views of these stakeholders are 
considered by The Board when principal decisions are taken.

Information is provided below on the principal decisions taken by The Board during the year and how key stakeholders and other 
matters set out in Section 172 were considered by The Board in making these decisions. 

Principal decisions of The Board

Decision
Approval of an updated 
dividend strategy

Approval of a medium-term 
plan to support the long 
term strategy

Steps to diversify and 
strengthen Beazley’s overall 
business, supported by the 
raising of additional equity 

Commitment to specific 
targets and market 
initiatives around net zero

Creation of separate Audit 
and Risk Committees

Section 172 and stakeholders
✓ consequences of decisions in the long term
✓ interests of stakeholders: shareholders and regulators
✓ the need to act fairly as between members of the company
✓ reputation for high standards of business conduct
✓ consequences of decisions in the long term
✓ interest of stakeholders: employees, clients and broker partners, shareholders, regulators and 

suppliers

✓ consequences of decisions in the long term
✓ interests of stakeholders: shareholders, policyholders and regulators
✓ the need to act fairly as between members of the company
✓ reputation for high standards of business conduct
✓ consequences of decisions in the long term
✓ impact on the environment
✓ reputation for high standards of business conduct
✓ interests of all stakeholder groups
✓ consequences of decisions in the long term
✓ reputation for high standards of business conduct

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

55

 
 
Section 172 statement
continued

Board decision making in action
Approval of an updated dividend strategy
In February 2022, The Board approved that Beazley resumes 
the payment of dividends and adopted a new dividend 
strategy. The new policy is for a single annual dividend 
payment to be considered based on the year-end results, with 
the intention being to grow the level of dividend annually but 
recognising that some earnings fluctuations are to be 
expected. 

The Board paused the payment of dividends following the 
payment in March 2020. The decision to resume dividend 
payments in March 2022 was taken in consideration of the 
views of Beazley’s established shareholder base, which 
includes a large number of employee shareholders. The 
decision to move to an annual cycle of dividend payments was 
also taken to give better alignment to business and capital 
planning cycles, including to the annual capital planning cycle 
with Lloyd’s (and other regulators) and give Beazley greater 
flexibility to be able to respond to the needs of its customers.

Approval of the medium-term plan to support the long-
term strategy
In April 2022, The Board reviewed a plan for a number of key 
medium-term projects to support Beazley’s longer-term 
ambitions. The plan was formulated in consideration of our 
purpose of helping our customers explore, create and build, 
with key areas of focus around de-risking, simplification, 
efficiency and product suite. 

The medium-term plan has been developed in consideration of 
the interests of all of Beazley’s key stakeholder groups. This 
has included the views of clients and broker partners on the 
role they would like Beazley to play over the medium term, and 
the views of shareholders and regulators to ensure plans are 
profitable and sustainable. 

A key element in the delivery of the medium-term plan is the 
execution of steps under Beazley’s modernisation programme. 
The modernisation programme impacts all of our people, and 
there has been a particular focus on communicating to the 
entire workforce and obtaining feedback to ensure that there 
is a culture of engagement and openness around this 
important programme. The Board has received updates on the 
modernisation programme during the year, including reviewing 
and approving the overall governance framework for ensuring 
the modernisation programme is implemented successfully. 

The establishment of the Risk Committee is discussed below 
and a key role of this Committee will be to provide assurance 
to The Board around the mitigation of risk on delivery of the 
modernisation programme. 

Steps to strengthen and diversify Beazley’s overall 
business, supported by the raising of additional equity 
2022 has been a year of particular turbulence, with the 
impacts of war, energy prices and rising inflation impacting all 
of our stakeholders. The Board has monitored closely the 
developing economic situation to ensure that steps are taken 
to support Beazley in remaining resilient through this time.

In the Chief Executive Officer’s report, we talk about the 
support we have provided to our employees most likely 
impacted by the cost of living crisis, through a one-off payment 
in June 2022. In the remuneration report, we have provided 
details of the steps we took for year-end salary adjustments 
for the workforce.

During the year The Board has also closely monitored the 
impact across Beazley’s markets of the macroeconomic 
situation. In particular, The Board have noted a strong 
opportunity to grow the Property book in response to rising 
rates in Property Treaty. Engagement with senior employees 
was key to determining that Beazley had the capacity to 
support growth to its Property book, which would have the 
further benefit of creating greater diversification across 
Beazley’s overall book. 

In November, The Board approved that steps be taken to seek 
to raise additional equity to support the planned growth. This 
followed an assessment of market opportunities, including 
obtaining the views of brokers, and the need to raise 
additional capital versus other alternatives to support these 
opportunities. The capital raising is an enabler for the further 
diversification of Beazley’s overall book of business to support 
long-term and sustainable business growth for the interests of 
all of its stakeholders.

Prior to launching the equity raise, the views of most 
significant shareholders were assessed via Beazley’s 
stockbrokers, to the extent possible under a pre-emptive 
equity raising. The recently published recommendations of the 
Pre-emption Group were also considered, as Beazley was the 
first FTSE 350 company to seek to raise capital under the new 
regime. 

Via the company’s subsidiary, Beazley Furlonge Limited, The 
Board also proactively engaged with Lloyd’s to obtain views on 
the impacts to plans for business written in the Lloyd’s 
market.

Overall, the equity raise concluded with £340.8m ($404.4m)  
of equity capital being raised through an institutional placing 
and small retail offering. Some further detailed information on 
the equity raise is contained in the Directors’ report on page 
140 and in note 21 to the financial statements.

56

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Creation of separate Audit and Risk Committees
In December 2022 The Board approved the proposal to 
establish a separate Audit Committee and Risk Committee 
from 1 January 2023. This step was taken to strengthen the 
Group’s overall approach to corporate governance and enable 
each committee to give greater focus to their areas of 
responsibility.

The key function of the Audit Committee is to support The 
Board in relation to the oversight of the financial reporting 
process, the system of internal financial controls and the 
audit process. The key function of the Risk Committee is to 
provide oversight of the Beazley group’s risk management 
framework and processes for monitoring compliance with laws 
and regulations. Specific duties of the Risk Committee include 
oversight of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements and 
providing assurance to The Board in relation to key group-wide 
transformational projects, including the modernisation 
programme.

The Board approved the establishment of the separate Audit 
and Risk Committees as an important step to strengthen 
Beazley’s overall approach to corporate governance in light of 
the interests of all of its stakeholders. The decision also 
supports Beazley’s culture of risk management and the long-
term and sustainable development of the business.

Commitment to specific targets and market initiatives 
around net zero
During 2022, The Board made a number of decisions to 
further support Beazley’s commitments to making a positive 
contribution to society and the environment. These decisions 
were taken not only in consideration to Beazley’s impact to its 
communities and the environment, but also in consideration 
of the views of shareholders, customers and other 
stakeholders, given their fundamental impacts.

The specific decisions taken were as follows: 
• Committing to a target date for net zero - The Board 

approved that Beazley commit to a target date of 2050 for 
transition to net zero across all of its operations. 

• Becoming a signatory to the United Nations backed Net 
Zero Insurance Alliance (NZIA) - The Board approved that 
Beazley become a signatory to the NZIA. The NZIA is 
focussed on supporting insurers through the specific 
challenges they face in their transition to net zero, and 
Beazley is now a key participant in its work.

• Obtaining membership of the UN Global Compact - The 

Board also approved that the company seek membership of 
the UN Global Compact. The UN Global Compact is a 
voluntary ESG initiative with a membership of over 15,000 
international companies. In order to satisfy the membership 
requirements, Beazley has committed to taking a number of 
steps to further strengthen its approach to ESG matters. 
• Approving of a revised responsible investment policy - The 
Board approved revisions to the responsible investment 
policy to include an allocation for impact investments. 
Impact investments are investments which provide a 
measurable social and environmental impact, as well as a 
financial return. The Board also considered the work done 
to measure the carbon transition pathway of the investment 
portfolio, with an aim of setting targets for carbon reduction 
by the end of 2022 and further supporting its commitments 
as a signatory to the UN Principles for Responsible 
Investment.

• Supporting the Terra Carta - The Board approved a proposal 
to give formal support to Terra Carta. This is an initiative led 
by HM King Charles III to drive engagement and 
commitment from corporations to ensure nature, people 
and planet are at the core of business value creation. This 
support builds on Beazley’s existing commitments as a 
member of the Sustainable Markets Initiative taskforce.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

57

 
Financial review
Group performance

Beazley delivered a profit before tax in 2022 of $191.0m, which consisted of a 
strong underwriting performance offset by a reduced investment performance, 
and a return on equity of 7%.

Result
Profit before tax in 2022 was $191.0m (2021: $369.2m). 
This was achieved through a substantial underwriting profit of 
$402.0m or a combined ratio of 89% (2021: 93%) offset by 
an investment loss of $179.7m (2021: gain of $116.4m) or 
an investment return of (2.1)% (2021: 1.6%). 

Premiums
Gross premiums written increased by 14% in 2022 to 
$5,268.7m (2021: $4,618.9m). Rates on renewal business 
on average increased by 14% across the portfolio (2021: 
increased by 24%). All of our five divisions saw growth in 
2022, with Cyber Risks and MAP Risks achieving double-digit 
growth of 42% and 23% respectively.

Our net premiums written increased by 10% in 2022 to 
$3,876.2m (2021: $3,512.4m). The slower growth in net 
premium compared to gross is due to an increase in 
reinsurance purchased during the period. The main drivers of 
our additional reinsurance purchasing were areas of 
significant growth, particularly Cyber Risks, so as to manage 
our net exposure.

58

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Statement of profit or loss

Gross premiums written
Net premiums written
Net earned premiums
Net investment (loss)/income
Other income
Gain from sale of business
Revenue
Net insurance claims
Acquisition and administrative expenses
Foreign exchange loss
Expenses
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit after tax
Claims ratio
Expense ratio
Combined ratio
Rate increase
Investment return

2022

2021

Movement

%
 14 
 10 
 15 
 (254) 
 14 
 (100) 
 4 
 7 
 14 
 233 

 10% 
 1% 
 (48) %
 (50) %
 (48) %

$m
5,268.7
3,876.2
3,614.2
(179.7)
32.1
–
3,466.6
1,956.4
1,255.8
24.0
3,236.2
(39.4)
191.0
(30.2)
160.8
 54 %
 35 %
 89 %
 14 %
 (2) %

$m
4,618.9
3,512.4
3,147.3
116.4
28.2
54.4
3,346.3
1,826.2
1,104.8
7.2
2,938.2
(38.9)
369.2
(60.5)
308.7
 58 %
 35 %
 93 %
 24 %
 2 %

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

59

 
reserve margin (known as risk adjustment for non-financial 
risk under IFRS 17) and that the insurance liabilities will be 
discounted. Currently, Beazley has an approach of setting 
reserves within a preferred range of 5-10% above the actuarial 
estimate. The actuarial estimate itself has a level of prudence 
already embedded, and is higher than the corresponding best 
estimate reserve.

Under IFRS 17, we will move to a preferred confidence level 
range of between the 80th and 90th percentile, which will be 
disclosed. This will show a percentile giving an indication 
about where the reserves sits compared to the best estimate 
and the capital requirement. IFRS 17 requires that the level of 
this additional amount above a best estimate reserve, known 
as the risk adjustment for non-financial risk, needs to be 
considered against a number of principles of which there are 
two dominant ones. First, the level needs to be consistent 
with how risk is managed, contracts are priced and the 
portfolios are managed. The second principle states that the 
risk adjustment level should make the firm neutral to running 
off the obligations or selling them. 

At the end of 2022, our margin above actuarial estimates of 
5.3% equated to a confidence level at the upper end of the 
80th to 90th percentile range. At the date of transition to IFRS 
17, 1 January 2022, our reserve confidence level was also at 
the upper end of this range, with an equivalent margin of 6.4% 
above actuarial estimates. Under IFRS 17, we expect the 
confidence level on transition to be nearer the middle of this 
range. Accordingly, the Group expects the provision for claims 
recognised on adoption of IFRS 17 to be lower than IFRS 4 
technical provisions, which have historically been near the 
upper-end or above the preferred reserve range we will be 
using under IFRS 17. This is because under IFRS 17, the level 
of reserve margin has been calculated on a ground up basis 
with consideration of the compensation we target for each line 
of business, in line with IFRS 17 principles.

Reserve releases
Prior year reserve releases in 2022 totalled $132.6m (2021: 
$209.8m) which represented 3.7% of earned premium. The 
reduction in reserve releases was driven primarily by a 
reduction in releases from Cyber Risks and Property Risks.

Once again each of the divisions released reserves off of prior 
years in total. MAP Risks saw strong releases across all year 
of account totalling $66.2m, while the other four divisions 
released off two of the prior years.

Financial review
Group performance continued

The Group is of the view that some of the above metrics 
constitute alternative performance measures (APMs). Further 
information on our APMs can be found in the key performance 
indicators on page 2 and the APM tables on page 232.

Reinsurance purchased 
Reinsurance is purchased for a number of reasons:
• to mitigate the impact of natural catastrophes such as 
hurricanes, and non-natural catastrophes such as cyber 
attacks; 

• to enable the Group to put down large lead lines on the 

risks we underwrite; and

• to manage capital to lower levels.

The amount the Group spent on reinsurance in 2022 was 
$1,392.5m (2021: $1,106.5m). As a percentage of gross 
premiums written it increased to 26% from 24% in 2021.

Combined ratio 
The combined ratio of an insurance company is a measure of 
its operating performance and represents the ratio of its total 
costs (including claims and expenses) to total net earned 
premium. 

A combined ratio under 100% indicates an underwriting profit. 
Consistent delivery of operating performance across the 
market cycle is clearly a key objective for an insurer. Beazley’s 
combined ratio improved in 2022 to 89% (2021: 93%). 

Claims 
2022 proved to be a year of several market events, including 
Hurricane Ian and the war in Ukraine. Despite this our claims 
ratio for 2022 reduced to 54% (2021: 58%), with our estimate 
for the war in Ukraine remaining unchanged since our 2022 
interim report. Our expectation of losses for Hurricane Ian 
remains at $120m net of reinsurance.

Reserve margin 
Beazley has a consistent reserving philosophy, with initial 
reserves being set to include risk margins that may be 
released over time as and when any uncertainty reduces. 
Historically these margins have given rise to held reserves 
within the range of 5-10% above our actuarial estimates, 
which themselves include some margin for uncertainty. The 
margin held above the actuarial estimate was 5.3% at the end 
of 2022 (2021: 6.4%). Reserve monitoring is performed at a 
quarterly ‘peer review’, which involves a challenge process 
contrasting the claims reserves of underwriters and claim 
managers, who make detailed claim-by-claim assessments, 
and the actuarial team, who provide statistical analysis. This 
process allows early identification of areas where claims 
reserves may need adjustment. During years where we 
experience large losses we tend to see the margin we monitor 
being lowered as often we hold the same estimates within 
both the actuarial and held reserve estimates. 

With the move to IFRS 17 from IFRS 4, we have taken the 
opportunity to revisit our reserving strategy. What is currently 
held under IFRS 4 will change under IFRS 17. The main 
changes will be how we will set and disclose the level of 

60

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

Financial yearSurplus in net held assets:reservesWhole account reserve strength within our 5-10% target range (%)040608101214161820220510 
Prior year reserve adjustments

Cyber Risks
Digital
MAP Risks
Property Risks
Specialty Risks
Total
Releases as a percentage of net earned premium

2018

$m
17.5
22.5
27.3
(23.5)
71.2
115.0
5.5%

2019

$m
51.1
23.4
10.4
(47.2)
(28.2)
9.5
0.4%

2020

$m
54.5
31.9
14.4
25.1
(32.8)
93.1
3.5%

2021

$m
26.3
39.7
63.0
59.1
21.7
209.8
6.7%

2022

$m
8.0
15.5
66.2
14.7
28.2
132.6
 3.7 %

5 year 
average

$m
31.5
26.6
36.3
5.6
12.0
112.0
 4.0 %

Acquisition costs and administrative expenses
Business acquisition costs and administrative expenses 
increased during 2022 to $1,255.8m from $1,104.8m in 
2021. The breakdown of these costs is shown below.

Brokerage costs are the premium commissions paid to 
insurance intermediaries for providing business. As a 
percentage of net earned premiums they have increased to 
23% in the current year (2021: 22%). Brokerage costs are 
deferred and expensed over the life of the associated 
premiums in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy. 
Other acquisition costs comprise costs that have been 
identified as being directly related to underwriting activity (e.g. 
underwriters’ salaries and Lloyd’s box rental). These costs are 
also deferred in line with premium earning patterns.

Brokerage costs
Other acquisition costs
Total acquisition costs 
Administrative expenses
Total acquisition costs and 
administrative expenses

2022

$m
825.0
127.1
952.1
303.7

2021

$m
707.5
114.3
821.8
283.0

1,255.8

1,104.8

Beazley focuses on improving our expense ratio during times 
of strong growth. Given our increased spend in 2022 on our 
infrastructure, plus the world fully opening again after 
COVID-19 restrictions, it is pleasing that we maintained a flat 
expense ratio of 35% compared to 2021.

Foreign exchange 
The majority of Beazley’s business is transacted in US dollars, 
which is the currency we have reported in since 2010 and the 
currency in which we aim to hold the company’s net assets. 
Changes in the US dollar exchange rate with sterling, the 
Canadian dollar and the euro do have an impact as we receive 
premiums in those currencies and a material number of our 
staff receive their salary in sterling. Beazley’s foreign 
exchange loss taken through the statement of profit or loss in 
2022 was $24.0m (2021: $7.2m loss). The higher than 
average loss was driven primarily by the revaluation of our 
non-monetary items, such as deferred acquisition costs and 
unearned premium reserve, back to historic rates. From 2023, 
this revaluation of our non-monetary items will no longer take 
place as IFRS 17 mandates that all insurance items are now 
treated as monetary.

Investment performance 
Recent rapid growth in our financial assets continued in 2022 
as the business grew significantly and the value of our 
investments, cash and cash equivalents increased to 
$8,998.1m at year end (2021: $7,875.3m). We generated an 
investment return of $(179.7)m, or (2.1)% (2021: $116.4m, 
1.6%) on these assets during the year. 

Inflation became the key consideration for financial markets in 
2022, as remaining supply-chain pressures arising from the 
COVID-19 pandemic were exacerbated by the war in Ukraine, 
affecting energy and food costs. Earlier expectations that 
higher inflation would be temporary were revised and central 
banks became increasingly aggressive in raising interest rates 
as inflation accelerated. Unusually, both Sovereign bonds and 
risk assets saw significant losses, as yields rose and 
economic growth forecasts declined.

US Treasury yields at shorter maturities increased by more 
than four percentage points during 2022; the biggest increase 
in more than half a century. We acted to reduce portfolio 
duration for much of the period, which helped to reduce the 
adverse impact of rising yields, but our fixed income 
investments still generated a loss of 3.0%. Global equities 
lost more than 18% in 2022 and our equity portfolio, which 
reflects our responsible investment objectives, saw modestly 
greater losses. However, equities make up less than 3% of 
our portfolio and all of our other capital growth investments 
achieved positive returns. Our hedge funds, in particular, 
proved resilient in the difficult market conditions, returning 
more than 7% in a year when the hedge fund universe 
recorded losses. Overall, our capital growth investments 
returned a small gain, of 0.3%. As part of our responsible 
investment initiative we have committed to build an ‘impact’ 
portfolio, of up to $100m, targeting investment opportunities 
which have measurable social or environmental benefits. We 
made our first such investment in the fourth quarter of 2022, 
in a private equity fund supporting the creation of renewable 
energy capacity in Europe. We expect to make further 
investments throughout 2023.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

61

 
 
Financial review
Group performance continued

The unrealised investment loss in 2022 is significant, 
notwithstanding some recovery in the fourth quarter, as yields 
stabilised. However, losses were mostly the result of rising 
yields, which have also acted to reduce the present value of 

our Solvency II liabilities, such that our capital position has 
not been materially affected. Bond yields are now much higher 
than they were a year ago (our fixed income portfolio yield at 
31 December 2022 was 4.7%), suggesting that future 
investment returns may be better than we have seen for some 
years. However, many of the factors that drove financial 
market volatility in 2022, including rampant inflation and rising 
interest rates, remain unresolved, such that investment 
returns are likely to remain volatile.

The table below details the breakdown of our portfolio by asset class:

Cash and cash equivalents
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
– Government issued
– Corporate bonds

– Investment grade
– High yield
Syndicate loans
Derivative financial instruments
Core portfolio
Equity funds
Hedge funds
Illiquid credit assets
Total capital growth assets
Total

Comparison of return by major asset class:

Core portfolio
Capital growth assets
Overall return

Tax
Beazley is liable to corporation tax in a number of 
jurisdictions, notably the UK, the US and Ireland. Beazley’s 
effective tax rate is thus a composite tax rate mainly driven 
by the Irish, UK and US tax rates. The weighted average of 
the statutory tax rates for the year was 21.2% (2021: 
17.2%). The tax rate of 21.2% is higher than last year due 
to this year’s composition of profits and losses across the 
Group.

31 Dec 2022
$m
652.5

31 Dec 2021

%
 7.3 

$m
591.8

%
7.5

5,006.3

 55.6  4,008.1

50.9

2,050.5
308.7
32.5
34.7
8,085.2
159.4
530.6
222.9
912.9
8,998.1

 3.4 
 0.4 
 0.4 

 22.8  1,861.9
402.3
37.9
7.6
 89.9  6,909.6
209.6
478.2
277.9
965.7
 100.0  7,875.3

 1.8 
 5.9 
 2.4 
 10.1 

23.6
5.1
0.5
0.1
87.7
2.7
6.1
3.5
12.3
100.0

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

$m
(182.8)
3.1
(179.7)

%
 (2.4) 
 0.3 
 (2.1) 

$m
7.2
109.2
116.4

%
0.1
11.9
1.6

The effective tax rate has decreased in 2022 to 15.8% 
(2021: 16.4%). The decrease has been a result of 
favourable prior year tax adjustments in 2022.

62

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

Comparison of returns - major assets classes ($m)3.1(182.8)109.27.220222021Capital growth portfolioCore portfolio-200-150-100-50050100150200Beazley group funds ($m)4,8905,0535,8516,6727,8758,998Group funds including funds at Lloyd'sSyndicates 2623, 3623 and 3622201720182019202020212022010002000300040005000600070008000900010000 
 
Financial review
Balance sheet management

Summary statement of financial position

Intangible assets
Reinsurance assets
Insurance receivables
Other assets
Financial assets at fair value and cash and cash equivalents
Total assets

Insurance liabilities
Financial liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Net assets per share (cents)
Net tangible assets per share (cents)

Net assets per share (pence)
Net tangible assets per share (pence)
Number of shares1

1 Excludes shares held in the employee share trust and treasury shares.

Intangible assets
Intangible assets consist of goodwill on acquisitions of 
$62.0m (2021: $62.0m), purchased syndicate capacity of 
$13.7m (2021: $10.7m), US admitted licences of $9.3m 
(2021: $9.3m) and capitalised expenditure on IT projects of 
$43.8m (2021: $41.1m).

Reinsurance assets
Reinsurance assets represent recoveries from reinsurers in 
respect of incurred claims of $2,487.4m (2021: $1,829.4m), 
and the unearned reinsurance premiums reserve of $799.2m 
(2021: $557.0m). The reinsurance receivables from 
reinsurers are split between recoveries on claims paid or 
notified of $420.6m (2021: $371.4m), and an actuarial 
estimate of recoveries on claims that have not yet been 
reported of $2,066.8m (2021: $1,458.0m).

The Group’s exposure to reinsurers is managed through:
• minimising risk through selection of reinsurers who meet 

strict financial criteria (e.g. minimum net assets, minimum 
‘A’ rating by S&P). These criteria vary by type of business 
(short vs medium tail);

• timely calculation and issuance of reinsurance collection 

notes from our ceded reinsurance team; and

• regular monitoring of the outstanding debtor position by our 

Reinsurance Security Committee and Credit Control 
Committee. We continue to provide against impairment of 
reinsurance recoveries and at the end of 2022 our provision 
in respect of reinsurance recoveries totalled $29.3m (2021: 
$11.5m). The increase is driven by a provision made 
against reinsurance on our Cyber book. 

2021

Movement

2022

$m
128.8
3,286.6
1,811.7
873.8
8,998.1
15,099.0

10,354.2
562.5
1,608.8
12,525.5
2,573.5
386.7c
367.4c

$m
123.5
2,386.4
1,696.1
726.1
7,875.3
12,807.4

8,871.8
554.7
1,250.1
10,676.6
2,130.8
351.6c
331.2c

315.6p
299.8p
665.4m

265.8p
250.4p
606.1m

%
 4 
 38 
 7 
 20 
 14 
 18 

 17 
 1 
 29 
 17 
 21 
 10 
 11 

 19 
 20 
 10 

Insurance receivables
Insurance receivables are amounts receivable from brokers in 
respect of premiums written. The balance at 31 December 
2022 was $1,811.7m (2021: $1,696.1m). The amount of 
estimated future premium that remains in insurance 
receivables relating to years of account that are more than 
three years developed at 31 December 2022 is $29.8m 
(2021: $15.4m).

Insurance liabilities 
Insurance liabilities of $10,354.2m (2021: $8,871.8m) 
consist of two main elements, being the unearned premium 
reserve (UPR) and gross insurance claims liabilities. Our UPR 
has increased by 20% to $2,971.7m (2021:$2,472.7m). The 
majority of the UPR balance relates to current year premiums 
that have been deferred and will be earned in future periods. 
Current indicators are that the business is profitable. 

Gross insurance claims reserves are made up of claims which 
have been notified to us but not yet paid of $1,758.4m 
(2021: $1,627.5m), and an estimate of claims incurred but 
not yet reported (IBNR) of $5,624.1m (2021: $4,771.7m). 
These are estimated as part of the quarterly reserving process 
involving the underwriters and Group Actuary. Gross insurance 
claims reserves have increased 15% from 2021 to 
$7,382.5m (2021: $6,399.1m).

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

63

 
 
Financial review
Balance sheet management
continued

Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities comprise borrowings and derivative 
financial liabilities. The Group utilises two long-term debt 
facilities: 
• in November 2016, Beazley Insurance dac issued $250m of 

5.875% subordinated tier 2 notes due in 2026; and 

• in September 2019, Beazley Insurance dac issued $300m 

of 5.5% subordinated tier 2 notes due in 2029.

A syndicated short-term banking facility led by Lloyds Banking 
Group plc provides potential borrowings up to $450m. Under 
the facility $450m may be drawn as letters of credit to 
support underwriting at Lloyd’s, and up to $225m may be 
advanced as cash under a revolving facility. The cost of the 
facility is based on a commitment fee of 0.4725% per annum, 
and any amounts drawn are charged at a margin of 1.35% per 
annum. 

The cash element of the facility will expire on 23 July 2024, 
whilst letters of credit issued under the facility can be used to 
provide support for the 2021, 2022 and 2023 underwriting 
years. In 2022 $225m has been placed as a letter of credit 
as Funds at Lloyd’s (FAL).

Other assets 
Other assets are analysed separately in the notes to the 
financial statements. The items included comprise:
• deferred acquisition costs of $550.1m (2021: $477.8m); 

and 

• deferred tax assets available for use against future taxes 

payable of $35.2m (2021: $16.3m).

Judgement is required in determining the policy for deferring 
acquisition costs. Beazley’s policy assumes that variable 
reward paid to underwriters relates to prior years’ business 
and is not an acquisition cost. As a result, the quantum of 
costs classified as acquisition is towards the lower end of the 
possible range seen across the insurance market. Costs 
identified as related to acquisition are then deferred in line 
with premium earnings.

Capital structure

Capital structure 
Beazley aims to hold capital in excess of regulatory 
requirements in order to be best placed to swiftly take 
advantage of growth opportunities arising outside of our 
business plan, as well as to provide additional protection 
against downside events.

The Group actively seeks to manage its capital structure. Our 
preferred use of capital is to deploy it on opportunities to 
underwrite profitably.

Beazley has a number of requirements for capital at a Group 
and subsidiary level. Capital is primarily required to support 
underwriting at Lloyd’s, in the US and through our European 
branches and is subject to prudential regulation by local 
regulators (the Prudential Regulation Authority, Lloyd’s, the 
Central Bank of Ireland, and the US state level supervisors). 
Beazley is subject to the capital adequacy requirements of the 
European Union (EU) Solvency II regime (SII). We comply with 
all relevant SII requirements.

Further capital requirements come from rating agencies which 
provide ratings for Beazley Insurance Company, Inc and 
Beazley Insurance dac. We aim to manage our capital levels 
to obtain the ratings necessary to trade with our preferred 
client base.

Beazley holds a level of capital over and above its regulatory 
requirements. The amount of surplus capital held is 
considered on an ongoing basis in light of the current 
regulatory framework, opportunities for organic or acquisitive 
growth and a desire to maximise returns for investors.

In November 2022 we raised $404m of new capital through a 
non-pre-emptive share issuance. The decision to raise this 
additional equity was taken following the market dislocation 
across the Property market. We see this as an opportunity to 
expand our Property and Reinsurance books, whilst also 
enabling further growth within our Cyber Risks and Specialty 
Risks books, net of reinsurance.

Shareholders’ funds
Tier 2 subordinated debt (2026)
Tier 2 subordinated debt (2029)
Drawdown of letter of credit

2022

2021

$m
2,573.5
249.4
298.6
225.0
3,346.5

$m
2,130.8
249.1
298.3
225.0
2,903.2

During 2022 the equity raise further strengthened our capital 
base which will enable us to deliver our underwriting plan. Our 
funding comes from a mixture of our own equity alongside 
$548.0m ($550.0m gross of capitalised borrowing costs) of 
tier 2 subordinated debt. We also have a banking facility of 
$450m (31 December 2021: $450m) of which, $225m has 
been utilised and placed as a letter of credit at Lloyd’s to 
support our Funds at Lloyd’s (FAL).

64

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
The following table sets out the Group’s capital requirement 
selected for our internal measure of the Group’s capital 
surplus position:

Lloyd’s economic capital 
requirement (ECR)
Capital for US insurance companies

2022
$m

2021
$m

2,577.1 2,225.3

180.9

247.8
2,758.0 2,473.1

The final Lloyd’s economic capital requirement (ECR) at year 
end 2022, as confirmed by Lloyd’s, reflects the business we 
expect to write through to the end of 2023 as per our 
business plan which is targeting net growth of upwards of 
20%. Furthermore, rather than taking a one year view of this 
business, it assumes that all risks run to ultimate. Finally, 
Lloyd's apply a 35% uplift to this number. These three factors 
make the ECR requirement considerably more onerous than 
the standard Solvency II measure which considers a one year 
time horizon and contains no uplift.

In general we expect our capital requirement to grow broadly 
in line with the net written premiums in our business plan, 
which in the short term should be double digit growth; 
however, premium growth due to rate change has a more 
limited impact on the capital requirement, as the amount of 
risk stays broadly the same.

At Beazley we aim to hold excess capital over the Lloyd’s ECR 
and US capital requirement, expressed as a percentage of 
Lloyd’s ECR, and have a preferred range of 15-25%. Given the 
stringent nature of the Lloyd’s ECR as noted above, our Group 
surplus capital ratio is not directly comparable to the standard 
Solvency II capital ratio which is based on a one year time 
horizon.

At 31 December 2022, we have surplus capital (on a Solvency 
II basis) of 44%, above our current preferred range of 15% to 
25% of ECR. Following payment of the proposed interim 
dividend of 13.5p, this surplus reduces to 40%. 

In addition to the surplus above, we have two further capital 
levers which may be called upon. Firstly, the remaining 
undrawn banking facility of $225m may be utilised and is not 
included within the capital stack used in the capital surplus 
calculation. Secondly, we continue to use reinsurance as a 
tool to manage our capital position.

To ensure capital efficiency is maintained for our operations in 
the US, we continue to use a captive arrangement through 
Beazley NewCo Captive Company, Inc. that we set up in 2020.

Both tier 2 subordinated debt issuances issued by Beazley 
Insurance dac in 2016 and 2019 were assigned and maintain 
an Insurer Financial Strength (IFS) rating of ‘A+’ by Fitch. 

Solvency II
The Solvency II regime came into force on 1 January 2016. 
Beazley continue to provide quarterly Solvency II pillar 3 
reporting to both Lloyd’s for the Beazley managed syndicates 
and the Central Bank of Ireland and the Prudential Regulation 
Authority for Beazley Insurance dac and Beazley plc. 

Under Solvency II requirements, the Group is required to 
produce a Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR) which sets out 
the amount of capital that is required to reflect the risks 
contained within the business. Lloyd’s reviews the syndicates’ 
SCRs to ensure that SCRs are consistent across the market.

The current SCR has been established using our Solvency II 
approved internal model approved by Central Bank of Ireland 
(CBI) which has been run within the regime as prescribed by 
Lloyd’s. In order to perform the capital assessment:

• we use sophisticated mathematical models that reflect the 

key risks in the business allowing for probability of 
occurrence, impact if they do occur, and interaction between 
risk types. A key focus of these models is to understand the 
risk posed to individual teams, and to the business as a 
whole, of a possible deterioration in the underwriting cycle; 
and

• the internal model process is embedded so that teams can 

see the direct and objective link between underwriting 
decisions and the capital allocated to each team. This gives 
a consistent and comprehensive picture of the risk/ reward 
profile of the business and allows teams to focus on 
strategies that improve return on capital.

IFRS 17
The implementation of the IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts 
standard came into force for accounting periods commencing 
on 1 January 2023. Applying this standard has been a major 
undertaking and involved a multi-functional project over the 
past six years.

Since the start of 2023, we have been accounting under IFRS 
17 for insurance contracts at a Group level. The expected 
impact on equity at the date of transition, 1 January 2022, is 
an increase of at least 2% of equity. This increase is primarily 
driven by discounting, alongside a reduction in reserves held 
on the balance sheet. As discussed on page 60, these 
reserve reductions are driven by the different approach to 
calculating the reserve margin between IFRS 4 and IFRS 17, 
moving to a confidence level led approach. It is important to 
note that interest rates have increased since the date of 
transition, so the discounting effect on more recent balance 
sheet dates is expected to be more significant at other dates.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

65

 
Financial review
Capital structure continued

• Syndicate 3623 – corporate body regulated by Lloyd’s 

through which the Group underwrites its personal accident, 
BICI reinsurance business and, from 2018, Market Facilities 
business;

• Syndicate 5623 – corporate body regulated by Lloyd’s 

through which the Group underwrites across a diverse mix 
of classes;

• Syndicate 4321 - a Lloyd's syndicate in a box focussing on 
writing business on a consortium basis led by syndicate 
2623/623 based on ESG scores of insureds;

• Beazley America Insurance Company, Inc. (BAIC) – 

insurance company regulated in the US. In the process of 
obtaining licenses to write insurance business in all 50 
states;

• Beazley Insurance Company, Inc. (BICI) – insurance 

company regulated in the US. Licensed to write insurance 
business in all 50 states;

• Beazley USA Services, Inc. (BUSA) – service company based 
in Farmington, Connecticut. Underwrites business on behalf 
of Beazley syndicates, 2623 and 623, BICI and BAIC; and
• Beazley NewCo Captive Company, Inc. – provides internal 

reinsurance to BICI on older accident years.

Group structure
The Group operates across Europe, Asia, Canada and the US 
through a variety of legal entities and structures. As at 31 
December 2022, the main entities within the legal entity 
structure are as follows:

• Beazley plc – Group holding company, listed on the London 

Stock Exchange;

• Beazley Ireland Holdings plc – intermediate holding 

company;

• Beazley Underwriting Limited – corporate member at Lloyd’s 
writing business through syndicates 2623, 3622 and 3623;
• Beazley Furlonge Limited – managing agency for the seven 

syndicates managed by the Group 623, 2623, 3622, 3623, 
6107, 5623 and 4321;

• Beazley Insurance dac – insurance company based in 

Ireland that accepts non-life reinsurance premiums ceded 
by the corporate member Beazley Underwriting Limited, and 
also writes business directly from Europe;

• Syndicate 2623 – corporate body regulated by Lloyd’s 

through which the Group underwrites its general insurance 
business excluding accident, life and facilities. Business is 
written in parallel with syndicate 623;

• Syndicate 623 – corporate body regulated by Lloyd’s which 

has its capital supplied by third party names;

• Syndicate 6107 – special purpose syndicate writing 

reinsurance business, and from 2017 cyber, on behalf of 
third party names;

• Syndicate 3622 – corporate body regulated by Lloyd’s 

through which the Group underwrites its life insurance and 
reinsurance business;

66

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Risk management
and compliance

In a year of geopolitical instability, our risk 
management and compliance functions 
supported our business, and ultimately our 
clients, successfully through challenging 
times.

Risk management oversight
and framework
The Beazley plc Board delegates direct oversight of the risk 
management function and framework to its Audit and Risk 
Committee, and the primary regulated subsidiary Boards and 
their Audit and Risk Committees. The Board delegates 
executive oversight of the risk management function and 
framework to the Executive Committee, which fulfils this 
responsibility primarily through its Risk and Regulatory 
Committee.

Beazley takes an enterprise-wide approach to managing risk. 
The risk management framework establishes the approach to 
identifying, measuring, mitigating, monitoring, and reporting on 
key risks. The risk management framework supports the 
Group strategy and objectives.

Beazley leverages the ‘three lines of defence’ model, in which 
the risk management function is part of the second line of 
defence. Ongoing communication and collaboration across the 
three lines of defence ensures that the Group identifies and 
manages risks effectively.

A suite of risk management reports support senior 
management and The Board in discharging their oversight and 
decision-making responsibilities. The risk reports include 
updates on risk appetite, risk profiles, stress and scenario 
testing, reverse stress testing, emerging and heightened 
risks, a report to the Remuneration Committee, and the Own 
Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) report.

The Board approved the Group risk appetite statements during 
2022 and received updates on monitoring against risk 
appetite throughout the year.

Risk management

We pride ourselves on understanding the drivers of risk; 
supporting and challenging management on managing 
those risks for the Group and its clients. Whilst we 
managed the challenges that growth can bring, we 
remain mindful of emerging risks as well as regulatory and 
legal changes. The risk function continues to engage in 
key strategic projects to provide second line challenge 
and ensure the risk management framework adapts 
accordingly.

During the year, we made refinements to the risk 
management framework including our approach to 
articulating and monitoring risk appetite. This work will 
continue during 2023 to ensure the framework adapts to 
the Group risk profile and continues to embed a strong 
risk culture. We have continued working with our 
colleagues across the first and second lines of defence to 
ensure effective risk management practices remain 
embedded in business processes. Ultimately, this will 
help ensure achievement of the Group’s strategic 
objectives.

Our approach to managing the risks arising from climate 
change are set out within the TCFD section of this report.

The latest report to The Board confirmed that the control 
environment identified no significant failings or 
weaknesses in key processes and that Beazley plc was 
operating within risk appetite as at 31 December 2022, 
with the systems having been in place for the entirety of 
2022.

The business operated a control environment which supported 
mitigating risks to stay within risk appetite. The risk 
management function reviewed and challenged the control 
environment through various risk management activities 
throughout the year. In addition, the risk management function 
worked with the capital model and exposure management 
teams, particularly in relation to validation of the internal 
model, preparing the ORSA, monitoring risk appetite and 
through the business planning process. These teams provided 
regular reports to the Underwriting Governance Committee 
which the Chief Risk Officer chairs. 

The risk management plan considers, among other inputs, the 
inherent and residual risk scores for each risk event. The risk 
management function also includes results from internal 
audits into its risk assessment process. The internal audit 
function considers the risk management framework in its audit 
universe to derive a risk-based audit plan.

In 2022, the Group's approach to identifying, managing and 
mitigating emerging risks was enhanced to include inputs from 
the business,  post-risk incident lessons learned and industry  
thought leaders. The approach considers the potential 
materiality and likelihood of impacts which helps prioritise  
emerging risks which the Group monitors or undertakes 
focused work on. Key emerging risks in 2022 included 
geopolitical risks, the macroeconomic environment (e.g. 
inflation, global insurance market trends) and ESG. The Board  
carried out a robust assessment of the Group's emerging and 
principal risks.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

67

 
Risk management
and compliance continued

Principal risks the Group faces
Below summarises the principal risks the Group faces, the 
control environment, governance and oversight that mitigate
these risks.

Key to below table: 

▲ Within risk appetite
► Trending outside of risk appetite
▼ Outside of risk appetite

Principal risks and summary descriptions
Insurance ▲
The risk arising from inherent uncertainties about the occurrence, 
amount and timing of insurance premium, and claims liabilities. 
This includes risk from underwriting such as market cycle, 
catastrophe, reinsurance and reserves.
• Market cycle: potential systematic mispricing of medium- or long-
tailed business that does not support revenue to invest and 
cover future claims;

• Catastrophe: one or more large events caused by nature (e.g. 
hurricane, windstorm, earthquake and/or wildfire) or mankind 
(e.g. coordinated cyber-attack, global pandemic, losses linked to 
an economic crisis, an act of terrorism or an act of war and/or a 
political event) impacting a number of policies, and therefore 
giving rise to multiple losses;

• Reinsurance arrangements: reinsurance may not be available or 
purchases not made to support the business (i.e.-mismatch); 
and

• Reserving: reserves may not be sufficiently established to reflect 

the ultimate paid losses.

Market (asset)▲
The value of investments may be adversely impacted by financial 
market movements of values of investments, interest rates, 
exchange rates, or external market forces. Expected asset returns 
may not align to risk and capital requirements. 

Credit ▲
This risk of failure of another party to perform its financial or 
contractual obligations in a timely manner. Exposure to credit risk 
from reinsurers, brokers, and coverholders, of which the 
reinsurance asset was the largest exposure for the Group. 

Group ▲
The risk of an occurrence in one area of the Group, which adversely 
affects another area in the Group, resulting in financial loss and/or 
reputational damage. This also includes a deterioration in culture 
which leads to inappropriate behaviour, actions and/or decisions 
including dilution of culture or negative impact on the Group brand. 

Liquidity ▲
Investments and/or other assets are not available or adequate in 
order to settle financial obligations when they fall due.

Regulatory and legal ▲
Non-compliance with regulatory and legal requirements, failing to 
operate in line with the relevant regulatory framework in the 
territories where the Group operates leading to being unable to 
underwrite, manage claims, fines, etc.

Mitigation and monitoring

Beazley used a range of techniques to mitigate insurance risks including 
pricing tools, analysis of macro trends and claim frequency- including 
alignment with pricing and ensured exposure was not overly 
concentrated in any one area, especially those with higher risk.

The strategic approach to exposure management and a comprehensive 
internal and external reinsurance programme helped to reduce volatility 
of profits in addition to managing net exposure by the transfer of risk.

The prudent and comprehensive approach to reserving helped ensure 
that claims covered by the policy wording were paid, delivering the right 
outcome to clients. High calibre claims and underwriting professionals 
deliver expert service to insureds and claims handling. The Underwriting 
Committee oversaw these risks.

Beazley operated a conservative investment strategy with a view to 
limiting investment losses that would impact the company’s financial 
result. Beazley mitigated this risk by carrying out asset liability matching 
as per the investment constraints specified in the investment strategy. 
More detail on climate related risks and mitigations impacting the 
investment strategy can be found in the TCFD report. The Investment 
Committee oversaw the investment strategy and its implementation.
Beazley traded with strategic reinsurance partners over the long term 
that support Beazley through the cycle despite catastrophic claim 
events. The Group did not have significant concentration to reinsurers, 
ensuring these partners meet internal approval criteria overseen by the 
Reinsurance Security Committee. Credit risk arising from brokers (non-
payment of premiums or claims) and coverholders being low, has relied 
on robust due diligence processes and ongoing monitoring of aged debt 
and financial status.
Group risk culture was centred on principles of transparency, 
accountability, and awareness. This expected outcome continued to help 
maintain a strong risk culture that supported the embedding of risk 
management within Beazley, such that it makes a difference and was 
overseen by The Board. An effective risk culture supported strong risk 
management, encouraged sound risk taking, created an awareness of 
risks and emerging risks. The Executive Committee and The Board 
oversaw this risk.
By managing liquidity Beazley maximised flexibility in the management of 
financial assets, including investment strategy, without incurring 
unacceptable liquidity risks over any time horizon; and in doing so 
helped to ensure that clients and creditors were financially protected. 
The Group periodically assessed the liquidity position of Beazley and 
each entity, and this was overseen by the Audit and Risk Committee. 
This included a benchmarking view from a third-party assessment.
The control environment supports the nature, exposure scale and 
complexity of the business with oversight from the Risk and Regulatory 
Committee. The Group maintains a trusting and transparent relationship 
with regulators, ensuring coordinated communication and the following 
of robust processes, policies and procedures in the business. In 
addition, key staff, particularly those who held defined roles with 
regulatory requirements, were experienced and maintained regular 
dialogue with regulators. Beazley horizon scans for regulatory and legal 
matters and considers their potential impacts on the business.

68

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Principal risks and summary descriptions
Operational ▲
Failures of people, processes and systems or the impact of an 
external event on operations (e.g. a cyber-attack having a 
detrimental impact on operations), including transformation and 
change related risks.

Mitigation and monitoring

We attract and nurture talented colleagues who champion diversity of 
thought, creating a culture of empowerment, collaboration and 
innovation to build an environment of employee wellbeing. The Group 
employs high calibre, motivated, loyal, and productive people with 
sufficient competence to perform their required duties.

Strategic ▲
Events or decisions that potentially stop the Group from achieving 
its goals or danger of the Group strategic choices being incorrect, 
or not responding effectively to changing environments in a timely 
manner leading to inadequate profitability, insufficient capital, 
financial loss or reputational damage.

Enterprise ▲
Pervasive risks impacting multiple areas of the Group (e.g. conduct, 
reputation, ESG, concentration and/or viability) occurring through 
real or perceived action, or lack of action taken, by a regulatory 
body, market and/or third-party used by the business. A negative 
change to Beazley’s reputation would have a detrimental impact to 
Group profitability and public perception.

The Group invests in technology and re-engineering processes to support 
the operation of these activities which are overseen by the Operations 
Committee. Beazley has policies and procedures across the organisation 
which ensure effective and efficient operations and drive productivity and 
quality across people, processes and systems to continue to enable 
scalable growth.

The business continuity, and disaster recovery and incident response 
plans, help ensure that processes and systems enable our people to 
deliver the right outcomes for clients and overall productivity. There were 
effective controls in the day-to-day operations around information 
security, including cyber resilience, to mitigate the damage that loss of 
access to data or the amendment of data can have on the ability to 
operate.
Beazley continuously addresses key strategic opportunities and 
challenges itself to be the highest performing sustainable specialist 
insurer. Beazley commits to ensuring it recognises, understands, 
discusses, and develops a plan of action to address any significant 
strategic priorities in a timely fashion whilst ensuring continuity of 
operational effectiveness and brand reputation.

Beazley creates an environment that attracts, retains and develops high 
performing talent with diversity of thought to explore, create and build, 
through investing in understanding the complexity of the risks clients 
face and deploying expertise where the Group can create value. The 
Executive Committee and The Board oversee these risks.

Beazley maintains coverage above regulatory capital to a target level, 
ensuring sufficient capital to facilitate meeting the business plan and 
strategic objectives in the short, medium and long term.
Beazley aims to strategically create a sustainable business for our 
people, partners and planet through its responsible business goals. 
Beazley embeds ESG principles and ambitions- it focusses on reducing 
its carbon footprint (refer to more detail on climate related risks and 
mitigations in the TCFD report), contributing appropriately to its social 
environment, and enhancements to governance. Note that while Beazley 
considers market practice, it does not necessarily move with every 
prevailing market trend.

Being Beazley includes considering the needs of our clients in everything 
we do. We deliver the right outcomes to our clients through the product 
lifecycle. The conduct review group oversees this risk. We aim to do the 
right thing to minimise reputational risk via stakeholder management 
and oversight through governance. We carry out periodic analysis to 
identify significant areas of concentration risk across our business and 
monitor solvency regularly to ensure we are adequately capitalised.      

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

69

 
Risk management
and compliance continued

Viability statement
The Board assesses the viability of the Group within the long-
term plan over a five-year period. A period of five years is 
considered short enough to be reasonably assessable, given 
the dynamic nature of the business that we underwrite as a 
specialist insurer, with the need to adapt capital and solvency 
in response to changing markets and emerging opportunities. 
However, it is also long enough to reflect the Group risk profile 
of a portfolio of diversified short-tailed and medium-tailed 
insurance liabilities.

The business planning process tests and demonstrates the 
ongoing viability of the business. This includes a base view of 
profit and growth so that the reinsurance requirements and 
capital surplus can be projected. As a specialist insurer, we 
manage several risks as listed above; however the principal 
risk that could undermine the business model is insurance 
risk. The business plan sets out a view of the emerging risks 
that impact this area (e.g. social and economic inflation) and 
how the business will respond to these trends. The business 
planning process also considers key risks: for example, 
natural catastrophe risk was compared to the capital surplus 
and the cyber exposure as a share of the total is monitored. 
Scenarios were also tested that allow for a range of gross 
rates, volume, and reinsurance rates and availability. The 
impacts of climate related trends were allowed for in the plan 
and The Board has also assessed the impact of climate 
change and concluded that it does not lead to unviability.

A range of stresses, scenarios and modelled exposures were 
reported by the business throughout the year. These help to 
monitor aggregations across our key insurance risk 
exposures, such as casualty, cyber and natural catastrophe, 
as well as potential reserve deteriorations and investment risk 
stresses. The five most material realistic disaster scenarios 
relating to our casualty and cyber exposures were reviewed 
and approved by The Board. We also considered several 
reverse stress tests, which identified extreme scenarios which 
could trigger unviability (either through insolvency or a loss of 
stakeholder confidence) and the possible mitigations and 
actions. Based on our related risk profile, this considered 
events such as a natural catastrophe, cyber catastrophe, and 
major operational incident (e.g., internal fraud). Much of the 
above stress and scenario testing was incorporated into the 
annual ORSA that was presented to The Board and 
summarised the short-term and longer-term risks to the Group 
and the capital implications. 

In the unlikely event that capital surplus falls below the 
internal 15% threshold, additional capital may be available 
from a number of sources. The Group maintains a list of 
mitigation options available to improve its position in the 
event of liquidity or capital distress. The financial and 
corporate actions available to Beazley are monitored on an 
ongoing basis. The available mitigation options following an 
extreme event include:
• Underwriting action/manage plan growth;
• Stop/delay infrastructure investment;
• Sell off business units;
• Suspension of dividends;
• Additional reinsurance purchases;
• Posting of available unutilised letter of credit as funds at 

Lloyd’s; and

• Accessing additional external capital via debt or equity 

markets.

The Board has concluded, based on the business plan, 
scenario and ORSA reporting, that there is a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue to operate 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the five year 
period of assessment.

Regulatory compliance
To ensure that we conduct business in accordance with 
all applicable laws and regulations we operate a Group-
wide compliance framework designed to consider the 
risk, govern decision-making, ensure the best for our 
clients and monitor performance. Our compliance 
framework consists of processes, policies and controls, 
including senior management oversight, training, risk 
assessments, monitoring and reporting.

The recent challenging geopolitical environment has 
heightened the importance of ensuring compliance with 
rapidly changing regulations and laws, such as 
sanctions, and ensuring there is a robust anti-financial 
crime control environment. We have supported the 
business, and our clients, to navigate through this 
evolving landscape. 

There continues to be top-down commitment of senior 
management to ensure a good culture of regulatory 
compliance across the Group. This is embedded within our 
compliance framework and supported by training, controls, 
policies, periodic risk assessments and monitoring. Key areas 
of focus within the compliance framework include:

70

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Culture, controls, training and oversight 
A mandatory annual staff training programme covers topics 
such as financial crime, underwriting due diligence, conduct, 
and information security. We provide training to staff upon 
joining Beazley and annually thereafter to ensure that we 
continue to operate in a responsible manner and in line with 
Group expectations.

Monitoring of regulatory risks provides assurance on the 
performance of regulatory controls and enables us to identify 
areas for improvement. Through regular reporting of our 
monitoring activities, we ensure that senior management 
maintain oversight of regulatory risk, including conflicts of 
interest across the Group.

Conduct has been a core aspect of our business. We pride 
ourselves on knowing our clients well, meeting their needs, 
managing our business responsibly and ensuring we transact 
only with reputable intermediaries, agents and suppliers.

There is a robust approach to information security and privacy 
controls designed to safeguard data and the rights of data 
subjects. There were no cases of a data breach that were 
material to our clients or the Group during 2022.

Anti-financial crime controls
A key risk for the Group, operating a global organisation is 
financial crime. There is no appetite for Beazley being used as 
a vehicle for financial crime. As a responsible business, we 
adhere to ethical practices and believe in doing the right thing. 
We monitor sanctions developments closely and are primed to 
respond when changes occur, such as the events in 2022. To 
ensure compliance with applicable regimes, the Group 
embeds anti-financial crime controls and procedures into its 
underwriting, claims, payments, gifts and hospitality 
processes, and more widely throughout the business. 

Whistleblowing
In line with our values, we promote a culture that encourages 
staff to speak up and escalate concerns. In support of this, 
we operate a whistleblowing policy and an independent 
hotline, managed by Safecall, that allows for anonymous 
reporting of concerns without fear of reprisal, harassment, 
retaliation or victimisation. We received training from Safecall 
to ensure we appropriately handle any concerns raised. All 
concerns have been treated with the utmost confidentiality 
and in accordance with all applicable legal and regulatory 
requirements. Annual reports were presented to The Board on 
the effectiveness and operation of our whistleblowing 
procedures.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

71

 
Governance

Letter from our Chair
Statement of corporate governance
Board of Directors
Governance Framework
Shareholder engagement and investor relations
Board evaluation
Audit and Risk Committee

73
75
77
79
87
88
91
100 Nomination Committee
106 Remuneration Committee
108 Letter from the Chair of our Remuneration Committee
111 Directors' remuneration report
139 Statement of Directors' responsibilities
140 Directors' report
146 Independent auditor's report

72

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

  
 
Letter from our Chair

In my statement on pages 8 to 10, I comment on Beazley’s 
performance, the uncertain geopolitical and economic 
environment and how Beazley’s strategy, business model and 
culture add value when things are complex and changing. 

The company maintains a robust governance framework, 
which helps contribute to the company's long-term strategy, 
and I am pleased to confirm that the company has complied 
throughout the year with all the principles and provisions of 
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. In particular, the 
work of the Nomination Committee has enabled an orderly and 
smooth transition of succession following David Roberts’ 
stepping down as Chair of The Board on 21 October 2022 as 
a result of his appointment as Chair of the Court of the Bank 
of England. The Board remains highly engaged in fulfilling its 
principal tasks of leading the company and overseeing the 
governance of the Group and ensuring its long-term 
sustainable success.

Board changes
The Board takes seriously its responsibility for and oversight 
of effective succession planning for Board and senior 
management positions. I succeeded David as Interim Chair 
with effect from 21 October 2022 until a Chair was found, to 
ensure continuity of good governance across the Group in this 
interim period. Bob Stuchbery has taken on the role as Interim 
Senior Independent Director and Nicola Hodson is acting as 
Interim Chair of the Remuneration Committee. 

On 8 February 2023 we announced that Clive Bannister had 
joined The Board and would be appointed as Chair with effect 
from 25 April 2023. Clive brings a breadth of commercial, 
strategic and significant transformational experience to The 
Board from both the financial and insurance industries. He 
has been serving as Chair of investment and wealth 
management provider, Rathbones Group plc, since 2021 and 
is the former Group Chief Executive Officer of Phoenix Group 
plc. The Board and I are delighted that he has joined Beazley 
to lead The Board and company as we implement our 
ambitious growth plans in 2023 and beyond. More information 
about the search for the new Chair is included in the 
Nomination Committee report on page 100.

We have a strong Board of diverse experience, background 
and personal skillsets, and there is a good balance of new 
and more established directors. The 2022 internal board 
performance evaluation concluded that The Board continues 
to operate effectively, and that each Director is contributing to 
The Board’s overall effectiveness. We report further on the 
process and outcomes from The Board and Committee 
effectiveness review on page 88.

During 2022, The Board welcomed Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger 
and Fiona Muldoon as newly appointed Directors with effect 
from 31 May 2022. Cecilia brings a wealth of deep experience 
to The Board in banking, risk management, investment and 
asset management covering Europe, Asia Pacific and the 
Americas. Equally, Fiona augments The Board's strengths 
through her extensive leadership experience and senior 
finance positions in listed firms, general insurers and at the 
Central Bank of Ireland. With these new appointments, I 
strongly believe that Beazley’s Board has the breadth and 
depth of experience and skills to support the company’s 
strategic aims, purpose and values and this has been further 
enhanced by the new Board members. I am pleased to report 
that The Board is currently well-balanced in terms of gender. 
Following Clive Bannister joining The Board in February 2023, 
The Board is comprised of 45% women. In addition to David 
Roberts stepping down as Chair, Catherine Woods also 
stepped down from The Board in March 2022. Catherine was 
an extremely dedicated and diligent Director over a six year 
period and provided excellent insight in board discussions. 
She moved on with the best wishes of the entire Board.

Committee structure 
To further support strong governance and evolving 
requirements, The Board have agreed to separate the Audit 
and Risk Committees from 1 January 2023. Further 
information is included in the governance framework on page 
79, The Board evaluation report on page 88, and the Audit 
and Risk Committee report on page 91.

Risk management and compliance
Beazley’s strong approach to risk management and regulatory 
compliance has been especially important through the 
turbulent environment in 2022. The Beazley plc Board, with 
the support of its Committees, plays a key role in overseeing 
Beazley’s risk management framework and has close visibility 
of its engagement with regulators. Key emerging risks that The 
Board has overseen in 2022 have included geopolitical risks, 
the macroeconomic environment (e.g., inflation, global 
insurance market trends) and ESG.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

73

 
Remuneration policy 
In accordance with the normal three-year cycle, our 
shareholders will have an opportunity to vote on a revised 
remuneration policy at the 2023 AGM. Over the last 12 
months the Remuneration Committee has undertaken a full 
review of the policy to ensure that it supports our strategy, 
promotes Beazley’s long-term success, and is aligned with our 
purpose and shareholder expectations. For more information 
on the proposed changes to the policy, please see the 
Directors' remuneration report on page 111. 

Stakeholder engagement
The Board has continued to identify employees, clients and 
broker partners, shareholders and regulators as its key 
stakeholders. In addition, we also recognise that Beazley’s 
suppliers and the communities in which the Group operates 
are important stakeholders to be considered in decision 
making. On pages 50 to 57 we discuss how these 
stakeholder groups have been considered in key decisions 
taken during the year. 

Looking ahead
As ever, we welcome any and all engagement with our 
shareholders either via our AGM, our presentations throughout 
the year and via our website. All directors expect to attend this 
year’s AGM, which will again provide an opportunity for all 
shareholders to hear more about our performance and to ask 
key questions of The Board. Where it is not possible for 
directors to attend in person, arrangements will be in place for 
these individuals to attend virtually.

I would like to thank all of my colleagues on The Board for 
their contributions during the year.

Christine LaSala
Interim Chair

Letter from our Chair
continued

Culture and our people
At Beazley we define our culture by our values and brand: 
being bold, striving for better and doing the right thing. They 
inspire the way we work, from how we engage with our 
stakeholders and colleagues, to how we design our 
workspaces, treat our customers and behave as a responsible 
business. Keeping and renewing our strong culture is key for 
Beazley in achieving its purpose of helping our clients and 
people to explore, create and build in a complex and uncertain 
world.

We are proud of our culture, it resonates with our people, and 
it always scores very highly in our employee engagement 
surveys. The Board monitors culture through various 
mechanisms including: the annual employee engagement and 
leadership surveys, turnover statistics, whistleblowing and 
grievance data, feedback from leavers, periodic internal audit 
reviews, and routine board reporting. The Board is very 
focused on helping to promote an open culture and 
maintaining regular engagement with the workforce. This is a 
key focus of the director with responsibility for bringing the 
employee voice to The Board. Fiona Muldoon succeeded Bob 
Stuchbery in this role in November 2022. The stakeholder 
engagement report on page 50 provides further information on 
how Beazley’s culture supports the interactions with all of its 
stakeholders, and how The Board oversees stakeholder 
engagement and considers it in decision making.

The findings of the 2022 employee engagement survey will be 
assessed by The Board in early 2023. A brief overview is 
included in the stakeholder engagement report on page 50.

Inclusion and Diversity
The Board is committed to promoting inclusion and diversity in 
all its forms and is pleased to have met the Parker Review 
recommendations and other targets in relation to Board 
diversity. However, we recognise our work in this area is never 
done. To make more impactful progress in this area, Beazley 
updated its global diversity policy and introduced a Board 
diversity policy in January 2022, which details a set of pledges 
aimed at building a diverse, inclusive environment that 
operates zero tolerance to discrimination or harassment and 
fully supports and celebrates differences. These policies are 
aligned to each other and to the Company's strategy.

We also recognise that aspiring to have a diverse workforce is 
not enough. We remain committed to our race and ethnicity 
diversity goals to have at least 25% of the global workforce 
consisting of people of colour. We also committed to reaching 
at least 45% female representation in senior leadership. Both 
of these targets were set for the end of 2023. We have 
already met the race target and are on track to meet the 
gender target. More information on Beazley’s inclusion and 
diversity initiatives can be found in the responsible business 
report and the Nomination Committee report.

74

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Statement of corporate governance 

How have we applied the principles of the Corporate Governance Code? 
We are pleased to confirm that the company has applied all the principles and complied with the provisions set out in the 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) throughout the year ended 31 December 2022. The Code can be viewed on the 
www.frc.org.uk website. The governance report describes how The Board and its Committees have applied the main principles 
of the Code and complied with its detailed provisions.

Application of UK Corporate Governance Code Principles
Code Provision and Application

Board leadership and company purpose
A

The role of The Board
Our Board is comprised of individuals with a wide range of experience, skills and backgrounds which we believe 
strongly supports Beazley’s strategic vision and success. The Board is strengthened by its robust governance 
framework which enables directors to discharge their duties effectively in promoting the long-term sustainable 
success of the company and strong performance. The Board is committed to frequent and open communication 
with both shareholders and stakeholders and this is at the forefront of agenda planning throughout the year.

B

Purpose, Values, Strategy and Culture
Beazley’s purpose, culture and values centre around being bold, striving for better and doing the right thing. This is 
reflected in the business model of the organisation, including how we engage with our stakeholders and 
colleagues, and how we treat our customers and behave as a responsible business. The Board reviews strategy 
and culture throughout the year via reports it receives from the Group Head of Strategy and the Group Head of 
Culture & People. Reporting includes topics such as strategy and business plans, employee engagement and 
leadership surveys (which include cultural metrics) and the employee voice of The Board updates.

Internal audit periodically review culture as part of their audits. In addition to their regular reporting, an analysis of 
their findings in relation to culture was included in the internal audit annual report to the Audit and Risk Committee 
during 2022.

Investing in and rewarding our people
We aim to create a company-wide culture of learning in line with our values of striving for better and doing the right 
thing for our people. Supported by our workforce policies and practices, we empower our people to be the best they 
can be and develop their career at Beazley. 

There is a wide range of resources available through the Beazley learning management system, including access to 
training and learning materials. Employees are supported to gain relevant professional qualifications, and we give 
individuals the opportunity to both receive mentoring, and to provide mentoring to colleagues. 

We support our managers in encouraging the development of their teams through the formal appraisal process and 
in their ongoing conversations. Job opportunities are advertised internally, and we encourage employees to apply 
for different or more senior roles as part of their career progression. 

We offer our employees an attractive remuneration and benefits package, which recognises their efforts and 
achievements. Our smart working approach also offers an agile and flexible approach to how, when and where 
people can work and prioritises talent over traditional working practices.

See further information

Board of Directors (page 77) 
Governance framework (page 79) 
Stakeholder engagement (page 50)

Our purpose (page 3) 
Our business model (page 4) 
Statement of the Chair (page 8) 
Chief Executive Officer's statement 
(page 11) 
Stakeholder engagement report (page 
50) 
Directors' remuneration report (page 
111)

Resources and controls
The Board ensures that the necessary resources are in place to support the business model and for the 
organisation to meet its objectives and measure performance against these. Beazley has established an Audit and 
Risk Committee (separated into two different committees from 1 January 2023) and operates a three lines of 
defence model which allows for a strong governance framework of internal controls and managing risk.

Risk management and compliance 
(page 67) 
Governance framework (page 79)
Audit and Risk Committee (page 91)

Shareholder and stakeholder engagement
The Board is committed to open and regular communication and engagement with shareholders and other 
stakeholders.

Workforce policies and practices
The Board and its Executive Committee have ultimate responsibility for overseeing the company’s compliance with 
the Beazley code of conduct and upkeep of whistleblowing procedures and other employee policies and ensuring 
they are in line with strategy and culture.

Division of responsibilities
F

The role of the Chair
Christine LaSala (and prior to that David Roberts) leads The Board and facilitates constructive and open debate 
between The Board and management. The Board is responsible for the overall effectiveness of itself and its 
Committees, for agreeing and shaping the culture of the organisation and ensuring high standards of corporate 
governance. The chair reviews the performance of Non-Executive Directors and the Senior Independent Director 
leads a review of the Chair. The Nomination Committee reviews the performance of the Executive Directors.

Stakeholder engagement (page 50) 
Stakeholder engagement and investor 
relations (page 87)

Stakeholder engagement: our people 
(page 50)
Whistleblowing (page 71)
Non-financial information statement 
(page 26)

Governance framework (page 79) 
Board evaluation (page 88)
Nomination Committee (page 100)

G

H

I

Clive Bannister will be appointed as the new Chair on 25 April 2023. 

Board composition and division of responsibilities
The Board comprises eleven directors including the Chair: two Executive Directors and nine independent Non-
Executive Directors, one of whom is the Senior Independent Director. None of the Non-Executive Directors have 
served on The Board for more than nine years. The Board considers all of the Non-Executive Directors to be 
independent. The Chair was deemed independent on appointment.

Board of Directors (page 77)
Governance framework (page 79)

Role of the Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors are required to attest on appointment that they are able to allocate sufficient time to 
discharge their duties effectively and all have done so. The Nomination Committee is responsible for monitoring 
and reviewing each Non-Executive Director’s commitments. All Directors receive information in a regular and timely 
fashion to enable them to provide challenge, guidance and advice and to hold management to account.

Governance framework: The Board 
(page 81)
Training, information and support 
(page 85)
Nomination Committee (page 100)

Ensuring the Board functions effectively and efficiently
The Company Secretary works with the Chair, the Chairs of the Committees and the Chief Executive Officer to 
ensure that The Board has the policies, information, time and resources it needs in order to function effectively and 
efficiently. There is a detailed programme of training for the Directors throughout the year. If a Director requires 
professional advice in the furtherance of discharging their duties they are authorised to seek advice from 
independent advisors at the company's expense. 

Training, information, and support 
(page 85)

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

75

C

D

E

 
Statement of corporate governance
continued

Application of UK Corporate Governance Code Principles
Code Provision and Application

Composition, succession and evaluation
J

Succession planning for The Board
A key remit of the Nomination Committee is reviewing any skills gaps of the Directors and the composition of The 
Board (including the diversity of The Board, their cognitive and personal strengths and tenure) to allow for smooth 
succession planning. Succession planning processes are well embedded at Beazley and are formal, rigorous and 
transparent. Where Beazley uses external search consultants, we ensure that consultants are and remain 
independent.

K

L

Skills, experience and knowledge of The Board
The Nomination Committee ensures that The Board and its committees have the range of skills, experience and 
knowledge necessary to discharge their roles and to support the management team in the execution of the 
company’s strategy.

Board evaluation
During the 2022 financial year, The Board undertook an internally facilitated review in line with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code guidance. The last externally facilitated board evaluation was conducted in 2021.

Audit, risk and internal control
M Ensuring the independence and effectiveness of the internal and external audit

A key remit of the Audit and Risk Committee is reviewing the effectiveness and quality of the financial and narrative 
statements, the audit process and the independence and objectivity of the external auditor. From 2023 onwards, 
the responsibilities of this will fall under the separate Audit Committee. The Committee also reviews and monitors 
the independence and performance of the internal audit function.

See further information

Nomination Committee (page 100)

Nomination Committee (pages 100)

Board evaluation (page 88)

Audit and Risk Committee (page 91)

N

O

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment
The Board and the Audit and Risk Committee consider the annual report and ensure that it presents a fair, 
balanced, and understandable assessment of the company’s position and prospects. The Board receives a report 
from management to assist with making this assessment.

Fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment (page 95)
Audit and Risk Committee (page 91)

Risk management and internal controls
The Board and the Risk Committee (previously the Audit and Risk Committee) are responsible for reviewing the 
effectiveness of the risk management activities from a strategic and operational perspective. These activities are 
designed to identify and manage the risk of failure to achieve business objectives or to successfully deliver our 
business strategy. An annual review of the internal controls is undertaken by the internal audit function.

Risk management and compliance 
(page 67).
Audit and Risk Committee (page 91)

Remuneration
P

Designing remuneration policies
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining remuneration policies and practices which support the 
strategy and promote the long-term sustainable success of the company. The remuneration policy is being put 
forward for shareholder approval at the 2023 AGM and there has been significant shareholder engagement on the 
proposals.

Remuneration Committee (page 106)
Directors’ remuneration report (page 
111)

Q

R

Executive remuneration
We have benefited from open and constructive shareholder engagement which leads to the proposals being put 
forward in our remuneration policy for shareholder approval at the 2023 AGM. We continue to ensure that executive 
remuneration is fit for purpose and aligned with our long-term strategy.

Remuneration Committee (page 106) 
Directors’ remuneration report (page 
111)

Remuneration outcomes and independent judgement
The Remuneration Committee determines remuneration outcomes for the Directors and senior management. It 
exercises independent judgement and discretion around individual performance and the wider circumstances. No 
individual is involved in determining their own pay.

Remuneration Committee (page 106) 
Directors’ remuneration report (page 
111)

76

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Board of Directors

The Beazley Board is comprised of individuals with broad skillsets and a range of experience in leadership roles, making them well placed to 
oversee the delivery of Beazley’s strategic plans in line with its purpose, vision and values and maintain the long-term success of the company. 
The Board strengthened its composition with the appointments of Fiona Muldoon and Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger in 2022. 

On 8 February 2023, it was announced that Clive Bannister had been appointed as Chair Designate and as a Non-Executive Director with 
immediate effect. As stated in the interim Chair's letter, it is intended that Clive will take up the role of Chair at the conclusion of the 
Company's AGM on 25 April 2023. 

1. Christine LaSala 
Interim Chair and 
independent Non-Executive 
Director 

Appointed: 1 July 2016
Experience: Christine became the 
Interim Chair of The Board with effect 
from 21 October 2022. She was the 
Senior Independent Director prior to 
this interim appointment and chaired 
the Remuneration Committee from 
March 2021 to October 2022. Based 
in New York, she was previously chair 
of Willis Towers Watson North America. 
She has over 45 years of 
management, client leadership and 
financial experience in the insurance 
industry including work as an 
underwriter and 27 years as an 
insurance broker, leading large 
business units and working with 
corporate and public institution clients. 
Christine’s experience includes board 
and leadership roles at Johnson & 
Higgins and Marsh and 10 years as 
Chief Executive Officer of the WTC 
Captive Insurance Company.
Committee: NC (Interim Chair), RC
Skills: insurance, distribution, strategy, 
risk management, client leadership, 
regulatory, governance and talent and 
leadership development

2. Clive Bannister
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chair Designate

Appointed: 8 February 2023
Experience: Clive was appointed as a 
non-executive director on 8 February 
2023 and will take up the role of Chair 
at the conclusion of the company's 
AGM on 25 April 2023. He will also 
join and Chair the Nomination 
Committee following the AGM. Clive is 
currently the Chair of Rathbones Group 
plc and the Museum of London. Clive 
has extensive leadership and strategy 
experience, having previously been the 
CEO of Phoenix Group plc from 2011 
until retiring in March 2020. Clive's 
experience at Phoenix Group, at which 
he led the transformation of the Group 
and progression to the FTSE 100 
brings considerable transformational 
experience to The Board. Prior to that 
Clive had a long and distinguished 
career at HSBC Group, including 
leadership roles in private banking and 
insurance. He has previously held a 
number of non-executive directorships 
as well as his current chair positions. 
Committee: Will join NC as Chair from 
25 April 2023
Skills: strategy, transformation, 
mergers and acquisitions, commerce, 
banking and insurance, leadership 
and governance

3. Adrian Cox
Chief Executive Officer

4. Sally Lake 
Group Finance Director

Appointed: 6 December 2010* 
Experience: Adrian was appointed as 
Chief Executive Officer in April 2021. 
He began his career at Gen Re in 1993 
writing short tail facultative reinsurance 
before moving to the treaty department 
in 1997, where he wrote both short 
and long tail business specialising in 
financial lines. He joined the Specialty 
Lines division at Beazley in 2001 
where he performed a variety of roles 
including underwriting manager, 
building the long tail treaty account, 
managing the private enterprise teams 
and the large risk teams before taking 
responsibility for Specialty Lines in 
2008. He took on the role of Chief 
Underwriting Officer in January 2019. 
Adrian was also appointed to The 
Board of Beazley Furlonge Limited in 
2008.
Committee: EC, DC
Skills: insurance, management, 
international business development, 
strategy, leadership and people 
management and governance.

Appointed: 23 May 2019 
Experience: A Fellow of the Institute of 
Actuaries since 2004. Sally joined 
Beazley in 2006 initially working with 
the Specialty Lines division, the largest 
underwriting division, for six years. This 
gave her a breadth of exposure to 
many aspects of the business at 
Beazley, especially focusing on claims 
analytics and reserving. In 2012 Sally 
became reserving manager and then 
Group Actuary in 2014. As Group 
Actuary, Sally covered both pricing and 
reserving, as well as capital model 
validation. She became Group Finance 
Director in May 2019. 
Committee: EC, DC
Skills: reserving and actuarial pricing, 
capital modelling and management, 
leadership and people management, 
strategy and governance

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

77

 
Board of Directors

5. Rajesh Agrawal 
Independent Non-Executive 
Director 

6. Pierre-Olivier Desaulle
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Appointed: 1 August 2021
Experience: Raj is Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer at 
Arrow Electronics, Inc which is 
headquartered in Centennial, Colorado. 
He was appointed to Arrow in 
September 2022 following a career at 
Western Union spanning from 2006 to 
2022. At Western Union, Raj was a 
member of the executive team 
responsible for leading Western 
Union’s global finance organisation, 
including financial reporting, financial 
planning and analysis, tax, treasury, 
internal audit and investor relations as 
well as providing guidance on the 
Company’s operations and strategic 
direction. Raj holds an MBA from 
Columbia University.
Committee: AC, RC
Skills: finance, strategy, operations, 
international business development

Appointed: 1 January 2021
Experience: Pierre-Olivier has over 25 
years of experience as an international 
insurance executive, with a focus on 
products and distribution innovation. 
He joined the Beazley plc Board in 
January 2021. Since 2017, he has 
been a Non-Executive Director of 
Beazley Insurance dac and has chaired 
The Board since 2021. He served as 
Chief Executive Officer of Hiscox 
Europe until 2017 and has held a 
number of other executive roles within 
the (re)insurance industry including 
strategic planning, operations and 
systems director at Marsh. With a 
background in strategy consulting, 
having been at Strategic Planning 
Associates (now Oliver Wyman), he 
transitioned to insurance helping 
Marsh with the integration of a leading 
French broker. He is currently the chief 
insurance officer of the InsurTech 
startup, Pattern.
Committee: RIC, NC
Skills: insurance, reinsurance, strategy, 
operations and distribution

9. John Reizenstein
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

10. Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger
Independent Non-Executive 
Director 

Appointed: 10 April 2019
Experience: John has more than 30 
years’ experience in financial services, 
most recently as Chief Financial Officer 
of Direct Line Insurance Group plc, 
from which he retired in 2018. Prior to 
that he held senior positions in 
insurance and banking at Co-operative 
Financial Services and in investment 
banking at Goldman Sachs and UBS. In 
addition to the Beazley plc Board, John 
is also a non-executive Director of 
Beazley Furlonge Limited and chairs its 
Audit Committee. He is a Non-
Executive Director of Scottish Widows, 
a member of the Takeover Panel, chair 
of Farm Africa and a trustee of 
Nightingale Hammerson.
Committee: AC (Chair), RIC, NC
Skills: finance, strategy, leadership, 
investment and mergers and 
acquisitions

Appointed: 31 May 2022 
Experience: Cecilia has more than 30 
years’ experience in banking, asset 
management and insurance covering 
Europe, Asia Pacific and the Americas 
with a focus on investment 
management and risk.Cecilia spent 17 
years with Zurich Insurance Group, 
latterly as its group chief risk officer, 
leading the global risk function. Prior to 
that she was its group chief investment 
officer and spent eight years on the 
Group executive committee while 
holding these positions. Prior to that 
Cecilia spent her career at ING 
Barings, ING Asset Management and 
Credit Suisse Group in various senior 
roles. Cecilia is a member of the 
Supervisory Board of NN Group NV. 
Committee: AC, RIC, RC
Skills: risk management, insurance 
investment management, strategy, 
leadership and management, 
responsible investment strategy

7. Nicola Hodson
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: 10 April 2019
Experience: In January 2023, Nicola 
was appointed as the Chief Executive 
officer of IBM, UK and Ireland. Nicola 
was previously Vice President Field 
Transformation, for Microsoft Global 
Sales and Marketing and prior to this 
chief operating officer for Microsoft UK. 
She is also a Non-Executive Director on 
The Board of Drax Group plc and is 
chair of its Remuneration Committee. 
Nicola was formerly a Non-Executive 
Director at Ofgem, a board member at 
the UK Council for Child Internet Safety 
and at the Child Exploitation and 
Online Protection Group.
Committee: RIC, RC (Interim Chair)
Skills: strategy, leadership and 
management, business and digital 
transformation, Information 
Technology, and sales and marketing

8. Fiona Muldoon
Independent Non-Executive 
Director 

Appointed: 31 May 2022
Experience: Fiona has over 30 years’ 
experience in the insurance industry. 
Fiona was the CEO of FBD Holdings 
plc, a listed general insurer in Ireland, 
from 2015 to 2020. Prior to that Fiona 
was Director of Credit Institutions and 
Insurance Supervision at the Central 
Bank of Ireland, the Irish regulator. 
Fiona spent 17 years of her career with 
XL group in various progressively 
senior finance and general 
management positions, in Dublin, 
London, and Bermuda. Fiona is 
currently an independent Non-Executive 
Director of the Bank of Ireland group, 
where she is a Director on the Group 
Board and on the board of New Ireland 
Life Assurance, its wholly owned life 
insurance subsidiary.
Committee: AC, RIC
Skills: insurance, strategy, stakeholder 
management, governance, finance, 
capital management and leadership

11. Robert Stuchbery 
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and interim Senior 
Independent Director

Appointed: 11 August 2016 
Experience: Bob was previously the 
president of international operations of 
The Hanover Group until he retired 
from the Group in May 2016. He brings 
extensive Lloyd’s experience, having 
been Chief Executive Officer of Chaucer 
until 2015 and having held numerous 
management roles at the company for 
over 25 years, He has a deep 
knowledge of the Lloyd’s market and 
distribution and operational strategies. 
In addition to The Beazley plc Board, 
Bob is also a non-executive Director of 
Beazley Furlonge Ltd, and chairs its 
risk committee. Bob acted as the 
Employee Voice of The Beazley plc 
Board until November 2022, and he 
took on the role of Interim Senior 
independent Director from 21 October 
2022. Bob has previously served as a 
member of the London Market Group, 
was deputy chairman of the Lloyd’s 
Market Association Board and is 
currently a Liveryman of The Worshipful 
Company of Insurers. 
Committee: AC, RIC (Chair), RC
Skills: insurance, risk management, 
distribution, and strategy

78

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Governance Framework 

The company operates through the main Board and a number of 
Committees. During 2022, those committees were the Audit and Risk, 
Nomination and Remuneration Committees and details of their main 
responsibilities and activities in 2022 are set out on pages 91 to 
110.

With effect from 1 January 2023, the combined Audit and Risk 
Committee has been replaced by separate Audit and Risk 
Committees. The Board has also established the Disclosure 
Committee with responsibility for matters relating to the control and 
disclosure of inside information. 

Adrian Cox is the Chief Executive Officer and chairs the Executive 
Committee which acts under delegated authority from The Board. The 
Executive Committee usually meets monthly and is responsible for 
implementing the Group’s strategy and managing all operational 
activities of the Group. The governance framework of the main Board 
and its Committees is shown in the diagram on page 80.

The roles of the Chair and Chief Executive Officer are separate, with 
each having clearly defined responsibilities as set out in the corporate 
governance framework diagram. They maintain a close working 
relationship to ensure the integrity of The Board’s decision-making 
process and the successful delivery of the Group’s strategy. The 
Board evaluates the membership of its individual Board Committees 
on at least an annual basis, as well as when required during the year. 
The Board Committees are governed by terms of reference which 
detail the matters delegated to each committee and for which they 
have authority to make decisions. The terms of reference for The 
Board Committees can be found at www.beazley.com.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

79

 
 
80

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Separation of Audit and Risk Committee
On 9 December 2022 The Board approved the proposal to 
replace the Audit and Risk Committee with a separate Audit 
Committee and Risk Committee from 1 January 2023. This 
step was taken to strengthen the Group’s overall approach to 
corporate governance and enable each of the new committees 
to give greater focus to their areas of responsibility.

The key objectives of the Audit Committee are to assist The 
Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for 
the financial reporting process, the system of internal financial 
controls and the audit process. 

The key objectives of the Risk Committee are to provide 
oversight of the Beazley Group’s risk management framework 
and processes for monitoring compliance with laws and 
regulation. Specific duties of the Risk Committee include 
oversight of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements and 
providing assurance to The Board in relation to key Group-wide 
transformational projects.

More detail regarding the role of each Committee, including 
the terms of reference, is available on the website.

The Board
Beazley plc’s Board consists of Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors with responsibility for overseeing the company’s 
activities. The Board is responsible for establishing the 
company’s purpose, values and strategy, and satisfying itself 
that these and its culture are aligned. The Board is required to 
ensure that the necessary resources are in place for the 
company to meet its objectives and measure performance 
against them. 

All Directors must act with integrity, lead by example, and 
promote the company’s culture. Non-Executive Directors are 
required to allow sufficient time to meet their Board 
responsibilities and provide constructive challenge, strategic 
guidance, offer specialist advice and hold management to 
account.

Matters reserved for The Board 
The Board has a schedule of matters reserved for its decision. 
This includes, inter alia: strategic matters; statutory matters; 
matters intended to generate and preserve value over the 
longer term; acquisitions and disposals over a certain 
quantum; approval of financial statements and dividends; 
appointments and terminations of Directors, officers and 
auditors; and appointments of committees and setting of their 
terms of reference. The Board is responsible for: setting the 
company’s values, strategy and purpose; oversight of the 
Group’s long-term commercial and sustainable success; 
reviewing Group performance against budgets; generation of 
long-term shareholder value; approving material contracts; 
determining authority levels within which management is 
required to operate; overseeing the internal control framework; 
reviewing the Group’s annual forecasts; and approving the 
Group’s corporate business plans, including capital adequacy 
and the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA). The 
Board is responsible for determining the nature and extent of 
the principal risks it is willing to take in pursuing its strategic 
objectives. To this end, The Board is responsible for the 
capital strategy, including the Group’s Solvency II internal 
model. The Board is responsible for climate-related matters 
including the company’s own impact on the environment and 
climate-related risks. Furthermore, The Board is responsible 
for considering how stakeholder interests have been 
considered within decision-making processes and to perform 
their duties as outlined in Section 172 of the UK Companies 
Act 2006. Details of how The Board has put this into practice 
are outlined on pages 50 to 57. 

Regulated subsidiary Boards 
At Beazley we have a strong governance framework which 
includes governance of the relationship between the Group 
Board and the Boards of our regulated subsidiary Boards. 
There are Beazley plc directors on the principal regulated 
subsidiary Boards, with four Beazley plc Non-Executive 
Directors also serving on the Beazley Furlonge Limited Board. 
Pierre-Olivier Desaulle chairs the Beazley Insurance 
designated activity company Board and Adrian Cox chairs the 
Beazley Insurance Company Inc Board. The links between our 
Group Board and principal regulated subsidiary Boards help 
ensure effective information flows and collaboration across 
the Group. The Board encourages positive and collaborative 
relationships between the Boards and further enhancements 
are being made to the framework following the board 
effectiveness review. For more information see the board 
evaluation report on page 88.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

81

 
 
Governance Framework 
continued

Board composition
During 2022, The Board was headed by the Non-Executive 
Chair David Roberts, who was independent on appointment, 
until his resignation on 21 October 2022. Following this, 
Christine LaSala, who was independent on appointment to 
The Beazley plc Board, was appointed as Interim Chair and 
has led The Board whilst the recruitment process for a new 
Chair was being conducted. In addition to the Chair, at 31 
December 2022, The Board consisted of seven independent 
Non-Executive Directors. Prior to David’s resignation, there 
were eight independent Non-Executive Directors in addition to 
the Chair. Christine LaSala was the Senior Independent Non-
Executive Director until her appointment as interim Chair on 
21 October 2022. Robert Stuchbery was appointed as the 
Interim Senior Independent Director on 21 October 2022. The 
Board also consists of two Executive Directors, Adrian Cox 
who is Chief Executive Officer and Sally Lake who is the Group 
Finance Director. The Non-Executive Directors, who have been 
appointed for specified terms and are subject to annual 
election or re-election by the shareholders, are considered by 
The Board to be independent of management and free of any 
relationship which could materially interfere with the exercise 
of their independent judgement.

On 8 February 2023, the new Chair Designate Clive Bannister 
was announced. Following this appointment there are nine 
independent Non-Executive Directors including the Chair 
Designate, who was independent on appointment.

The Senior Independent Director will, if required, deputise for 
the Chair and their role is to act as a sounding board for the 
Chair and as an intermediary for other directors. They are 
available to talk to shareholders if they have any issues or 
concerns or if there are any unresolved matters that 
shareholders believe should be brought to their attention. 

On 25 March 2022, The Board appointed Pierre-Olivier 
Desaulle to the Nomination Committee and on 26 April 2022 
The Board appointed Raj Agrawal to the Remuneration 
Committee. Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger and Fiona Muldoon were 
appointed as Non-Executive Directors to The Board and as 
members of the Audit and Risk Committee with effect from 31 
May 2022. Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger was also appointed to the 
Remuneration Committee on the same date. 

Following David Roberts standing down as Chair, and until the 
new Chair commences the role, Christine La Sala is acting as 
Chair of the Nomination Committee. Nicola Hodson is acting 
as Interim Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Bob 
Stuchbery, as confirmed above, is acting as Interim Senior 
Independent Director.

Board information
The Company Secretary, Christine Oldridge, ensures that 
board members receive timely and accurate financial and 
operational information to enable them to discharge their 
duties appropriately. Board papers are circulated digitally, 
usually one week in advance of board meetings. Directors also 
have access to independent professional advice at the 
company’s expense, if they consider this appropriate. During 
2022, independent professional advice was sought on 
conflicts of interest in relation to proposed group transactions.

In accordance with the Code, The Board has recommended 
that all directors should submit themselves for election or re-
election on an annual basis and as such all directors will 
stand for election or re-election at the forthcoming AGM.

Biographies of current board members appear in The Board of 
Directors section on page 77. The biographies indicate the 
high level and wide range of business experience that are 
essential to manage a business of this size and complexity. 
An established operational and management structure is in 
place and the roles and responsibilities of senior executives 
and key members of staff are clearly defined.

Board meeting attendance
The full Board meets at least five times each year and more 
frequently where business needs require. In 2022, there were 
six regular board meetings. The activities of The Board are set 
out on pages 83 and 84. During the year, there were also ad 
hoc meetings to consider senior management changes, the 
conflict in Ukraine and the impact on the Group, the equity 
raise and the business plan and scheduled joint meetings of 
The Boards and Committees of Beazley plc and other 
regulated group subsidiaries to consider updates on strategic 
projects of relevance to entities across the Group as well as 
various policy updates, risk, compliance and internal audit 
assurance plans, and environmental, social and governance 
matters.

All the Beazley plc directors also attend an annual strategy 
day. All Committees also had additional ad hoc meetings as 
required to discuss specific matters. The Chair holds 
meetings with the Non-Executive Directors without the 
Executive Directors being present.

In addition to its regularly scheduled meetings, The Board met 
on an additional seven occasions throughout the year with 
nearly full attendance. In total, there were 13 board meetings 
throughout 2022. Attendance at the regular board and 
committee meetings is set out in the table on page 83.

82

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Board meeting attendance table

Director
Rajesh K Agrawal1
Adrian P Cox
Pierre-Olivier Desaulle2
Nicola Hodson3
Sally M Lake
Christine LaSala
Fiona Muldoon
A John Reizenstein
Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger
David L Roberts4
Robert A Stuchbery
Catherine M Woods5

Board

Audit and Risk Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

No. of
meetings
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
6
4
4
6
1

No.
attended
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
6
4
4
6
1

No. of 
meetings
10
–
10
10
–
–
7
10
7
–
10
2

No.
attended
10
–
10
9
–
–
7
10
7
–
10
2

No. of 
meetings
4
–
–
6
–
6
–
–
4
–
6
2

No.
attended
3
–
–
6
–
6
–
–
4
–
6
2

No. of 
meetings
–
–
3
–
–
4
–
4
–
3
–
1

No.
attended
–
–
3
–
–
4
–
4
–
3
–
1

1 Raj Agrawal was appointed to the Remuneration Committee on 26 April 2022. He was unable to attend the December Remuneration Committee due to a long-

standing scheduling clash.

2 Pierre-Olivier Desaulle was appointed to the Nomination Committee on 25 March 2022.
3 Nicola Hodson was unable to attend the November Audit and Risk Committee due to a long-standing scheduling clash.
4 David Roberts stepped down from The Board and Nomination Committee on 21 October 2022.
5 Catherine Woods stepped down from The Board and Committees on 25 March 2022.
Where a Director joined or stood down from The Board or Board Committee during the year only the number of meetings following appointment or before standing 
down are shown.

Board discussions during the year
At each scheduled meeting The Board receives reports from the Chief Executive Officer and Group Finance Director on the 
performance and results of the Group and also receives reports from the Chief Underwriting Officer and the Chief Risk Officer 
and the Chairs of Board Committees. In addition, The Board receives updates on operational matters, strategy and business 
planning, major projects and corporate governance.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

83

 
 
Governance Framework
continued

There is an annual schedule of rolling agenda items to ensure that all matters are given due consideration and are reviewed at 
the appropriate point in the financial and regulatory cycles. Meetings are structured to ensure that there is sufficient time for 
consideration and debate of all matters. During the year, The Board has spent time on the following key areas:

Strategy

• 2023 business plans and budgets

• Medium and long-term plans

• Responsible business strategy, including a net zero strategy and joining the Net Zero Alliance, 
United Nations Global Compact initiative and the Terra Carta Sustainable Markets Intiative

• Oversight of key strategic projects
• Equity raise

Performance

• Capital position/allocation and the dividend policy

• 2021 preliminary results and annual report and accounts 2022 interim results and trading updates
• Implementation of IFRS 17
• Business performance reports including underwriting and investments from the Chief Underwriting 

Officer and Chief Investment Officer respectively

• Impact of economic and social inflation including on financial performance and actuarial reserving

• Regular dashboard and milestone reports

• Dividend proposals

• Ongoing investment in operational infrastructure

Culture & people

• New corporate brand and strategy

• Share plan rule amendments, including the LTIP, deferred plan and UK SAYE plan

• Talent development and succession planning

• Inclusion and diversity updates

• Employee engagement and staff surveys

• Issues impacting employees, including the cost of living crisis

Governance & risk

• Changes to the composition of The Board, in particular the appointment of a new Chair

• The impact of the war in Ukraine, including the implementation of Russian sanctions

• Board and Committee evaluations

• Cyber Risks including threats to the business from cyber attacks, and review of lessons learned 

from attempted attacks 

• Review of threats and opportunities to the business model from cyber risks
• Cyber systemic risk adjustments

• Risk management framework, including risk appetite, risk governance and the Own Risk and 

Solvency Assessment

• Legal and regulatory compliance including UK Corporate Governance Code, Companies Act and 

listed company obligations

Stakeholder engagement

• Engagement with the workforce, including employee voice updates

• Engagement with clients and broker partners

• Engagement with regulators and regulatory correspondence and feedback

• Reports from Investor Relations including shareholder engagement, ongoing shareholder 

consultations, investor relations strategy, and share price performance

• Major shareholders and share register analysis

For further information, see:

Financial review (page 58)

Financial review (page 58)

Responsible business (page 21)
Responsible business report (www.beazley.com)
Section 172 statement (page 55)
Directors’ report (page 140)

Capital structure (page 64)
Dividends (page 95)
Interim results (www.beazley.com)
Financial review (page 58)
Chief Executive Officer's statement (page 11)
Chief Underwriting Officer's report (page 13)
Financial review (page 58)

Key performance indicators (page 2)

Dividends (page 95)

Section 172 statement (page 55)

Chief Executive Officer's statement (page 11)

Directors’ remuneration report (page 111)

Nomination Committee (page 100)

Nomination Committee (page 100)
Directors' report (page 140)
Stakeholder engagement (page 50)

Chief Executive Officer's statement (page 11)
Stakeholder engagement (page 50)

Board of Directors (page 77)
Nomination Committee (page 100)
Chief Executive Officer's statement (page 11)

Board evaluation (page 88)

Chief Executive Officer's statement (page 11)
Chief Underwriting Officer's report (page 13)

Risk management & compliance (page 67)
Audit & Risk Committee (page 91)
Statement of corporate governance (page 75)

Stakeholder engagement (page 50)
Section 172 statement (page 55)

Stakeholder engagement (page 50)
Engagement in action: spotlight on the remuneration 
policy (page 90) 
Shareholder engagement and investor relations (page 87)

Shareholder engagement and investor relations (page 87)

84

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Training, information and support
New directors receive appropriate induction training when they 
join The Board. They are asked to complete a skills and 
knowledge assessment and a tailored initial training plan is 
developed to ensure the director is capable and comfortable 
in discharging their duties. Where appropriate, mentoring is 
provided to new directors by an external provider. Annual 
training is provided for all directors. The training sessions 
include business and industry specific topics and information 
on changes to director duties and responsibilities and to legal, 
accounting, information security and tax matters. Standard 
training modules are regularly reviewed to ensure they meet 
best practice and the changing business environment. 
Bespoke training will also be provided if requested by any 
director.

In 2022, director training included: reinsurance strategy and 
economics, IFRS 17, European operating structure and cyber 
scenarios. The training sessions include videos sent out in 
advance, followed by a live question and answer session 
where the directors can discuss specific aspects of interest to 
them in detail. 

training sessions on how to write effective board reports have 
been carried out by the external provider of the board portal 
platform and the corporate governance team have also 
provided training to relevant authors of Board and Committee 
reports. The Board and Committees consider the quality of 
reporting at each meeting and feedback is provided to ensure 
continuous improvement.

There is an agreed principle that directors may take 
independent professional advice if necessary at the 
company’s expense, assuming that the expense is 
reasonable. This is in addition to the access which every 
Director has to the Company Secretary. The Company 
Secretary supports the chair to ensure that The Board has the 
necessary policies, processes, information, time and the 
resources to function effectively and efficiently.

Board performance evaluation
The report on the internal Board evaluation carried out during 
2022 and progress against the outcomes of the 2021 
externally facilitated evaluation is on page 88. 

For topics of key significance, more frequent optional briefings 
are held for directors to ensure they have sufficient 
information and understanding to discuss and challenge 
management. For example, during 2022 a series of briefings 
were held on IFRS 17 to provide director with sufficient detail 
on the requirements and key judgements which would need to 
be made by The Board and Committees upon transition to the 
new standard in 2023. 

Inclusion and diversity
The Board firmly believes that having an inclusive and diverse 
workplace will support us in our ambitions to outperform the 
markets in our chosen areas of business. The Board has 
continued to meet the ethnic diversity targets set by the 
Parker Review. The Board is currently comprised of 45% 
women directors. 

To enable The Board to function effectively and directors to 
discharge their responsibilities, full and timely access is given 
to all relevant information. In the case of board meetings, this 
consists of a comprehensive set of papers, including regular 
business progress reports and discussion documents 
regarding specific matters. Directors have access to an 
electronic information repository to support their activities. 
The terms and conditions of appointment for all the Non-
Executive Directors set out the expected time commitment 
and they agree that they have sufficient time to provide what 
is expected of them.

During the year, there has been a continued focus on 
improving the quality of board reporting to promote better 
discussions and further assist decision-making. Refresher 

We were pleased to already be meeting the new Listing Rule 
requirements that at least one of the chair, senior 
independent director, chief executive officer or finance director 
roles is held by a woman; that 40% of The Board are women; 
and that at least one member of The Board is from a minority 
ethnic background (as categorised by the UK Office of 
National Statistics). We have voluntarily disclosed this 
information for 2022 in the Nomination Committee report.

In addition, we have met the voluntary recommendations of 
the FTSE Women Leaders Review, that 40% of senior 
leadership positions are held by women by the end of 2025. 
Our own goal is 45% representation by the end of 2023, which 
we are on target to meet. 

The current composition, gender, tenure and diversity of The Board members are set out below.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

85

 
Governance Framework 
continued

We look to set our own stretching diversity targets in line with 
our responsible business strategy. During the year The Board 
approved a new target to increase the representation of 
people of colour in senior leadership roles. More information 
is included in the responsible business report on page 21 and 
the Nomination Committee report on page 100. 

The Board has adopted a global Inclusion and Diversity policy, 
which sets out the approach to inclusion and diversity across 
the business. In January 2022, The Board also adopted its 
own Inclusion and Diversity policy. Diversity of thought is also 
championed, and our Board reflects this, with the skills and 
experience of the directors set out in the biographies on 
pages 77 and 78. There is a mix of tenures on The Board 
which brings a fresh perspective as well as a long-term 
understanding of the business, how it has grown and its 
culture.

The Nomination Committee continually reviews our approach 
to diversity and our aim is to promote diversity in the hiring of 
new employees and in creating opportunities for individuals to 
progress their career within Beazley.

Further details regarding The Board’s approach are included in 
the report from the Nomination Committee on page 100. The 
responsible business report on page 21 looks at our approach 
to inclusion and diversity including how we monitor the targets 
set by the business for female and people of colour 
representation in senior roles and how we collect data for the 
purposes of making these disclosures in accordance with the 
Listing Rules.

Audit and internal control
EY were first appointed as the external auditor for the 2019 
accounting year. The respective responsibilities of the 
Directors and the auditors in connection with the accounts are 
explained in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on 
page 139 and the Independent Auditor’s Report on page 146.

The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal 
control and for reviewing its effectiveness. However, such a 
system can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. The system is 
designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure 
to achieve business objectives within the risk appetite set by 
The Board. The Board confirms that it is comfortable with the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal 
controls (including financial, operational and compliance 
controls), which have been in place throughout 2022 and 
continue to operate up to the date of approval of the annual 
report and accounts. More information is provided in the Audit 
and Risk Committee report on page 91.

The Board agrees the overall risk appetite for the Group. 
Throughout the year, The Board has monitored performance 
against risk appetite in accordance with the risk management 
framework, which is itself reviewed and approved by The 
Board annually. Key components of the risk management 
framework include ongoing assessment and validation of 
controls, and taking steps to ensure that controls remain 
effective. Ongoing oversight of risk is undertaken via the 
Executive Risk and Regulatory Committee, which meets each 
month and considers risk KPIs and reviews of specific risk 
areas. There is ongoing reporting of risk matters to the Audit 
and Risk Committee and Board, via the risk management 
team. Risk management also provide The Board with specific 
assessments of risk to support key decision-making. Early in 
the year, risk management provided a risk assessment for the 
Ukraine/Russia conflict, with particular regard to our MAP and 
Cyber classes, which identified key themes and areas of focus 
as well as recommendations for The Board’s consideration. 
The Board also discussed a risk assessment on inflation 
(including economic and social inflation) highlighting key 
recommendations and the mitigations in place across core 
functions. In addition, risk management provided an opinion 
on the approach to, and risks around, loss estimates for 
Hurricane Ian. Other ongoing assessments throughout the 
year included regular reviews of the Group’s modernisation 
programme, data management control framework and 
economic downturn risk. During the year the risk management 
framework and risk appetite statements were reviewed and 
refreshed. Further information is provided in the risk 
management and compliance report on page 67.

During 2022, the Audit and Risk Committee and Board have 
reviewed and provided comment on the Own Risk and 
Solvency Assessment (ORSA) report. The ORSA provides a 
detailed assessment of the short- and long-term risks faced by 
the company to ensure that solvency needs can be met. The 
ORSA policy is reviewed and approved annually by The Board.

The Audit and Risk Committee receives regular reports on the 
findings of reviews undertaken by internal audit. The 
Committee also considered any significant findings raised by 
the external auditors during their reviews of the annual and 
interim results. Members of the Audit and Risk Committee 
could also discuss relevant matters with the internal and 
external auditors without members of management being 
present.

On 1 January 2023, the Audit and Risk Committee was 
replaced by a separate Audit Committee and Risk Committee 
to enhance oversight responsibilities and committee 
effectiveness. Recommendations for the membership of both 
Committees were provided to The Board by the Nomination 
Committee. 

Further information on the activities of the Audit and Risk 
Committee in 2022 is set out in the Audit and Risk Committee 
report on page 91 and further information on risk 
management at Beazley is set out in the risk management 
report on page 67.

86

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Shareholder engagement and investor relations

The company places great importance on communication with its shareholders. Further information on how we engage with 
shareholders is contained in the stakeholder engagement report on page 50. Useful shareholder information is also available in 
the investor relations section of the company’s website www.beazley.com.

The company has the authority within its articles of association to communicate with its shareholders using electronic and 
website communication and to allow for electronic proxy voting.

Regular dialogue with shareholders is coordinated by the investor relations team. Presentations of the annual and interim 
results are made to analysts by the Chief Executive Officer, Group Finance Director and, where appropriate, other members of 
senior management. The Head of Investor Relations, senior management and members of The Board meet with institutional 
shareholders to discuss relevant matters. The views of shareholders are communicated to The Board via a regular report from 
the Head of Investor Relations and through feedback from Directors following meetings. 

The company’s shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The share price is available from the company’s website. 
There are currently 17 analysts publishing research notes on the Group. In addition to research coverage from Numis and JP 
Morgan, the company’s joint corporate broker, coverage is provided by Autonomous, Barclays, Berenberg, Bank of America, Citi, 
Goldman Sachs, HSBC, Jefferies, Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Morgan Stanley, Panmure Gordon, Peel Hunt, Exane Paribas, RBC, 
and UBS.

Analysis of share register
The company’s shareholders at 31 December 2022 are analysed below:

Number of shares held
1-500
501-1,000
1,001-2,000
2,001-5,000
5,001-10,000
10,001-100,000
100,001-1,000,000
1,000,001-999,999,999
Totals

Category of shareholder
Institutional
Retail
Totals

Number of shareholders
120
122
151
223
158
337
229
116
1,456

Percentage of total 
shareholders
 8.24 %
 8.38 %
 10.37 %
 15.32 %
 10.85 %
 23.15 %
 15.73 %
 7.96 %
 100.00 %

Number of ordinary 
shares
29,835
90,825
223,513
743,296
1,141,481
11,652,650
86,621,234
570,701,186
671,204,020

Number of 
ordinary shares
663,021,917
8,182,103
671,204,020

Percentage of 
issued share 
capital

 — %
 0.01 %
 0.03 %
 0.11 %
 0.17 %
 1.74 %
 12.91 %
 85.03 %
 100.00 %

Percentage of 
issued share 
capital
 98.78 %
 1.22 %
 100.00 %

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

87

 
Board evaluation

Board and Committee performance evaluation
An evaluation of the performance of the Beazley plc Board and its committees is carried out annually. The evaluation is 
designed to assess whether The Board and its Committees are operating effectively and whether the Chair and individual 
Directors are making effective contributions. Feedback from the evaluation is also used to formulate action plans for 
improvement areas and identify where the composition of The Board and Committees could be enhanced.

An externally facilitated performance evaluation is carried out every three years, and the evaluation is conducted internally in 
other years. As an external evaluation was conducted by Clare Chalmers Limited in 2021, the Nomination Committee 
determined that it was appropriate for the 2022 performance evaluation to be conducted internally. The external and internal 
evaluations complement Beazley’s overall approach to board evaluation.

Beazley’s overall approach to board evaluation

External reviews (every three years)

Internal reviews (other years)

An independent external evaluation firm is appointed 
who works with the Chair, the Nomination Committee 
and Company Secretary to define the scope of the 
evaluation. This scope is designed to build on 
Beazley’s experience from previous evaluations, 
whilst also enabling the evaluator to use their own 
experience and independence to provide insight.

The evaluator will conduct interviews with Directors, 
attend board and committee meetings and review 
meeting materials to support assessments of the 
effectiveness of The Board and its Committees.

On conclusion of their work, the evaluator will 
provide a detailed report on their findings, which they 
will present to The Board for review and discussion. 
The Board will therefore have the opportunity to 
challenge any of the findings before an action plan is 
agreed. Progress against these actions is monitored 
by The Board throughout the year.

This process is undertaken for Beazley plc and other 
key Group subsidiaries.

The Chair and Company Secretary meet with Directors individually to obtain their views 
on the effectiveness of The Board and each Committee. Directors are encouraged to 
share their views openly, and a number of specific questions are asked to each 
director to determine overall Board and Committee effectiveness.

The findings from this work are presented to The Board and an action plan is created 
to address specific findings. Progress against these actions is monitored by The 
Board throughout the year.

The Chair also conducts separate meetings with each Director to solicit their feedback 
on board dynamics, review their individual performance and determine any steps to be 
taken. The Senior Independent Director conducts this review of the Chair. The findings 
from these discussions are considered alongside individual Directors’ skills self-
assessments to identify any areas for individual or collective board training for the 
following year.

This process is undertaken for Beazley plc and other key group subsidiaries.

Findings from the 2022 evaluation
Performance of The Board and its Committees
Overall, the 2022 evaluation concluded that The Board and 
each of its Committees are operating effectively. The overall 
findings were that The Board and Committees have strong 
compositions and good diversity of background and 
experience; there is an inclusive culture in the board room, 
which encourages challenge and contribution from the 
Directors; and that the newer Non-Executive Directors have 
brought new insights and perspectives which are helpful and 
positive. A number of actions were agreed to address specific 
observations and support the continued effectiveness of The 
Board and Committees, and these actions are set out below.

Specific comments are made in the committee reports on 
relevant findings from the evaluation of that Committee.

Chair and individual Director performance
Overall, the evaluation concluded that the Chair and each 
Director are operating effectively and contributing to the 
effective operation of The Board and Committees. A number of 
areas to support Directors’ individual or collective 
performance were identified, and action plans have been 
formulated. This includes delivery of the 2023 Board 
knowledge and training plan.

The 2022 review concluded that the Chair provided support to 
the effective operation of The Board through strong leadership 
and driving an open and inclusive environment where debate 
is encouraged. This feedback was considered by the 
Nomination Committee when assessing candidates for the 
role as the new Chair of Beazley plc.

88

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Recommendations and actions from the 2022 Board performance evaluation

Recommendations

Actions

Seek to further improve the efficiency of corporate 
governance across Boards and Committees without
impacting effectiveness.

A governance review project is underway to address this recommendation, with input 
from Directors and management.

Improve the processes around short- and longer-
term business planning.
Create an integrated scorecard as a more impactful 
means of monitoring the performance of businesses 
and key programmes.
Ensure meeting agendas are appropriately focussed.

Ensure The Board has appropriate oversight and 
understanding of IFRS 17 changes.

Maximise the effectiveness of the overall board 
timetable.

The introduction of separate Audit and Risk Committees was strongly supported by 
Directors – there will be specific focus on the efficient implementation of these 
Committees.
Steps will be taken to improve interactions between short- and longer-term business 
plans and how The Board provides input into these plans.
An integrated performance scorecard is being developed for implementation in 2023.

Agenda planning work will seek to ensure meeting agendas have the right focus, 
including to allow sufficient time to fully discuss strategic and commercial items.
For the first part of 2023 up to the full implementation of IFRS 17, necessary time will 
be devoted by The Board and Audit Committee to understand the commercial and 
technical implications of the move to IFRS 17 and determine the key judgements to be 
made.

In 2023, we will take steps to improve the overall effectiveness of the board 
timetable. This will include consideration of the sequencing of meetings and the use 
of in-person/hybrid formats to support the effective operation of The Board and 
Committees and encourage free-flowing conversations.

Progress made on action areas from the 2021 external Board performance evaluation
Action areas

Progress

Ensure Non-Executive Directors continue to provide a 
creative contribution by stepping back from the detail 
in areas where management can provide assurance.

Through 2022, Directors have been focussed on providing the right level of input and 
oversight, and avoiding getting into too much detail where this is not needed.

Continuing to improve Board reporting.

Considering sequencing of meetings to streamline 
agendas and achieve efficiency between The Board 
and Committees, and key subsidiary boards, by 
assigning responsibility for oversight of different 
topics.
Sharpening The Board’s strategic focus by giving 
more attention to a five- and ten-year time horizon

Exploring ways to enhance workforce engagement.

Continuing to lead the Group on ESG matters and 
ensuring there is sufficient reporting to subsidiary 
Boards to enable them to fulfil their regulatory 
responsibilities.

This has been supported by improvements to the quality of board reporting (as 
mentioned below). The Executive Committee also received specific training on how to 
best manage relationships with The Board.
Following the work commenced in 2021, steps have continued in 2022 to embed 
improved reporting to Boards and Committees. At each meeting, views are sought 
from Directors on areas where reporting can be further improved. Feedback is then 
shared with authors and support and training provided.

A suite of reporting templates and training materials has been made available to all 
employees to support in preparing board reports.
Specific focus has been given to the timetable of meetings in 2023 to support 
efficiency of operation and decision-making across Boards and Committees.

Work to further drive the efficiency of corporate governance will continue through the 
governance review action identified in the 2022 evaluation.
Improving long-term strategy and planning have been key areas of focus in 2022. The 
board reviewed specific medium-term and long-term plans in 2022, and approved 
steps for their further development and implementation.

In line with previous years, The Board met over a number of days in May to discuss 
strategic matters. This included consideration of longer-term market trends, 
technological developments, ESG and overall business strategy. The Board will 
continue to consider and debate matters of longer-term strategic importance. 
A re-launch of the employee voice took place during 2022 and included the 
enhancement of board reporting of employee engagement.

Fiona Muldoon was appointed as the employee voice of The Board in November 2022, 
and will continue the work with Culture & People and other stakeholders to review the 
process and channels for engagement between the workforce and The Board. See the 
stakeholder engagement report on page 50 for more information on engagement 
channels.
During 2022, the Beazley plc Board’s role in overseeing the Group’s overall approach 
to ESG has been embedded. The Board oversees the work of the Responsible 
Business Steering Group in embedding best ESG practices across the Group, and 
ensuring appropriate reporting to subsidiary Boards.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

89

 
 
Engagement in action: 
spotlight on the
remuneration policy

In accordance with the Code, our remuneration policy is 
subject to a binding vote from shareholders every three years. 
The policy was last approved at the 2020 AGM, and the 
revised policy will be proposed for approval at the company's 
AGM on 25 April 2023. 

In advance of presenting the final policy for approval at the 
2023 AGM, the remuneration committee conducted an 
extensive engagement exercise to ensure that shareholders’ 
views were addressed. This exercise commenced in October 
2022 with the chair of the remuneration committee writing to 
the majority of Beazley’s shareholders (who collectively 
represented 94% of Beazley’s issued share capital) and the 
main proxy advisory agencies to gather shareholder feedback 
for consideration in the proposed new policy. Through this 
written communication, the committee was able to clearly set 
out the key policy changes being considered and how they 
would further align executive remuneration pay with Beazley’s 
long-term strategy. 

We invited shareholders to provide their responses to the 
proposals and gave them the opportunity to meet with the 
chair of the remuneration committee and members of Beazley 
management to further discuss the proposed changes and 
provide feedback. Following this, a number of meetings were 
held with shareholders and written feedback was also 
received. This feedback was discussed by the remuneration 
committee, and has resulted in a number of changes being 
made to the remuneration policy being presented for approval 
at the 2023 AGM, as follows: 

• Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) – Around 145 employees 

participate in Beazley’s LTIP each year and it represents a 
critical tool to incentivise and retain senior talent.  Since 
2012 the vesting of our LTIP has been wholly based on 
growth in net asset value per share (NAVps).  NAVps is 
Beazley’s central KPI and its use in the LTIP strongly aligns 
the interests of participants with our shareholders.  LTIPs 
are awarded in two tranches with 50% vesting over three 
years (subject to an additional two year holding period) and 
50% vesting over five years. The five year performance 
period is longer than is typically seen in the market. 

views of shareholders the remuneration committee agreed 
that it would not proceed with this change. Instead, the 
committee is proposing an amendment to the policy so that 
the entire LTIP is based on performance measured over three 
years. This compromise more closely aligns to typical market 
practice, taking on board the views of shareholders, and 
reduces the impact that a single year has on multiple LTIP 
awards. 

• ESG in incentives – during 2022 the remuneration 

committee has given careful consideration on how Beazley’s 
commitment to doing the right thing for our people, partners 
and the planet should be reflected in the remuneration 
framework.  ESG performance forms part of the annual 
bonus, and as part of the consultation, the committee 
proposed that ESG metrics should be included in the LTIP.

Shareholders gave their strong support for this proposal, 
and the committee has taken into account their comments 
when setting ESG targets that are suitably stretching, 
quantifiable and align with our external commitments. 

• Chief Executive Officer salary – Although the Chief Executive 
Officer’s salary is not a matter concerning the new policy, 
the committee was also keen to discuss this with 
shareholders.

The Remuneration Committee recognises the calibre, 
experience and track record of Adrian Cox, and his key role 
in supporting Beazley to deliver its long-term strategic 
priorities. The committee was of the view that Adrian’s 
salary did not reflect his particular skills and experience, nor 
that it was appropriate for Beazley’s size and complexity. 
Accordingly, the committee considered that it would be 
appropriate to make an increase for 2023.

A number of shareholders commented that generally they 
expect salary increases for executives directors to be in-line 
with or below the increases for the workforce, and that this 
issue was exacerbated by the current macro-economic 
environment. The committee agrees with this principle as 
can be seen by the alignment between the Group Finance 
Director’s salary increase and the workforce.  In addition, 
they took into account the recent support provided by 
Beazley to the workforce, including one-off payments and 
additional salary increases to those employees most likely 
impacted by the cost-of-living crisis. Overall, the committee 
believes that the proposed salary increase to the Chief 
Executive Officer remains appropriate, further information on 
which is found on page 122 of the directors’ remuneration 
report.

During the consultation we explored the idea of amending 
our performance assessment so that NAVps would be 
measured over five separate years. The intention being that 
this would help to limit the disproportionate impact that 
exceptionally good or bad years can have over the five year 
performance period. The design included a number of best 
practice features including an underpin, so that awards 
could be scaled back if cumulative NAVps growth was 
negative.

The other proposed changes to the policy were strongly 
supported by all shareholders that engaged with the company. 

The Remuneration Committee welcomed the opportunity to 
engage openly with its shareholders and appreciates the input 
of all those who participated in the consultation. Full 
information on the proposed changes to the remuneration 
policy are available in the Directors’ remuneration report on 
page 111.

Based on some shareholder feedback the Committee decided 
against the annualised LTIP approach. Taking into account the 

90

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Audit and Risk Committee

Dear shareholder

I am pleased to report on the activities of the Audit and Risk 
Committee in 2022 as we supported The Board in overseeing 
accurate financial reporting and audit processes, compliance 
with laws and regulations and a robust risk management 
framework.

Firm foundations in a turbulent time
2022 has been a particularly turbulent time on a global level. 
The devastating war in Ukraine, cost of living crisis and effects 
of global inflation have further reminded us of our 
interconnected world and how impacts of events can be far 
reaching. This followed closely after the impacts of Covid-19 
and the changes we all needed to make on a personal and 
business level.

During this challenging year, the audit and risk committee 
helped support Beazley’s resilience through its oversight of 
reserving, its role in ensuring the quality and integrity of 
financial reporting, and of a robust external audit process and 
its ongoing monitoring of the appropriateness of Beazley’s risk 
management framework. The committee continued to oversee 
risks arising from the war in Ukraine and its secondary effects, 
including assumptions around inflation and volatility in energy 
prices and financial markets.

Preparedness for significant accounting and regulatory 
regime changes
2023 will see a number of significant changes to the way we 
are required to report and oversee our business. The 
implementation of IFRS 17 from 1 January 2023 will represent 
a major change to how all insurers account for their business 
activities, and has particular impacts on Beazley due to the 
range of business we write.

There has been a significant project undertaken across many 
functions in Beazley in preparing the business for the changes 
under IFRS 17, and I extend my thanks to the team for the 
work they have undertaken. During 2022, the Audit and Risk 
Committee closely monitored the progress of this project. 
Committee members also received training and briefings to 
ensure they fully understood the scope of IFRS 17 to support 
their discussions with management.

The Committee was also actively involved in reviewing and 
debating with management on the key accounting judgements 
to be made under IFRS 17. Shareholders will ultimately see 
the full impacts of IFRS 17 in our 2023 reporting, starting with 
the 2023 half-year results and we are reporting on the 
transition to IFRS 17 in the financial review on page 58 and in 
note 1 to the financial statements on page 163.

The Committee has also overseen steps being taken across 
Beazley in preparedness for changes in US requirements 
relating to the oversight, monitoring and governance of 
insurance business, under the Model Audit Rule (MAR).

Climate reporting
We discuss throughout this annual report Beazley’s 
commitment to doing the right thing and being a responsible 
business. In supporting these commitments, the Committee 
has overseen further enhancement of Beazley’s reporting of 
ESG matters in accordance with the ‘Taskforce on Climate-
Related Financial Disclosures’ (TCFD), and the early adoption 
of reporting requirements under the Companies (Strategic 
Report) (Climate-related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 
2022.

Supporting our shareholders
The Committee carried out an assurance role for The Board in 
relation to the successful cUSD400m equity raising in 
November 2022. This role involved not only considering 
financial assumptions around the capital raising, but also 
challenging management to ensure the capital raising was 
carried out in the best interests of all stakeholders.

Prior to any decision to pay a dividend, the Audit and Risk 
Committee reviews the viability of the business over the long 
term. The Audit and Risk Committee was happy to support The 
Board’s decision to resume the payment of a dividend 
following finalisation of the results for 2021.

Helping Beazley keep ‘different’
The audit and risk committee took a number of steps in 2022 
to help support change at Beazley.

During 2022, the committee oversaw a reorganisation of the 
Risk Management and Compliance teams to ensure these 
functions are best aligned with to the growth of the business. 
The committee maintained its strong relationship with 
Beazley’s Chief Risk Officer, Rob Anarfi, in supporting the 
reorganisation.

The transition to separate Audit and Risk Committees
I’d like to sign off this letter, which I write in my previous role 
of chair of the audit and risk committee, by thanking my fellow 
committee members. With effect from 1 January 2023, the 
Beazley plc Board has taken the decision to create separate 
Audit and Risk committees to further enhance Beazley’s 
corporate governance framework and enable each Committee 
to have greater focus on their respective roles.

On a personal level, I look forward to taking on the role of 
Chair of the new Audit Committee. I am also delighted that 
Bob Stuchbery has taken on the role to chair the Risk 
Committee. Bob and I will continue to work together In our 
new capacities.
John Reizenstein
Audit Committee Chair 
(previously Audit and Risk Committee Chair)

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

91

 
Audit and Risk Committee
continued

The overall role of the Audit and Risk Committee during 2022 
was unchanged from previous years. However, since 1 January 
2023 The Board has established separate audit and risk 
committees to enable greater focus on the different areas of 
responsibility. More information on this decision is provided in 
this report. The remainder of this report provides information 
on the activities of the Audit Committee during 2022, with 
activities already undertaken by the Audit and Risk Committee 
specifically highlighted.

The Committee supported The Board of Directors in 
overseeing the accuracy of financial reporting, and ensuring 
the system of internal control, the audit process and the 
company’s processes for compliance with laws and 
regulations and internal policies and procedures are robust, 
effective and responsive to ever-changing environments. 
During 2022, the committee was focused on matters relating 
to maintaining the Group’s strong financial performance, 
notwithstanding the residual impact of COVID-19 and the 
global effects of the Ukraine conflict and related sanctions 
monitoring. They also considered the ongoing development of 
sustainability and climate change responsibilities, the 
monitoring of the consultation by the UK’s Department for 
Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) on reforms to 
audit and corporate governance and preparing for the 
implementation of IFRS 9 and IFRS 17 and the US Model 
Audit Rule. In the discharge of their remit, the committee gave 
due consideration to all relevant laws and regulations, the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (‘Code’) and 
the requirements of the UK Listing Authority’s Listing, 
Prospectus and Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTRs) 
and any other applicable rules, as appropriate.

Committee membership and meetings
During the year, Fiona Muldoon and Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger 
were appointed to the Committee and Catherine Woods stood 
down. Fiona and Cecilia’s appointments strengthened the 
Committee’s ‘recent and relevant financial experience’ and 
‘sectoral experience’, as required by the Code and DTRs, both 
having gained over 25 years’ experience in the insurance 
industry. All Committee members were independent Non-
Executive Directors and details of each member’s relevant 
experience are given in their biographies on pages 77 and 78.

Committee meeting attendance table 2022

Director
Rajesh K Agrawal
Pierre-Olivier Desaulle
Nicola Hodson1
Fiona Muldoon
A John Reizenstein
Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger
Robert A Stuchbery
Catherine M Woods2

Audit and Risk Committee

No. 
of meetings
10
10
10
7
10
7
10
2

No. 
attended
10
10
9
7
10
7
10
2

1 Nicola Hodson was unable to attend the November meeting due to a 

long-standing scheduling clash

2 Catherine Woods stepped down from the committee on 25 March 2022

The Committee received regular updates from the audit and 
risk committees of the Group’s regulated subsidiaries and 
holds a joint meeting of the audit and risk committees of 
Beazley plc and other regulated Group entities to consider 
policies, the internal audit plans for the forth-coming year and 
other matters relevant across entities. 

The Audit and Risk Committee was required to meet at least 
quarterly, with meetings scheduled at appropriate intervals in 
the reporting and audit cycles. Additional meetings were held 
as required. In 2022, there were a total of nine scheduled 
meetings in addition to the joint meeting.

Only members of the Committee had the right to attend 
meetings; however, standing invitations were extended to the 
Group Chair, the Senior Independent Director, the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Group Finance Director, the Chief Risk 
Officer, the Head of Internal Audit and external auditors. The 
Chairs of the Audit and Risk Committees of the Group’s 
regulated subsidiaries also attended Audit and Risk 
Committee meetings during the year as and when appropriate. 
The Company Secretary acted as secretary to the committee.

The internal and external auditors attended committee 
meetings and periodically met in private with the committee to 
discuss matters relating to its remit and issues arising from 
their work. The committee also met in private with the Group 
Chief Actuary. In addition, the Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee had regular contact with the external and internal 
auditors throughout the year and members of the committee 
met individually with regulators when required.

Committee performance evaluation
The Committee reviewed its effectiveness during the year, as 
part of The Board evaluation process (see page 88). The 
Board confirmed that the committee was effective in its role. 
However, due to the business’s growth strategy, the 
increasing risk oversight required, and the increasing amount 
and complexity of reporting requirements, an action arising 
from the review was to consider creating separate audit and 
risk committees to ensure strong governance and to allow 
sufficient time for oversight of these important matters for The 
Board.

92

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
At its board meeting on 9 December 2022, The Board 
approved the separation of the Beazley plc Audit and Risk 
Committee into two separate committees. The Committee 
supported the proposal for the dissolving of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and the establishment of a separate Audit 
Committee and Risk Committee with effect from 1 January 
2023. The nomination committee provided recommendations 
to The Board for the membership of both committees. Terms 
of reference for the separate audit and risk committees were 
also approved by The Board and are available on the website. 

The Committee had oversight of the closure of actions arising 
from the 2021 committee effectiveness review and reviewed 
the new actions arising from the 2021 review during the year. 
See the board evaluation report on page 88 for more details 
on this process.

Responsibilities of the committee
The Committee’s main responsibilities are unchanged from 
the prior year and are set out below:

Audit and financial reporting
a) Financial and narrative reporting
• monitor the integrity of the company’s financial and 

narrative statements including any disclosures such as the 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
report, interim report, preliminary or other formal 
announcement relating to the company’s financial 
performance;

• review significant financial reporting judgements contained 

in the financial statements;

• review and challenge the consistency of, and any changes 
to, significant accounting policies both on a year-on-year 
basis and across the company/Group;

• review and monitor the going concern assumption and 

viability statement;

• advise The Board on whether, taken as a whole, the annual 
report is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
company’s performance, business model and strategy; and

• review other reporting such as the solvency and financial 

condition report.

Internal audit

b)
• recommend the appointment, or termination of 

appointment, of the head of the internal audit function;

• monitor and review the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

audit function; and

• review and approve the internal audit plan and monitor its 

implementation, including consideration of resources.

c) External audit
• review and make recommendations to The Board regarding 

the external audit contract, including appointment, 
remuneration, and terms of engagement;

• review and oversee the relationship with the external audit, 
including their independence, objectivity and the policy on 
and level of non-audit services; and

• review and monitor the effectiveness of the external auditor 

and the audit process.

d)
Internal control, Risk management and compliance
• review and make recommendations to The Board on the 
effectiveness of the internal financial controls and the 
internal control and risk management systems, including 
oversight of breaches of risk appetite;

• review the risk management and compliance plans and level 
of resources to perform the roles effectively and review the 
effectiveness of the compliance function;

• review statements in the annual report concerning internal 
control, risk management and assessment of principal and 
emerging risks;

• review and recommend to The Board the annual Own Risk 

and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) report;

• review whistleblowing arrangements in place for raising 

concerns, in confidence;

• review procedures in place relating to fraud detection, 
prevention of bribery and anti-money laundering; and

• monitor the performance and independence of consulting 

actuaries used for the review of insurance reserving.

Committee activities during 2022:
a) Financial and narrative reporting
The Committee reviewed the full and half year results 
announcements, the quarterly trading statements, the annual 
report including viability and going concern statements to 
recommend to The Board for approval. The Committee also 
reviewed environmental and sustainability reporting, for 
example the TCFD report and Solvency II reporting.The 2022 
full year results announcement and annual report were 
ultimately recommended to The Board by the Audit 
Committee, which commenced its role in 2023. 

An important part of the review of financial reporting was to 
consider and agree the significant financial estimates and 
judgements in relation to the financial statements. The 
Committee received reports on these judgements for the full 
and half year reports and after discussion with EY, agreed 
whether they were appropriate. The table on page 94 sets out 
the key accounting estimates and judgements for 2022 and 
how these were addressed.

The Committee continued to focus on the Group’s close and 
estimation processes generally, and the related controls 
carried out by the business and specifically the finance team. 
The Audit and Risk Committee remained committed to 
ensuring that there were robust controls and oversight over 
the close process. During the year and at year end, the 
Committee received updates from management on the level of 
estimations used in the close process and the controls carried 
out to review these estimates retrospectively. The Committee 
continued to receive periodic reporting from both the finance 
and actuarial functions on our estimation process, and the 
related controls, in respect of claims reserves, premium 
income estimates and other key financial statement captions. 
Based on reporting received and reviewed during the last 12 
months, the Audit Committee remains satisfied that the 
estimation and control processes deployed by the Group are 
appropriate.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

93

 
Audit and Risk Committee
continued

Critical financial judgements and estimates for year ended 31 December 2022

Area of focus

How addressed by the committee

Valuation of insurance contract liabilities

As further explained in note 24 to the financial 
statements, the Group’s policy is to hold 
sufficient provisions, including those to cover 
claims which have been ‘incurred but not 
reported’ (IBNR) to meet all liabilities as they fall 
due. The reserving for these claims represents 
the most critical estimate in the Group’s 
financial statements.

In 2022, we noted the uncertainty around the impact of the Russia/Ukraine conflict and the rise in inflation, and 
cost of living increases on the global economy. Accordingly, the potential that higher inflation and insolvency in 
certain corporate sectors will result in increased volatility, as well as greater estimation challenges in respect of 
insurance claims, remained a key consideration for 2022.

The Group continued to monitor its exposure to ‘social inflation’ and the potential for higher than average court 
settlements. The key areas of exposure are within our healthcare and employment practices lines of businesses 
where claims can take many years to finalise. As courts continue to deal with increased litigation, the 
uncertainty around the level and acceleration of social inflation remains. Given the outlook for the US and 
European economies, reserve loadings for recession, excess economic and social inflation undergo regular 
monitoring by the actuarial function for potential management action.

There was continued improvement in frequency measures for ransomware claims frequency on our US Cyber 
book for 2022. However, there are indications that these frequency trend reductions are slowing down, and 
therefore this remains an area of uncertainty.

The Group also continued to gain more certainty around COVID-19 related claim costs in 2022 as more data 
materialised on claims settlements. 

The Audit and Risk Committee received regular reports from both the internal Group chief actuary and the 
external audit team (including the Senior Accounting Officer), as the output of independent projections are 
reviewed at key reporting quarters. In the latter part of the year, the Group Chief Actuary has reported on the 
results of the third-quarter reserving process, which the committee considered to be a key control as this 
process provides a level of informed independent challenge for the reserve position. To support the year-end 
view, the Committee has received a detailed paper in support of the level of margin held within technical 
reserves in the Group’s statement of financial position. Management confirmed that they remain satisfied that 
the outstanding claims reserves included in the financial statements provide an appropriate margin over 
projected ultimate claims costs to allow for the risks and uncertainties within the portfolio, and the Committee 
was satisfied that there were no errors or inconsistencies that were material in the context of the financial 
statements as a whole.

As in prior years, the committee also considers the report of the external auditor following its re-projection of 
reserves using its own methodologies.

On the basis of the information provided by the Group actuary and through the consistent application of 
Beazley’s reserving philosophy, the Audit Committee was satisfied that the reserves held on the Group 
statement of financial position at 31 December 2022 were appropriate.

Valuation of unquoted and illiquid financial assets

The Board is responsible for setting the Group’s 
investment strategy, defining the risk appetite 
and overseeing the internal and outsourced 
providers via the chief investment officer. The 
committee has oversight of the assumptions 
and techniques used to value the Group’s 
investment portfolio. The valuation of our hard to 
value ‘level 3’ investments, particularly our 
illiquid credit assets, requires significant 
judgement.

Premium estimates

A portion of gross written premiums is based on 
the estimated premium income (EPI) of each 
contract, which is an underwriters’ estimate of 
the ultimate premium expected to be paid over 
the life of the contract. Judgement is required in 
determining these estimates.

Assessing indicators of impairment of Goodwill

As further explained in Note 12 to the financial 
statements, the Group considers annually 
whether its Goodwill and other indefinite life 
intangible assets require impairment. The 
recoverability assessment of these assets 
involves consideration of a number of 
judgmental assumptions such as future 
profitability and premium rates.

The Committee noted that the overall investment strategy was broadly unchanged from prior periods. The 
Committee received updates from the Group Finance Director and reviewed reports that confirm that the 
investment portfolio was in line with the 2022 Board-approved risk appetite, that carrying values of the portfolio 
as at 31 December 2022 were appropriate and that the valuation methodologies applied to each hierarchy level 
were consistent with the accounting policies. Committee members were invited to and periodically attended the 
Investment Committee.

No misstatements that were material in the context of the financial statements as a whole were identified and 
the Audit Committee was satisfied with the approach employed by management in valuing the financial assets 
at fair value on the balance sheet at 31 December 2022. Further detail on the valuation of financial assets is 
given in note 16.

The Committee received a summary of the processes and controls around EPI and how they had operated 
throughout the year. The Committee receives comfort over EPI through managements’ quarterly review process 
over these estimates which validate their adequacy and reasonableness. 

The Committee received information to enable it to review managements assumptions and inputs into the 
analysis of whether there were any indicators of impairment of the Group's Goodwill balance. The Audit 
Committee was satisfied with management’s approach in respect of the carrying value of all of the Group’s 
intangible assets and there was no impairment of the Group’s intangible assets as at 31 December 2022.

94

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Area of focus

How addressed by the committee

Other financial reporting issues

The Committee considered a number of other 
areas of judgement as part of their review of 
the Group’s financial statements, which 
whilst less material still warranted review by 
the Committee:

Materiality – the Committee considered how management determine and apply materiality in the context of 
preparing the financial statements.

IFRS 17 Disclosure - the Committee reviewed and approved management's approach to disclosing the potential 
impact of IFRS 17 on the Group's financial statements.

Accounting for employee share schemes – the Committee reviewed an overview of the assumptions and 
calculation methodology for determining the fair value of shares which are included as part of employee 
remuneration.

Accounting for defined benefit pension scheme – the Committee reviewed a summary of the third-party actuarial 
valuation of the defined benefit pension scheme liability. The Committee also reviewed the accounting 
treatment for the purchase of insurance policies by the scheme trustees during the year.

Recoverability of insurance and reinsurance receivables – the Committee reviewed management’s methodology 
in assessing the recoverability of insurance reinsurance receivables.

Taxation – The Board and Committee receive regular updates from the Group Head of Tax with regard to taxation 
matters.

Equity raise – the Committee reviewed and agreed the accounting treatment and disclosure of the Group’s 
equity raise in November 2022.

Going concern and viability
Assessing the viability and going concern statements was a 
key activity of the Committee. During key reporting periods, 
management set out for the Committee evidence for the basis 
of preparation adopted in the financial statements and any 
statements around the future viability of the Group.

The Committee reviewed detailed projections of future cash 
flows, profit forecasts and capital requirements under various 
scenarios, including scenarios stressed in terms of claims 
frequency and liquidity. In 2022, we considered the Group’s 
capital position with regards to the Group’s issuance of new 
equity of approximately USD400m. This additional capital will 
support the growth of our Property business and the retention 
of more of the business in our Cyber and Specialty Risk 
divisions.

The Committee also considered the appropriateness of 
management’s viability statement and the period over which 
this analysis is performed. The Committee was satisfied by 
the level of analysis presented during the year and the related 
approach taken and statements made in the Group’s key 
external reporting.

Dividends
During the year the Committee also reviewed the 
appropriateness of reinstating the dividend. It was decided 
that the dividend would be reassessed at the year end when 
the full year result was available. In February 2023, the Audit 
Committee considered the full year result and the declaration 
of a 13.5p interim dividend.

Fair, balanced, and understandable assessment
It is a key requirement of the Group’s financial statements to 
be fair, balanced, and understandable. The Audit Committee 
applied the same due diligence approach adopted in previous 
years to assess this requirement under the Code. The annual 
report is prepared following a well-documented internal 
process that is performed in parallel with the processes 

undertaken by the external auditor. The Audit Committee has 
reviewed management’s assessment as a part of the formal 
annual report governance process. Following its review, the 
Audit Committee is satisfied that the 2022 annual report is 
fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders and other 
stakeholders to assess the company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy, and has advised 
The Board accordingly.

Solvency II reporting
The Committee reviewed and approved the Group’s 2021 
solvency and financial condition report and regular supervisory 
report as well as approving the Solvency II policy 
documentation for the Group.

ESG reporting
During the year, the Committee has considered the quality of 
ESG reporting as contained in the Responsible Business and 
TCFD reports. This topic will remain an area of ongoing focus 
for the plc audit committee as reporting standards and climate 
change metrics develop and as Beazley’s Responsible 
Business Strategy is further embedded. The Committee 
received updates from the external auditor on their review of 
TCFD reporting, which is performed by their specialist 
sustainability reporting team. Management commissioned the 
external auditor to carry out additional ‘pre-assurance’ 
procedures over the TCFD report. This included peer analysis 
of disclosures, scrutiny of metrics and substantiation of 
qualitative statements.

At the joint meeting of committees in November, the Chief 
Underwriting Officer reported on the licensing of three new 
Climate Change models to augment to Group’s understanding 
and estimation of the impact of climate change on the 
business we write. The Group also continued to hire personnel  
who strengthened the Group's oversight of Climate change, 
and will look to continue this in 2023.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

95

 
 
Audit and Risk Committee
continued

Monitoring forthcoming regulatory changes
The committee received updates on:
• preparedness for forthcoming key accounting and regulatory 
changes, including IFRS 17 and changes which may occur 
depending on the outcome of the UK Government's 
consultation on reforms to audit and corporate governance. 
The committee notes that management have mobilised a 
project to consider the impact of these reforms and that 
more clarity is expected during 2023; and

• monitoring of key reporting and regulatory updates, 

including updates on accounting standards, changes in tax 
legislation and changes in regulatory requirements. This 
included the Model Audit Rule and Lloyd's new risk based 
approach.

IFRS 17
The Committee received detailed reports on the IFRS 17 
project, including key implications and judgments as well as 
progress towards implementation. As well as reports from the 
finance team, they also received reports from EY. Information 
shared included the proposed risk adjustment methodology as 
well as other assumptions and decisions required with the 
introduction of IFRS 17. Several Board deep dive training 
sessions were carried out during the year in relation to IFRS 
17. The Committee have also concluded on the IAS 8 
disclosures included in these financial statements.

External audit
One of the committee’s most important responsibilities is 
managing the relationship with the Group’s external auditor, 
Ernst & Young LLP (‘EY’) on behalf of The Board and having 
oversight of the external audit process. 
During the year, the Committee:
• Reviewed the findings from EY’s audit of the 2021 Group 
Annual report and accounts and the Group’s Solvency II 
Solvency and Financial Condition Report.

• Reviewed EY’s Audit Plan Audit plan for the 2022 year end 
audit. The committee noted that the plan and scoping was 
consistent with previous audits but responds to the Group’s 
increased size and complexity. EY also set out in this plan 
their proposed approach and timings with regard to the 
audit work over IFRS 17.

• Reviewed the findings of EY’s review of the Group’s Interim 
report in July 2022. This predominantly focused on EY’s 
assessment of management’s approach to estimating 
exposure to the conflict in Ukraine and the review 
procedures over the interim report and key judgemental 
balances such as the valuation of hard to value investments 
and intangible assets. 

• Oversaw the change in role of the head of compliance to 

also cover risk, and associated changes in the compliance 
function.

• Reviewed EY’s findings coming out of their interim audit 
work ahead of the year end. This work predominantly 
focused on the testing of controls over processes from 
which financial information is derived, in addition to a 
detailed actuarial review of our Q3 reserving position. The 
actuarial review included a deep dive on management’s 
treatment of inflation within our reserves, as well as 
benchmarking losses to natural catastrophes such as 
Hurricane Ian in the year. 

• Reviewed EY’s Improvement Ideas report which they issue 

in consultation with management following the conclusion of 
the 2021 year end audit across all group entities. This 
report sets out suggested improvements to controls and 
processes which will further enhance the integrity of the 
financial reporting process. 

• Reviewed and agreed EY’s audit fee for the 2022 year end. 
A comprehensive paper was set out by EY explaining their 
proposed increase in fee and benchmarking the Group’s fee 
to similar audits. The significant increase in the audit fee 
this year reflects both changes in scope, the costs of 
operational separation and inflationary considerations. 
• Received an update from EY on the implementation of 

operational separation of its audit practice in line with the 
FRC’s principles for Operational Separation. The committee 
noted that this had limited practical impact on the Group’s 
audit, although the requirement for arm’s length rate cards 
for certain specialists and other structural changes to the 
audit fee as a result of separation contributed to the 
increase in the Group’s audit fees.

• Were briefed by EY on their global plan to separate their 
audit and consulting units into two separate businesses. 
The committee will continue to monitor developments in this 
area, with a focus on ensuring that the effectiveness and 
quality of the audit remains high.

• Reviewed management’s assessment of the effectiveness 
of the external audit process and EY’s response to the 
FRC’s Audit Quality Inspection and Supervision Report which 
was issued in June 2022. 

The Committee regularly meet EY without management 
present to facilitate open and transparent discussion, and the 
Audit Committee Chair and Committee members meet the 
lead audit partner outside of committee meeting on a regular 
basis.

i) Assessing the effectiveness of the external auditor
The Committee placed great emphasis on ensuring there are 
high standards of quality and effectiveness in the external 
audit process.

Audit quality and effectiveness was assessed throughout the 
year, with a focus on strong audit governance and the quality 
of the team, including the provision of technical and industry 
knowledge and the independence, objectivity and level of 
professional scepticism exercised by the external auditor. The 
Committee’s activities in assessing the effectiveness of the 
audit included the following activities:
• reviewing the quality and scope of the audit planning and its 
responsiveness to changes in the business and identified 
risk;

• an assessment and review of the audit team, where 

feedback from various stakeholders is conducted through 
survey and discussions;

• reviewing the results of the annual survey on the 

effectiveness of the external audit process conducted by 
management. Feedback was requested in the form of a 
questionnaire circulated to non-executive directors and 
management across the Group, including in the US, Ireland 
and Singapore. The survey focused on five areas; Audit 
Quality, Forward Looking & Insightful; Efficiency & Audit 
Delivery; ‘No surprises’ and Service Quality & Audit Team 
Engagement. Responses also covered EY’s professional 
scepticism and from non-executive directors the extent to 
which EY challenged management. The overall results of the 
survey were favourable, concluding the external audit 
process to be effective and the challenge provided to be 

96

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
robust. The survey also highlighted areas proposed by 
management where EY and management could work 
together to improve the audit process; and reviewing the 
FRC’s Audit Quality Inspection and Supervision Report for 
EY. Overall, the FRC concluded that EY had made progress 
on previous findings raised and had sought to make 
improvements in relation to audit execution and firm-wide 
procedures, although the committee noted that overall EY’s 
results had deteriorated compared to prior reviews. The 
Committee also noted that this predominantly related to 
EY’s non-listed audits and that the 2019 audit of the Group 
had been subject to review by the FRC with no significant 
findings raised.

After taking all of the above into account, the Committee 
concluded that the external audit process was effective.

ii) Non-audit services and independence of the external auditor
The Audit and Risk Committee’s responsibility to monitor and 
review the objectivity and independence of the external auditor 
was supported by a policy in relation to the provision of non-
audit services by the auditor. The committee regarded the 
independence of the External Auditor as of the utmost 
importance in safeguarding the integrity of the external audit 
process.

During 2022, our non-audit services policy was reviewed by 
the committee. The objective is to ensure that the provision of 
such services does not impair the external auditor’s 
objectivity. The policy specifically disallows certain activities 
from being provided by the auditor, such as bookkeeping and 
accounting services, internal actuarial services and executive 
remuneration services. The policy requires consideration and 
pre-approval for all other material services. Permissible non-
audit services are all closely related to the audit and/or 
required by law or regulation.

The Committee reviewed the terms of such proposed 
appointments to ensure they have been robustly justified. The 
committee receives a report from the external auditors setting 
out all non-audit services undertaken, so that it could monitor 
the types of services being provided, and the fees incurred for 
that work.

In the year, fees for audit and audit related services were 
$6.2m (2021:$3.8m). Fees for non-audit and assurance 
services for 2022 were $0.7m (2021:$0.6m) and included 
work related to the accounts and regulatory reporting of the 
syndicates managed by Beazley, which would commonly be 
carried out by the external auditor. None of the non-audit 
services provided are considered by the audit and risk 
committee to affect the auditor’s independence or objectivity.

The committee received an overview from EY of the policies 
and procedures in place to safeguard auditor objectivity and 
independence. These include annual confirmation by all EY 
professionals of compliance with independence policies and 
procedures and wider processes and systems to monitor 
potential threats to auditor independence throughout the year. 
EY gave the annual confirmation of their independence to the 
Committee, confirming in particular that no partners or staff 
held any financial interests in the Beazley Group and that their 
ethics and independence policies are consistent with the 
requirements of the FRC’s ethical standard.

Having taken into account the following factors, the 
Committee concluded that EY was independent from the 
Group throughout the year and to the date of their audit 
report:
• non-audit services provided by EY were in compliance with 
the Group’s non-audit policy and the requirements of the 
FRC’s ethical standard;

• EY had complied with the FRC’s requirements around 

rotation of the audit partner and senior members of the 
audit team;

• the Group has not employed members of the EY audit team 

or any EY partners during the year; and that

• EY have confirmed compliance of their staff and partners 

with EY’s internal policies and processes around 
independence, in particular that no partners or staff held 
financial interests in the Group.

iii) Auditor Tenure and reappointment
The 2022 year end audit has been EY’s fourth consecutive 
year end as the Group’s auditor, following their appointment in 
2019 following a comprehensive tender process. The Group is 
required to put the audit out to a competitive tender process 
at least every ten years. It is anticipated that the next 
competitive tender will be conducted prior to the 
commencement of the 2029 audit. Following the conclusion of 
the 2022 year end audit, the current audit partner, Stuart 
Wilson, will have served as senior statutory auditor for four 
years. In line with UK regulation the audit engagement partner 
must rotate after their fifth year leading the audit, and thus a 
new lead audit partner will be required for the 2024 audit. It is 
expected that a successor will be identified in 2023.

The Group has complied with the UK Competition & Markets 
Authority’s Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies 
Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender 
Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 
throughout the year. There are no contractual obligations 
which restrict the Group’s choice of auditor. EY have indicated 
their willingness to be reappointed as the Group’s auditor and 
the Audit Committee has recommended to The Board that they 
be reappointed.

Internal audit
During 2022, the Group’s internal audit function reported 
directly, and was accountable, to the committee and the head 
of internal audit had direct access to the committee chair. The 
committee reviewed the effectiveness of the function and 
remained satisfied that the internal audit function had 
sufficient resources during the year to undertake its duties.

During 2022, the Committee:
• considered the results of all internal audit reports, and the 

findings and themes emerging from them;

• considered the annual report from internal audit, which 
included: analysis of the delivery of the audit plan; 
significant findings and overdue actions; the control 
environment and risk management framework and risk 
management culture; control environment; and 
whistleblowing. 

• monitored the implementation of the 2022 internal audit 

plan;

• considered the internal audit approach to monitoring change 

portfolio risk including the Group’s modernisation 
programme;

• reviewed the proposal for internal audit’s approach to the 

monitoring of external assurance across the Group; 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

97

 
Audit and Risk Committee
continued

• reviewed and approved the basis for internal audit planning. 

This included reviewing and approving the Group’s risk-
based audit universe and the internal audit plan, and 
reviewing other business developments which could also 
potentially be the subject of internal audit work in the 
coming year. It also included challenging the frequency of 
audits in certain areas of the business and the balance 
between thematic reviews and full end-to-end audits;

• reviewed and approved the internal audit charter;
• reviewed and approved the internal audit budget for 2023; 

and

• monitored the timely implementation of agreed 

management actions and reviewed the status of the same.

Overall, the internal audit function was able to report that, in 
the context of the agreed audit universe and plans, none of 
the work indicated that the Group was operating outside of its 
agreed risk appetite.

The effectiveness of internal audit was monitored by the Audit 
and Risk Committee, through agreeing plans and performance 
monitoring. External Quality Assurance reviews are also 
undertaken every five years (unless it is agreed by the 
committee that a review is required earlier). The last external 
review was completed in November 2019. The Committee was 
satisfied that the internal audit function remained effective.

Internal controls
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal 
control and for reviewing its effectiveness. However, as part of 
this process the Audit and Risk Committee was responsible 
for reviewing the effectiveness of financial controls and 
internal controls and risk management framework. 

Each year an independent and objective opinion is provided by 
the Internal Audit function regarding the design and operating 
effectiveness of the system of internal controls covering the 
integrity of the Group’s financial statements and reports, 
compliance with laws and regulations, and corporate policies 
and the effective management of risks faced by the Group in 
executing its strategic and tactical operating plans. In 2022 
this also included the Model Audit Rule assessment.

The review includes an assessment of the Control Maturity 
Grading framework, which enables Internal Audit to formulate 
a strategic view on the maturity of the Group’s control 
environment. The review has concluded that the Group’s 
overall systems of controls are designed appropriately and are 
operating effectively.

Internal Audit also noted that de-risking and simplification of 
the Group’s processes is planned for 2023 as part of the 
Group’s modernisation and has implemented a process to 
monitor change portfolio risk.

The Committee discussed the report prepared by Internal 
Audit and were satisfied that the Group’s system of internal 
control and risk management framework continues to operate 
effectively.

Risk management and compliance
Risk
To assist The Board, the Committee, supported by the risk 
committees of the regulated subsidiary Boards, received and 
reviewed reports from the risk management function focusing 
on the following areas:

Regular reporting 
• risk appetite: the Committee has monitored the actual risk 
profile against risk appetite throughout 2022 and the Risk 
Committee can confirm that Beazley plc has been operating 
within risk appetite as at 31 December 2022. The 
Committee has also reviewed the proposed enhancements 
to the 2023 risk appetite statements and to the risk 
appetite framework;

• risk assessment: the Committee has performed a review of 

the Group’s risk profile to assess its coverage of the 
universe of risk and ensure that major underlying risks are 
visible and are being monitored;

• risk profiles: the Committee reviewed risk profiles, which 
are focused risk assessments of specific topics. In 2022, 
the Committee considered an assessment of inflation risk. 
Risk management also provided an opinion on the approach 
to, and risks around, estimates for Hurricane Ian in relation 
to the Q32022 interim management statement which was 
deemed reasonable and consistent with the approach for 
previous natural catastrophe losses;

• emerging risk: the Committee specifically considered areas 
of emerging risk via separate reports and through the Own 
Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA). In addition, the 
Committee requested that EY provide a schedule of key 
external topics relevant to the Group for 2022 relevant to 
the changing economic landscape. This resulted in EY 
providing presentations on ‘Economic Trends impacting 
underwriting and claims’ and ‘Leading Practices for Risk and 
Internal Audit functions’;

• oversight of the control environment: the Committee 
received regular risk management and second line 
assurance reports which provided commentary on the 
status of the control environment. These included entries 
from the risk incidents log. This was supplemented by an 
annual Chief Risk Officer opinion on the performance of the 
enterprise risk management framework;

• reverse stress testing: the Committee received the results 
of the reverse stress testing exercise, which explores what 
would have to happen for the Group to be unviable and has 
been able to provide assurance to The Board that this work 
has been performed with the appropriate level of depth and 
expertise;

• heightened risk: the Committee considered the heightened 
risk register half-yearly. A risk is considered heightened if 
the likelihood or the impact of occurrence is higher than 
usual;

• oversight of the internal model: the Committee and the risk 
committees of the subsidiary Board reviewed regular reports 
associated with the internal model. These have included a 
standing report on internal model output, and a validation 
report featuring both internal and independent validation 
and themed reviews - for example, on the approach used to 
aggregate risk in individual entities which consolidate up to 
the Group level. These assessments have supported The 
Boards’ use of the internal model;

98

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
• ORSA: the committee received ORSA reports and reviewed 

them before recommending them to The Board. 
Transactional ORSA reports were produced to support half-
year and full-year financial reporting for the Group. A 
transactional ORSA was considered at the April meeting of 
the Committee which identified the Ukraine conflict and 
inflation as key risk areas with judgements and estimations 
relevant to the 2022 half-year result. The uncertainty around 
potential losses was particularly related to our Marine and 
PAC and Cyber classes. This resulted in the additional 
measures being implemented which included the 
application of a specific uncertainty provision to the booked 
reserves for the Ukraine conflict, that Specialty Risk 
exposures be explicitly considered, and that horizon 
scanning be performed to consider exposures and losses 
should the conflict escalate;

• risk function: the committee oversaw and monitored the 

During 2022, the committee:
• reviewed and approved the annual compliance plan, 
including the compliance monitoring programme;

• monitored the implementation of the 2022 compliance plan;
• received updates on the appointment of the new group head 
of compliance and other changes to the resourcing of the 
compliance function. The committee also received updates 
on the structure and effectiveness of the company’s 
compliance function;

• received updates on the structure and effectiveness of the 

company’s risk management function;

• reviewed changes in the regulatory environment applicable 

to Beazley;

• received updates on relationships with key Group 

regulators, and oversight of regulatory requests as well as 
providing oversight of responses to regulators in relation to 
corporate developments;

planning of new hires into the risk function; 

• reviewed updates from the money laundering reporting 

officer on the adequacy and effectiveness of the company’s 
anti-money laundering systems and controls;

• provided oversight of the progress of the business in 
addressing identified enhancements to compliance 
requirements;

• approved the Group policies and controls in respect of anti-

bribery and corruption and anti-fraud; and

• received updates on the framework, training and policy put 

in place regarding whistleblowing and monitored the 
implementation of Safecall, an independent whistleblowing 
hotline.

In reviewing the effectiveness of the risk and compliance 
functions the Audit and Risk Committee remained satisfied 
that the risk and compliance functions had sufficient 
resources during the year and into 2023 to undertake its 
duties.

In addition, the Risk Committee and/or Boards of the Group’s 
regulated subsidiaries received more locally-focused reports 
which were specific to those entities.

• capital: the committee approved the Group solvency capital 

requirement (SCR); and

• culture: the Committee received observations on risk 
culture as part of the various risk reports presented.

Other topics discussed in 2022
• Climate change modelling: the committee received an 
update on the three additional climate change models 
licensed by Beazley in 2022; the RMS US Hurricane Climate 
Change Model, the RMS US Wildfire base model and the 
RMS US Flood base model. The models will provide a vital 
tool in helping us to understand and estimate the impacts 
of climate change on the business we write. In 2023, it is 
intended that a Natural Catastrophe Research Lead will be 
hired by our Exposure Management team to help deepen 
our knowledge of the potential impacts of climate change.
• Strategic projects: the Committee considered of progress 
updates for the Group’s modernisation programme and 
measures implemented to mitigate any risks arising from 
the project;

• Conflict in Ukraine: the Committee considered of regular 
updates on the continued adequacy of loss estimates in 
connection with the war in Ukraine against the changing 
landscape of the conflict

• Inflation: the Committee obtained assurance from 

management on the process for monitoring reserve loadings 
for recession and excess economic and social inflation in 
response to the changing economic environment.

Compliance
The Chief Risk Officer, who oversees the compliance function, 
had direct access to the committee members and attended all 
committee meetings.

To assist The Board, the Committee received reports and 
updates from the compliance function on various issues 
including, but not limited to, regulatory developments, routine 
and non-routine interactions with the Group’s regulators and 
any significant instances of non- compliance with regulatory or 
internal compliance requirements.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

99

 
Nomination Committee

“I have enjoyed leading the Nomination 
Committee’s activities since October, 
including the search for a new Chair. I am 
delighted that our search has concluded with 
the appointment of Clive Bannister who is 
aligned with our commitment to creating a 
respectful and inclusive workplace where our 
people can thrive.”

The Board has delegated responsibility to the Nomination 
Committee for oversight of the leadership needs of the 
organisation including Board composition and effectiveness, 
succession planning for The Board and senior executives, 
oversight of appointments of new Directors and senior 
executives and other related regulatory and governance 
matters. The Committee’s role is to ensure that The Board, its 
Committees, and the executive leadership team have the right 
skills and capabilities, which promote diversity of thought and 
approach to successfully oversee and implement the 
company’s strategy.

Committee membership and meetings
The Nomination Committee is chaired by Christine LaSala on 
an interim basis, and also comprises John Reizenstein and 
Pierre-Olivier Desaulle. Until 21 October 2022, the Committee 
was chaired by David Roberts with Christine LaSala, John 
Reizenstein and Pierre-Olivier Desaulle as members. Pierre-
Olivier Desaulle was appointed on 25 March 2022, following 
the resignation of Catherine Woods on the same date.

In 2022, there were four scheduled meetings and additional 
ad hoc meetings and approvals, reflecting the workload of the 
Committee during the year. This included the appointment of 
new Directors, commencing a search for a new Chair and 
approving interim arrangements. The activities of the 

Committee during 2022 are set out below. Only members of 
the Committee have the right to attend meetings; however, 
other individuals, such as the Chief Executive Officer, Group 
Head of Culture and People, representatives from other 
Boards or Committees, and external advisers, may be invited 
to attend for all or part of any meeting where this is beneficial 
to assist the Committee with fulfilling its responsibilities.

Committee meeting attendance table 2022

Director
Pierre-Olivier Desaulle1
Christine LaSala
A John Reizenstein
David L Roberts2
Catherine M Woods3

Nomination Committee

No. of 
meetings
3
4
4
3
1

No.
attended
3
4
4
3
1

1 Pierre-Olivier Desaulle was appointed to the Nomination Committee on 25 

March 2022.

2 David Roberts stepped down from The Board and Nomination Committee on 

21 October 2022.

3 Catherine Woods stepped down from The Board and Committees on 25 

March 2022.

Where a Director joined or stood down from The Board or Board Committee 
during the year only the number of meetings following appointment or before 
standing down are shown.

Responsibilities of the Committee 
The full responsibilities of the Nomination Committee are set 
out in its terms of reference, which are available on the 
company’s website. 

The Committee’s main responsibilities are to:
• regularly review the structure, size and composition 

(including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) 
required by The Board compared to its current and projected 
position;

• give full consideration to succession planning for Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors and in particular for the key 
roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer, senior executives 
and any other member of the senior management that it is 
relevant to consider, whilst ensuring a diverse pipeline of 
talent;

• ensure the Directors have the required skills and 

competencies and receive an appropriate induction 
programme;

• review annually the time required from Non-Executive 

Directors; 

• review the results of The Board performance evaluation 
process that relate to the composition and skills and 
competencies of The Board and ensure an appropriate 
response to development needs; 

• recommend to The Board appointments to the role of Senior 
Independent Director and Chair as well as membership of 
Board Committees;

• regularly review legislative, regulatory and corporate 

governance developments and make recommendations to 
The Board as necessary; and

• recommend, if appropriate, all Directors for election or re-
election by shareholders under the annual re-election 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, having 
due regard to their performance and their ability to continue 
to contribute to the overall long-term success of The Board.

100

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Key Committee activities during 2022

Effectiveness and 
performance

Activities
• Reviewed the actions from the 2021 effectiveness reviews.
• Reviewed the knowledge, skills and training assessment for 

the Beazley plc and regulated subsidiary Boards, and 
determined whether the Boards continued to have the right mix 
of skills and experience.

• Reviewed the plans for and outcomes of the 2022 

effectiveness review for the Beazley plc Board, Committees, 
and key regulated subsidiary Boards and Committees.

More information?
Board evaluation (page 88).

Succession planning

• Reviewed Beazley plc and subsidiary board renewals and 

Governance

appointments, including succession planning.

• Committee appointments and changes to membership.
• Reviewed and recommended the appointment of two new 

independent Non-Executive Directors.

• Commenced the search for a new Chair and carried out 

planning associated with the departure of previous Chair.
• Reviewed executive performance and succession planning, 
including a review of the diversity of the talent pipeline.

• Considered the composition of the separate Audit and Risk 
Committees, which became effective from 1 January 2023.
• Reviewed diversity commitments and targets set by Beazley.
• Reviewed policies including Inclusion and Diversity policies for 

The Board and the Group.

• Reviewed the Committee's terms of reference.
• Approved a change of non-executive director responsible for 
employee voice in the board room, in accordance with the 
Corporate Governance Code.

• Approved interim governance arrangements until new Chair 

was selected and appointed.

More information on succession 
planning and the process for 
appointing new Directors is 
included below.

More information on the 
composition of the separate 
Audit Committee and Risk 
Committee is included on page 
91.

More information on Inclusion 
and Diversity is included below 
and in the Responsible Business 
report on page 21.

More information on the 
‘employee voice’ is included in 
the stakeholder engagement 
report on page 50.

Board and Committee performance evaluation
The Committee reviewed its effectiveness during the year, as 
part of the annual board evaluation process. The Board 
confirmed that the Committee is effective in fulfilling its role.

The Committee also had a role in overseeing the evaluation 
process for The Board and its Committees, and for the Boards 
of key subsidiaries, which took part in the board and 
committee evaluation process and in making 
recommendations to the Boards. 

In order to fulfil its responsibility to ensure The Board and its 
Committees remain effective, the committee spent time 
reviewing the actions from the 2021 board effectiveness 
review, which was carried out by an external provider, Clare 
Chalmers Limited. In addition, the Committee reviewed and 
approved the plans for the 2022 internal board effectiveness 
review for The Board, its Committees and for two of the 
principal regulated subsidiary Boards and their Committees. 
The Committee received a report on the outcomes of the 
internal review for all Boards and Committees and discussed 
common themes and key areas of focus in 2023. 

More information on the board evaluation process is provided 
on page 88.

The Committee is responsible for evaluating the independence 
of all Non-Executive Directors and undertakes an annual 
review of each Non-Executive Director’s other interests. The 
Board, on the recommendation of the committee, is satisfied 
that each Non-Executive Director serving at the end of the year 
remains independent and continues to have sufficient time to 
discharge their responsibilities to the company. 

Board knowledge and skills assessment
The Board and Committee recognise the importance of a 
diverse and effective team with a broad mix of skills and 
experience. As part of each annual board evaluation, Non-
Executive and Executive Directors carry out a self-assessment 
of their knowledge against a wide range of skills and 
competencies. For each area, the Directors assess whether 
they have considerable knowledge, a base level of knowledge 
necessary to contribute to discussions, or no knowledge. The 
Committee receives a report on the self-assessments 
completed, including information for each Director, to enable 
them to assess whether each Director and The Board 
collectively have the right mix of skills and experience. The 
Chair also considers this information in the performance 
evaluations of the Directors, along with other relevant 
information and feedback. The self-assessment helps identify 
any areas where training would be useful to develop 
knowledge and skills either for Directors individually or for The 
Board as a whole, and a training plan for each year is 
developed. For some skills, which are dynamic and changing, 
the Directors’ knowledge is augmented by external or internal 
experts who ensure The Board has the right, up to date, 
expertise to challenge effectively. The balance of skills and 
experience on The Board is also a core part of Director 
succession planning. 

Based on the information received in 2022, the Committee 
was satisfied that each of the Directors and The Board 
remained effective and high-performing and that they had the 
right mix skills and experience to challenge and support the 
delivery of the strategy. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

101

 
 
Nomination Committee
continued

Succession planning 
Throughout 2022, the Committee carried out its key 
responsibilities of ensuring that plans are in place for an 
orderly succession to The Board, subsidiary Boards and wider 
senior management positions and ensuring the continued 
strong executive talent pipeline within the Group, which is a 
key pillar of our strategy. 

The Board and Committee believe that a regular refresh of 
board membership is beneficial to a progressive, strong, 
diverse, responsible and balanced leadership and therefore 
the Committee regularly considered updates to the structure, 
size and composition of The Board and its Committees. The 
Committee receives reports which include information on the 
composition of the Group and regulated subsidiary Boards, 
the tenure of each of the Directors, and other information for 
succession planning purposes.

The Committee reviews succession plans for the Executive 
Committee members annually as well as reviewing their 
performance against objectives. The succession plans for 
other senior roles (such as executive committee direct 
reports) or regulatory roles are also reviewed annually. The 
reporting includes information regarding potential successors 
for each role in the short, medium and longer term as well as 
emergency cover, including whether roles could likely be filled 
internally or externally. The reporting assists  with proactively 
planning for future roles as well as with developing and 
progressing our internal talent. The talent pipeline review also 
covers cross team succession opportunities. The succession 
plans are linked to the Inclusion and Diversity strategy and 
policy, to ensure that all areas of the business are 
contributing to succession planning and development of talent 
is taking place. The progress towards meeting and/or 
exceeding externally and internally set diversity targets is 
reviewed.

For vacancies at both board and executive leadership level, 
external search agencies are often utilised. Any internal 
candidates are incorporated into the process run by the 
appointed external agency. All external agencies are made 
aware of our Inclusion and Diversity policy and long and short 
lists are designed to ensure there is a diverse selection of 
candidates put forward. 

During 2022, the Committee spent time focused on Board 
succession planning and the appointment of new Board 
members, including the appointment of Fiona Muldoon and 
Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger in May 2022 and the search for a new 
Chair following the resignation of David Roberts in October 
2022. On 8 February 2023, following recommendation from 
the Committee, The Board approved the appointment of Clive 
Bannister as Chair Designate and an Independent Non-

Executive Director of Beazley plc. Clive will commence his role 
as Chair with effect from the conclusion of the company’s 
2023 AGM. He will also become Chair of the Nomination 
Committee at the same point.

Since the year end, Nicola Hodson has been appointed Chief 
Executive of IBM in the UK and Ireland and has joined their UK 
subsidiary Boards. Nicola previously held a senior global 
leadership role at Microsoft, and was able to balance well the 
commitments of this role to her responsibilities as a non-
executive director of Beazley. The nomination committee 
believes that this ability does not change with Nicola’s new 
executive role, and is happy to support her proposed re-
election as a Beazley non-executive director. However, the 
committee will keep the situation under close review to ensure 
that Nicola remains able to commit the time and dedication 
required as a director of Beazley.

Appointment of new Non-Executive Directors
• The Committee, led by David Roberts, spent time in April 

reviewing the short list and recommended appointments for 
independent Non-Executive Directors to replace Catherine 
Woods who stepped down from The Board on 25 March 
2022 at the conclusion of the AGM.

• An independent external search consultancy, Hedley May, 

was engaged to help with the appointment of a new 
independent Non-Executive Director to replace Catherine 
Woods. The company and its Directors have no other 
connection with Hedley May. 

• A detailed role description was prepared which included 

focus on skills and experience, and a diverse candidate list 
was requested.

• The Committee was pleased with the diverse and 

experienced candidates available and the Committee 
therefore decided to recommend two of the four short-listed 
candidates for appointment as two other Non-Executive 
Directors would be reaching the end of their second three-
year term in 2023. Fiona Muldoon and Cecilia Reyes 
Leuzinger were appointed in May 2022. 

• Fiona Muldoon was recommended because of her vast 

leadership experience in the insurance industry as well as 
having recent experience as a public company CEO and 
having spent time working for the Central Bank of Ireland. 
Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger was recommended because of her 
insurance, risk and investment management experience to 
add more in-depth investments experience to The Board. 
Both candidates had styles which would complement but 
also bring fresh challenge and diversity of opinion to The 
Board. Both Directors were assessed to have sufficient time 
to fulfil the responsibilities of the role. 

• Following appointment, an induction programme is arranged 
to onboard new Directors. This includes: meetings with key 
individuals across the organisation; board procedures and 
governance; corporate communications; compliance 
training; meetings with key external parties such as the 
auditors and regulators where relevant; and deep dives to 
aid understanding of strategy and the different divisions 
within the business. 

102

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Chair succession
In July 2022, David Roberts announced that he was to be appointed as Chair of the Court of the Bank of England in the 
autumn. The appointment date was unknown at that time. The Board, led by the Nomination Committee began a process to 
ensure that plans were in place to ensure an orderly transition of the role of Chair and to commence a rigorous selection 
procedure for a new Chair of Beazley plc. 

The process was led by Christine LaSala, notwithstanding that she was Interim Chair of the Company during the process. 
Robert Stuchbery, the interim Senior Independent Director also provided key support to the process. David Roberts was not 
involved in the process prior to his resignation on 1 October 2022. 
Stage 1:
Interim arrangements

The Committee determined that interim arrangements should be put into place, based on 
emergency succession plans previously developed, while the search for a new Chair commenced. 
In October, David’s resignation was confirmed, and the interim arrangements, as set out in the 
announcement on 21 July 2022, explained in the corporate governance report were put in place.

Stage 2:
Appointment of search 
agency

Stage 3:
Role specification

Stage 4: initial interviews

Stage 5: final interview 
panel
Stage 6: selection

David Roberts spent time providing an induction and handing over responsibilities to Christine 
LaSala prior to his departure to ensure an orderly transition.
It was agreed that Christine LaSala (initially as Senior Independent Director) would lead the 
search, with support from Robert Stuchbery and George Blunden, a Non-Executive Director of 
Beazley Furlonge Limited. In September, the Committee (excluding David Roberts) considered 
information regarding the process for appointing a new Chair, including the appointment of an 
independent external consultancy to lead the search. A review of executive search agencies, 
including presentations to a panel, was undertaken to identify a firm with the right level of 
expertise and cultural fit. Russell Reynolds was selected following the process. Russell Reynolds 
has no other connection with the company or its directors.
To develop the role specification, Christine LaSala led chair specification workshops with 
Directors to draw out the key skills, competencies, experience and character attributes required 
in the new Chair and to help ensure that the new Chair would be a good fit for Beazley’s growth 
ambitions culture and taking into consideration Beazley’s opportunities and challenges over the 
next five years. Relevant policies such as the Inclusion and Diversity Policy requirements were 
incorporated, with the nomination committee having responsibility under the board inclusion and 
diversity policy for ensuring appointments are made based on objective criteria with due regard to 
diversity. A key specification for the role was a candidate who demonstrated commitment to 
inclusion, equity and diversity with evidence of leadership in this regard. 

A timetable was drawn up with Russell Reynolds and a comprehensive external search process 
was undertaken.
Russell Reynolds reviewed a wide range of diverse candidates which resulted in a long list of 
candidates which were assessed initially, 37.5% of whom were women. Christine LaSala, Bob 
Stuchbery and George Blunden carried out initial interviews with eight of these candidates, two of 
which were women. Four candidates were put forward for second stage interviews with the Chief 
Executive Officer.

The Committee appointed a panel of independent Non-Executive Directors to conduct third stage 
interviews, with two candidates, one man and one woman, put forward. 
Following the process, Clive Bannister was considered by the Committee to be the most suitable 
candidate for the role due to his valuable experience and credentials as a Chair, his extensive 
executive career at HSBC group and Phoenix Group plc, and his wealth of experience including 
strategic, commercial, and significant transformational skills leading the turnaround and 
significant growth of Phoenix Group plc as its Chief Executive Officer. Interviews with Clive also 
demonstrated that he would be a good fit for Beazley and showing the right balance of challenge 
and support needed by a Chair. In addition, the Committee noted that as chair of Rathbones 
Group plc, Clive had made a number of board appointments to strengthen The Board and improve 
its diversity.

The Committee were also satisfied that Clive Bannister has capacity to dedicate sufficient time to 
Beazley.

Clive Bannister was appointed as an independent Non-Executive Director of Beazley plc with 
effect from 8 February 2023. He will commence his duties as Chair and Chair of the Nomination 
Committee from the close of the AGM on 25 April 2023. At this time, all other Directors fulfilling 
interim roles will revert to their original duties. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

103

 
Nomination Committee
continued

Inclusion and diversity 
Beazley’s inclusion and diversity policy is largely unchanged 
from previous years. In January 2022, The Board adopted its 
own inclusion and diversity policy which is aligned to that of 
the Group. Both policies are available on the company’s 
website (www.beazley.com/en-sg/who-we-are/inclusion-
diversity).

The Beazley inclusion and diversity policy sets out our 
commitment to recruit, retain and develop people with diverse 
backgrounds and experiences to thrive at all levels of our 
business, in a truly inclusive environment that has zero 
tolerance for discrimination or harassment and fully supports 
and celebrates differences. These differences could include 
but are not limited to age, disability, gender, gender 
reassignment, marital status, pregnancy and maternity, race, 
nationality or ethnic origin, religion or religious beliefs, 
sexuality, socio-economic group or working pattern. 

We want our workforce to reflect the diversity of our customers 
and the communities where we work around the world; 
however, we know that simply aspiring to have a diverse 
workforce is not enough. We continue to set measurable 
targets at an organisational level and clear objectives at an 
individual level as we work to become a truly diverse and 
inclusive organisation where everyone is able to contribute 
their best work and develop fully.

The Board's inclusion and diversity policy sets out the 
commitment of The Board to using its position and influence 
to create a truly inclusive environment and confirms The 
Board's view that diversity is central to our strategy by 
contributing to enhanced risk management and improved 
business performance, bringing about richness of challenge, 
debate and innovation. The Board commits to continue to be 
in line with, or in betterment of, guidelines and regulations for 
gender or racial diversity set out in the Parker Review and the 
FTSE Women Leaders review. While accepting there will be 
natural fluctuations in balance due to the size of The Board, 
The Board aims to reflect the company’s public targets 
regarding gender and race and ethnicity in its own 
composition. 

The Board's inclusion and diversity policy also applies to The 
Board's key committees. The Committee takes into account 
diversity considerations when appointing Directors to Board 
committees.

As at 31 December 2022, The Board has exceeded the 
targets set out by the Parker Review and the FTSE Women 
Leaders Review, now incorporated into the Listing Rules 
following the FCA’s consultation on Diversity and Inclusion on 
company Boards and Executive Committees. In relation to the 
changes to the Listing Rules (which will be effective for the 
year ended 31 December 2023 for the Company and are 
voluntarily disclosed) The Board has achieved the following:
• At least 40% of the individuals on The Board are women: as 
at 31 December 2022, 50% of our Board were women, 
compared with 40% at 31 December 2021. Following the 
appointment of Clive Bannister on 8 February 2023, 45% of 
our Board are women.

• At least one of the senior board positions (Chair, CEO, SID, 

or CFO) is held by a woman: Sally Lake is our Finance 
Director and Christine LaSala is our Interim Chair (and was 
and will return to being our Senior Independent Director 
following the conclusion of the AGM on 25 April 2023.
• At least one member of The Board is from a non-white 

ethnic minority background: Raj Agrawal and Cecilia Reyes 
Leuzinger are from a non-white ethnic minority backgrounds.

The Committee is satisfied that the focus on inclusion and 
diversity by The Board and executive leadership team and the 
company’s diversity strategy, underpinned by bold targets 
mean that any risks around continuing to meet externally set 
targets for Board diversity are mitigated. The diversity of The 
Board in terms of gender and ethnic background is also set 
out on page 85. 

The Committee has agreed targets for gender diversity for the 
senior leadership, which have been monitored by the 
Committee during the year. The Committee monitors the 
diversity of the workforce through reporting as well as through 
the succession planning activities for the Executive 
Committee. During the year we have continued to embed the 
strategy for gender equality to help us reach our target of 45% 
female representation in senior leadership roles by the end of 
2023. At the end of 2022, 43% of the senior leadership team 
were women. 

In 2020, the Committee agreed targets for increasing the 
representation of people of colour in the Beazley workforce to 
at least 25% by the end of 2023, with a quarter being black 
people. We are pleased that this was achieved during 2022 
and had increased from 23% at the end of 2021, and we are 
on track for 25% of this group to be black people by the end of 
2023.

The Committee has continued to review broader targets for 
the Group’s race and ethnicity strategy to ensure that these 
remain progressive. At the end of 2022, we introduced a new 
target to improve the representation of people of colour in 
leadership roles by 6% points from 11% to 17% by the end of 
2027. 

For more information on our inclusion and diversity activities, 
including our strategy, objectives and outcomes, please see 
our responsible business report on page 21.

104

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Collection of diversity data
As required by the Listing Rules, the approach taken by the company with regards to the collection of diversity data is the same 
for the directors, senior management and employees. Data is held securely on our human resources system and is only 
accessible by a select number of employees for reporting at aggregate level. We ask new joiners, where we are able in 
accordance with local legal requirements, for their diversity information and then periodically ask employees to check that the 
data we hold about them is still correct. We also analyse diversity data through our employee survey, reward and recognition 
processes, talent mapping system and through our appraisal systems.

Gender and ethnicity of the Beazley plc Board in accordance with the Listing Rules
The following information has been disclosed voluntarily by the company for the year ended 31 December 2022. Numerical data 
on gender identity or sex of the individuals on The Board and executive management as at 31 December 2022, as required by 
Listing Rule 9.8.6(10):

Men
Women
Not specified/prefer not to say

Number of board 
members
5
5
–

Percentage of The 
Board
50%
50%
–

Number of senior 
positions on The 
Board (CEO, CFO, SID 
and Chair)
2
2
–

Number in executive 
management
8
6
–

Percentage of 
executive 
management
57%
43%
–

Numerical data on ethnic background of the individuals on The Board and executive management as at 31 December 2022, as 
required by Listing Rule 9.8.6(10):

Number of board 
members

Percentage of The 
Board

Number of senior 
positions on The 
Board (CEO, CFO, SID 
and Chair)

Number in executive 
management

Percentage of 
executive 
management

White British or other White (including 
minority-white groups)
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other ethnic group, including Arab
Not specified/ prefer not to say

8
–
2
–
–
–

80%
–
20%
–
–
–

4
–
–
–
–
–

13
–
–
1
–
–

93%
–
–
7%
–
–

Numerical data regarding gender of senior leadership and employees in accordance with the Companies Act 2006
The numerical data about the number of persons of each sex who were directors of the company, senior managers of the 
company (other than directors) and company employees, as required by section 414(8) of the Companies Act 2006, as at 31 
December 2022 is disclosed in the Responsible Business section on page 25. In the data, senior managers includes the 
members of the Executive Committee (excluding Directors of Beazley plc), the Company Secretary and directors of subsidiary 
undertakings, as required by the Companies Act 2006. 

Gender balance of senior management in accordance with the Corporate Governance Code (the 'Code')
The gender balance of those in senior management and their direct reports is comprised of 57% men and 43% women with a 
total population of 129 people. This group comprises the executive committee members, the Company Secretary and their 
direct reports, as required by the Code. 

However, historically Beazley has used the population of its Strategy and Performance Group and Extended Long-term 
Investment Plan leadership groups to monitor and track the inclusion and diversity of its leadership population. These groups 
drive both Beazley’s strategy and business plan; and whilst it comprises 129 leaders from across the business, the population 
is slightly different to the Code’s definition of senior management. The gender balance of Beazley’s senior management is the 
same when compared to the Code definition of senior management.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

105

 
 
 
 
Remuneration 
Committee

The Board has delegated responsibility to the Remuneration 
Committee for oversight of the remuneration policies of the 
Group to support our strategy and promote the long-term 
success of Beazley for our stakeholders. The Committee’s 
role is to ensure that the remuneration policy is designed to 
retain and incentivise talented people to deliver our strategy. 
The Committee ensures that remuneration is fair, culturally 
aligned with our values, promotes effective risk management 
and, for senior leadership, is aligned to the long-term success 
of Beazley and to shareholder interests.

Attendance at scheduled committee meetings

Director
Rajesh K Agrawal1
Nicola Hodson
Christine LaSala
Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger2
Robert A Stuchbery
Catherine M Woods3

Remuneration committee

No. of 
meetings
4
6
6
4
6
2

No.
attended
3
6
6
4
6
2

1 Appointed 26 April 2022. Raj Agrawal was unable to attend the December 

remuneration committee due to a long-standing scheduling clash. 

2 Appointed 31 May 2022
3 Resigned 25 March 2022

The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Nicola Hodson on 
an interim basis, and also comprises Christine LaSala, Robert 
Stuchbery, Raj Agrawal and Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger. Until 21 
October 2022, the Committee was chaired by Christine LaSala 
with Nicola Hodson, Robert Stuchbery, Raj Agrawal and Cecilia 
Reyes Leuzinger as members. Christine stepped down as 
Chair of the Committee when she was appointed as Interim 
Chair of The Board on 21 October 2022, so that she would 
have sufficient time to carry out her duties. Raj Agrawal was 
appointed to the Committee on 26 April 2022 and Cecilia 
Reyes Leuzinger was appointed on 31 May 2022. Catherine 
Woods resigned on 25 March 2022.

In 2022, there were six scheduled meetings and two 
additional ad hoc meetings and approvals, reflecting the 
workload of the Committee during the year. The additional 
meetings and approvals were pertaining to the remuneration 
policy review and remuneration arrangements for senior hires 
within the firm. The activities of the committee during 2022 
are set out below. Only members of the committee have the 
right to attend meetings; however, other individuals, such as 
the Group Head of Culture and People, representatives from 
other Boards or Committees, and external advisers, may be 
invited to attend for all or part of any meeting where this is 
beneficial to assist the Committee with fulfilling its 
responsibilities. 

Board and Committee performance evaluation
The Committee reviewed its effectiveness during the year, as 
part of the annual board evaluation process. The Board 
confirmed that the Committee is effective in fulfilling its role.

Responsibilities of the Committee 
The full responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee are 
set out in its terms of reference, which are available on the 
company’s website.

The Committee’s main responsibilities are to:
• Set the remuneration policy for the Group for approval at the 
annual general meeting. The objective of such policy shall 
be to ensure that members of the executive management of 
the company are provided with appropriate incentives to 
encourage enhanced performance whilst also promoting 
sound and effective risk management, and are, in a fair and 
responsible manner, rewarded for their individual 
contributions to the success of the company. 

• Recommend and where appropriate approve targets for 

performance related pay schemes and seek shareholder 
approval for any long-term incentive arrangements.

• Recommend and approve the remuneration of the chair of 

the company. 

• Recommend the remuneration of the Chief Executive 

Officer, the other executive directors, the direct reports to 
the Chief Executive Officer, the Company Secretary, and 
such other members of the executive management as it is 
designated to consider. Setting executive remuneration 
includes taking into account workforce remuneration and 
related policies, and the alignment of incentives and 
rewards with culture. No Director or manager shall be 
involved in any decisions as to his or her own remuneration.

• Recommending the remuneration policy for all employees 

including for key functions and other staff whose 
professional activities have a material impact on the Group. 

• Review of the design of all share incentive plans for 
approval by The Board, and where relevant, the 
shareholders.

• Obtain reliable, up-to-date information about remuneration 

in other companies.

• Appoint and review the performance of Remuneration 

Committee consultants, currently Deloitte LLP.

106

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Key Committee activities during 2022

Remuneration
policy

Activities
1 Performed a full review of Beazley’s remuneration policy for 
approval at the 2023 AGM, including seeking the views of 
shareholders regarding the proposals, and ensuring shareholders 
received comprehensive information on the rationale for the 
proposed changes to the policy, which was of upmost importance 
to the committee.

More information?
Directors' remuneration report 
(page 111)
Engagement in action: spotlight 
on the remuneration policy (page 
90)

Remuneration of 
Chair, Executives 
and other senior 
management

1 Approved the remuneration arrangements and bonus awards of the 
executive directors, executive leadership team, and other senior 
management, including the Company Secretary.

2 Ensured incentives continued to be appropriate to align company 

Directors' remuneration report
(page 111)

Remuneration
of the workforce

and shareholders.

3 Considered the salary and bonus awards for 2022 for heads of 

control functions and material risk takers.

1 Satisfied itself that the current remuneration structure is 
appropriate to attract and retain talented people and took 
appropriate action that was necessary throughout the year.

2 Approved specific matters to support the retention of key 

employees.

3 Considered the aggregate remuneration approach for the wider 
workforce, including consideration of annual compensation 
increases in light of inflation and cost of living increases in the 
regions in which the company operates, to ensure fair 
compensation across the company.

Share plans

1 Approved new all employee share incentive plan for approval at the 

2023 AGM.

2 Approved the grant of share awards under the Group’s deferred, 

retention and LTIP plans.

Governance

1 Considered the Chief Risk Officer’s report which confirmed that the 

design of the remuneration policy promotes appropriate risk 
behaviour throughout the organisation. In addition, the analysis 
considered the performance of the control environment, profit 
related pay targets, calculation of the bonus pool, share awards, 
and review of risk metrics for Solvency II purposes.

2 Approved the gender pay gap report.
3 Reviewed the remuneration landscape for FTSE 250 and FTSE 100 

companies and guidance from proxy agencies and investors.

Directors' remuneration report
(page 111)

Cost of living - see Chief 
Executive Officer's statement 
(page 11) and Stakeholder 
engagement (page 50)

Directors' remuneration report
(page 111)

Our gender pay gap report is 
available on the website

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

107

 
 
Letter from the Chair
of our Remuneration 
Committee

Dear shareholder 

On behalf of The Board, it is my pleasure to present Beazley’s 
directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 31 
December 2022. This report includes both the annual report 
on remuneration and our proposed remuneration policy (pages 
111 to 138), for which we will be seeking shareholder 
approval at the 2023 AGM. 

Performance and reward for FY22 
Focus on the wider workforce 
2022 presented new and difficult challenges for the workforce 
in the form of rising inflation and a cost-of-living crisis. The 
remuneration committee is cognisant of these challenges and 
fully supports the decisions management have taken to 
support employees. In June 2022, those most impacted by 
cost-of-living received a one-off payment of up to £3,000 to 
help with increasing financial demands. This helped more than 
half of the workforce. In addition, at year-end, to recognise the 
challenges created by rising inflation, those most impacted 
received greater salary increases than those earning at higher 
levels, again to support those facing the greatest pressures 
from the cost-of-living crisis. Those earning at higher levels 
received c.5%, compared to 10% to 20% for those most 
impacted. This commitment to ensuring available funding went 
to those most impacted has been well received across the 
business. 

Business performance and incentive out-turns 
The resilience of our business strategy and the dedication and 
motivation of our team met the continuing challenges and 
uncertainty throughout 2022 such as high inflation, energy 
price crunch and the continuing tragedy of war in Europe. 
Despite these challenges the Group maintained profitability 
with a ROE performance of 7%. We achieved a profit of 
$191.0m and an impressive 89% combined ratio from strong 
underwriting performance which was offset by a reduced 
investment performance driven by mark to market losses due 
to the volatile interest rate environment. Having carefully 
considered the financial performance and personal 
achievements for the year, the Remuneration Committee 
determined that the executive directors would receive annual 
bonuses of 37.5% of maximum in respect of FY22.

Beazley’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) vests in two equal 
tranches based on net asset value (NAV) growth measured 
over a three-year and five-year period. The second tranche of 
the 2018 LTIP vested at 14.9% of maximum following NAV 
growth per annum of 10.1%. The first tranche of the 2020 
LTIP vested at 20.0% of maximum following NAV growth per 
annum of 10.5%. The committee is comfortable that 
executives have not unduly benefited from windfall gains in 
respect of their LTIP awards.  In particular the Committee 
noted that the 2020 awards were granted in February 2020 
prior to the fall in share price resulting from the outbreak of 
COVID-19.

The remuneration committee considers that the remuneration 
policy operated as intended during 2022 and that the 
incentive out-turns are aligned with our pay for performance 
culture, accordingly no additional discretion was applied. 

Review of the remuneration policy 
In accordance with the normal triennial schedule, we are 
submitting our remuneration policy for shareholder approval at 
the 2023 AGM. During the year the remuneration committee 
undertook a detailed review of the policy to ensure that it is fit 
to support our strategy to be the highest performing 
sustainable Specialty insurer. Following the review, the 
committee believes that now is the right time to make some 
important changes to ensure that Beazley is appropriately 
positioned to retain the talent necessary to continue to deliver 
long-term value to our shareholders. However, we are not 
proposing any changes to the broad framework or the overall 
incentive opportunity.

I would like to thank those shareholders who took the time to 
discuss the policy with us during the year. The committee 
greatly values the views of our shareholders, and their 
invaluable feedback was carefully considered when finalising 
our proposals.

Context of the review 
The current remuneration framework has operated largely 
unchanged since 2012 and has supported Beazley well during 
this period. However, Beazley is a much larger and more 
complex organisation than it was when the policy was 
developed and therefore refinements are necessary to allow 
us to continue to flourish going forward. Over the past two 
years Beazley has performed exceptionally, and we continue 
to execute against our strategy and deliver value to 
shareholders, culminating in our recent promotion to the FTSE 
100. We have also achieved a number of significant 
milestones over the past year, including the streamlining of 
our underwriting structure, launching Lloyd’s first dedicated 
ESG syndicate and realigning our digital business to be 
managed under one segment. 

108

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Incorporation of ESG metrics
The committee is mindful of evolving shareholder views 
around the use of relevant and robust ESG metrics in 
incentive plans. During our review, the Committee considered 
how Beazley’s commitment to doing the right thing for our 
people, partners and the planet was reflected in our current 
remuneration framework. Our bonus structure already includes 
consideration of ESG measures, and the committee 
determined that it would be appropriate for executives to be 
aligned with our long-term ambitions by incorporating ESG 
measures into our LTIP. For 2023 the LTIP will include targets 
linked to our carbon reduction, gender and ethnic diversity 
goals. These targets will be assessed over three years and 
will have a weighting of of 17-20% of the overall LTIP award 
and will pay up to a maximum of 50% of salary. 

Other changes to policy
From 2023, we intend to increase the CEO shareholding 
requirement from 200% to 300% of salary to align with the 
LTIP opportunity. We are also proposing refinements to the 
policy to ensure that it is aligned with the latest best practice 
and shareholder expectations. The post cessation 
shareholding guideline will be increased to 100% of the in-
employment guideline for two years following departure. From 
2023 the level of bonus deferred into shares will be fixed at 
one-third, moving away from the current approach whereby the 
portion of bonus deferred varies depending on the outturn. We 
also plan to introduce a global share match programme which 
we believe further aligns employee experience with that of the 
shareholder as well as creating another form of retention.

Reweighting incentives to the long-term 
At Beazley, we operate with a genuine long-term focus. In 
order to further align executives with shareholders over the 
longer term and reward management for the delivery of our 
long-term strategic objectives the Committee is proposing a 
reweighting between the short-term and long-term incentives. 
From 2023, we are proposing a reduction to the bonus 
opportunity of 100% of salary and an increase to the LTIP 
opportunity of 100% of salary. There is no change to the 
overall incentive opportunity. 

LTIP performance period
A key feature of the Beazley business model is exposure to 
catastrophes within a robust risk management framework. 
Because of this, there is an inherent level of volatility in 
company performance. We have an established pay-for-
performance culture, a track record of aligning individual 
reward with performance and we do not believe in rewarding 
failure. During the review of the policy, the remuneration 
committee identified that the volatility of our annual results 
can have a disproportionate impact on LTIP awards, which is 
exacerbated by our longer-than-normal five-year performance 
period. 

Taking this into account the committee gave consideration to 
moving to an annualised approach so that the LTIP is split into 
five equal tranches with performance assessed pro-rata in 
years one to five. We discussed the proposal with the majority 
of our shareholders (top 100) in order to gauge the potential 
levels of support. During the consultation process, it became 
clear that a significant proportion of shareholders had 
reservations due to the atypical nature of the proposal and 
there was a preference for a more market-typical approach, 
that maintained a longer term performance period. 

Based on some shareholder feedback the committee decided 
against the annualised LTIP approach. As an alternative, and 
aligned with our shareholders’ preference for a more market-
typical approach, the committee is proposing to simplify the 
LTIP performance period by removing the five-year 
performance element so that the entire award is subject to 
cumulative performance measured over a three year period. 
We believe that this change is appropriately aligned with the 
interests of our shareholders, improves the clarity of the LTIP 
and makes it simpler for both participants and investors. The 
vesting of awards will continue to be subject to stretching 
performance targets and shares will be subject to a two-year 
post-vesting holding period. Ultimately the committee believes 
that this change, in conjunction with including an ESG metric, 
will help to continue to incentivise and retain our high calibre, 
experienced executive team. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

109

 
Letter from the Chair of our 
Remuneration Committee 
continued

Remuneration approach for 2023
Review of Executive Directors’ salaries 
As part of the policy review, the Remuneration Committee 
carefully considered the salary levels for the CEO and Group 
Finance Director to ensure that they remained reflective of 
their skills and expertise as well as being appropriate for a 
company of Beazley’s size and complexity. 

The Committee has identified that the CEO’s salary has fallen 
out of step with the transformative changes that have taken 
place in our recent history. As context, since 2017, CEO pay 
has only increased by c.3% per annum and when Adrian Cox 
replaced Andrew Horton as CEO, the Committee did not 
increase the CEO salary (£525,25k). However, the Committee 
were cognisant a review would be required in the near future 
to permit Beazley to compete for executive talent globally and 
more importantly to recognise that over the last 5 years, 
Beazley has grown significantly in terms of scale and 
complexity. Our annual market capitalisation to 31 December 
2017 was c.£2.45bn. During 2022 our market capitalisation 
exceeded £4.5bn, with an annual average of c.£3.25bn (total 
growth of more than 300%). Gross written premiums have 
more than doubled from $2.1bn to $5.3bn and the number of 
Beazley employees has increased two-fold to c.1,900. We are 
now Lloyds’ largest syndicate and in 2019 and 2022 
respectively we commenced writing business on our Smart 
Tracker and ESG syndicates. 

Speciality insurance is a global business, and our operations 
are increasingly US and European based, with few businesses 
in the Speciality insurance domiciled in the UK with the same 
scale and scope of Beazley. The Remuneration Committee is 
therefore mindful that our talent spans across a global 
footprint and the Committee is mindful that other companies 
of similar size and scale can offer significantly more attractive 
packages. We want to retain our best talent and manage an 
effective succession slate over the long term, ensuring that 
our remuneration framework remains competitive against 
these markets. Although benchmarking is not a primary driver 
for decisions around pay, the Committee took into account 
market data which showed that the CEO’s salary was below 
the market competitive range against all relevant comparator 
groups and the other UK-listed Lloyd’s of London underwriters.

The Remuneration Committee believes Adrian Cox has an 
exceptional track record of high performance. Having joined 
Beazley in 2001, he has served as an Executive Director since 
2010 and was appointed as CEO in April 2021. He has 
continued to prove himself to be a high calibre executive with 
an extensive knowledge of the insurance industry and a 
primary driver of Beazley’s success. The Remuneration 
Committee are therefore proposing that his salary is increased 
to £625,000. On balance, the Committee believes that the 
enhancements made to the remuneration policy which is 
considered appropriate within the context set out above and 
his considerable experience in the industry.

Sally Lake’s salary as Group Finance Director was considered 
to be appropriately positioned following the change made last 
year in-light of her increased responsibilities. It has therefore 
been increased by 5% for 2023, which is in-line with the 
approach for senior management and below the average rate 
of the workforce. 

Non-Executive Director fees
In October 2022 David Roberts stepped down as Chair of The 
Board. As announced in February 2023 Clive Bannister will be 
appointed as chair with effect from 25 April 2023. Until Clive 
Bannister’s official appointment Christine LaSala has been 
appointed as Interim Chair of The Board, Robert Stuchbery 
has been appointed Interim Senior Independent Director and I 
have been appointed Interim Remuneration Committee Chair. 
The fees for the three roles have been pro-rated to reflect the 
additional responsibilities.

As announced in December 2022, The Board decided to split 
the Audit & Risk Committee into two separate committees 
from 1 January 2023. The fees for the roles on the new 
committees have been set with reference to the 
responsibilities and time commitments required and are set 
out on page 131. Following the annual fee review, it was 
determined that the non-executive director fees should be 
increased by 3%, below the general increase for the 
workforce. 

2023 AGM 
At the forthcoming AGM there will be an advisory vote in 
respect of the directors’ remuneration and a binding vote on 
the proposed new remuneration policy. There will also be a 
vote to approve amendments to the LTIP rules. These 
amendments are necessary to affect the reweighting and 
revised measurement approach set out above. I hope you will 
feel able to support these proposals and look forward to your 
continued support. 

Nicola Hodson
Interim Remuneration Committee Chair

110

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Directors’ remuneration report
Remuneration in brief

Remuneration policy
When developing the revised remuneration policy and considering its implementation for 2023, the Committee was mindful of a 
wide range of factors including guidance from institutional investors, the requirements of Solvency II and the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code. The main aim of Beazley’s remuneration policy is to ensure that management and staff are 
remunerated fairly and in such a manner as to facilitate the recruitment, retention and motivation of suitably qualified 
personnel. The Committee considers that the policy supports our strategy and promotes the long-term success of Beazley.

The following table summarises how the committee addressed the factors set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code when 
determining the remuneration policy:

Factor

Details

Clarity
Remuneration arrangements should be 
transparent and promote effective 
engagement with shareholders and the 
workforce

Simplicity
Remuneration structures should avoid 
complexity and their rationale and operation 
should be easy to understand

Risk
Remuneration arrangements should ensure 
reputational and other risks from excessive 
rewards, and behavioural risks that can arise 
from target-based incentive plans, are 
identified and mitigated

Predictability
The range of possible values of rewards to 
individual directors and any other limits or 
discretions should be identified and 
explained at the time of approving the policy
Proportionality
The link between individual awards, the 
delivery of strategy and the long-term 
performance of the company should be clear. 
Outcomes should not reward poor 
performance
Alignment to culture
Incentive schemes should drive behaviours 
consistent with company purpose, values 
and strategy

At Beazley performance-related remuneration is an essential motivation to management and 
staff and is structured to ensure that Executives’ interests are aligned with those of our 
shareholders.

We operate a bonus structure that is based on Group profitability and long term performance. A 
key principle is that the committee exercises its judgement in determining individual bonus 
awards. In recent years we have expanded our disclosure to provide shareholders with further 
clarity on the way in which we determine awards.

In determining our remuneration framework the Committee was mindful of avoiding complexity 
and making arrangements easy to understand for both participants and our shareholders. 

As part of the Policy review we have simplified our approach to bonus deferral so that one-third 
of any bonus is deferred into shares for three years and we have also simplified the LTIP 
performance period.
We believe reward at Beazley is appropriately balanced in light of risk considerations. The 
Committee receives an annual report from the Chief Risk Officer to ensure that our wider 
remuneration policy is consistent with, and promotes, effective risk management.

Our framework has a number of features which align remuneration out-turns with risk, including 
a five year time horizon on the LTIP, deferral of bonus into shares and personal shareholding 
requirements which extend post departure. Further details of the link between risk and 
remuneration are set out on page 130.
Page 118 provides four illustrations of the application of our remuneration policy including the 
key elements of remuneration: base salary, pension, benefits and incentives. Payments at 
Beazley are directly aligned to the Group’s performance and the graph set out on page 127 
demonstrates how historic annual bonus out-turns have reflected profit and ROE performance.

Individual remuneration reflects Group objectives but is dependent on the profitability of the 
Group and is appropriately balanced against risk considerations. Potential rewards are market-
competitive and the committee is comfortable that the range of potential out-turns are 
appropriate and reasonable.

The Remuneration Committee considers that the structure of remuneration packages supports 
meritocracy, which is an important part of Beazley’s culture. All employees at Beazley are 
eligible to participate in a defined contribution pension plan and a bonus plan. Bonuses are 
funded by a pool approach which reflects our commitment to encourage teamwork at every 
level, which is one of our key cultural strengths.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

111

 
Directors’ remuneration report
Performance in 2022

Beazley returned a profit in 2022 of $191.0m and an impressive 89% combined ratio (2021: $369.2m) through a strong 
underwriting performance, offset by a reduced investment performance, driven by mark to market losses as a result of the 
volatile interest rate environment. For the fifth year in a row, Beazley achieved double-digit premium growth, with gross 
premiums written up by 14% to $5,268.7m (2021: $4,618.9m). 

112

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

Profit before tax ($)-50369191Pre-tax profit/(loss)202020212022-100-50050100150200250300350400Net assets per share (c)256.2286.3278.0331.2367.424.223.320.920.419.3TangibleIntangible20182019202020212022050100150200250300350400450Return on equity (%)-3167Post-tax ROE202020212022-505101520Share Price (p)553.33595.50630.73Share price at grantVesting price 630.73p2018 award2020 award0100200300400500600700 
Outcomes for 2022 and implementation for 2023

Overview of Policy and implementation for 2022

Overview of Policy changes and implementation for 2023

Base salary

Salaries are set at a level to appropriately recognise responsibilities and to 
be broadly market competitive. Salary increases generally reflect our standard 
approach to all-employee salary increases across the Group.

Salaries for 2022 were as follows:
• A P Cox 
• S M Lake 

£525,250
£414,000

Benefits

No change to Policy. 
During the year the Committee reviewed A P Cox’s salary and is proposing an 
increase above the workforce rate. Further details are provided in the Letter 
from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee. S M Lake’s salary is being 
increased by 5.0%, below the average rate for the wider workforce.

Salaries for 2023 are as follows:
• A P Cox 
• S M Lake 

£625,000
£434,700

Benefits include private medical insurance, travel insurance and company car or 
monthly car allowance.

No change to Policy.

Pension

Pension allowance of 12.5% of salary, in-line with the rate available to the wider 
UK workforce.

No change to Policy.

Annual Bonus

Discretionary annual bonus determined by reference to both financial and 
individual performance.

Annual bonuses will continue to be determined by reference to both financial 
and individual performance.

The maximum bonus opportunity for executive directors in 2022 was 400% of 
salary. 

As part of the rebalancing of incentives to the longer-term the maximum bonus 
opportunity will be reduced from 400% of salary to 300% of salary. 

ROE for year was 7%. Profit before tax was $191.0m. Bonus outcomes were 
38% of maximum. 25% of the award will be deferred into shares for three years. 
Further details are set out on page 126.

Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

In order to simplify arrangements the level of deferral will be fixed at 33% of any 
award. Amounts will be deferred into shares for three years.

Vesting of LTIP awards is subject to stretching net asset value per share 
(NAVps) growth targets. 

As part of the rebalancing of incentives to the longer-term the maximum LTIP 
opportunity will be increased by 100% of salary. 

For awards made prior to 2023 50% is subject to NAVps performance over 
three years and 50% over five years. The first tranche is subject to a further 
two year holding period taking the total time frame for the entire award to five 
years.

From 2023, the maximum LTIP opportunity will be: 

• A P Cox: 300% of salary
• S M Lake: 250% of salary 

Awards vesting
• The first tranche of the 2020 LTIP award vested at 20.0% of maximum 

following three year NAVps performance of 10.5% p.a.

• The second tranche of the 2018 LTIP award vested at 14.9% of maximum 

following five year NAVps performance of 10.1% p.a.

Awards will continue to be subject to stretching NAVps growth targets. NAVps 
performance will continue to be assessed on an cumulative basis, however, the 
performance period has been simplified so that performance for the entire 
award is measured over three years. A further two year holding period remains 
taking the total time frame for the entire award to five years. 

Awards granted during the year 
In 2022, executive directors received the following grant levels subject to the 
usual NAVps performance condition: 

From 2023 a portion of the LTIP will be subject to measures linked to our ESG 
priorities. A total of 50% of salary for both the CEO and GFD will be based on 
ESG metrics. For 2023 the ESG metrics relate to carbon reduction and diversity 
& inclusion targets. 

• A P Cox: 200% of salary
• S M Lake: 150% of salary

Shareholding guidelines

Further details of the revised LTIP structure and the performance targets are set 
out on page 129. 

Executive Directors are expected to build up and maintain a shareholding of 
200% of salary. A P Cox and S M Lake have exceeded their guideline. 

The shareholding guideline for the CEO has been increased to 300% of salary. 
The GFD’s shareholding guideline will continue to be 200% of salary.

Executives are expected to maintain 100% of their shareholding requirement 
for the first year post-departure and 50% of their shareholding requirement for 
the second year post-departure.

In line with best practice, the post-employment guideline has been enhanced so 
that executives are expected to maintain 100% of their shareholding 
requirement for two years after departure.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

113

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ remuneration policy

This part of the report sets out Beazley’s Directors’ 
remuneration policy which will be subject to a binding vote at 
the 2023 AGM.

Changes to the remuneration policy
The Remuneration Committee followed a robust decision-
making process to determine the new remuneration policy, 
including an in-depth review of the current policy taking into 
account input from management and our independent 
advisors. The Committee also sought the views of the Group’s 
major shareholders and took these into account in 
determining the final policy. 

The key changes between this policy and the policy which was 
approved by shareholders at Beazley’s 2020 AGM are as 
follows:

• Reweighting of incentives to the long term. In recognition 

that shareholders have generally expressed a preference for 
longer-term incentives, a reweighting between the bonus 

and LTIP maximum opportunities is being proposed. The 
maximum annual bonus opportunity will reduce by 100% of 
salary for both executive directors and the maximum LTIP 
opportunity will increase by 100% of salary. There are no 
proposed changes to total incentive opportunities. 

• Introduction of ESG to the long-term incentive. Historically 

the LTIP award has been assessed against a single metric. 
Taking into account the importance of ESG and 
shareholders’ preference for the use of multiple measures 
the policy has been amended to allow for the introduction of 
ESG measures in the LTIP. 

• Simplified LTIP performance period. From 2023 LTIP awards 
will be measured over a three-year period only. Awards will 
continue to be subject to a holding period so that no shares 
are released until the end of year five. 

• Fixed rate of deferral. From 2023, the level of annual bonus 
that is normally deferred into shares for three years will be 
fixed at one-third of the bonus.

• Increased shareholding guidelines. The shareholding 

guideline for the CEO has been increased from 200% to 
300% of salary. 

• Enhanced post-employment shareholding guidelines. Our 
post-employment shareholding guidelines have been 
enhanced. From 2023, executives will be expected to 
maintain 100% of their in-employment shareholding 
requirement for two years post departure.

Remuneration policy table
The following tables set out descriptions of each component of Director remuneration packages comprised in the Beazley 
Directors’ remuneration policy.

Operation

Maximum

Performance conditions

Executive Directors

Element

Base salary

Purpose and link to 
strategy
Salaries are set at a 
level to appropriately 
recognise 
responsibilities and to be 
broadly market 
competitive.

Salaries are normally reviewed annually.

Salaries for 2023 will be as follows:
A P Cox: £625,000
S M Lake: £434,700

None, although performance in role 
is taken into account in determining 
any salary increase.

None.

There is no maximum salary 
opportunity. Any salary increases 
will generally reflect our standard 
approach to all-employee salary 
increases across the Group. 
Higher increases may be made in 
a range of circumstances where 
the Committee considers that a 
larger increase is appropriate, 
including (but not limited to):
• a new appointment;
• a change in role or adoption of 
additional responsibilities;

• development of the individual in 

the role;

• increased size, scope or 

complexity of the organisation; 
and

• alignment to market levels.

There is no overall maximum as 
the cost of insurance benefits will 
vary depending on the individual’s 
circumstances and the cost of 
relocation will vary depending upon 
the jurisdiction.

The limits on participation in all-
employee share plans reflect the 
rules of those plans and any limits 
imposed by applicable tax 
legislation from time to time.

Benefits

To provide market levels 
of benefits.

Relocation 
benefits

To support Beazley’s 
growth as an 
international business.

Benefits include, but are not limited to, a 
company car or car allowance, season 
ticket, private medical insurance, death in 
service benefit and income protection 
insurance. Further benefits may be 
provided, if the committee considers it 
appropriate.

Executive Directors may participate in 
Beazley’s all-employee share plans on the 
same basis as other employees.

Tax equalisation policies may apply.

Benefits in the event of relocation may 
include, but are not limited to, relocation 
allowance, housing allowance and school 
fees.

114

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Element

Pension

Purpose and link to 
strategy
To provide market levels
of pension provision.

Operation

Maximum

Performance conditions

Current policy is to contribute to a defined 
contribution pension plan. An equivalent 
cash alternative may be offered.

For defined contribution plans, 
maximum company contribution of 
12.5% of salary.

None.

Legacy defined benefit pension 
arrangements are in place for A P Cox. 
Further service accruals ceased on 31 
March 2006.

Annual bonus

To link reward to short 
term financial 
performance and 
individual contribution.

Discretionary annual bonus to individuals. 
Bonuses are determined by reference to 
financial, corporate/strategic and individual 
performance.

Additional alignment with 
shareholders’ interests 
through the operation of 
bonus deferral.

One-third of any annual bonus earned by 
executive directors will normally be deferred 
into shares, with the remainder delivered in 
cash. The deferral period will normally be at 
least three years.

The maximum pension contribution 
for any executive director may be 
increased to reflect any increase 
in the pension available to the UK 
workforce.

Legacy defined benefit pension 
arrangements will be honoured.
An individual overall cap of 300% 
of salary will apply.

Deferred shares may have dividend 
equivalents as described below this table.

In certain circumstances deferred share 
awards may be subject to malus provisions 
and annual bonus payments may be 
subject to clawback, as described below.

Additional amounts may be voluntarily 
deferred into the Investment in underwriting 
arrangements described below.

Awards of shares with performance 
conditions.

Awards of up to 300% of salary in 
respect of any financial year.

LTIP

To align the senior 
management team’s 
interests to the long term 
performance of the 
Group by linking reward 
to performance over the 
longer-term.

Investment in 
underwriting

To align personal capital 
with underwriting 
performance.

Awards are normally in the form of nil-cost 
options with a ten-year term, but may also 
be in the form of a conditional award.

LTIP awards vest over a three-year 
performance period. Awards will normally 
be subject to an additional holding period 
following the date on which the award 
vests, up to the fifth year of the award.

LTIP shares may have dividend equivalents, 
as described below this table.

In certain circumstances LTIP awards may 
be subject to malus and clawback 
provisions, as described below.

Under the plan, Executive Directors and 
selected staff may voluntarily defer part of 
their bonus into an underwriting syndicate. 
Capital commitments can be lost if 
underwriting performance is poor.

Payments are limited to the 
returns on the investment in the 
underwriting syndicate.

The plan mirrors investment in an 
underwriting syndicate.

The level of capital commitment is 
limited by the bonus opportunity.

An incentive pool will be calculated 
as a percentage of profit and by 
reference to group return on equity, 
subject to a minimum return on 
equity and risk adjustment.

While bonus awards are determined 
by reference to the profit pool, the 
bonus plan is discretionary and the 
Committee may take into account 
any other factors it considers 
appropriate.

Individual payouts to executive 
directors are discretionary and take 
into account broader corporate 
objectives, the individual’s 
contribution and, where relevant, the 
performance of their division.

Solvency II requires that 
performance measures for 
incentives are based on a 
combination of group, business unit 
and individual performance.

The Committee may make year-on-
year adjustments to the 
performance framework, in particular 
to take into account developments 
in Solvency II requirements.

Vesting of LTIP awards is dependent 
on performance measures selected 
by the Committee.

For awards made in 2023, vesting 
will be dependent on net asset 
value per share (NAVps) 
performance against the risk-free 
rate of return and ESG performance. 
Performance will be measured over 
a three-year period.

No more than 25% of the award may 
vest for threshold performance.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

115

 
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ remuneration policy
continued

Shareholding requirements
During employment, the CEO and Group Finance Director are expected to build up and maintain a shareholding of 300% and 
200% of salary respectively. Post-employment, executive directors will ordinarily be expected to maintain their shareholding 
requirement, or the number of shares owned at departure if lower, for two years post-departure.

Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors’ fees comprise payment of an annual basic fee and additional fees to reflect specific responsibilities, 
where applicable. No Non-Executive Director participates in the Group’s incentive arrangements or pension plan.

Basic fee
Additional fees

Payment of a basic annual fee
Additional fees are paid to reflect additional responsibilities of certain Non-Executive Directors, as follows:
• Senior Independent Director fee
• Audit and Risk Committee Chair fee
• Remuneration Committee Chair fee
• subsidiary Board membership and Chair fee
• membership fee for Non-Executive Directors on the Audit and Risk Committee
• membership fee for Non-Executive Directors on the Remuneration Committee
• fee for Non-Executive Director representing employee voice

Non-Executive Directors may receive additional fees in the future if in the view of The Board this was 
considered appropriate, including in circumstances of additional Committees, other Non-Executive Director 
positions, or to reflect additional time commitments in appropriate circumstances.

Expenses incurred in the performance of non-executive duties for the company may be reimbursed or paid for 
directly by the company, including any tax due on the expenses. Non-Executive Directors do not normally 
receive any benefits however these may be provided in the future if in the view of The Board this was 
considered appropriate.

Total fees paid to non-executive directors will remain within the limit stated in the Articles of Association.

Notes to the remuneration policy table
Recovery provisions (clawback and malus) apply as follows to 
awards granted from 1 January 2020 onwards (provisions 
applying to previous awards are described in previous 
Directors’ Remuneration Reports).

LTIP award (as the case may be), gross misconduct, factual 
error in calculating vesting or award, reputational damage, 
material corporate failure, and other similar events.
The Committee may increase the proportion of bonus deferred 
into shares at any time.

Malus 
Annual bonuses are discretionary and may be reduced or 
cancelled before payment. LTIP awards and deferred bonus 
awards may be reduced or cancelled in the event of conduct 
which justifies summary dismissal, an exceptional 
development which has a material adverse impact on the 
Company (including extreme financial loss which has a 
significant impact on the company’s share price, reputational 
damage, material failure of risk management, material 
restatement of group accounts, significant sanction from any 
regulatory authority, material corporate failure, and other 
similar events) or to comply with a law or regulatory 
requirement. 

Clawback 
Annual bonuses paid in cash may be clawed back for up to 
three years following payment and LTIP awards may be clawed 
back for two years following vesting. Clawback may be applied 
in the event of material misstatement of results in respect of 
the bonus year or a year in the performance period for the 

For future incentive awards the committee may adjust the 
performance measures to take into account developments in 
Solvency II remuneration requirements, or, in the event of a 
significant event or changing business circumstance. Major 
shareholders would be consulted prior to any significant 
changes.

LTIP and deferred share awards will be operated in 
accordance with the rules of the relevant plan. In accordance 
with those rules the committee has discretion in the following 
areas: 
• in the event of a variation of Beazley’s share capital or a 

demerger, delisting, special dividend, rights issue or other 
similar event, which may, in the committee’s opinion, affect 
the current or future value of shares, the number of shares 
subject to an award and/or any performance condition 
attached to awards, may be adjusted. Awards under 
Beazley’s other share plans have similar adjustment 
provisions; 

116

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
• the Committee may determine that awards may be settled, 

in whole or in part, in cash, but would only do so in 
exceptional circumstances such as where there is a 
regulatory restriction on the delivery of shares; 

• the Committee may substitute or amend a performance 
condition if one or more events occur which cause the 
committee to consider that a substituted or amended 
condition would be more appropriate and would not be 
materially more or less difficult to satisfy; 

• the Committee may in its discretion, adjust the vesting level 
of LTIP awards, including to reflect underlying financial or 
non-financial performance or if the vesting level would 
otherwise not be appropriate in the circumstances;

• the Committee may determine the treatment of awards on a 

winding up, a change of control or similar event in 
accordance with the rules of the relevant plan; and 

• the Committee may determine the basis on which dividend 
equivalents will be calculated, which may include notional 
reinvestment.

Legacy commitments
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration 
payments and payments for loss of office (including exercising 
any discretions available to it in connection with such 
payments) notwithstanding that they are not in line with the 
policy set out in this report where the terms of the payment 
were agreed (i) before 26 March 2014 AGM (the date 
Beazley’s first shareholder-approved Directors’ remuneration 
policy came into effect); (ii) before the policy set out in this 
report comes into effect, provided that the terms of the 
payment were consistent with the shareholder-approved 
Directors’ remuneration policy in force at the time they were 
agreed or were otherwise approved by shareholders; or (iii) at 
a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of 
Beazley (or other person to whom this policy applies) and, in 
the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in 
consideration for the individual becoming a Director of Beazley 
or such other person. For these purposes ‘payments’ includes 
the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration 
and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the 
payment are ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted. This 
policy applies equally to any individual who is required to be 
treated as a Director under the applicable regulations. 

Performance measures and targets
The following table provides further detail on why performance measures are chosen and how targets are set.

Incentive plan

Performance measures

Why performance measures were chosen and target setting

Annual bonus 
plan

Financial performance 
(including profit and 
ROE), corporate/
strategic performance 
(including risk 
adjustment) and 
individual 
performance

• The Committee believes the approach to the determination of bonuses creates alignment to 
shareholders’ interests and ensures that bonuses are affordable, while the ROE targets 
increase the performance gearing and the risk adjustment is consistent with and promotes 
effective risk management.

• The Committee reviews the bonus pool framework each year to ensure that it remains 

appropriate and targets are set taking into account the prevailing environment, interest rates 
and expected investment returns, headcount and any other relevant factors.

• A key principle of the process is that the Committee exercises its judgement in determining 

individual awards taking into account the individual’s contribution and performance.

Long term 
incentive plan

Growth in net asset 
value per share 
(NAVps)

• Creates alignment to Beazley’s central key performance indicator, and recognises that NAVps is 

a key item supporting increases in share price and shareholder returns.

• Vesting of awards requires sustained growth in NAVps over a three-year time period.
• The Committee reviews the NAVps targets periodically to ensure they remain appropriate with 

reference to the internal business plan, the external environment and market practice.

• In the event that NAVps were to become unsuitable as a performance measure in the opinion of 
the Committee (for example due to a change in accounting standards) the Committee would 
substitute a measure which followed broadly similar principles.

ESG measures

• The Committee recognises the importance of ESG to Beazley’s long-term success and believes 

the introduction of ESG measures to the LTIP will incentivise the delivery of our ambitions.

• For 2023 the ESG measure will be assessed against three categories relating to carbon 

reduction, gender diversity and ethnic diversity. The Committee will review the ESG targets 
periodically to ensure they remain appropriate with reference to our long-term ESG priorities and 
market practice.

• For 2023, ESG objectives are to be assessed over a three-year performance period.
• The Beazley staff underwriting plan provides for participants to contribute personal capital to 
Beazley syndicates. Selected staff are invited to participate through bonus deferral with an 
element of cash incentives ‘at risk’ as capital commitments.

Investment in 
underwriting

The plan mirrors 
investment in an 
underwriting syndicate

Differences in policy from broader employee population
The policy for Executive Directors follows the same broad 
principles in place for all employees in Beazley. Differences in 
policy for executive directors and senior management as 
compared to the broader employee population reflect different 
market levels for seniority, as well as their group 

responsibilities. For example, incentive performance 
conditions for Executive Directors and senior management are 
more closely aligned to group performance, whereas 
underwriters participate in incentive plans linked to the 
performance of their business area.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

117

 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ remuneration policy
continued

All employees in the Group may participate in a defined 
contribution pension plan, and are offered benefits such as 
private medical insurance and permanent health insurance. 
Beazley also operates all-employee share plans to create staff 
alignment and promote a sense of ownership.

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy
The table below sets out an illustration of the operation of the 
remuneration policy for the current executive directors in 
respect of 2023 and includes base salary, pension, benefits, 
and incentives. Other than as regards the fourth scenario 
(‘Maximum + share price appreciation’), the illustrations do 
not reflect potential share price increases or decreases. 
Dividends, dividend equivalents and any deferral of bonus into 
the investment in underwriting arrangements are disregarded 
for the purposes of these charts.

Assumptions used for the illustrations of the policy

Element
Fixed remuneration

Annual variable remuneration 
(cash and deferred shares)
Long-term remuneration (LTIP)

‘Minimum’

‘On-plan’

‘Maximum’

‘Maximum + share price 
appreciation’

Base salary
Pension
Benefits

Annual base salary for 2023
12.5% of base salary
Taxable value of annual benefits provided in 2022

0% of maximum

50% of maximum

100% of maximum

100% of maximum

0% vesting

25% vesting

100% vesting

100% vesting + 
assumed 50% share 
price appreciation

Approach to recruitment remuneration
The Committee would have regard to the following principles 
when agreeing the components of a remuneration package 
upon the recruitment of a new Director: 
• in order to facilitate the future success of the company it is 
important that we are able to recruit directors of the calibre 
required to deliver our strategic priorities. Although the 
company operates in a highly competitive market for 
executive talent, the Committee remains conscious of the 
need to avoid paying more than is necessary on 
recruitment; 

• the Committee will, so far as practical, seek to align the 

remuneration package for any incoming Executive with the 
remuneration policy table set out above; 

• on recruitment, salaries will be set to take into account role 

and responsibilities. For interim positions a cash 
supplement may be paid rather than salary (for example a 
Non-Executive Director taking on an executive function on a 
short term basis); 

• the Committee may, on appointing an Executive Director, 
need to ‘buy out’ remuneration arrangements forfeited on 
joining the company; 

• any buyout would take into account the terms of the 

arrangements (e.g. form of award, performance conditions, 
timeframe) being forfeited in the previous package. The 
form of any award would be determined at the time and the 
committee could if necessary make use of LR 9.4.2 of the 
Listing Rules (for the purpose of buyout awards only). The 
Committee would seek to structure buyout awards to be in 
line with Beazley’s remuneration framework so far as 
practical. The overriding principle will be that any 
replacement buyout awards would be of comparable 
commercial value to the awards which had been forfeited;
• all buyout awards would normally be liable to forfeiture or 

‘clawback’ on early departure. For Executive Directors early 
departure is defined as being within the first two years of 
employment; 

• the maximum level of variable remuneration which may be 
granted in the first year (excluding buyouts) is in line with 
the aggregate maximums set out in the policy table. The 
Committee retains the flexibility to determine that for the 
first year of appointment any annual bonus award will be 
subject to such conditions as it may determine; and 

118

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
• where an Executive is appointed from within the 

organisation, the normal policy of the company is that any 
legacy arrangements would be honoured in line with the 
original terms and conditions (except that any pension 
arrangements will be provided in line with the remuneration 
policy table). Similarly, if an Executive Director is appointed 
following Beazley’s acquisition of or merger with another 
company, legacy terms and conditions would be honoured.

Service contracts and loss of office payment policy
It is company policy that service contracts with Executive 
Directors contain notice periods, from the company or 
employee, of not more than 12 months. The company may at 
its absolute discretion elect to terminate an Executive 
Director’s employment by making a payment in lieu of notice 
of the individual’s salary for that period. Details of the 
Executive Directors’ current contracts are set out on page 
132.

Subject to notice requirements, there is no provision in the 
service agreements for compensation to be payable on early 
termination of the contract. The Committee has discretion to 

structure any compensation payments in such a way as it 
deems appropriate taking into account the circumstances of 
departure. Any payments of compensation will be subject to 
negotiation, and the Group policy is to consider whether 
mitigation and phasing of payments is appropriate. 

The Committee reserves the right to make any other payments 
in connection with a Director’s cessation of office or 
employment where the payments are made in good faith in 
discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages 
for breach of such an obligation) or by way of a settlement of 
any claim arising in connection with the cessation of a 
Director’s office or employment. Any such payments may 
include amounts in respect of accrued leave, paying any fees 
for outplacement assistance and/or the Director’s legal or 
professional advice fees in connection with his or her 
cessation of office or employment.

In the event of a Director’s departure any outstanding share 
awards will be treated in accordance with the relevant plan 
rules. 

The following principles apply for the treatment of remuneration elements following loss of office for a Director:
Remuneration element

Treatment upon loss of office

Bonus

Deferred shares

There is no automatic entitlement to annual bonus. Taking into account the circumstances of leaving, the 
Committee retains the discretion to award a bonus in respect of performance in the financial year with appropriate 
consideration of time pro-rating.
If a Director ceases office or employment with the Group any unvested awards will lapse unless the individual is a 
good leaver.

Good leaver circumstances are cessation by reason of injury, ill-health, permanent disability or retirement (with 
the agreement of the employing company) and, if the Committee so determines, redundancy, the sale of the 
individual’s employing company or business out of the group, or such other circumstances as the Committee may 
determine. In these good leaver circumstances awards may vest in full or be time pro-rated, and be delivered on 
cessation or at the normal time.

If a Director dies his or her awards will vest in full.

Staff underwriting 
participation plan
LTIP

For leavers, profit results are payable in respect of years of account commencing before cessation. A participant 
receives repayment of notional capital invested reduced by any loss result for the relevant year of account.
If a Director ceases office or employment with the group any unvested awards will lapse unless the individual is a 
good leaver.

An individual is a good leaver if employment ceases because of death, ill-health, injury, disability, the sale of the 
individual’s employing company or business out of the group or for any other reason at the committee’s discretion 
(except where a participant is dismissed lawfully without notice). Awards will vest on the normal vesting date, 
unless the committee determines that awards should vest at the time the individual ceases employment. Any 
applicable holding period will ordinarily continue to apply, although the Committee may bring the holding period to 
an end early in exceptional circumstances (for example in the event of termination due to ill health). If the 
participant dies awards will vest as soon as practicable after the date of death and the holding period will cease 
to apply.

Awards will vest taking into account the satisfaction of any performance condition and, unless the committee 
determines otherwise, the period of time that has elapsed since the award was granted until the date of 
cessation of employment.

Pension

The Director will be eligible to receive the standard contribution to the defined contribution pension plan during 
the notice period, or cash equivalent.

HMRC approved all-
employee plans (or 
equivalent overseas 
plans)

Recruitment awards

Under the Beazley Furlonge Limited Final Salary Pension Scheme, on early retirement the director receives a 
pension which is reduced to reflect early payment in accordance with the rules of the scheme.
Leavers will be treated in accordance with the approved plan rules.

Were a buyout award to be made under LR 9.4.2 (or in other circumstances outside of the existing share plan 
rules) then the leaver provisions would be determined at the time of award.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

119

 
Consideration of shareholders views
Ahead of the 2023 AGM, the chair of the Remuneration 
Committee consulted with Beazley’s largest shareholders and 
proxy agencies to discuss the proposed changes to the 
remuneration policy. The Committee greatly values feedback 
from our shareholders and took their views into account when 
finalising the proposals. 

A number of the changes made to the remuneration policy 
have been made in direct response to feedback received from 
shareholders. For example, from 2023 we are fixing the rate 
of bonus deferral and have enhanced our post-employment 
shareholding requirements to align with evolving market 
expectations. We have also responded to shareholders’ 
preference for the use of multiple measures in the LTIP by 
introducing an ESG measure from 2023. 

As a Committee, we monitor evolving shareholder views on 
Executive remuneration and regularly review guidance from 
proxy bodies, as well as from our shareholders. We continue 
to value input from our shareholders and are committed to 
ensuring an open dialogue.

Minor changes
The Committee may make minor amendments to the policy 
set out above (for regulatory, exchange control, tax, or 
administrative purposes, or to take account of a change in 
legislation) without obtaining shareholder approval for such 
amendments.

Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ remuneration policy
continued

In the event of a change of control or winding up of the 
company, treatment of share awards will be in accordance 
with the relevant plan rules. In these circumstances unvested 
LTIP awards and deferred shares may vest early. The extent to 
which unvested LTIP vest would be determined by the 
Committee taking into account the satisfaction of any 
performance conditions, the period of time that has elapsed 
since the award was granted until the date of the event and 
any other factors the Committee considers relevant. Deferred 
shares will vest to the extent determined by the Committee 
taking into account any factors it considers relevant. 
Alternatively, the Committee may determine that LTIP awards 
or deferred shares may be exchanged for equivalent awards 
on such terms as agreed with the acquiring company. If there 
is a demerger, delisting or other event which may materially 
affect the company’s share price, LTIP awards may vest on 
the same basis as for a takeover. In the event of a change of 
control or other relevant event during the holding period 
applying to an LTIP award, the holding period will come to an 
end. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fee policy and service contracts 
The standard approach for Non-Executive Director appointment 
is that the appointment expires at the AGM following the end 
of the three year term, notwithstanding the fact that each 
Director is subject to annual re-election at each AGM. 
Although there is currently no intention to do so, The Board 
reserves the right to introduce notice periods for Non-
Executive Directors in the future. Details of the Non-Executive 
Directors’ current contracts are set out on pages 131 to 132.

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the company
As part of the regular cycle, the Committee is informed of pay 
and employment conditions of wider employees in the Group 
and takes these into account when determining the 
remuneration for Executive Directors. While the review 
includes various statistics on the outcome of the wider 
employee pay review, the review does not currently include 
any direct comparison measures between Executive Directors 
and wider employee pay. The company does not consult with 
employees on executive director remuneration.

120

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report

This part of the report, the annual remuneration report, sets out the remuneration out-turns for 2022 (and how these relate to 
our performance in the year) and details of the operation of our policy for 2023.

The symbol ▪ by a heading indicates that the information in that section has been audited.

Single total figure of remuneration ▪
The tables below set out the single figure of total remuneration for Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors for the 
financial years ending 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021.

Executive Directors

Fixed pay

Pay for performance

£
Adrian P Cox3 

Sally M Lake

Salary
2022 525,250 
2021 480,625
2022 414,000
2021 390,000

Benefits
19,760 
15,083
2,938
2,873

Pension

Total annual 
bonus1

Long term 
incentives
(LTI)2 
787,875 106,663

Total
Total fixed 
variable pay
pay
894,538
65,656  610,666
60,078 555,786 1,441,875 102,873 1,544,748
71,190
45,960  462,898 
692,190
621,000
33,122 1,203,122
43,323 436,196 1,170,000

Total
remuneration
1,505,204
2,100,534
1,155,088
1,639,318

1 A portion of the 2021 and 2022 bonus awards shown in the table above is deferred into shares for three years. Details of the deferral in respect of 2022 awards 

can be found on page 127.

2 The LTI figures for 2022 have been calculated using the average share price in the last three months of 2022 of 630.7p. The share prices at the time LTI awards 
were granted were 553.33p for the 2018 award and 595.50p for the 2020 award. The 2022 LTI figures therefore include share appreciation of £8,947 for Adrian 
P Cox and £5,018 for Sally M Lake. See page 112 for further details. For 2021, the LTI figures have been restated to reflect the share prices at the date of 
vesting of 482.77p for the 2019 award and 485.63p for the 2017 award. The Committee did not exercise any discretion in relation to share price changes. 
3 Adrian P Cox was appointed CEO on 1 April 2021. The 2021 figures in the table reflect the period as CUO from 1 January 2021 to 31 March 2021 and his 

appointment to CEO effective 1 April 2021 until the end of the financial year. 

Non-Executive Directors

Rajesh K Agrawal3, 10
Pierre-Olivier Desaulle
Nicola Hodson6
Christine LaSala4,6
Robert A Stuchbery5, 6, 11
David L Roberts6
A John Reizenstein
Catherine M Woods7
Fiona M Muldoon8, 11
Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger9

2022
plc Board fees
77,547
74,000
81,648
128,476
85,633
193,846
87,500
18,988
44,438
46,505

2022 
Subsidiary 
Board fees
0
14,322 
0
28,560
31,100
48,462
19,600
0
0
0

2022 Total 
fees1 
77,547
88,322
81,648
157,036
116,733
242,308
107,100
18,988
44,438
46,505

2021 Total 
Fees2 
29,417
77,388
75,600
119,257
108,080
264,000
101,100
87,665
–
–

1 Other than for the Chair, fees include fees paid to the Chair and members of Board Committees, for the role of Senior independent Director, as well as fees, 

where relevant, for membership of the subsidiary Boards of Beazley Furlonge Limited (BFL) and Beazley Insurance dac, the Chair of the BFL Risk Committee and 
Beazley Insurance Company, Inc. (BICI).

2 For Christine LaSala, Pierre-Olivier Desaulle and Catherine M Woods the total 2021 fee has not changed but the representation has been amended in order to be 
consistent with 2022. Fees are paid in multiple currencies – 2021 fees have been restated using 2022 FX rates of GBP 1 : USD 1.25 and GBP 1 : EUR 1.18.

3 Rajesh K Agrawal joined as a Non-Executive Director of the plc Board with effect 1 August 2021.
4 Christine LaSala became chair of the remuneration committee with effect 27 March 2021.
5 Robert A Stuchbery joined as a Non-Executive Director of the Remuneration Committee with effect 14 April 2021.
6 David Roberts stepped down as chair of the plc Board, with effect 21 October 2022. Until a replacement has been appointed, Christine LaSala is acting as 

Interim Chair of The Board plc and Chair of the Nomination Committee, Robert A Stuchbery is acting as Interim Senior independent Director and Nicola Hodson is 
acting as Interim Remuneration Committee Chair with effect from 24 October 2022. The fees for the impacted Directors has been amended accordingly to reflect 
their new roles and responsibilities. 

7 Catherine M Woods stepped down as a Non-Executive Director of the plc Board, with effect 25 March 2022. 
8 Fiona M Muldoon joined as a Non-Executive Director of the PLC Board and as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee with effect from 31 May 2022. 
9 Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger joined as a Non-Executive Director of the plc Board and as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and Remuneration Committee with 

effect from 31 May 2022.

10Rajesh K Agrawal joined as a Non-Executive Director of the Remuneration Committee with effect 26 April 2022.
11With effect from 24 October 2022 Robert A Stuchbery stepped down as Employee Voice of the plc Board and Fiona M Muldoon took on the role.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salary ▪
The Committee reviews salaries annually taking into 
consideration any changes in role and responsibilities, 
development of the individual in the role, and levels in 
comparable positions in similar financial service companies. It 
also considers the performance of the Group and the 
individual as well as the average salary increase for 
employees across the whole Group. Salary reviews take place 
in December of each year, with new salaries effective from 1 
January.

During the year the Committee reviewed the executive 
directors’ salaries and identified that Adrian P Cox’s salary as 
CEO had fallen out of step with the transformative changes 
that have taken place at Beazley in our recent history. The 
Committee recognised that it was in the interests of 

shareholders that Adrian’s salary is set at a reasonable level 
in order to retain and motivate a CEO of the calibre necessary 
to effectively run Beazley and to deliver our long-term strategic 
priorities. Therefore the committee has made a step change 
to his salary for 2023 increasing it from £525,250 to 
£625,000. Further details on the Committee’s rationale are 
provided on page 110. 

As set out in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s statement, 
the committee was cognisant of the cost-of-living challenges 
facing the wider workforce in light of inflation levels. Therefore 
the salary increase budget was targeted at those experiencing 
the greatest pressures. For 2023 the GFD’s salary is being 
increased by 5.0%, in-line with the approach for other senior 
roles, and considerably below the increases awarded to more 
junior staff.

The base salaries for the executive directors in 2022 and 2023 are as set out below:

Adrian P Cox
Sally M Lake

2022
base salary

£
525,250
414,000

2023 
base salary

£
625,000
434,700

Increase

%
 19.0 
 5.0 

Benefits ▪
Benefits include private medical insurance for the director and their immediate family, income protection insurance, death in 
service benefit at four times annual salary, travel insurance, health-club membership, season ticket and the provision of either 
a company car or a monthly car allowance.

Pension ▪
Executive directors receive a pension allowance of 12.5% of salary, in-line with the rate available to the majority of the UK 
workforce.

Prior to 31 March 2006 the company provided pension entitlements to directors that are defined benefit in nature, based on its 
legacy policy under the Beazley Furlonge Limited Final Salary Pension Scheme. Future service accruals ceased on 31 March 
2006. Only base salary is pensionable, subject to an earnings cap. The normal retirement age for pension calculation purposes 
is 60 years. A spouse’s pension is the equivalent of two-thirds of the member’s pension (before any commutation) payable on 
the member’s death after retirement.

Details of the defined benefit entitlements of those who served as directors during the year are as follows:

Accrued benefit 
at 31 
December 
2022

£
16,723

Increase in 
accrued 
benefit 
excluding 
inflation (A)

£
0

Increase in 
accrued 
benefit 
including 
inflation

£
1,933

Transfer value of 
(A) less directors 
contribution

£
0

Transfer value 
of accrued 
benefits at 31 
December 
2022

£
293,063

Transfer value 
less directors 
contribution

£
(263,120)

Normal retirement 
date

12 Mar 2031

Adrian P Cox

Under the Beazley Furlonge Limited Final Salary Pension Scheme, on early retirement the Director receives a pension which is 
reduced to reflect early payment in accordance with the rules of the scheme.

No other pension provisions are made. 

122

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
Annual bonus structure ▪
The annual bonus plan is a discretionary plan in which all 
employees are eligible to participate. The annual bonus is 
funded by a bonus pool. The pool is calculated as a 
percentage of profit subject to a minimum group ROE. The size 
of the pool as a percentage of profit increases for higher 
levels of ROE. This ensures that outcomes are strongly 
aligned with shareholders’ interests.

The operation of an annual bonus pool approach reflects 
Beazley’s commitment to encourage teamwork at every level, 
which, culturally, is one of its key strengths. A broad senior 
management team, beyond Executive Directors, participate in 
the bonus pool, reinforcing the company’s collegiate culture.

Once the annual bonus pool has been calculated the 
committee determines individual allocations taking into 
consideration corporate/strategic achievements and individual 
achievements. The bonus is discretionary and, rather than 
adopting a prescriptive formulaic framework, the Committee 
considers wider factors in its deliberations at the end of the 
year: for example quality of profit and risk considerations.

In determining awards, the committee will not necessarily 
award the bonus pool in aggregate (i.e. the sum of the bonus 
awards may be less than the bonus pool).

The approach to the calculation of bonuses is aligned to 
shareholders’ interests and ensures that bonuses are 
affordable, while the ROE targets increase the performance 
gearing. The Committee reviews the bonus pool framework 
each year to ensure it remains appropriate, taking into 
account the prevailing environment, interest rates and 
expected investment returns, headcount and any other 
relevant factors.

Annual bonus out-turn for 2022
The process for determining 2022 bonuses is described 
below, including full details of the ROE targets underpinning 
our bonus approach along with the guideline levels which are 
used by the Committee in its determination for each Executive 
Director.

Annual bonus pool calculation for 2022
At the beginning of the financial year, the risk-free return (RFR) was set at 0.75% taking into account the yield on US treasuries 
of two to five year maturities. This resulted in the following ROE hurdles and guideline bonus awards:

ROE performance hurdles
ROE performance
Guideline/illustrative bonus award as % of maximum

Threshold
0.75%
0%

Maximum
3.75% 10.75% 18.25% 25.75%
100%
12.5%

37.5%

75%

When considering the annual bonus pool outcome, the 
Committee takes into account the outcome of the Group’s 
ROE/profit. The framework is used by the Committee as a 
broad guideline rather than being formulaic and applies to a 
broader group of Executives than Board Directors. A key 
principle of the process is that the Committee exercises its 
judgement in determining individual awards taking into 
account the corporate/strategic objectives, individual’s 
contribution and performance. In particular, there may be a 
diverse spread of returns earned across the various divisions 
within the business which will be reflected in bonus out-turns 
achieved. The table therefore provides full retrospective 
disclosure of all the Group financial targets and corporate/ 
strategic performance which the Committee considers when 
determining the annual bonuses.

When determining annual bonuses an assessment against the 
expectation for each element is made with reference to the 
following grading system:

Expectation achieved or exceeded

Reasonable outcome against expectation 

Expectation not met

These percentages are indicative only and based on broad 
corporate results. Within the pool framework bonus out-turns 
may be higher or lower taking into account corporate 
achievements and individual performance (see next page).

ROE for 2022 was 7% and the overall bonus pool (in which 
executive directors as well as other senior employees 
participate) was calculated based on this.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

123

2022 ROE hurdles and guideline bonus awardsGuideline/illustrative bonus award as % of maximum0%3%10%17.5%25%30%0%20%40%60%80%100% 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report
continued

Assessment of achievements for 2022
In determining annual bonuses for 2022 the Committee took into account a range of (i) financial, (ii) strategic and (iii) individual 
elements as set out below. 

(i) Financial performance

Element

Profit before tax

Achievement

$191.0m profit before tax

Gross premiums written growth

Increased by 14% 

Net assets per share growth

Achieved a NAVps growth of 10%

Investment performance (portfolio return)

(2.1)% portfolio return

Expense management

Remained at 35%

(ii) Strategic performance

Element

Expectation

Achievement

Responsible business

Wholesale platform 
growth

North American 
platform growth

European platform 
growth

Improve ESG rating as measured across S&P, 
Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) and 
Sustainalytics.

Reduce carbon emissions by 40% in 2022 in 
line with Responsible Business Strategy.
Ensure the creation of a group-wide human 
rights policy, and establish key performance 
indicators (KPIs) in order to measure the 
effectiveness of our actions and progress in 
tackling modern slavery and human rights.
Achieve at least 45% female representation at 
Board and Senior Manager level by 2023.

Achieve at least 25% People of Colour 
representation of the global workforce by end of 
2023.

ESG rating improvement achieved. CDP rating increased 
from C to B. S&P score increased from 43 to 48. 

55% reduction achieved in 2022.

Human rights policy in place. The development of KPIs is 
ongoing as we work to enhance our approach to 
responsible procurement.

On track to achieve 2023 target.

Achieved, in advance of deadline.

Increase profitable growth across wholesale 
platforms in London, Asia Pac and Miami.
Achieve profitable growth in the US and Canada. Our US domestic insurance company reached a significant 

Our Wholesale platform has a strong 2022, with growth of 
13%. This platform remains our largest platform.

Build out franchise in Europe.

Culture and people

Maintain high levels of employee engagement.

milestone this year, passing gross premiums written of 
$2bn. Overall the North American platform grew 13%.
Our European platform continued to perform well, writing 
business both on Lloyd’s paper and through our European 
Insurance entity. Growth across the platform was 23%.
Employee engagement score of 85% (8% above the global 
average). Turnover has decreased to 10.3% at the end of 
2022 from 11.4% at the end of 2021. This is below the 
average market benchmark of 12%.

124

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
(iii) Individual performance
While a number of the specific individual objectives of the Executive Directors are considered commercially sensitive, the 
following provides details of Executive Director achievements which the Committee took into account.

Executive

Objectives

Achievement

Adrian Cox 
(Chief Executive 
Officer)

Deliver 2022 underwriting business 
plan, GAAP budget and provide 
leadership for the modernisation 
programme.

• Initial guidance to shareholders for 2022 was a combined ratio of 
around 90% and growth in the mid teens; the combined ratio was 
better than guidance and growth inline.

• Premium growth of 14% achieved rate change of 14% and expense 

Execute on five year plan and 
developing into general business 
strategy.

ratio of 35%.

• Combined ratio for 2022 of 89% (93% in 2021).
• Modernisation programme on track to deliver significant 

improvements to the business.

• Managed budgets and risk appetites proactively through the year to 

optimise short and long-term positions for the company.

• The 2022 element of the 5 year plan achieved and well developed 

into general business strategy.

• Vision and company strategy well embedded across the business 

which will be explained to shareholders at capital markets day in May 
2023.

Define three year cyber plan and 
associated plans to deliver (capital,
diversification etc).
Continue to embed climate change 
decision making into the underwriting
process, further reflecting the financial 
risk of climate change within our 
pricing.

• Cyber plan written and signed off by The Board.
• Year one of the plan has been delivered as planned.
• Plan forms intrinsic part of future strategy.
Beazley created a Climate Risk Working Group (CRWG) to lead the 
delivery of the work required to further embed climate risk into the 
underwriting process. This work included:
• Strengthening catastrophe modelling capabilities and developing 

forward looking view of risk.

• Improving key peril model calibration in pricing and incorporating 

climate loss trends for key perils (US hurricane, US wildfire, US inland 
flood) in pricing.

• Developing and introducing a climate change metric on US hurricane 

risk into our key property pricing tool.

• Developing a catastrophe optimisation framework and tool. This 

framework and tool enables underwriters to optimise the US property 
risks portfolio using risk appetite metrics and performance metrics.
• Developing an internal realistic disaster scenario on greenwashing to 

assess and quantify the potential impact of greenwashing and 
consider actions needed to mitigate this risk. 

Additional progression is planned for 2023, with the CRWG set further 
objectives to building on the successes delivered in 2022.

• Capital strategy delivered as required, with successful equity raise of 

£340.8m.

• Surplus capital remained in preferred range prior to equity raise.

• On track and will be finalised with the appointment of new Chair.

• On track to achieve targets by end 2023.

• Our engagement score, which measures whether colleagues are 

willing to go above and beyond for the organisation, was 85%, 1% 
lower than 2021. We remain above the global benchmark for both 
favourability and engagement. This year our fully engaged category 
increased by 5% - meaning that while our overall score hasn’t 
increased, for 5% of colleagues their level of engagement has gone 
up. Much like last year, we continue to see parity in a majority of our 
demographic scores such as gender, ethnicity, age and length of 
service. 

• Turnover of 10.3% which is better than industry average of 12%.

Effective leadership in relation to 
achieving appropriate levels of
capital management for current 
operations and future growth.

Finalise and execute new governance 
across Boards, executive and 
subcommittees.
Deliver inclusion and diversity targets, 
focusing on rolling recruitment and
promotion ratios.
Sustain high levels of employee 
engagement and inclusivity within the
business and continue to drive ways 
of working for a productive workforce.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

125

 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report
continued

Executive

Objectives

Achievement

Sally Lake
(Group Finance 
Director)

Execution of planning and oversight of 
the IFRS 17 and 9 implementation
project for January 2023.
Align long term to strategic decisions 
on capital, reinsurance and expenses.

Deliver capital management at 
appropriate levels for current 
operations and future growth
Chair the Investment Committee and 
build a strong Committee that delivers 
an investment return for 2022.
Align the investment portfolio below 2 
degree world.

Co-sponsor the multi-year 
modernisation programme with Chief 
Operating Office to deliver greater 
efficiencies including the creation of 
the disclosure management tool.
Strong ownership of relations with 
analysts and rating agencies and 
assured participation in investor calls 
and presentations.

Achieve a 45% female target within 
senior leadership positions by end of 
2023.
Effective management of the Finance 
transformation programme.

• Delivered IFRS 17 requirements for year end 2022.
• IFRS 17 programme on target for reporting during 2023.

• Equity raise in November 2022 to support opportunity in Property 

market. 

• Continued focus on expenses aiming to ensure that growth in 

business outstrips costs increase, whilst at the same time ensuring 
investment in automation and simplification continues across the 
Group. 

• Equity raise of £340.8m in November 2022 to support opportunity in 

Property market. 

• Investment loss of $179.7m which was below target investment 

return due to changes in the macro economic environment.

• Building on Beazley’s Responsible Investment Policy, Beazley has 
commenced the work required to align the investment portfolio to 
below a 2 degree world.

• Beazley has established baseline emissions for the apportioned 
carbon emissions arising from publicly listed corporate bonds 
(investment grade and high yield) and publicly listed equities. We have 
also commenced the work required to develop and incorporating 
climate data and emissions for sovereign exposures. It is anticipated 
these numbers will be incorporated into our annual reporting at the 
end of 2023.

• Beazley has also set the objective to align the investment portfolio 
with a 1.5 degree pathway by 2028. This work delivered in 2022 
enables Beazley to work towards this objective.

• Modernisation programme on track, with key 2022 deliverables 

achieved.

• Disclosure management tool implemented.

• Investor roadshows held post half year and year end results.
• Engaged with wider group of investors through the year.
• Feedback collated indicated investors are pleased with the level of 
management interaction and overall management performance. 

• On target to achieve target by end 2023.

• Finance leadership team has now been in place for the last year and 

are working strongly as a leadership team.

• The Finance team employee engagement score moved from 83% in 

2021 to 86% in 2022.

• 2022 plans delivered on time and in budget.

Annual bonus awards outcomes for 2022
Within the framework of the annual bonus, in respect of individual performance and achievements, awards are dependent on a 
profit pool and minimum level of ROE performance. 

Adrian P Cox
Sally M Lake

% of maximum
37.5%
37.5%

% of salary
150%
150%

Bonus value
£787,875
£621,000

126

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
The following graph and table set out the out-turn for 2022 against performance and illustrate the way in which bonuses over 
time reflect profit and ROE performance.

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Pre-tax profit/ (loss)
Post-tax ROE

Average Executive Director 
bonus as a percentage of 
salary

 $313m   $262m   $284m   $293m   $168m    $76m   $268m    ($50m)  $369m   $191m 
 7% 

 15% 

 19% 

 16% 

 18% 

 21% 

 17% 

 (3%) 

 5% 

 9% 

c.333% c.294% c.291% c.272% c.150%

c.73% c.212%

c.0% c.300% c.150%

Bonus deferral
A portion of the bonus will generally be deferred into shares for three years. For 2022 the deferral rate was set at 25%. 
Deferred shares are generally subject to continued employment.

A portion of bonus may also be deferred under the investment in underwriting plan, and this capital can be lost if underwriting 
performance is poor (see investment in underwriting section on page 130 for further details).

The following table sets out the deferred bonus awards made during 2022 in respect of the bonus for 2021:

Individual
Adrian P Cox
Sally M Lake

Type of interest

Basis on which 
award is made
Deferred shares Deferred bonus
Deferred shares Deferred bonus

Number of shares 
awarded
89,132
72,326

Face value of 
shares1
432,500
351,000

% vesting at 
threshold
n/a
n/a

1  The face value of shares awarded was calculated using the three day average share price prior to grant, which was 485.3p.

Annual bonus approach for 2023
The annual bonus for 2023 will continue to operate within a similar framework as in previous years, with awards dependent on 
a profit pool and minimum level of ROE performance and taking into account individual performance and achievements.
As part of their review of the financial targets for the 2023 annual bonus the Committee noted the potential impact of the 
implementation of IFRS 17 which applies from January 2023.  The bonus ROE framework set out in this report is based on the 
previous accounting standards and, if necessary, may be updated to reflect the new accounting standards.  In making any 
amendments the committee will ensure that targets are no more or less stretching and that participants do not inadvertently 
benefit from the change in accounting standards.

As set out earlier in the Report, the Committee are proposing two key changes to the annual bonus approach for 2023. As part 
of the wider rebalancing to the longer-term the maximum annual bonus opportunity will be reduced to 300% of salary and the 
level of deferral will be fixed so that one-third of any bonus for 2023 will be deferred into shares for three years.

Long term incentive plan (LTIP) ▪
Under the LTIP Executive Directors, senior management and selected underwriters receive awards of shares subject to the 
achievement of stretching performance conditions. As mentioned in the Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
we are proposing a number of changes to the LTIP as part of the renewal of our Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the 2023 
AGM. The proposed changes are explained in more detail at the end of this segment whilst the following sections set out the 
details for outstanding LTIP awards granted under our current structure.

LTIP structure for awards granted prior to 2023 ▪
Vesting of awards is based on growth in net asset value per share (NAVps), one of Beazley’s key performance indicators. NAVps 
performance is assessed equally over a three year and five year period. In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
the first tranche of LTIP awards is subject to a further two year holding period, taking the total time frame for the entire award to 
five years. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

127

$m%Average Executive Director bonus (% of salary)Pre-tax profit/(loss)Average Executive Director bonus as a percentage of salary2013201420152016201720182019202020212022-50050100150200250300350400-50050100150200250300350400 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report
continued

The NAVps performance conditions for all outstanding awards are as follows:

NAVps performance
NAVps growth < risk-free rate +7.5% p.a.
NAVps growth = risk-free rate +7.5% p.a.
NAVps growth = risk-free rate +10% p.a.
NAVps growth = risk-free rate +15% p.a.

% of award 
vesting
 0 %
 10 %
 25 %
 100 %

The Committee considers the LTIP NAVps growth targets to be very stretching, particularly taking into account that growth must 
be over a sustained five year period. Growth in NAVps is calculated taking into account any payment of dividends by the 
company. In line with our reporting to shareholders, NAVps is denominated in US dollars. 

LTIP outturns in respect of 2022 ▪
The LTIP awards shown in the single total figure of remuneration for 2022 include:
• the second tranche of awards granted on 13 February 2018. These will vest at 14.9%, based on the achievement of the 

NAVps growth performance condition over the five years ended 31 December 2022; and

• the first tranche of awards granted on 11 February 2020. These will vest at 20.0%, based on the achievement of the NAVps 

growth performance condition over the three years ended 31 December 2022.

The following table summarises the actual NAVps growth achieved over the two performance periods and the resultant vesting 
levels:

LTIP award
Second tranche of the 2018 awards

First tranche of the 2020 awards

Performance period

Five years ended 31 
December 2022

Three years ended 31 
December 2022

NAVps growth
10.1% p.a.

% of award vesting
14.9%

10.5% p.a.

20.0%

The results were independently calculated by Deloitte LLP.  The Committee is comfortable that executives have not unduly 
benefited from windfall gains in respect of their LTIP awards.  In particular the Committee noted that the 2020 awards were 
granted in February 2020 prior to the fall in share price resulting from the outbreak of COVID-19.

LTIP awards granted in 2022 ▪
During 2022, LTIP awards with a face value equal to 200% of salary for the CEO and 150% of salary for the GFD were granted to 
Executive Directors. These awards are subject to the NAVps performance conditions set out above. The awards were as shown 
in the table below:

Individual
Adrian P Cox

Sally M Lake

Type of interest
Nil cost option 
(LTIP)
Nil cost option 
(LTIP)

Basis on which 
award is made
200% of 
salary
150% of 
salary

Number of 
shares 
awarded

Face value of 
shares1

% vesting at 
threshold

Three years (50%)

Five years (50%)

Performance period end

216,464

1,050,500

10% 31/12/2024 31/12/2026

127,962

621,000

10% 31/12/2024 31/12/2026

1 The face value of shares awarded was calculated using the three day average share price prior to grant, which was 485.3p.

LTIP structure for awards granted from 2023 ▪
The LTIP is an important tool in the remuneration framework for incentivizing participants and aligning their interests with those 
of our shareholders. During the review of the Remuneration Policy the Committee identified a number of refinements to improve 
the effectiveness of the LTIP structure and to reflect evolving market practice. 

128

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
 
Award opportunity for 2023 
As part of the wider rebalancing to the longer-term the 
maximum LTIP opportunity will be increased by 100% of 
salary. LTIP awards with a face value equal to 300% of salary 
for the CEO and 250% of salary for the GFD will be granted.

of support. During the consultation process, it became clear 
that a significant proportion of shareholders had reservations 
due to the atypical nature of the proposal and there was a 
preference for a more market-typical approach, that 
maintained a longer term performance period.

Performance period 
A key feature of the Beazley business model is exposure to 
catastrophes within a robust risk management framework. 
Because of this, there is an inherent level of volatility in 
company performance. Beazley has an established pay-for-
performance culture, a track record of aligning individual 
reward with performance and a policy of not rewarding failure. 
During the review of the policy, the Remuneration Committee 
identified that the volatility of our annual results can have a 
disproportionate impact on LTIP awards, which is exacerbated 
by our longer-than-normal five-year performance period. 

Taking this into account the Committee gave consideration to 
moving to an annualised approach so that the LTIP is split into 
five equal tranches with performance assessed pro-rata in 
years one to five.

This proposal was discussed with the majority of our 
shareholders (top 100) in order to gauge the potential levels 

Based on the shareholder feedback the Committee decided 
against the annualised LTIP approach. As an alternative, and 
aligned with our shareholders’ preference for a more market-
typical approach, the Committee is proposing to simplify the 
LTIP performance period by removing the five-year 
performance element so that the entire award is subject to 
cumulative performance measured over a three year period.

The Committee believes that this change is appropriately 
aligned with the interests of our shareholders, improves the 
clarity of the LTIP and makes it simpler for both participants 
and investors. The vesting of awards will continue to be 
subject to the stretching performance targets set out below, 
and shares will be subject to a two-year post-vesting holding 
period. Ultimately the Committee believes that this change, in 
conjunction with including an ESG metric, will help to continue 
to incentivise and retain our high calibre, experienced 
executive team.

NAVps performance1
NAVps growth < risk-free rate +7.5%
NAVps growth = risk-free rate +7.5%
NAVps growth = risk-free rate +10%
NAVps growth = risk-free rate +15%

% of award vesting
 0 %
 10 %
 25 %
 100 %

1 As part of their review of the financial targets for the 2023 LTIP awards the Committee noted the potential impact of the implementation of IFRS 17 which applies 
from January 2023.  The targets set above are based on the previous accounting standards and, if necessary, may be updated to reflect the new accounting 
standards.  In making any amendments the committee will ensure that targets are no more or less stretching and that participants do not inadvertently benefit 
from the change in accounting standards.

Introduction of ESG metrics 
Beazley’s aspiration is to be the highest performing 
sustainable specialist insurer in the market. We believe that 
we must demonstrate our commitment to this and have made 
a series of measurable steps to incorporate relevant 

environmental, societal and governance (ESG) features into 
every aspect of our business. From 2023 we are introducing  
ESG metrics into the LTIP in order to incentivise the delivery of 
our ambitions over the longer-term. ESG will represent 50% of 
salary.

Target
Reduce carbon emissions (Scope 1, 2 & 3) relative to 2019 baseline
Increase female representation at Board and Senior Manager level
Increase People of Colour representation at Board and Senior Manager 
level 

Weighting 
(of ESG element)
One third
One third

One third

Threshold 
(10% of max)
TBC1
 44 %

 13 %

Max

TBC1
 45 %

 15 %

1 The sustainability team are in the process of finalising the carbon reduction targets for the 2023 LTIP awards. The Committee intends to set stretching, 

quantifiable targets which align with our external commitments around carbon reduction. Full details of the targets will be published on the Company’s website 
when available.

We understand that we and the business world are on a 
complex journey. Whilst we believe that the above metrics are 
the most appropriate metrics for the LTIP at this time, we 
acknowledge that our ESG strategy will evolve over time, and 
we intend to employ alternative metrics in the future where 
appropriate and relevant given our priorities.

Dilution
The share plans permit 10% of the company’s issued share 
capital to be issued pursuant to awards under the LTIP, SAYE 
and option plan in a 10-year period. The company adheres to 
a dilution limit of 5% in a 10 year period for executive 
schemes.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

129

 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report
continued

staff underwriting plan for this purpose since 2004 and 
executive directors and other selected staff are invited to 
participate through bonus deferral with an element of their 
cash incentives ‘at risk’ as capital commitments. These 
capital commitments can be lost in full if underwriting 
performance is poor.

Investment in underwriting ▪
Traditionally, Lloyd’s underwriters contributed their personal 
capital to syndicates in which they worked. With the move to 
corporate provision of capital, individual membership of 
Lloyd’s has declined significantly. The Committee feels that 
having personal capital at risk in the syndicate is an important 
part of the remuneration policy and provides a healthy 
counterbalance to incentivisation through bonuses and long 
term incentive awards. The company has operated the Beazley 

The Group funds the capital for the plan. The individual capital 
commitment is then funded through individual’s bonus 
deferral. The aim is for individuals to fund their capital within 
three years.

To date over 300 employees of the Group have committed to 
put at risk £15.2m of bonuses to the underwriting results of 
syndicate 623. Of the total at risk, £13.0m has already been 
deferred from the bonuses awarded.

The following executive directors participated in syndicate 623 through Beazley Staff Underwriting Limited:

Adrian P Cox
Sally M Lake

Total bonuses deferred 
£
216,000
54,000

2021 year of accounting 
underwriting capacity
400,000
100,000

2022 year of accounting 
underwriting capacity
400,000
100,000

2023 year of accounting 
underwriting capacity
400,000
250,000

Adrian P Cox has fully funded the capital requirement. Sally M Lake is fully funded for the capital requirement for 2021-2022, 
the increase in capital for the 2023 capacity will be funded via future bonus deferral.

Malus and clawback
Recovery provisions (malus and clawback) have applied to incentives for a number of years. Further detail on the recovery 
provisions, including the circumstances and timeframe for which they can be applied are set out in the remuneration policy.

Risk and reward at Beazley
The Committee regularly reviews developing remuneration governance in the context of Solvency II remuneration guidance, other 
corporate governance developments and institutional shareholders’ guidance. The chief risk officer reports annually to the 
remuneration committee on risk and remuneration as part of the regular agenda. The Committee believes the Group is adopting 
an approach which is consistent with, and takes account of, the risk profile of the Group.

We believe reward at Beazley is appropriately balanced in light of risk considerations, particularly taking into account the 
following features:

Features aligned with risk considerations

Share deferral

LTIP holding period

Shareholding requirements

Investment in underwriting

Underwriters remuneration 
aligned with profit received

A portion of bonus is normally deferred into shares for three years. These deferred shares, together with 
shares awarded under the LTIP, mean that a significant portion of total remuneration is delivered in the 
form of shares deferred for a period of years.
Outstanding LTIP awards vest over a five year period. From 2023 LTIP awards will vest over a three-year 
period. Any awards which have a performance period of less than five years are subject to an additional 
holding period, following the date on which the award vests, up to the fifth year of the award.
Executive Directors are expected to build up and maintain a shareholding of 300% of salary for the CEO and 
200% of salary for the GFD. Executive Directors are also expected to maintain a shareholding post-
departure.
Management and underwriters may defer part of their bonuses into the Beazley staff underwriting plan, 
providing alignment with capital providers. Capital commitments can be lost if underwriting performance is 
poor.
Under the profit related bonus plan payments are aligned with the timing of profits achieved on the account. 
For long tail accounts this may be in excess of six years. If the account deteriorates then payouts are 
‘clawed back’ through adjustments to future payments. Since 2012 profit related pay plans may be at risk 
of forfeiture or reduction if, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, there has been a serious 
regulatory breach by the underwriter concerned, including in relation to the Group’s policy on conduct risk.

Malus and clawback provisions Malus and clawback provisions apply to all incentives that Executive Directors participate in.

130

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Service contracts and payments for loss of office
No loss of office payments have been made in the year.

There is no unexpired term as each of the Executive Directors’ contracts is on a rolling basis.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees
The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by The Board and are reviewed annually. When setting fee levels 
consideration is given to levels in comparable companies for comparable services and also to the time commitment and 
responsibilities of the individual Non-Executive Director. No Non-Executive Director is involved in the determination of their fees.

As announced in February 2023, Clive Bannister will take up the role of Chair of The Board following the AGM on 25 April 2023. 
Clive Bannister's fee as Chair of The Board has been set at £325,000 and his fee will not be eligible for an increase until 
2026. Following the annual review, the Remuneration Committee determined that the base fees for the Non-Executive Directors 
should increase by 3%, below the general increase of the workforce. 

As announced in December 2022, The Board approved the proposal to split its Audit and Risk Committee into a separate Audit 
Committee and Risk Committee from 1 January 2023. The fee levels have been set taking into account a number of factors, 
including the expected time commitments and responsibilities of each role and the current fee structure in place. 

Details of the Non-Executive Directors’ fees payable for the plc Board responsibilities are set out below (the fee for the Chair of 
The Board is inclusive of subsidiary fees):

Chair of Board fee
Basic fee
Senior independent Director fee
Chair of Audit and Risk Committee fee
Chair of Audit Committee
Chair of Risk Committee
Chair of Remuneration Committee fee
Membership fee for Non-Executive Directors on the Audit and Risk Committee
Membership fee for Non-Executive Directors on the Audit Committee
Membership fee for Non-Executive Directors on the Risk Committee
Membership fee for Non-Executive Directors on the Remuneration Committee
Fee for designated Non-Executive Director representing employee voice

2022 fee
£300,000
£65,000
£11,700
£22,500
–
–
£18,100
£9,000
–
–
£5,200
£5,200

2023 fee
£325,0001
£67,000
£11,700
–
£22,500
£22,500
£18,100
–
£9,000
£9,000
£5,200
£5,200

1 Christine LaSala is currently acting as interim Chair of The Board and receives a pro-rata fee of £300,000 for the period as interim Chair. Clive Bannister will be 

appointed Chair of The Board with effect from the AGM on 25 April 2023, the fee has been set at £325,000 for a fixed three-year term.

Beazley operates across Lloyd’s, Europe and the US markets through a variety of legal entities and structures. Non-executive 
Directors, in addition to the plc Board, typically sit on either one of our key subsidiary Boards, namely Beazley Furlonge Ltd, our 
managing agency at Lloyd’s, or Beazley Insurance dac, our Irish insurance company. Non-Executive Directors may receive 
additional fees for sitting on subsidiary Boards. As a result of developments in regulation, the degree of autonomy in the 
operation of each Board has increased in recent years, with a consequent increase in time commitment and scope of the role.

No Non-Executive Director participates in the Group’s incentive arrangements or pension plan.

Non-Executive Directors are appointed for fixed terms, normally for three years, and may be reappointed for future terms.

Non-Executive Directors are typically appointed through a selection process that assesses whether the candidate brings the 
desired competencies and skills to the Group. The Board has identified several key competencies for Non-Executive 
Directors to complement the existing skill-set of the Executive Directors. These competencies may include:
• insurance sector expertise;
• asset management skills;
• public company and corporate governance experience;
• risk management skills;
• finance skills; and
• IT and operations skills.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

131

 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report
continued

Non-Executive Directors’ service contracts 
Details of the Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment are set out below:

Christine LaSala
Robert A Stuchbery
A John Reizenstein
Nicola Hodson
Rajesh K Agrawal
Pierre-Olivier Desaulle
Fiona M Muldoon
Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger

Commencement of employment
1 Jul 2016
11 Aug 2016
10 Apr 2019
10 Apr 2019
1 Aug 2021
1 Jan 2021
31 May 2022
31 May 2022

Expires
AGM 2023
AGM 2023
AGM 2025
AGM 2025
AGM 2025
AGM 2024
AGM 2025
AGM 2025

The standard approach for Non-Executive Director appointments is that the appointment expires at the AGM following the end of 
a three year term, notwithstanding the fact that each Non-Executive Director is subject to annual re-election at each AGM.

Approach to remuneration for employees other than directors
The Committee also has oversight of remuneration arrangements elsewhere in the Group. The following tables set out the 
additional incentive arrangements for other staff within the organization.

Other incentive arrangements at Beazley (not applicable to executive directors):

Element
Profit related pay plan

Support bonus plan

Objective
To align underwriters’ reward with the 
profitability of their account.
To align staff bonuses with individual 
performance and achievement of objectives.

Retention shares

To retain key staff

Summary
Profit on the relevant underwriting account as 
measured at three years and later.
Participation is limited to staff members not on the 
executive or in receipt of profit related pay bonus. 
The support bonus pool may be enhanced by a 
contribution from the enterprise bonus pool.

Used in certain circumstances. Full vesting 
dependent on continued employment over six years.

Underwriter bonus plan – profit related pay plan
Underwriters participate in a profit related pay plan based upon the profitability of their underwriting account. Executive Directors 
do not participate in this plan.

The objective of the plan is to align the interests of the Group and the individual through aligning an underwriter’s reward to the 
long term profitability of their portfolio. Underwriters who have significant influence over a portfolio may be offered awards under 
the plan. There is no automatic eligibility. Profit related pay is awarded irrespective of the results of the Group. Awards are 
capped.

This bonus is awarded as cash and is based upon a fixed proportion of profit achieved on the relevant underwriting account as 
measured at three years and later. Any movements in prior years are reflected in future year payments as the account develops 
after three years. For long-tail accounts the class is still relatively immature at the three-year stage and therefore payments will 
be modest. Underwriters may receive further payouts in years four, five and six (and even later) as the account matures. 
Therefore each year they could be receiving payouts in relation to multiple underwriting years.

If the account deteriorates as it develops any payouts are ‘clawed back’ through reductions in future profit related pay bonuses. 
From 2012 onwards any new profit related pay plans may be at risk of forfeiture or reduction if, in the opinion of the 
Remuneration Committee, there has been a serious regulatory breach by the underwriter concerned, including in relation to the 
Group’s policy on conduct risk. The Remuneration Committee also have oversight for all materials risk takers who participate in 
the profit related pay plan.

132

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
The fixed proportion is calculated based upon profit targets which are set through the business planning process and reviewed 
by a Committee formed of Executive Committee members and functional specialists including the Group actuary. Underwriting 
risk is taken into account when setting profit targets.

In addition to profit related pay, underwriters are also eligible to receive a discretionary bonus, based upon performance, from 
the enterprise bonus pool. A proportion of this bonus may be paid in deferred shares, which vest after three years subject to 
continued employment.

Support bonus plan
Employees who are not members of the executive and who do not participate in the underwriters’ profit related pay plan 
participate in a discretionary bonus pool. This pool provides employees with a discretionary award of an annual performance 
bonus that reflects overall individual performance including meeting annual objectives.

A proportion of this award may also be dependent on the Group’s ROE and therefore allocated from the enterprise bonus pool. 
A proportion of this bonus may be paid in deferred shares, which vest after three years subject to continued employment.

UK SAYE
The company operates an HMRC-approved SAYE scheme for the benefit of UK-based employees. The scheme offers a three-
year savings contract period with options being offered at a 20% discount to the share price on grant. Monthly contributions are 
made through a payroll deduction on behalf of participating employees. The UK SAYE scheme has been extended to eligible 
employees in Singapore, Ireland, Canada, France, Germany and Spain. The Irish SAYE scheme has been approved by the Irish 
Revenue. However due to changes in Irish regulations in 2021 it was no longer possible to offer an Irish tax approved SAYE 
plan. Instead, eligible Irish employees were invited to participate in the international SAYE plan offering on a non-tax approved 
basis. The updated SAYE plan rules were approved at the 2022 AGM. 

US SAYE
The Beazley plc savings-related share option plan for US employees permits all eligible US-based employees to purchase shares 
of Beazley plc at a discount of up to 15% to the shares’ fair market value. Participants may exercise options after a two-year 
period. The plan is compliant with the terms of section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code and is similar to the SAYE scheme 
operated for UK-based Beazley employees.

Retention shares
The retention plan may be used for recruitment or retention purposes. Any awards vest at 25% per annum over years three to 
six. In line with policy, existing Executive Directors do not participate in this plan and no Executive Directors have subsisting 
legacy awards outstanding.

Annual percentage change in remuneration of directors and employees

2021 -2022

2020 -2021

2019 -2020

Salary
Benefits
Bonus
Salary
Benefits
Bonus
Salary
Benefits
Bonus

All employees
4.5
11.3
-3.5
3.2
11.1
119.3
3.5
-12.8
-30.5

Executive Directors

Adrian P Cox1
3.5
8.8
-45.4
23.2
22.1
n/a
2.6
-7.2
-100

Sally M Lake2
3.5
5.8
-46.9
11.4
9.5
n/a
2.9
15.4
-100

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

133

 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report
continued

Non-Executive Directors

2021 -20223

2020 -2021

2019 -2020

Christine 
LaSala
31.7
n/a
n/a
8.7
n/a
n/a
40.0
n/a
n/a

David L 
Roberts3
13.6
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
2.5
n/a
n/a

Robert A 
Stuchbery4
8.0
n/a
n/a
3.5
n/a
n/a
16.6
n/a
n/a

Catherine 
M Woods8
2.8
n/a
n/a
-6.0
n/a
n/a
18.1
n/a
n/a

A John 
Reizenstein
5.9
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
2.5
n/a
n/a

Salary
Benefits
Bonus
Salary
Benefits
Bonus
Salary
Benefits
Bonus

Nicola 
Hodson
8.0
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
2.5
n/a
n/a

Pierre-
Olivier 
Desaulle
14.1
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a

Rajesh K 
Agrawal5
12.2
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a

Cecilia 
Reyes 
Leuzinger6
–
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a

Fiona M 
Muldoon7
–
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a

Note: Salary and bonus are compared against all employees of the Group. Benefits and pension are compared against all UK employees, reflecting the Group’s 
policy that benefits are provided by reference to local market levels.

The average fee increase for 2022 was 3%. During 2021 and 2022 a number of the Non-Executive Directors joined additional Board Committees and therefore 
received additional fees. Therefore, for these Non-Executive Directors, the year-on-year comparisons reflect their additional responsibilities and corresponding fees.

1 Adrian Cox was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 1 April 2021. The percentage change figures for 2021 reflect that his salary increased with effect from this date.
2 Sally Lake’s responsibilities as Finance Director were increased as set out earlier in this report. The percentage change figures for 2021 reflect that her salary was increased with effect 

from 1 April to recognise the increased responsibilities.

3 David Roberts stepped down as Chair of the PLC Board, with effect 21 October 2022. Christine LaSala is acting Interim Chair of The Board plc and Chair of the Nomination Committee (and 
stepping down as Chair of the Remuneration Committee and Senior independent Director), Robert Stuchbery is acting as Interim Senior independent Director and Nicola Hodson is acting as 
Interim Remuneration Committee Chair with effect from 24 October 2022. The fees for the impacted Directors has been amended accordingly to reflect their new roles and responsibilities.

4 With effect from 24 October 2022 Robert Stuchbery stepped down as employee voice of the plc Board and Fiona Muldoon took on the role.
5 Rajesh Agrawal joined as a Non-Executive Director of the Remuneration Committee with effect 26 April 2022.
6 Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger joined as a Non-Executive Director of the plc Board, Audit & Risk Committee and Remuneration Committee with effect from 31 May 2022.
7 Fiona Muldoon joined as a Non-Executive Director of the plc Board and Audit & Risk Committee with effect from 31 May 2022.
8 Catherine M Woods stepped down as a Non-Executive Director of the PLC Board with effect from 25 March 2022.

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests ▪
For the year ending 31 December 2022 the Executive Directors had a shareholding requirement of 200% of salary. The CEO and 
GFD have met their shareholding guidelines (see chart below). From 2023 the shareholding requirement for the CEO has 
increased to 300% of salary.

134

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

Shareholding versus holding requirement1353%203%Actual holdingHolding requirement 200%A CoxS Lake0%250%500%750%1000%1250%1500% 
The table below shows the total number of Directors’ interests in shares as at 31 December 2022 or date of cessation as a 
director.  As at 27 February 2023, there have been no changes.

Conditional 
shares not 
subject to 
performance 
conditions 
(deferred shares 
and retention
shares)

Nil cost options 
subject to 
performance 
conditions (LTIP 
awards)

Options over 
shares subject 
to savings 
contracts (SAYE)

Unexercised nil 
cost options

Options 
exercised in the 
year

134,472
93,736 

694,707 
398,473 

 0
6,250 

 - 
-

34,288
10,278 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Number of 
shares owned 
(including by 
connected 
persons)

1,126,545
133,281

23,000 

0

1,824

53,085

16,251

98,914

88,073

42,698

0

26,086

Name
Adrian P Cox

Sally M Lake

Rajesh K Agrawal

Pierre-Olivier Desaulle

Nicola Hodson

Christine LaSala

A John Reizenstein
David L Roberts1
Robert A Stuchbery
Catherine M Woods2
Fiona M Muldoon3
Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger4

1 David L Roberts stepped down from The Board with effect from 21 October 2022. 
2 Catherine M Woods stepped down from The Board at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM. 
3 Fiona M Muldoon joined The Board with effect 31 May 2022.
4 Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger joined The Board with effect 31 May 2022.

CEO Pay versus performance 
The following graph sets out Beazley’s 10 year total shareholder return performance to 31 December 2022, compared with the 
FTSE All Share and FTSE 350 Non-Life Insurance indices. These indices were chosen as comparators as they comprise 
companies listed on the same exchange and, in the case of the Non-Life Insurance index, the same sector as Beazley.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

135

Value of £100 invested on 31 December 2011Total shareholder return performanceBeazleyFTSE All ShareFTSE 350 Non-Life Insurance12131415161718192021220100200300400500600700 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report
continued

Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021 (D A Horton)1
2021 (A P Cox as CEO)
2022

CEO single figure of 
total remuneration
£2,922,392
£3,745,989
£3,711,647
£3,715,146
£3,140,145
£1,524,600
£2,157,018
£631,890
£145,896
£2,100,534
£1,505,204

Annual variable award 
(% of maximum 
opportunity) 
93%
74%
73%
70%
38%
19%
57%
–
–
75%
38%

Long term incentives 
vesting (% of maximum 
opportunity)
100%
100%
100%
100%
98%
41%
37%
6.6%
–
17.8%
17.5%

1 DA Horton stepped down as CEO on 31 March 2021 and was succeeded by AP Cox. The figures for AP Cox relate to the whole of 2021, including the portion of 

the year when he was Chief Underwriting Officer.

Pay ratio data
The following table provides pay ratio data in respect of the CEO’s total remuneration compared to the 25th, median and 75th 
percentile UK employees.

Financial year
2022
2021
2020
2019

Method
Option A
Option A
Option A
Option A

25th percentile pay ratio
28:1
39:1
13:1
42:1

Median pay ratio
16:1
21:1
7:1
25:1

75th percentile pay ratio
11:1
14:1
5:1
15:1

The employees used for the purposes of the table above were identified on a full-time equivalent basis as at 31 December 
2022. Option A was chosen as it is considered to be the most accurate way of identifying the relevant employees. This captures 
all relevant pay and benefits and aligns to how the single figure table is calculated.

The following table provides salary and total remuneration information in respect of the employees at each quartile for 2022.

Element of pay
Salary
Total remuneration

25th percentile employee
£41,700
£53,016

Median employee
£70,268
£93,883

75th percentile employee
£99,598
£142,226

Note: Salary and bonus are compared against all employees of the UK Group.

Pay ratios have decreased this year primarily as a result of group performance being lower than 2021, driven by a downturn in 
investment performance due to mark to market losses in a volatile interest rate environment. Thus, reducing variable pay 
outturns which are dependent on Group performance.

In-line with our pay-for-performance culture a significant portion of the CEO’s remuneration is variable and dependant on 
performance. Therefore there is a direct correlation between Company performance, the CEO’s single figure and the pay ratios. 
The Committee is comfortable that the pay ratios for 2022 align to the pay and progression policies for employees and, that the 
link between individual awards, the delivery of strategy and the long-term performance of the company through our incentive 
schemes drive behaviours consistent with company purpose, values and strategy and appropriately motivate and reward.

136

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
 
 
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows the relative spend on pay compared to distributions to shareholders:

2022
2021

Overall expenditure on pay

$302.5m
$287.0m

Shareholder distributions 
(dividends in respect of the 
year)
$110m
$105m

Directors’ share plan interests ▪
Details of share plan interests of those directors who served during the period are as follows:

Adrian P Cox 
Deferred bonus: 
LTIP (see notes): 
SAYE:
Sally M Lake
Deferred bonus:
LTIP (see notes):
SAYE:

Outstanding 
options at 1 Jan 
20221

Options 
granted Options exercised

Lapsed 
unvested

54,160
603,107
4,202

24,840
309,854
6,250

89,132
216,464
0

72,326
127,962
0

8,820
21,266
4,202

3,430
6,848
0

0
103,598
0

0
32,495
0

Outstanding 
options at 31 
Dec 20222

134,472
694,707
0

93,736
398,473
6,250

Notes to share plan interests table
Deferred bonus

Deferred bonus awards are made in the form of conditional shares that normally vest three years after the date of 
award.
Performance conditions: all awards are subject to NAVps performance, with 50% measured over a three year period 
and 50% measured over a five year period. NAVps < RFR+7.5% p.a. equates to 0% vesting, NAVps = RFR+7.5% p.a. 
equates to 10% vesting, NAVps = RFR+10% p.a. equates to 25% vesting, NAVps = or > RFR+15% p.a. equates to 
100% vesting, with straight-line pro-rated vesting between these points.

LTIP awards

LTIP 2017 – 3/5 year

LTIP 2018 – 3/5 year

LTIP 2019 – 3/5 year

LTIP 2020 – 3/5 year

LTIP 2021 – 3/5 year

LTIP 2022 – 3/5 year

Awards were made on 8 February 2017 at a mid-market share price of 434.33p.
Awards expire in February 2027.
Awards were made on 13 February 2018 at a mid-market share price of 553.33p.
Awards expire in February 2028.
Awards were made on 12 February 2019 at a mid-market share price of 510.16p.
Awards expire in February 2029.
Awards were made on 11 February 2020 at a mid-market share price of 595.5p.
Awards expire in February 2030.
Awards were made on 10 February 2021 at a mid-market share price of 367.0p.
Awards expire in February 2031.
Awards were made on 15 February 2022 at a mid-market share price of 485.3p.
Awards expire in February 2032.

Share prices
The market price of Beazley ordinary shares at 31 December 2022 (the last trading day of the year) was 679.5p and the range 
during the year was 376.4p to 679.5p.

Remuneration Committee
The Committee consists of only Non-Executive Directors and during the year the members were; Christine LaSala, Catherine M 
Woods, Nicola Hodson, Cecilia Reyes Leuzinger, Rajesh K Agrawal and Robert A Stuchbery. The Board views each of the 
Committee members as independent.

The Committee considers the individual remuneration packages of the CEO, Executive Directors and Executive Committee 
members. It also has oversight of the salary and bonus awards of individuals outside the Executive Committee who either 
directly report to Executive Committee members or who have basic salaries over £200,000, as well as the overall bonus pool 
and total incentives paid by the Group. The terms of reference of the Committee are available on the company’s website. The 
Committee met 8 times during the year. Further information on the key activities of the Committee for 2022 can be found within 
the statement of corporate governance on page 87.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

137

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report
Annual remuneration report
continued

During the year the Committee was advised by remuneration consultants from Deloitte LLP. Total fees in relation to Executive 
remuneration consulting were £105,000. Deloitte LLP also provided advice in relation to share schemes, tax, internal audit and 
compliance support.

Deloitte LLP was appointed by the Committee. Deloitte LLP is a member of the remuneration consultants’ Group and as such 
voluntarily operates under a code of conduct in relation to Executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The Committee agrees 
each year the protocols under which Deloitte LLP provides advice, to support independence. The Committee is satisfied that the 
advice received from Deloitte LLP has been objective and independent.

Input was also received by the committee during the year from the CEO, head of Culture & People, Company Secretary and Chief 
Risk Officer. However, no individual plays a part in the determination of their own remuneration.

Engagement with the workforce
As part of the regular cycle, the Committee is informed of pay and employment conditions of wider employees in the Group and 
takes these into account when determining the remuneration for Executive Directors.

Statement of shareholder voting
The voting outcomes of the 2019 remuneration policy and 2021 annual remuneration report and remuneration policy were as 
follows:

2019 remuneration policy
2021 annual remuneration report

Votes for
373,357,955
434,012,961

% for
90.03%
89.49%

Votes against
41,349,712
50,960,274

% against
9.97% 
10.51%

Total votes cast
414,707,667
484,973,235

Votes 
withheld
(abstentions)
5,521
65,027

Annual general meeting
At the forthcoming annual general meeting to be held on 25 April 2023, a binding resolution will be proposed to approve the 
Directors’ remuneration policy and an advisory resolution will be proposed to approve this annual remuneration report.

I am keen to encourage an ongoing dialogue with shareholders. Accordingly, if you would like to discuss any matter arising from 
this report or remuneration issues generally, please email Christine Oldridge at christine.oldridge@beazley.com.

By order of The Board

Nicola Hodson
Interim Remuneration Committee Chair
12 March 2023

138

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the annual report and financial statements 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual 
report and the Group financial statements in accordance 
with applicable United Kingdom law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
directors have elected to prepare the Group and parent 
company financial statements in accordance with UK adopted 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) in 
conformity with the Companies Act 2006.

Under the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules, Group financial statements are 
required to be prepared in accordance with UK adopted IFRSs 
and the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the Group 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the 
company and of the profit or loss of the Group and the 
company for that period.

In preparing these financial statements the Directors are 
required to:
• select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 
8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates 
and Errors and then apply them consistently; 

• make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

• present information, including accounting policies, in a 

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information; 

• provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 
specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable 
users to understand the impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the Group’s financial 
position and financial performance;

• in respect of the Group financial statements, state whether 
UK adopted IFRSs and the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; 

• in respect of the parent company financial statements, 

state whether IFRSs in conformity with the Companies Act 
have been followed, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and 

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is appropriate to presume that the company 
and the Group will not continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
company’s and Group’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the 

company and the Group financial statements comply with 
Section 403 of the Companies Act 2006. They are 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such 
steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the 
assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a strategic report, Directors’ report, 
Directors’ remuneration report and corporate governance 
statement that complies with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of 
the annual financial report 
Each of the Directors, whose details can be found on pages 
77 to 78, to the best of their knowledge confirm that:
• that the consolidated financial statements, prepared in 

accordance with UK adopted IFRSs and the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006 give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the parent 
company and undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; 

• that the annual report, including the strategic report and 

the Directors' report, together includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the 
position of the company and undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and 

• we consider the annual report and accounts, taken as a 

whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy.

C LaSala  
Chair 

S M Lake 
Group Finance Director

12 March 2023

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

139

 
 
Directors’ report

Principal activity
Beazley plc (registered number 09763575) is the ultimate 
holding company for the Beazley Group, a global specialist risk 
insurance and reinsurance business operating through: its 
managed syndicates at Lloyd’s in the UK; Beazley Insurance 
Company, Inc. and Beazley American Insurance Company, 
Inc., both of which are admitted insurance carriers in the US; 
and Beazley Insurance dac, a European insurance company in 
Ireland.

Management report
The Directors’ report, together with the strategic report on 
pages 1 to 71, serves as the management report for the 
purpose of Disclosure, Guidance and Transparency Rule 
4.1.8R.

Directors’ responsibilities
The statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the 
annual report and financial statements is set out on page 
139.

Review of business
A more detailed review of the business for the year and a 
summary of future developments are included in the 
statement of the Chair, the Chief Executive Officer’s 
statement and the financial review.

Results and dividends
The consolidated profit before taxation for the year ended 31 
December 2022 amounted to $191.0m (2021: $369.2m). 
The directors have approved an interim dividend of 13.5p 
(2022: 12.9p) in March 2023.

Future business developments
Information relating to future business developments can be 
found in the strategic report.

Going concern and viability statement
The financial review on page 58 contains details of the 
financial position of the Group, its cash flows and its 
borrowing facilities.

After reviewing the Group’s current and forecast solvency and 
liquidity positions, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence over a period of 12 months 
from the date of this report. For this reason, The Board 
considers it appropriate for the Group to continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing its accounts.

Further information on The Board's assessment of the Group 
as a going concern is contained in note 1.2 to the financial 
statements on page 167.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (the 
‘Code’), the directors have assessed the viability of the Group. 
The viability statement, which supports the going concern 
basis mentioned above, is included in the risk management 
section on page 67.

Information to be disclosed under LR9.84R
Information on interest capitalised is shown in note 25 on 
page 221. Details of long-term incentive schemes are 
provided in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 111. 
Details of the allotment for cash of equity securities made 
during the period can be found on page 142.

140

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Equity raise
An allotment was made on 18 November 2022 otherwise than to the holders of the company’s equity shares in proportion to 
their holdings of such equity shares and which was not specifically authorised by the company’s shareholders. The details of 
the allotment are set out below in accordance with LR 9.8.4R(7) and the most recently published Pre-Emption Group Statement 
of Principles (2022).

Transaction 
details

In aggregate, the equity raise of 60,959,017 ordinary shares with a nominal value of £3,047,950.85 represented 
approximately 9.99% of the company’s issued ordinary share capital.

Settlement for the New Ordinary Shares and Admission took place on or before 8.00 a.m. on 18 November 2022.

Use of proceeds

The proceeds will be used to support organic growth and provide growth capital to fund attractive underwriting 
opportunities while maintaining a strong balance sheet that can withstand a range of stress scenarios.

Quantum of 
proceeds
Discount

Allocations

The proceeds of the equity raise are not intended to be used for any acquisition or specified capital investment.

In aggregate, the equity raise represents gross proceeds of approximately £350 million and net proceeds of 
approximately £340 million.
The Issue Price of 575 pence per share represents a discount of 8% to the closing share price of 625 pence per 
share on 15 November 2022.
Soft pre-emption was adhered to in the allocations process. Management was involved in the allocations process, 
which was carried out in compliance with the MIFID II Allocation requirements. Allocations made outside of soft pre-
emption were preferentially directed towards existing shareholders in excess of their pro rata, and wall-crossed 
accounts.

Consultation

Retail investors

The joint bookrunners undertook a pre-launch wall-crossing process, including consultation with major shareholders, 
to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by law.
The equity raise included a Retail Offer, for a total of 529,036 Retail Offer Shares.

Retail investors, who participated in the Retail Offer, were able to do so at the same Issue Price as all other 
investors participating in the Placing and Subscription. 

The Retail Offer was made available to existing shareholders and new investors in the UK. Investors had the ability to 
participate in this transaction through ISAs and SIPPs, as well as General Investment Accounts (GIAs). This 
combination of participation routes meant that, to the extent practicable on the transaction timetable, eligible UK 
retail investors (including certificated retail shareholders) had the opportunity to participate in the equity raise 
alongside institutional investors.

Allocation preference was given to existing shareholders pursuant to the Retail Offer in keeping with the principle of 
soft pre-emption.

Research and development
In the ordinary course of business, the Group develops new 
products and services in each of its business divisions and 
develops IT solutions to support the business requirements.

Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP (‘EY’) has indicated its willingness to 
continue in office. Resolutions to reappoint EY as auditor of 
the company and authorise the audit committee to determine 
their remuneration will be proposed at the 2023 AGM.

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the directors in office at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ report confirms that, so far as they are aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of which the company’s 
auditors are unaware; and each director has taken all the 
steps that he or she ought to have taken as a director to 
make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the company’s auditors are 
aware of that information.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

141

 
Directors’ report continued

Directors
The Directors of the company who served during 2022 and/or 
to the date of this report were as follows:

Adrian Peter Cox
Anthony Jonathan Reizenstein
Catherine Marie Woods

Celia Reyes Leuzinger

Christine LaSala

Clive Bannister

David Lawton Roberts

Fiona Margaret Muldoon

Nicola Hodson
Pierre-Oliver Desaulle
Rajesh Agrawal
Robert Arthur Stuchbery
Sally Michelle Lake

Chief Executive Officer 
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director 
(resigned 25/03/2022)
Non-Executive Director 
(appointed 31/05/2022)
Non-Executive Director 
(until 21/10/2022) / 
interim Non-Executive 
Chair (appointed 
21/10/2022) 
Non-Executive Director/
Chair Designate 
(appointed 08/02/2023) 
Non-Executive Chair 
(resigned 21/10/2022)
Non-Executive Director 
(appointed 31/05/2022)
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director
Group Finance Director

The Board is complying with the provision on annual re-
election of all Directors in accordance with the Code. The 
appointment and replacement of Directors is governed by the 
company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’), the Code, 
Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. The Articles may 
be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders. 
Subject to the Articles, Companies Act 2006 and any 
directions given by special resolution, the business of the 
company will be managed by The Board which may exercise all 
the powers of the company.

Further information can be found in the Statement of 
Corporate Governance on page 75.

Directors’ indemnities
The company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ Liability 
insurance which gives appropriate cover for any legal action 
taken against its Directors. The company has also granted 
indemnities to each of its Directors to the extent permitted by 
law in respect of costs of defending claims against them and 
third-party liabilities. A copy of the indemnity is available for 
inspection at the company’s registered office during normal 
business hours. These provisions, deemed to be ‘qualifying 
third-party indemnity provisions’ pursuant to section 234 of 
the Companies Act 2006, were in force during the year ended 
31 December 2022 for the benefit of the then Directors of the 
company and remain in force as at the date of this report for 
the current Directors of the company.

Conflicts of interest
The Board has established procedures for the management of 
potential and actual conflicts of interest of the Directors in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles of 
Association. All Directors are responsible for notifying the 
Company Secretary and declaring at each Board meeting any 
new actual or potential conflicts of interest. The Directors are 
also responsible for declaring any existing conflicts of interest 
which are relevant to transactions to be discussed at The 
Board meeting. None of the Directors had any significant 
contract with the company or with any Group undertaking 
during the year.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 28 February 2023, The Board had been notified of, or 
was otherwise aware of, the following shareholdings of 3% or 
more of the company’s issued ordinary share capital:

Fidelity Management & Research
MFS Investment Management
Wellington Management
BlackRock
Vanguard Group
Platinum Asset Management
Janus Henderson Investors

Number of 
ordinary shares
61,369,569
50,528,997
46,244,628
33,600,828
28,252,117
23,134,491
21,558,731

%
 9.1 
 7.5 
 6.9 
 5.0 
 4.2 
 3.5 
 3.2 

Note: All interests disclosed to the company in accordance 
with DTRs can be found in the news and alerts section of our 
corporate website: www.beazley.com.

Directors’ interests
The Directors’ interests in shares of the company, for those 
Directors in office at the end of the year, including any 
interests of a connected person (as defined in the Disclosure, 
Guidance and Transparency Rules of the UK’s Financial 
Conduct Authority), can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration report on page 111. Details of Directors’ 
service contracts are given in the Directors’ remuneration 
report. The Directors’ biographies are set out in The Board of 
Directors’ section of the annual report on pages 77 to 78.

Share capital
As at 31 December 2022, the company’s issued share capital 
comprised 671,204,020 ordinary shares, each with a nominal 
value of 5p and representing 100% of the total issued share 
capital. Details of the movement in ordinary share capital 
during the year can be found in note 21 on page 206. There 
are no restrictions on the transfer of shares in the company 
other than as set out in the Articles of Association and certain 
restrictions which may from time to time be imposed by law 
and regulations.

142

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Authority to purchase own shares
On 25 March 2022 shareholders approved an authority, which 
will expire on 25 June 2023 or, if earlier, at the conclusion of 
the 2023 Annual General Meeting (AGM), for the company to 
repurchase up to a maximum of 60,924,299 ordinary shares 
(representing approximately 10% of the company’s issued 
ordinary share capital at that time).

The Board continues to regard the ability to repurchase issued 
shares in suitable circumstances as an important part of the 
financial management of the company. A resolution will be 
proposed at the 2023 AGM to renew the authority for the 
company to purchase its own share capital up to the specified 
limits for a further year. More detail of this proposal is given in 
the notice of AGM.

Significant agreements – change of control
Details of an agreement to which the company is party that 
alters on change of control of the company following a 
takeover bid are as follows.

In 2021 we renewed the $450m multi-currency standby letter 
of credit and revolving credit facility. Key terms remain 
unchanged. The agreement, which is between the company, 
other members of the Group and various banks, provides that 
if any person or groups of persons acting in concert gains 
control of the company or another group obligor, then: (a) the 
banks are thereafter not obliged to participate in any new 
revolving advances or issue any letter of credit; and (b) the 
facility agent may:
(i)

require the Group obligors to repay outstanding revolving 
advances made to them together with accrued interest; 
and

(ii) ensure that the liabilities under letters of credit are 

reduced to zero or otherwise secured by providing cash 
collateral in an amount equal to the maximum actual and 
contingent liabilities under such letters of credit.

Furthermore, the facility agreement includes a covenant that 
no group obligor (other than a wholly owned subsidiary) will, 
without prior consent of the banks, amalgamate, merge 
(within the meaning of generally accepted accounting 
principles in the UK), consolidate or combine by scheme of 
arrangement or otherwise with any other corporation or 
person. If this covenant should be breached without prior 
consent, then the facility agent may: (a) require the Group 
obligors to repay outstanding revolving advances made to 
them together with accrued interest; (b) ensure that the 
liabilities under letters of credit are reduced to zero or 
otherwise secured by providing cash collateral in an amount 
equal to the maximum actual and contingent liabilities under 
such letters of credit; (c) declare that any unutilised portion of 
the facility is cancelled; and (d) give a notice of non-extension 
to Lloyd’s in respect of any letter of credit.

Annual general meeting 
The AGM of the company will be held on 25 April 2023 at 
14.30. The notice of the AGM details the business to be put 
to shareholders.

Corporate, social and environmental responsibility
The company’s corporate, social and environmental activities 
are set out in the statement of the Chair on page 8 and the 
Responsible Business section on page 21. During 2022, 
Beazley and employees donated over $470,000 to charities, 
details of which can be found in the Responsible Business 
section.

Employee engagement 
We are committed to employee involvement across the 
business. We place great emphasis on open and regular 
communication, to ensure employees are well informed of 
Beazley’s performance and strategy. Active employee 
engagement has always been a priority and has become 
increasingly important due to our activity based working 
policies which allow colleagues to work flexibly and as many of 
our teams are based across different locations. During the 
year, regular all-employee meetings, Q&As with senior 
management and smaller meetings between leadership and 
groups of employees have taken place both virtually and in 
person.

The Chief Executive Officer provides a periodic general 
business update to all employees by email. He also 
communicates the key focus areas of the Executive 
Committee via a regular podcast and other areas of interest 
via regular virtual meetings. The intranet is accessible by all 
employees and is a useful source of company information.

During 2022, all employees were invited to participate in 
surveys on the business and its culture and on Beazley’s 
leadership. The key findings from these surveys and actions to 
address these findings are discussed by The Board. Insight 
gained through various employee networks and via the day-to-
day engagement of senior management with the workforce 
was also shared with The Board. In addition, employee views 
have been obtained by the Non-Executive Director nominated 
by The Board, this was Bob Stuchbery, for much of 2022 and 
was replaced by Fiona Muldoon in November 2022. 
Throughout the year, Bob and Fiona have attended a variety of 
forums with employees to get direct feedback. Further 
information on our employee engagement activities and how 
feedback has informed decisions can be found in the 
Stakeholder engagement report on page 50.

Employees are able to share financially in Beazley’s success. 
Annual bonus payments may be awarded and relate to the 
performance of the company, as well as an individual’s own 
performance. The company operates a Save As You Earn 
scheme to support share ownership amongst employees, and 
a long-term incentive plan is offered to senior employees. A 
share incentive plan is also to be put to shareholders at the 
2023 annual general meeting.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

143

 
 
Directors’ report continued

Inclusion & diversity 
Information concerning inclusion and diversity, including 
statistics on the number of women in senior leadership roles, 
can be found in the Responsible Business section on page 21 
and in the Nomination Committee report on page 100.

A key part of Beazley’s strategy is to attract and nurture 
talented colleagues who champion diversity of thought. We are 
committed to providing equal opportunities irrespective of age, 
disability, gender reassignment, marital status, pregnancy and 
maternity, race, nationality or ethnic origin, religion or religious 
beliefs, sexuality, socio-economic group or working pattern. 
We hire people with wide perspectives,
leading to a more dynamic, innovative, and responsive 
organisation in touch with the changing world and 
marketplace. All applications for employment are objectively 
assessed on the basis of the skills and aptitudes of the 
applicant in light of the requirements of the role.

It is the policy of the Group that the training, career 
development and promotion of disabled persons should, so 
far as possible, be identical to that of other employees. In the 
event an employee becomes disabled, every effort is made to 
ensure that their employment with the Group continues, and 
that appropriate support is arranged.

Political donations policy 
It is the policy of the Beazley Group that no political donations 
are made for and on behalf of the company and its 
subsidiaries.

Carbon emissions
The following data is set out to demonstrate compliance with 
the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) 
requirements set out by HM UK Government in the Companies 
Act 2006 (strategic report and directors’ report) Regulations 
2013 and the Companies (directors’ report) and Limited 
Liability Partnerships (energy and carbon report) Regulations 
2018.

Methodology
The scope of this reporting differs from the carbon emissions 
reported in the metrics section of the TCFD report, in that it 
only covers UK-based operations. Global comparisons for 
overall energy consumption are also provided for reference. 
Data has been collated from a number of sources. For all 
travel including car hire, hotels, rail, air and taxi use data has 
been provided from our booking agent partners, or through 
invoices on our accountancy system. Energy data and 
company car details have been sourced from utility bills and 
lease agreements, respectively.

Company cars
Fuel economy data has been based on the worst-case fuel 
consumption figures cited by the manufacturer. This has 
enabled the kWh energy associated with the car to be 
calculated. There were seven company cars used across 
2022 of which six are current at the end of 2022. Five of 
these cars are either hybrids or electric.

Electricity for utilities
UK locations cover our London and Birmingham offices. 
Europe locations cover our offices in Dublin, Barcelona, Paris 
and Munich. Rest of the World locations cover our presence in 
Montreal. US locations cover our offices in New York, 
Farmington, Miami, Chicago, Atlanta, Boston, San Francisco, 
and Dallas. 

Car hire
There was no UK car hire in 2022.

Exclusions
Energy consumption from business travel, with the exception 
of company cars, has not been included as Beazley does not 
operate the transport in question.

Energy report
Beazley has a total of 2,019.70 FTE staff (including 
contractors) as at 1 January 2023, of which are considered in 
scope for the global energy consumption reported in the 
tables below. Within the UK, Beazley has 1,048.85 FTE 
(including contractors). This is the equivalent of 49.5% of our 
global workforce.

Company cars 
The total estimated kWh equivalent for fuel consumption in 
2022 is 38,644.28 kWh.

Energy for heating, cooling and small power 
There was no direct gas use within Beazley operations in 
2022, with landlords providing heating to our offices.

Energy consumption kWh

2020

2021

Electricity
UK
Europe  
USA
Total

  1,950,688.05    1,456,414.91   
362,193.00   

2022
401,331.67 
242,077.00 
  2,708,550.00    2,708,550.00    2,607,072.00 
  5,038,377.26    4,527,158.00    3,250,481.00 

379,139.21   

We were able to procure energy from certified renewable 
sources for the following locations in 2022:

Office location
London
Dublin
Barcelona
Paris

Energy 
consumption 
(kWh)
  323,420.17 
  124,496.26 
51,892.00 
39,410.00 

Car hire 
There was no in scope energy use related to car hire in 2022. 
Globally energy use from car hire was estimated to be 
36,130.67. 

Overall energy consumption
Within the scope of the SECR, total energy consumption within 
the UK was 401,331.67 kWh. This equates to 382.64kWh/
FTE down from 1,640.43kWh/FTE in 2021. This reduction is 
primarily due to reduction in office space Beazley held in 
2022, when compared to 2021 where there was a period of 
cross over between the Group's old and new London offices. 
Global energy arising from electricity use from Beazley’s 
operations within the same scope was 3,250,481kWh, which 
equates to 1,778.79 kWh/FTE.

144

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
For carbon emissions associated with Beazley's operations in 
the UK, please see pages 46 and 47 of this report for Scope 
1 and Scope 2 emissions. 

noted that further energy savings will be achieved through 
reducing our business travel, as we are using online 
alternatives to undertake many of our business meetings.

Target for 2023 
Beazley has set itself a target to reduce normalised CO2 
emissions by 50% in 2022. This is against a baseline year of 
2019. This target does not allow for the offsetting of these 
emissions through recognised schemes. In 2022, our energy 
savings will be driven by continued efficiency of our building 
operations. Although out of scope for SECR, it should be 

Financial instruments 
Derivatives are used to manage the Group’s capital position, 
details of these derivatives are contained in note 17 to the 
financial statements. Disclosure with respect to financial risk 
is included in the Risk management and compliance report on 
page 67 and in note 2 to the financial statements.

Matters disclosed in the strategic report
The Directors consider the following matters of strategic importance and have chosen to disclose these in the strategic report 
to the accounts as permitted by section 414C (11) of the Companies Act 2006:

• Future business developments 

• Employee engagement
• How the directors have had regard to the need to foster business 

relationships with suppliers, customers and others, and the impact of this 
regard on decision making

Chief Executive Officer's statement (page 11)
Chief Underwriting Officer's report (page 13)
Section 172 statement (page 55)
Section 172 statement (page 55)

• Carbon emissions and Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting

Responsible business (page 21)

Matters disclosed elsewhere within the annual report
The following matters are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements:

• Financial risk management objectives and policies including credit risk, 

liquidity risk

• Details of hedge accounting and derivative financial instruments
• Details of any overseas branches
• Recent developments and post balance sheet events 

Note 2 (page 176)

Note 1 (page 163)
Note 31 (page 229)
Note 34 (page 231)

C P Oldridge 
Company Secretary 
22 Bishopsgate 
London 

EC2N 4BQ

12 March 2023

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

145

 
 
Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Beazley plc

Opinion
In our opinion:
• Beazley plc’s Group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true 
and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the Group’s 
profit for the year then ended;

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 

standards;

• the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international 

accounting standards as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

We have audited the financial statements of Beazley plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year 
ended 31 December 2022 which comprise:

Group
Consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year then ended 
31 December 2022
Statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended 
Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended
Statement of financial position as at 31 December 2022
Statement of cash flows for the year then ended
Related notes 1 to 34 to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies (except for note 2 
where it is marked as unaudited).

Parent company

Statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2022 
Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended
Statement of financial position as at 31 December 2022
Statement of cash flows for the year then ended
Related notes 1 to 34 to the financial statements including a summary of 
significant accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK adopted international 
accounting standards and as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with section 408 of 
the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group and parent in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the parent company and we 
remain independent of the Group and the parent company in conducting the audit.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and parent 
company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting involved evaluating the reasonableness of the 
Group’s going concern assessment. Beazley’s going concern assessment period used was 12 months from the date the 
financial statements were authorised for issue. We verified that The Board approved the forecasts used in management’s 
analysis and determined whether management’s going concern period was appropriate. With support from our actuaries, we 
challenged and independently stressed the assumptions used by Beazley to develop their forecast, which included liquidity 
projections and reviewed the clerical accuracy of Beazley’s base case, as well as assessed the accuracy of management’s 
historic forecasts to actual performance. Furthermore, management assessed the Group’s solvency and liquidity position if a 
natural catastrophe or cyber catastrophe occurred, including potential mitigation actions that management could take to 
maintain viability. We evaluated the reasonableness and timeliness of these mitigating actions that management could put in 
place.

146

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
 
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of twelve months from the date the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the Group and parent company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the 
directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report.  However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Overview of our audit approach

Audit scope

• We performed an audit of the complete financial information of two components ((Syndicate 2623 and 
Beazley Insurance Company Inc (‘BICI’)) and audit procedures on specific balances for a further six 
components (Syndicate 3623, Beazley Insurance dac (‘ BIdac’), Beazley Furlonge Limited (‘BFL’), Beazley 
Management Limited (‘BML’), Beazley plc and Beazley Services USA Inc. (‘BUSA’)) and other audit 
procedures on group wide processes. 

• The components where we performed full or specific audit procedures accounted for 95% of Profit before 

tax, 96% of Revenue and 98% of Total assets.

Key Audit 
Matters

• Valuation of gross Insurance claims Liabilities and reinsurers’ share of Incurred but not reported (‘IBNR’)

– Actuarial assumptions used in estimating gross IBNR and reinsurers’ share of IBNR, and 
– Data

• Measurement of estimated premium income 
• Valuation of level 3 financial investments

Materiality

• Overall group materiality of $11.3m (2021: $11.2m) which represents 5% of pre-tax profits on a 5-year 

average adjusted for Covid-19 losses and the gain on sale of the Beazley Benefit business. (2021: 5% of 
pre-tax profits on a 5-year average adjusted for Covid- 19 losses and the gain on sale of the Beazley 
Benefit business).   

An overview of the scope of the parent company and Group audits
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit 
scope for each company within the Group.  Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We take into account size, risk profile, the organisation of the Group and effectiveness of Group-wide controls, 
changes to the business environment and other factors when assessing the level of work to be performed at each reporting 
component.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate quantitative 
coverage of significant accounts in the financial statements, of the 34 legal entities within the Group, we selected eight entities 
covering components within UK, Ireland and US which represent the material business units within the Group. Of these entities, 
we designated two as full scope components (Syndicate 2623 and Beazley Insurance Company Inc(and six as specific scope 
components (Syndicate 3623, Beazley Services USA Inc., Beazley Insurance dac ’), Beazley Furlonge Limited, Beazley 
Management Limited and Beazley plc). 

Details of the eight reporting components are set out below:

Component
Syndicate 2623
BICI
Syndicate 3623
Beazley Services USA Inc
BIDAC
Beazley Furlonge Limited
Beazley Management Limited

Beazley Plc

Scope
Full
Full
Specific
Specific
Specific
Specific
Specific

Specific

Auditor
EY Component Team (UK)
EY Component Team (New York)
EY Component Team (UK)
EY Component Team (New York)
EY Primary Team
EY Primary Team
EY Primary Team & EY Component Team 
(New York)
EY Primary Team

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

147

 
Auditors’ report continued

In addition to the above we perform specific audit procedures over Group wide processes.

Of the eight components selected, we performed an audit of the complete financial information of two components (“full scope 
components”) which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics. For the remaining six components (“specific 
scope components”), we performed audit procedures on specific accounts within that component that we considered had the 
potential for the greatest impact on the significant accounts in the financial statements either because of the size of these 
accounts or their risk profile.  For group-wide processes we performed audit procedures over the specific accounts which 
consist of IBNR and Reinsurers’ share of IBNR, Taxation, Cash and cash equivalents, Share based payments, Right of use 
assets, Lease liabilities, Financial assets and Intangible assets (indefinite life). 

The reporting components where we performed audit procedures accounted for 95% (2021:97%) of the Group’s Profit before 
tax, 96% (2021: 96%) of the Group’s Revenue and 98% (2021: 99%) of the Group’s Total assets. For the current year, the full 
scope components contributed 87% (2021: 90%) of the Group’s Profit before tax, 89% (2021: 90%) of the Group’s Gross 
Written Premium and 7% (2021: 10%) of the Group’s Total assets. The specific scope component contributed 8% (2021: 7%) of 
the Group’s Profit before tax, 7% (2021: 6%) of the Group’s Gross Written Premium and 91% (2021: 89%) of the Group’s Total 
assets.  The audit scope of these components may not have included testing of all significant accounts of the component but 
will have contributed to the coverage of significant accounts tested for the Group.  

Of the remaining 26 legal entities that together represent 5% (2021: 3%) of the Group’s Profit before Income Tax, none are 
individually greater than 4% (2021: 4%) of the Group’s Gross Written Premium, none are individually greater than 2% (2021: 1%) 
of the Group’s total assets. For these components, we performed other procedures, including analytical review, testing of 
significant balances, review of consolidation journals and intercompany eliminations to respond to any potential risks of 
material misstatement to the Group financial statements.

Involvement with component teams 
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be undertaken at each 
of the components by us, as the primary audit engagement team, or by component auditors from the UK and other EY global 
network firms operating under our instruction.

The primary audit team provided detailed audit instructions to the component team which included guidance on areas of focus, 
including the relevant risks of material misstatement detailed above, and set out the information required to be reported to the 
primary audit team. 

For three specific scope components (BIDAC, Beazley Furlonge Limited, Beazley Management Limited) and all group-wide 
processes, all audit procedures were performed directly by the primary audit team whilst the other full scope components (BICI 
and Syndicate 2623) and specific scope component (Beazley Services USA Inc and Syndicate 3623) were audited by 
component audit teams in the United States of America and United Kingdom respectively. For the companies where the work 
was performed by component auditors, the primary audit team was responsible for the scope and direction of the audit process 
and the primary audit team determined the appropriate level of involvement to enable us to determine that sufficient audit 
evidence has been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group as a whole. 

The Senior Statutory Auditor, Stuart Wilson maintained oversight of the UK and US component teams through a programme of 
meetings (both in person and virtually) with management of each significant component and held regular team interactions with 
the component teams during various stages of the audit. 

The work performed on the components, together with the additional procedures performed at Group level, gave us appropriate 
evidence for our opinion on the Group financial statements.

148

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Climate change 
There has been increasing interest from stakeholders as to how climate change will impact Beazley. The Group has determined 
that the most significant future impacts from climate change on their operations will be from underwriting portfolio 
management, exposure risk appetite management and investment portfolio management. These are explained on pages 29 to 
49 in the required Task Force for Climate related Financial Disclosures, which form part of the “Other information,” rather than 
the audited financial statements as explained below. Our procedures on these disclosures therefore consisted solely of 
considering whether they are materially inconsistent with the financial statements, or our knowledge obtained in the course of 
the audit or otherwise appear to be materially misstated, in line with our responsibilities on ‘Other information’. 

As explained in the Basis of Preparation note governmental and societal responses to climate change risks are still developing, 
and are interdependent upon each other, and consequently financial statements cannot capture all possible future outcomes as 
these are not yet known.   The degree of certainty of these changes may also mean that they cannot be taken into account 
when determining asset and liability valuations and timing of future cash flows under the requirements of International Financial 
Reporting Standards. As explained in note 1, management believe that reasonably possible changes arising from climate risks 
would not have a material impact on asset and liability valuations at the year-end date.  

Our audit effort in considering climate change was focused on validating this assertion, through considering the potential 
effects of climate risks on asset values and associated disclosures where values are determined through modelling future cash 
flows. We also challenged the Directors’ considerations of climate change in their assessment of going concern and viability 
and associated disclosures. Based on our work we have not identified the impact of climate change on the financial statements 
to be a key audit matter or to impact a key audit matter.

Whilst the Group have stated their commitment to the aspirations of the Paris Agreement to achieve net zero emissions by 
2050, the Group are currently unable to determine the full future economic impact on their business model, operational plans 
and customers to achieve this and therefore as set out above the potential impacts are not fully incorporated in these financial 
statements.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

149

 
 
Auditors’ report continued

Key observations 
communicated to the Audit 
and Risk Committee

Our response to the risk

Risk
Valuation of Gross Insurance claims Liabilities of $7,382.5m and reinsurers’ share of IBNR of $2,066.8m. (PY comparative 
Gross: $6,399.1m and reinsurers’ share of IBNR: $1,458.0m)
Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee Report (page 94); Accounting policies (pages 168 and 170); and Note 24 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements (pages 211 to 220).
One of the most significant financial statement risk areas from both a business and an audit perspective is the valuation and 
adequacy of the claims liabilities held by the Group. Gross claims liabilities, and the related reinsurance on IBNR are 
inherently uncertain and subjective by nature and therefore are more susceptible to fraud or error than other financial 
statement balances. A small manipulation of an assumption could have a significant impact on the result for the year. This 
could lead to insurance liabilities not falling within a reasonable range of estimates, resulting in a misstatement in the 
financial statements. Additionally, the valuation process is conditional upon the accuracy and completeness of the data.
We have split the risk relating to the valuation of insurance liabilities into the following component parts:
• Actuarial assumptions used in estimating gross IBNR and reinsurers’ share of IBNR; and
• Data
The assumptions used to develop 
the IBNR reserves, which make up 
a significant component of the 
insurance liabilities (gross and 
reinsurers’ share on IBNR), involve 
a significant degree of judgement. 
As a result we focused on this area 
as the valuation can be materially 
impacted by various factors 
including
• The risk of inappropriate 
assumptions used in 
determining gross IBNR and 
reinsurers’ share of IBNR, 
especially on:
◦ Newer or growing classes of 

effectiveness of key controls over management’s process in 
respect of the valuation of gross IBNR and reinsurers’ share 
of IBNR including the setting and updating of actuarial 
assumptions and the reinsurance netting down process to 
calculate the reinsurers’ share of IBNR from the gross IBNR.
• Assessed the reserving methodology on a gross basis and net 
of reinsurers’ share of IBNR. This also involved comparing the 
Group’s reserving methodology with industry practice.

We determined that the 
actuarial assumptions 
as a whole, which are 
used by management 
are reasonable based 
on our analysis of the 
experience to date, 
industry practice and 
the financial and 
regulatory 
requirements. We 
therefore concluded 
that IBNR reserves lie 
within a reasonable 
range of possible 
outcomes.

To obtain sufficient audit evidence to conclude on the 
appropriateness of actuarial assumptions, we engaged our 
actuaries as part of our audit team and performed the following 
procedures:
• Obtained an understanding and tested the design 

• Performed independent re-projections of IBNR applying our 

own assumptions, across all classes of business for 
attritional claims on a net of reinsurance and gross basis and 
compared these to management’s results as at 31 December 
2022.

business, due to reliance on expert 
judgement in management’s 
estimates due to the limited 
historical data available and 
limitations in use of market data; 
and

◦ Classes subject to changing claims 

environment or trends such as 
Cyber, due to greater reliance on 
expert judgement in management’s 
estimates due to limited relevance 
of historical data to form a view on 
future claim development.

• The risk that IBNR loss reserve 

estimates in respect of 
catastrophe and large claims 
losses are insufficient due to the 
size and extent of these losses 
being uncertain. The areas we 
consider as key areas of 
judgement include the tail 
development and consistency of 
reserves specifically on reserving 
classes where prior year 
deteriorations are seen, 
premium rate increases are 
assumed, and inflationary 
trends, including social inflation, 
are experienced.

• Assessed whether the assumptions, such as inflation, applied 
to key areas of uncertainty were appropriate based on our 
knowledge of the Group, industry practice and regulatory and 
financial reporting requirements. As part of our re-projections 
of the net and gross IBNR, we have formed an independent 
view of the additional claims cost arising from the current 
economic inflationary environment.

• Compared premium rate increases against industry 

benchmarks and held discussions with management’s 
underwriting and actuarial teams to understand any variances 
seen. Additionally, we reviewed evidence of renewals to verify 
the cause of rate increases which included determining the 
reasonableness of the factors used to convert price changes 
to rate increases.

• Benchmarking quantum of catastrophe losses, large losses, 
assumptions, and rates used in inherently uncertain classes 
and new growing classes, against other comparable industry 
participants to challenge and assess the reserving 
assumptions.

150

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Risk
Data
The valuation of insurance 
liabilities depends on complete 
and accurate data used in the 
actuarial process as this data is 
used to form expectations about 
future claims.

Measurement of estimated 
premium within Gross Written 
Premium income (Gross Written 
Premium $5,268.7m, PY 
comparative $4,618.9m)
Refer to the Audit and Risk 
Committee Report (page 94) and 
Accounting policies (pages 168 and 
169).
For certain contracts, premium is 
initially recognised based on 
estimates of ultimate premium.
This occurs where pricing is based 
on variables which are not known 
with certainty at the point of 
binding the policy. Subsequent 
adjustments to those estimates 
arise as updated information 
relating to those pricing variables 
becomes available and are 
recorded in the period in which 
they are determined. These 
estimates are judgemental and 
therefore could result in 
misstatements of revenue 
recognised in the financial 
statements.

Key observations 
communicated to the Audit 
and Risk Committee
We determined based 
on our audit work that 
the data used for the 
actuarial model inputs 
was materially 
complete and accurate.

Based on the results of 
the procedures 
performed we 
concluded that 
premium estimates had 
been recorded 
appropriately.

Our response to the risk
To obtain sufficient audit evidence to assess the integrity of 
premiums, paid and outstanding claims data used to determine 
the gross and net of reinsurance reserves, we performed the 
following procedures:
• Obtained an understanding of the process and tested the 
design and operating effectiveness of key controls over 
management’s data collection, extraction, and validation 
process.

• Tested the completeness and accuracy of the claims, 

reinsurance programme and premium data used within the 
reserving process by reconciling the data used in the actuarial 
projections to the underlying policy administration, 
reinsurance, and finance systems.

• For a sample of paid and outstanding claims we corroborated 

to underlying supporting evidence. For paid claims this 
included authorisation requests and bank statements. For 
claims outstanding we obtained an understanding of 
management’s process of setting claims reserves and tested 
the design and operating effectiveness of key controls within 
the claim outstanding process. For a sample of outstanding 
claims, we held discussions with claims handlers to further 
understand the background of the claims and assess the 
reasonableness of the assumptions made in setting the 
reserve. We also obtained supporting evidence, where 
relevant, including lawyer or defence counsel reports provided 
by third parties to corroborate the year end balances.
• Additionally, for claims outstanding we assessed the 

consistency in reserving methodology used in the current year 
compared to the methodology used in previous years for 
similar claims.

Our procedures included:
• Obtaining an understanding of the process and testing the 

design and operating effectiveness of key controls, including 
the monitoring of estimated premium income.

• Performing independent re-projections of ultimate premium 
per underwriting year for the 2021 and prior underwriting 
years where ultimate premiums are booked, applying our own 
assumptions and comparing these to the Group’s booked 
ultimate premium on a class of business including distribution 
channel basis. Where there were significant variances, we 
challenged management’s assumptions used for bias and 
consistency in approach from prior year.

• For the data used in our independent re-projections we 

corroborated premium data to underlying policy and finance 
systems in order to test the completeness and accuracy of 
this data set. This was performed through testing of key 
reconciliations to external sources such as external service 
organisations reports.

• For a sample of policy estimates in respect of the 2022 

underwriting year, we corroborated the estimated premium for 
polices such as binders and inward reinsurance to supporting 
evidence such as signed slips. Additionally, to corroborate 
estimates, including for coverholder business, where similar 
policies and binders have been written previously, we 
performed back testing of historical estimated premium 
income compared to actual premium signed.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

151

 
Auditors’ report continued

Key observations 
communicated to the Audit 
and Risk Committee
Based on our 
procedures performed 
we were satisfied that 
the valuations of illiquid 
credit asset funds were 
reasonable.
In respect of the 
syndicate loans, we 
were satisfied the 
carrying value was not 
materially different to 
our own valuation.

Our response to the risk
To obtain sufficient audit evidence to conclude on the 
appropriateness of valuation of level 3 investments, we 
performed the following procedures for a sample of investments:
• Obtained an understanding of the valuation process and 

tested the design effectiveness of key controls.

• Obtained net assets valuation (‘NAV’) statements provided by 
third party administrators in respect of all investments and 
compared these to management’s valuations.

• Assessed management’s valuations by performing 

independent back testing of recent realisations, to confirm 
that NAV is an appropriate proxy for fair value.

• Obtained the most recent audited financial statements for 

each fund and inspected liquidity and going concern 
disclosures for indication of impairment. Furthermore, we 
inspected the relevant accounting policies to confirm that the 
underlying investments are being held at fair value to support 
the NAV being a suitable proxy for fair value.

• Performed retrospective testing to establish historic 

consistency between the booked and final audited valuation 
positions in the underlying funds. This involved an analysis to 
establish any trends, patterns, conditions, or discrepancies 
allowing challenge to management’s latest valuation.

• Assessed investment carrying values for possible material 
movements since the latest asset valuation by obtaining 
confirmation of the investment managers latest percentage 
change NAV estimates, where available, and inquire if they 
are aware of any indications of impairment since the latest 
valuation date.

• With support from our EY valuation specialists, we performed 

an independent valuation of the syndicate loans.

Risk
Valuation of level 3 investments 
($255.4m, PY comparative 
$315.8m)
Refer to the Audit and Risk 
Committee Report (page 94); 
Accounting policies (page 168 and 
172) and Note 16 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
(pages 199 to 204).
Investments in level 3 assets 
predominately comprise illiquid 
credit asset funds managed by 
third party managers (generally 
closed end limited partnerships or 
open-ended funds). The 
investments themselves are in 
many cases private and unquoted. 
These assets are inherently harder 
to value due to the inability to 
obtain a market price of these 
assets as at the balance sheet 
date. Therefore, there is judgement 
in both deriving the price and the 
timeliness of receiving the 
information from the third-party 
managers, either of which could 
result in misstatements of the 
value recognised in the financial 
statements. Additionally, Beazley 
holds syndicate loans which are 
funds provided by Beazley’s group 
syndicates to the Central Funds at 
Lloyd’s in respect of the 2019 and 
2020 underwriting years. 
Observable inputs are not readily 
available for the valuation of 
Syndicate loans and so 
management use models with 
other inputs to estimate their 
value. We consider that the key 
risks on the valuation of Syndicate 
loans relates to (i) the 
assumptions used, as these are 
largely based on non-observable 
inputs (ii) the appropriateness of 
the valuation methodology applied 
to derive the fair value.

152

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on 
the audit and in forming our audit opinion.

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent 
of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be $11.3 million (2021: $11.2 million), which is 5% of pre-tax profits on a 5-year 
average adjusted for Covid-19 losses ($340m) and the gain on sale of the Beazley Benefit business ($55.4m) (2021: 5% of pre-
tax profits on a 5-year average adjusted for Covid-19 losses and the gain on sale of the Beazley Benefit business).  This 
materiality basis is in line with our approach taken in the prior year. We considered that adjusted pre-tax profits is the most 
relevant performance measure used by investors, regulators and other stakeholders when assessing the Group. Given the 
nature of risks underwritten by Beazley, we believe the use of a five-year average profit is appropriate, as the profitability of the 
Group is expected to fluctuate from period to period. Despite this we believe that an additional adjustment for COVID losses is 
also appropriate given its unprecedented nature, which would not normally be expected in such a five-year time horizon.

We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be $16.4 million (2021: $10.4 million), which is 1% (2021: 1%) of net 
assets. The Parent company primarily holds the investment in Group entities and, therefore, net assets is considered to be the 
key focus for users of the financial statements.

We calculated materiality at the planning stage of the audit and then during the course of our audit, we reassessed initial 
materiality at year end based on actual 2022 with no change as a result. 

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level.  It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low 
level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement 
was that performance materiality was 50% (2021: 50%) of our planning materiality, namely $5.6m (2021: $5.6m).

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts is 
undertaken based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is 
based on the relative scale and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement 
at that component.  In the current year, the range of performance materiality allocated to components was $5.6m to $1.2m 
(2021: $5.6m to $1.2m).

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of 
$0.6m (2021: $0.6m), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light 
of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report set out on pages 1 to 232, other than the 
financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.  The directors are responsible for the other information contained within 
the annual report. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

153

 
Auditors’ report continued

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
• the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

• the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion:
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

• the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit

Corporate Governance Statement
We have reviewed the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the Group and company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:
• Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material 

uncertainties identified set out on page 140.

• Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the 

period is appropriate set out on page 70;

• Director’s statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and 

meets its liabilities set out on page 70;

• Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 139;
• Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 67;
• The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems 

set out on page 98; and;

• The section describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee set out on pages 91 to 99.

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement out on page 139, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control 
as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group and parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.
Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud

154

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due 
to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.

However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of 
the company and management.

• We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined that 
the most significant are permissions and supervisory requirements of the Central Bank of Ireland (‘CBI’), Lloyd’s, Prudential 
Regulation Authority (‘PRA’), the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’), state of Connecticut Insurance Department and the UK 
Listing Authority (‘UKLA’).

• We understood how Beazley plc is complying with those frameworks by making enquiries of management, internal audit and 
those responsible for legal and compliance matters. We also reviewed correspondence between the Group and regulatory 
bodies, reviewed minutes of the Executive Committee, Risk and Regulatory Committee and attended the Audit and Risk 
Committees and gained an understanding of the Group’s approach to governance demonstrated by The Board’s approval of 
the Group’s governance framework.

• We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might 

occur by occur by considering the controls that the Group has established to address risks identified by the entity, or that 
otherwise seek to prevent, deter or detect fraud. We also considered areas of significant judgement, including complex 
transactions, performance targets, external pressures and the impact these have on the control environment and their 
potential to influence management to manage earnings or influence the perceptions of investors and stakeholders. Where 
this risk was considered to be higher, within the valuation of insurance liabilities and the reinsurers’ share of IBNR and 
estimated premium income we performed audit procedures to address the identified fraud risk as detailed in the respective 
key audit matters above. We made enquiries with management in person and via the use of video conferencing and 
performed analytical review procedures to assess for unusual movements throughout the year. Our procedures to address the 
risk identified also incorporated unpredictability into the nature, timing and/or extent of our testing; challenging assumptions, 
significant judgements and estimates made by management within their forward-looking information within their five-year plan, 
for example. Additionally, we tested year-end manual journals to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements 
were free from fraud or error. 

• Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations. 

Our procedures involved making enquiry of those charged with governance and senior management for their awareness of any 
non-compliance of laws or regulations; inquiring about the policies that have been established to prevent non-compliance with 
laws and regulations by officers and employees both at a Group and component level; inquiring about the Group’s methods of 
enforcing and monitoring compliance with such policies; and inspecting significant correspondence with CBI, Lloyd’s, FCA, 
PRA, State of Connecticut Insurance Department and UKLA.

• The Group operates in the insurance industry which is a highly regulated environment. As such the Senior Statutory Auditor 
considered the experience and expertise of the engagement team to ensure that the team had the appropriate competence 
and capabilities, which included the use of specialists where appropriate.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters we are required to address
• Following the recommendation from the Audit and Risk committee, we were appointed by the company on 23 May 2019 to 

audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2019 and subsequent financial periods. 

• The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments is four years covering the 

years ending 31 December 2019 to 31 December 2022.

• The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006.  Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Stuart Wilson (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
London
12 March 2023

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

155

 
Financial 
statements

157

158

159

162

162

164

232

Consolidated statement of profit or loss

Statements of comprehensive income

Statements of changes in equity

Statements of financial position

Statements of cash flows

Notes to the financial statements

Alternative performance measures

156

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Consolidated statement of profit or loss

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Gross premiums written
Written premiums ceded to reinsurers
Net premiums written
Change in gross provision for unearned premiums
Reinsurers’ share of change in the provision for unearned premiums
Change in net provision for unearned premiums
Net earned premiums
Net investment (loss)/income
Other income
Gain from sale of business

Revenue
Insurance claims
Insurance claims recoverable from reinsurers
Net insurance claims
Expenses for the acquisition of insurance contracts
Administrative expenses
Foreign exchange loss
Operating expenses
Expenses
Results of operating activities
Finance costs
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
Earnings per share (cents per share):
Basic
Diluted
Earnings per share (pence per share):
Basic
Diluted

Notes
3

3

3
4
5

3
3
3
3

3

8

9

2022

2021

 $m
5,268.7
(1,392.5)
3,876.2
(507.3)
245.3
(262.0)
3,614.2
(179.7)
32.1
–
(147.6)
3,466.6
3,046.3
(1,089.9)
1,956.4
952.1
303.7
24.0
1,279.8
3,236.2
230.4
(39.4)
191.0
(30.2)
160.8

$m
4,618.9
(1,106.5)
3,512.4
(545.0)
179.9
(365.1)
3,147.3
116.4
28.2
54.4
199.0
3,346.3
2,734.3
(908.1)
1,826.2
821.8
283.0
7.2
1,112.0
2,938.2
408.1
(38.9)
369.2
(60.5)
308.7

10
10

10
10

26.3
25.9

21.1
20.8

50.9
50.3

37.0
36.5

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

157

 
Statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Group
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss:
(Loss)/gain on remeasurement of retirement benefit obligations
Income tax on defined benefit obligation

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Foreign exchange translation differences
Total other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income recognised

Statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
Total comprehensive income recognised

2022

$m

2021

$m

160.8

308.7

(12.5)
2.7

13.0
(1.8)

(12.2)
(22.0)
138.8

(5.9)
5.3
314.0

2022

$m

303.1
303.1

2021

$m

37.2
37.2

158

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
Statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Group
Balance at 1 January 2021

Total comprehensive 
(loss) / income recognised
Equity settled share based 
payments
Tax on share option vestings
Transfer of shares to employees
Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2022
Total comprehensive 
(loss) / income recognised
Dividends paid
Issue of shares
Equity raise1
Transfer of merger reserve to retained 
earnings1
Equity settled share based 
payments

Acquisition of own shares held in trust
Tax on share option vestings
Transfer of shares to employees
Balance at 31 December 2022

Share 
capital
$m

Share 
premium
$m

Notes

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
$m

Other 
reserves
$m

Retained 
earnings
$m

Total 
$m

42.9

5.3

(91.3)

(9.4)

1,862.0

1,809.5

–

–

(5.9)

–

319.9

314.0

22
9
22

11
21
21

21

22
22
9
22

–
–
–
42.9

42.9

–
–
0.1
3.6

–

–
–
–
–
46.6

–
–
–
5.3

5.3

–
–
0.8
3.6

–

–
–
–
–
9.7

–
–
–
(97.2)

11.0
(3.9)
(1.7)
(4.0)

–
–
1.9
2,183.8

11.0
(3.9)
0.2
2,130.8

(97.2)

(4.0)

2,183.8

2,130.8

(12.2)
–
–
–

–
–
–
397.2

151.0
(103.0)
–
–

138.8
(103.0)
0.9
404.4

–

(397.2)

397.2

–

–
–
–
–
(109.4)

15.7
(17.8)
3.1
(4.6)
(7.6)

–
–
0.6
4.6
2,634.2

15.7
(17.8)
3.7
–
2,573.5

1 In November 2022, the Company issued 60,959,017 new ordinary shares of 5 pence each, comprising the ‘Placing Shares’, the ‘Retail Offer Shares’ and the 
‘Subscription Shares’. No share premium was recorded in relation to the Placing Shares as merger relief under the Companies Act was available. The premium 
over the nominal value of these shares was credited to a merger reserve and subsequently recognised in retained earnings as it was deemed to be distributable. 
Refer to Note 21 for further details.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

159

 
Statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company

Balance at 1 January 2021

Total comprehensive income recognised

Equity settled share based payments
Transfer of shares to employees
Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2022
Total comprehensive income recognised
Dividends paid
Issue of shares
Equity raise²
Transfer of merger reserve to retained earnings
Equity settled share based payments
Acquisition of own shares held in trust
Transfer of shares to employees

Balance at 31 December 2022

Share 
capital
$m

Share 
premium
$m

Merger 
reserve1 
$m

Notes

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
$m

Other 
reserves
$m

Retained 
earnings
$m

Total
$m

42.9

–

–
–
42.9

42.9
–
–
0.1
3.6
–
–
–
–

46.6

22
22

11
21
21
22
22
22
22

5.3

–

–
–
5.3

5.3
–
–
0.8
3.6
–
–
–
–

9.7

55.4

0.7

(16.9)

904.1

991.5

–

–
–
55.4

55.4
–
–
–
397.2
(397.2)
–
–
–

55.4

–

–
–
0.7

0.7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0.7

–

37.2

37.2

11.0
(1.7)
(7.6)

(7.6)
–
–
–
–
–
15.7
(17.8)
(4.6)

–
1.9

11.0
0.2
943.2 1,039.9

943.2 1,039.9
303.1
303.1
(103.0)
(103.0)
0.9
–
404.4
–
–
397.2
15.7
–
(17.8)
–
–
4.6

(14.3) 1,545.1 1,643.2

1 A merger reserve was created through a scheme of arrangement on 13 April 2016, in which Beazley plc became the parent company of the Group.
2 In November 2022, the Company issued 60,959,017 new ordinary shares of 5 pence each, comprising the ‘Placing Shares’, the ‘Retail Offer Shares’ and the 
‘Subscription Shares’. No share premium was recorded in relation to the Placing Shares as merger relief under the Companies Act was available. The premium 
over the nominal value of these shares was credited to a merger reserve and subsequently recognised in retained earnings as it was deemed to be distributable. 
Refer to Note 21 for further details.

160

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Statements of financial position

as at 31 December 2022

Assets
Intangible assets
Plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Deferred tax asset
Investment in subsidiaries
Investment in associates
Deferred acquisition costs
Retirement benefit asset
Reinsurance assets
Financial assets at fair value
Insurance receivables
Other receivables
Current income tax asset
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Merger reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

Liabilities
Insurance liabilities
Financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
Current income tax liability
Other payables
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

2022

2021

Group

Company

Group

Company

Notes

$m

$m

$m

$m

12
13
29
28
31
14
15
27
19, 24
16, 17
18
30

20

21

22

24
16, 17, 25
29

26

128.8
14.9
60.5
35.2
–
0.4
550.1
4.6
3,286.6
8,345.6
1,811.7
196.4
11.7
652.5
15,099.0

46.6
9.7
–
(109.4)
(7.6)
2,634.2
2,573.5

10,354.2
562.5
72.7
8.6
1,527.5
12,525.5
15,099.0

–
–
–
–
724.6
–
–
–
–
–
–
919.1
0.3
3.4
1,647.4

46.6
9.7
55.4
0.7
(14.3)
1,545.1
1,643.2

–
–
–
–
4.2
4.2
1,647.4

123.5
19.2
75.5
16.3
–
0.6
477.8
18.1
2,386.4
7,283.5
1,696.1
106.7
11.9
591.8

–
–
–
–
724.6
–
–
–
–
–
–
315.0
0.7
0.3
12,807.4 1,040.6

42.9
42.9
5.3
5.3
55.4
–
0.7
(97.2)
(7.6)
(4.0)
2,183.8
943.2
2,130.8 1,039.9

–
8,871.8
–
554.7
–
84.3
–
24.5
0.7
1,141.3
10,676.6
0.7
12,807.4 1,040.6

No income statement is presented for the parent company as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit after tax of the parent company for 
the period was $303.6m (2021: $37.2m).

The financial statements were approved by The Board of Directors on 12 March 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

C LaSala
Chair

S M Lake
Group Finance Director 

12 March 2023

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

161

 
 
Statements of cash flows

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before income tax
Adjustments for:
Amortisation of intangibles
Equity settled share based compensation
Net fair value loss/(gain) on financial assets
Depreciation of plant and equipment
Depreciation of right of use assets
Impairment/(write back) of reinsurance assets recognised
Increase/(decrease) in insurance and other payables
(Increase) in insurance, reinsurance and other receivables
(Increase) in deferred acquisition costs
Interest and dividends received on investments
Finance costs
Income tax paid
Net cash from/(used in) operating activities
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of plant and equipment
Expenditure on software development and other intangible assets
Purchase of investments
Proceeds from sale of investments
Proceeds from sale of business
Loan to subsidiary
Interest and dividends received
Net cash (used in)/from investing activities
Cash flow from financing activities
Acquisition of own shares in trust
Payment of lease liabilities
Equity raise
Finance costs
Dividend paid
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

2022

Group
$m

Company
$m

2021

Group
$m

Company
$m

Notes

191.0

303.3

369.2

36.4

12
22
4
13
29
2

4
8

13
12

4

22
29
21
8

20

14.3
15.7
274.4
3.3
12.3
17.8
1,868.6
(1,105.5)
(72.3)
(101.1)
39.4
(61.1)
1,096.8

(1.0)
(22.7)
(6,645.4)
5,325.3
–
–
94.2
(1,249.6)

(17.8)
(11.6)
404.4
(36.3)
(103.0)
235.7
82.9
591.8
(22.2)
652.5

–
15.7
–
–
–
–
3.5
(3.4)
–
(305.0)
4.8
–
18.9

–
–
–
–
–
(600.7)
305.0
(295.7)

(17.8)
–
404.4
(4.8)
(103.0)
278.8
2.0
0.3
1.1
3.4

20.5
11.0
(45.8)
4.9
15.0
(3.3)
1,900.8
(950.1)
(92.9)
(76.5)
38.9
(22.2)
1,169.5

(4.5)
(17.7)
(7,979.1)
7,037.1
54.4
–
70.6
(839.2)

–
(12.8)
–
(35.2)
–
(48.0)
282.3
309.5
–
591.8

–
11.0
–
–
–
–
(3.1)
(47.1)
–
(40.0)
3.6
–
(39.2)

–
–
–
–
–
–
40.0
40.0

–
–
–
(3.6)
–
(3.6)
(2.8)
0.9
2.2
0.3

162

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
Notes to the financial statements

1 Statement of accounting policies
Beazley plc (registered number 09763575) is a public company incorporated in England and Wales. The company’s registered 
address is 22 Bishopsgate, London, EC2N 4BQ, United Kingdom. The principal activity of the company and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) is to participate as a specialist insurer which transacts primarily in commercial lines of business through its 
subsidiaries and through Lloyd’s syndicates. The Group financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 comprise 
the parent company, its subsidiaries and the Group’s interest in associates.

The financial statements of the parent company, Beazley plc, and the Group’s consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

By publishing the parent company financial statements together with the Group financial statements, the company is taking 
advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual statement of profit or loss.

In the current year, the Group have applied amendments to IFRS issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) 
and endorsed by the UK Endorsement Board (UKEB) that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or 
after 1 January 2022. The new effective amendments are: 
• Amendments to IAS 37 ‘Onerous contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract’ issued in May 2020;
• Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020 issued in May 2020;
• Amendments to IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use’ issued in May 2020; and
• Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’ issued in May 2020.

None of the amendments issued by the IASB and endorsed by the UKEB have had a material impact to the Group. 

A number of new standards and interpretations adopted by the UKEB which are not mandatorily effective, as well as standards 
and interpretations issued by the IASB but not yet adopted by the UKEB, have not been applied in preparing these financial 
statements. The Group does not plan to adopt these standards early; instead it expects to apply them from their effective dates 
as determined by their dates of UKEB endorsement. The Group expects the following upcoming standards to have an impact on 
its future financial statements:
• IFRS 9: Financial Instruments (UKEB effective date: 1 January 2018, deferred in line with implementation of IFRS 17); 
• IFRS 9: Amendment: Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (UKEB effective date: 1 January 2019, deferred in 

line with implementation of IFRS 17); and

• IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts (UKEB effective date: 1 January 2023);

The IASB have issued a number of other minor amendments to standards which are not yet effective. None of these are 
expected to have a material impact on the Group.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

163

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

1 Statement of accounting policies continued
Significant changes in accounting policy not yet effective
International Financial Reporting Standard 17, Insurance Contracts (‘IFRS 17’)
IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts, was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) in May 2017 and was 
approved for adoption in the United Kingdom by the UK endorsement Board on 16 May 2022. UK-adopted IFRS 17 is effective 
for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023. IFRS 17 will materially change the way the Group accounts for, 
and reports, (re)insurance contracts issued and reinsurance contracts entered into in its consolidated financial statements.

Changes to accounting policies
The IFRS 17 general measurement model requires that the following balances are recognised on initial recognition of an 
insurance contract:
• a discounted probability-weighted best estimate of future cash flows relating to the insurance contract;
• a risk adjustment for non-financial risk; and
• a contractual service margin (‘CSM’) representing the unearned profit that will be recognised over the coverage period of the 

contract. The CSM is measured such that no profit arises on initial recognition.

The Group intends to measure all contracts consistently using the general measurement model set out above and does not 
expect to use the simplified premium allocation approach for any portfolios or groups of insurance contracts currently issued. A 
discount rate to discount future cash flows will be derived using the ‘bottom-up’ approach, based on a risk-free discount rate 
that is then adjusted with an illiquidity premium. Subsequent changes in discount rates on remeasurement will be accounted for 
through the statement of profit or loss.

IFRS 17 requires that insurance contracts where the underlying risks are of a similar nature and where they are managed 
together be aggregated into groups of insurance contracts. These will then be subdivided based on the year coverage begins 
and whether it is onerous on initial recognition. The Group intends to align its IFRS 17 groupings with the way it currently 
manages and reports its business. Where a contract is onerous on initial recognition, the Group will be required to recognise 
any losses up-front. The Group is currently assessing the extent to which contracts currently in issue may be onerous. 

Reinsurance contracts which the Group takes out (reinsurance contracts held) will be measured similarly to (re)insurance 
contracts issued. However the concept of onerosity does not exist in IFRS 17 for reinsurance and therefore the reinsurance 
CSM is measured such that no income or expense is recognised on initial recognition.

Changes to presentation of financial statements on adoption of IFRS 17
The adoption of IFRS 17 will result in significant changes to the consolidated statement of profit or loss, the consolidated 
statement of financial position and related notes. These include:
• An insurance service result comprised of insurance revenue, insurance service expense and insurance finance income or 

expense will replace the current premium and claims lines in the statement of profit or loss.

• Reinsurance will be presented separately to insurance contracts issued.
• The statement of financial position will contain less detail, with all balances in the scope of IFRS 17 being included in 

insurance assets/liabilities or reinsurance assets/liabilities.

• More extensive analysis of the IFRS 17 balances will be found in the notes to the financial statements.

Estimated impact of the adoption of IFRS 17
IFRS 17 requires that on transition comparative information is restated in accordance with the new accounting policies in force. 
The Group expects to apply the fully retrospective transition approach. Contracts in the scope of IFRS 17 will be recognised and 
measured as if IFRS 17 had always applied, and previously reported balances which would not have existed if IFRS 17 had 
always been applied (such as certain insurance receivables and some deferred acquisition costs) will be derecognised. Any 
resulting net difference will be included as a transition adjustment to retained earnings.

The Group has assessed the initial impact of IFRS 17 will have on its statement of financial position as at 1 January 2022. 
Based on assessments undertaken to date, the total adjustment (after tax) to the balance of the Group’s consolidated retained 
earnings is expected to be an increase of at least 2% of equity.

164

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
1 Statement of accounting policies continued
This increase is due to a number of valuation differences between IFRS 4 and IFRS 17:
• IFRS 17 technical provisions are discounted to reflect the time value of money. Under IFRS 4 the Group does not discount 

technical provisions, and thus under IFRS 17 net technical provisions will be less than when measured under IFRS 4.
• In order to cover claims expected to be paid, the Group has historically held reserves within a range of 5-10% over an 

actuarial estimate. This actuarial estimate itself has a level of prudence within it. Under IFRS 17, reserves will be held at a 
best estimate (with no prudence), with an added risk adjustment calculated to a specified confidence level. This will show a 
percentile giving an indication about where reserves sit compared to the best estimate and the capital requirement. The 
reserve margin at date of transition had a confidence level at the upper end of a 80th to 90th percentile range under IFRS 4. 
Under IFRS 17 we expect the confidence level on transition to be nearer the middle of this range. Accordingly, the Group 
expects the provision for claims recognised on adoption of IFRS 17 to be lower than current IFRS 4 technical provisions.
• Under IFRS 4 unearned premium reserves and deferred acquisition costs are treated as non-monetary and are translated to 
the Group’s functional currency using historic exchange rates. These balances are eliminated upon adoption of IFRS 17 and 
all insurance contract balances are considered to be monetary and are revalued using spot rates at each reporting date.

The assessment above is preliminary as we work to finalise the transition to IFRS 17. The actual impact of the adoption of IFRS 
17 may change as the Group refines the accounting processes and internal controls required for applying IFRS 17 whilst 
carrying out parallel runs alongside IFRS 4 reporting. Additionally, the new accounting policies, judgements and estimation 
techniques which will be adopted are subject to change until the Group finalises its first set of IFRS 17 compliant financial 
reporting in 2023.

As at the date of approval of these financial statements, the Group is conducting parallel runs of the IFRS 17 model which will 
produce an IFRS 17 compliant result for the year ended 31 December 2022. The output of these parallel runs is currently being 
reviewed by management and will be subject to external audit. As the quantification of the impact of IFRS 17 on these financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 is not fully audited, the Group has not disclosed this impact.

International Financial Reporting Standard 9, Financial Instruments (‘IFRS 9’)
IFRS 9 was issued by the IASB in July 2014 and became effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. 
The IASB issued amendment to IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts in September 2016 and June 2020 which exempts eligible entities 
from applying IFRS 9 for accounting periods beginning before 1 January 2023. The Group remains eligible to apply the 
temporary exemption in IFRS 4 and thus will begin to apply IFRS 9 for accounting periods beginning on 1 January 2023.

The Group qualifies for this exemption because, as at 31 December 2015, $5,040.7m or 95% of its total liabilities were 
connected with insurance. There has been no material change in the Group’s activities since 31 December 2015, therefore the 
Group is still eligible to use the exemption. The Group has also disclosed information in relation to specific types of financial 
instruments to ensure the comparability with the entities applying IFRS 9. As such, fair values are disclosed separately for the 
Group’s financial assets which are managed and evaluated on a fair value basis and those which meet the solely payments of 
principal and interest (SPPI) test under IFRS 9. 

The below table sets out the disclosures required by the amendments to IFRS 4 for the deferral of IFRS 9 and sets out the fair 
value of assets which are managed and evaluated on a fair value basis and those which meet the SPPI test under IFRS 9. 
Information on credit exposures can be found in note 2 on page 183.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

165

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

1 Statement of accounting policies continued

Financial assets managed and evaluated on a fair value basis
Fixed and floating rate debt securities:
– Government issued
– Corporate bonds
    – Investment grade
    – High yield
Syndicate loans
Equity funds
Hedge funds
Illiquid credit assets
Derivative financial assets
Total financial assets managed and evaluated on a fair value basis

Financial assets meeting the SPPI test
Cash and cash equivalents
Other receivables
Total financial assets meeting the SPPI test

2022
$m

2021
$m

5,006.3

4,008.1

2,050.5
308.7
32.5
159.4
530.6
222.9
34.7
8,345.6

1,861.9
402.3
37.9
209.6
478.2
277.9
7.6
7,283.5

652.5
196.4
848.9

591.8
106.7
698.5

Estimated impact of the adoption of IFRS 9
The Group expects the impact of IFRS 9 on the valuation of financial assets to be immaterial at transition as these assets are 
already held at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IAS 39. This practice will continue under IFRS 9 as the Group 
does not manage its investments using a ‘hold to collect’ or ‘hold to collect and sell’ business model and therefore is required 
to measure its investments at fair value through profit or loss. Certain receivable balances will continue to be measured at 
amortised cost and will have an expected credit loss applied on adoption of IFRS 9. The Group will continue to measure 
borrowings at amortised cost. The Group does not expect the adoption of IFRS 9 to have a material impact on the Group's 
earnings or the timing of when profits are recognised.

IFRS 9 is not required to be applied retrospectively, as such the new standard will be applied prospectively from 1 January 
2023. At this point an expected credit loss provision will be recognised with the resulting difference recognised as an 
adjustment in retained earnings. The Group expects this resulting difference to be insignificant on the date of transition.

Beazley plc as a standalone entity adopted IFRS 9 from 1 January 2018, which had an immaterial impact on its financial 
statements.

166

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
1 Statement of accounting policies continued
1.1 Basis of presentation
The Group financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis, with the exception of financial assets and derivative 
financial instruments which are stated at their fair value, and the defined benefit pension asset which is measured as the fair 
value of plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit pension obligation. All amounts presented are in US dollars 
and millions, unless stated otherwise. 

1.2 Going concern
The consolidated financial statements of Beazley plc and the standalone financial statements of the company have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. In adopting the going concern basis, The Board has reviewed the Group’s current and 
forecast solvency and liquidity positions for the next 12 months from the date that the financial statements are authorised for 
issue. The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance, and 
position, are set out in the strategic report contained in the Group’s Annual Report & Accounts. In addition, the risk report and 
financial review includes the Group’s risk management objectives and the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital. 

In assessing the Group’s going concern position as at 31 December 2022, the Directors have considered a number of factors, 
including:
• the current statement of financial position and in particular the adequacy of technical provisions;
• the Group’s strategic and financial plan for the next 12 months, taking account of possible changes in trading performance 

and funding retention; 

• the Group's capital forecast, which takes into account the capital requirements of major subsidiaries and their current 

external credit rating and outlook;

• the Group's liquidity at both a group and material subsidiary level; 
• stress testing and scenario analysis which, among others, assess the impact of natural and cyber catastrophe events on the 
Group's capital and liquidity positions and reverse stress test scenarios designed to render the business model unviable; and

• other qualitative factors, such as the market environment and the Group's ability to raise additional capital and/or liquidity. 

As a result of the assessment, no material uncertainty in relation to going concern has been identified. As at its most recent 
regulatory submission, the Group’s capital ratios and its total capital resources are comfortably in excess of regulatory solvency 
requirements, and internal stress testing indicates the Group can withstand severe economic and competitive stresses. 

Based on the going concern assessment performed, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the company and the 
Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence over a period of at least 12 months from the date of this 
report and therefore believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully. Accordingly, they continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

1.3 Use of estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and judgements that affect the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from those on which management’s 
estimates are based. Estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable. Estimates which are sensitive to economic, 
regulatory and geopolitical conditions could be impacted by significant changes in the external environment such as rising 
inflation, rising interest rates, climate change, the Russia-Ukraine conflict, and US legislation. 

Specific to climate change, since responses to it are still developing, it is not possible to consider all possible future outcomes 
when determining asset and liability valuations, and timing of future cash flows, as these are not yet known. Nevertheless, the 
current management view is that reasonably possible changes arising from climate risks would not have a material impact on 
asset and liability valuations at the year-end date. 

Estimates are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the 
estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

167

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

1 Statement of accounting policies continued
a) Valuation of insurance contract liabilities
The most critical estimate included within the Group’s financial position is the estimate for insurance losses incurred but not 
reported (IBNR), which is included within total insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets in the statement of financial position 
and in note 24. This estimate is critical as it outlines the current liability for future expenses expected to be incurred in relation 
to claims. If this estimation was to prove inadequate then an exposure would arise in future years where a liability has not been 
provided for. 

The best estimate of the most likely ultimate outcome is used when calculating notified claims. This estimate is based upon 
the facts available at the time, in conjunction with the claims manager’s view of likely future developments. Further detail on 
how the Group determines its technical provisions is included in note 24.

b) Valuation of unquoted and illiquid financial assets
Determination of fair value of unquoted and illiquid assets involves judgement in model valuations, through the incorporation of 
both observable and unobservable market inputs. These inputs include assumptions that lead to the existence of a range of 
plausible valuations. Further detail on the methodologies and inputs used by the Group is included in note 16.

c) Premium estimates 
A portion of gross written premiums is based on the estimated premium income (EPI) of each contract, which is an 
underwriters’ estimate of the ultimate premium expected to be paid over the life of the contract. Where premium is written 
through delegated authority agreements, the EPI is pro-rated across the agreement period. Judgement is involved in determining 
the ultimate estimates in order to establish the appropriate premium value and, ultimately, the cash to be received. EPI 
estimates are updated to reflect changes in an underwriters expectation through consultation with brokers and third-party 
coverholders, changes in market conditions, historic experience and to reflect actual cash received for a contract. 

Due to the nature of the Lloyd’s business and the settlement patterns of the underlying business it is also not uncommon for 
some contracts to take a number of years to finalise and settle, and a receivable on the balance sheet remains. The amount of 
estimated future premium that remains in insurance receivables relating to years of account that are more than three years 
developed at 31 December 2022 is $29.8m (2021: $15.4m). 

d) Assessing indicators of impairment of Goodwill 
A number of estimates are used in determining the key assumptions underlying the recoverable amounts used in assessing the 
impairment of goodwill. The key assumptions used in the preparation of future cash flows are: premium growth rates, claims 
experience, discount rates, retention rates and expected future market conditions. Further detail is provided in note 12.

1.4 Significant Accounting Policies
Consolidation 
a) Subsidiary undertakings 
Subsidiary undertakings are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights 
to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the 
entity. Subsidiary companies where the Group has control are consolidated within these financial statements.

Equity financial investments made by the parent company in subsidiary undertakings and associates are stated at cost in its 
separate financial statements and are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying 
value may be impaired.

Certain Group subsidiaries underwrite as corporate members of Lloyd’s on syndicates managed by Beazley Furlonge Limited. In 
view of the several and direct liability of underwriting members at Lloyd’s for the transactions of syndicates in which they 
participate, only attributable shares of transactions, assets and liabilities of those syndicates are included in the Group 
financial statements. The Group continues to conclude that it remains appropriate to consolidate its share of the result of these 
syndicates and accordingly, as the Group is the sole provider of capacity on syndicates 2623, 3622 and 3623, these financial 
statements include 100% of the economic interest in these syndicates. The Group provides 10% of the capacity on Syndicate 
4321 and these financial statements include 10% of the economic interest in this syndicate.

For the following syndicates to which Beazley is appointed managing agent, being syndicates 623, 6107, and 5623, for which 
the capacity is provided entirely by third parties to the Group, these financial statements reflect Beazley’s economic interest in 
the form of agency fees and profit commission to which it is entitled.

168

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
1 Statement of accounting policies continued
b) Associates 
Associates are those entities over which the Group has power to exert significant influence but which it does not control. 
Significant influence is generally presumed if the Group has between 20% and 50% of voting rights. Other factors may be taken 
into consideration when determining the existence of significant influence. Investments in associates are accounted for using 
the equity method of accounting. 

c) Intercompany balances and transactions 
All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains or losses on transactions between Group companies are 
eliminated in the Group financial statements. Transactions and balances between the Group and associates are not eliminated. 

Foreign currency translation 
a) Functional and presentational currency 
Items included in the financial statements of the parent and the subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which the relevant entity operates (the functional currency). The Group financial statements are 
presented in US dollars, being the functional and presentational currency of the parent and its main trading subsidiaries, as the 
majority of trading assets and insurance premiums are denominated in US dollars. 

b) Transactions and balances 
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using average exchange rates applicable to the period 
in which the transactions take place. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and 
from translation at the period end of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the 
statement of profit or loss. Non-monetary items recorded at historical cost in foreign currencies are translated using the 
exchange rate on the date of the initial transaction. 

c) Foreign operations
The results and financial position of the Group companies that have a functional currency different from the Group 
presentational currency are translated into the presentational currency as follows: 
• assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate as at the statement of financial position date; 
• income and expenses for each statement of profit or loss are translated at average exchange rates for the reporting period 

where this is determined to be a reasonable approximation of the actual transaction rates; and 

• all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and as a separate component of equity. 

Insurance contracts 
Insurance contracts (including inwards reinsurance contracts) are defined as those containing significant insurance risk. 
Insurance risk is considered significant if, and only if, an insured event could cause Beazley to pay significant additional 
benefits in any scenario, excluding scenarios that lack commercial substance. Such contracts remain insurance contracts until 
all rights and obligations are extinguished or expire.

Net earned premiums
a) Premiums 
Gross premiums written represent premiums on business commencing in the financial year together with adjustments to 
premiums written in previous accounting periods and estimates for premiums from contracts entered into during the course of 
the year. Gross premiums written are stated before deduction of brokerage, taxes, duties levied on premiums and other 
deductions. 

b) Unearned premiums 
A provision for unearned premiums (gross of reinsurance) represents that part of the gross premiums written that it is 
estimated will be earned in the following financial periods. It is calculated using the daily pro-rata method, under which the 
premium is apportioned over the period of risk. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

169

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

1 Statement of accounting policies continued
Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) 
Acquisition costs comprise brokerage, premium levy and staff-related costs (excluding performance related pay) of the 
underwriters acquiring new business and renewing existing contracts. The proportion of acquisition costs in respect of unearned 
premiums is deferred at the reporting date and recognised in later periods when the related premiums are earned. 

Claims 
These include the cost of claims and claims handling expenses paid during the period, together with the movements in 
provisions for outstanding claims, claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) and claims handling provisions. The provision for 
claims comprises amounts set aside for claims advised and IBNR, including claims handling expenses. 

The IBNR amount is based on estimates calculated using widely accepted actuarial techniques which are reviewed quarterly by 
the Group actuary and annually by Beazley’s independent syndicate reporting actuary. The techniques generally use projections, 
based on past experience of the development of claims over time, to form a view on the likely ultimate claims to be 
experienced. 

For more recent underwriting years, attention is paid to the variations in the business portfolio accepted and the underlying 
terms and conditions. Thus, the critical assumptions used when estimating provisions are that past experience is a reasonable 
predictor of likely future claims development and that the rating and business portfolio assumptions are a fair reflection of the 
likely level of ultimate claims to be incurred for the more recent years.

Liability adequacy testing 
At each reporting date, liability adequacy tests are performed to ensure the adequacy of the claims liabilities net of DAC and 
unearned premium reserves. In performing these tests, current best estimates of future contractual cash flows, claims handling 
and administration expenses, and investment income from the assets backing such liabilities are used.

Any deficiency is immediately charged to the statement of profit or loss and subsequently by establishing a URR provision for 
losses arising from liability adequacy tests. 

Ceded reinsurance
Any benefits to which the Group is entitled under its outwards reinsurance contracts held are recognised as reinsurance assets. 
These assets consist of balances due from reinsurers and include reinsurers’ share of provisions for claims. These balances 
are based on calculated amounts of outstanding claims and projections for IBNR and URR, net of estimated irrecoverable 
amounts, having regard to the reinsurance programme in place for the class of business, the claims experience for the period 
and the current security rating of the reinsurer involved. Reinsurance liabilities are primarily premiums payable for reinsurance 
contracts and are recognised as an expense when a contract incepts.

The Group assesses its reinsurance assets for impairment. If there is objective evidence of impairment, then the carrying 
amount is reduced to its recoverable amount and the impairment loss is recognised in the statement of profit or loss. 

Other income
Other income is made up of commissions received from Beazley service companies, profit commissions, managing agent’s fees 
and service fees. Profit commissions are recognised and earned as the performance obligations of the related contracts are 
met. Commissions received from service companies and managing agent’s fees are recognised as the services are provided, 
and therefore the performance obligations of the contracts are met.

Dividends paid 
Dividend distributions to the shareholders of the Group are recognised in the period in which the dividends are paid. 

Plant and equipment 
All plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Depreciation is 
calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the assets to their residual values over their estimated useful 
lives, which vary from three to ten years. 

The carrying values of plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying value may be impaired. If any such condition exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to 
determine the extent of impairment and the difference is charged to the statement of profit or loss. 

170

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
1 Statement of accounting policies continued
Intangible assets
a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the fair value of the 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is carried 
at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill has an indefinite life and is annually tested for impairment. Goodwill is allocated to each cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) 
for the purpose of impairment testing. Goodwill is impaired when the net carrying amount of the relevant CGU exceeds its 
recoverable amount, being its value in use. Value in use is defined as the present value of the future cash flows expected to be 
derived from the CGU. 

b) Syndicate capacity 
The syndicate capacity represents the cost of purchasing the Group’s participation in the combined syndicates. The capacity is 
capitalised at cost in the statement of financial position. It has an indefinite useful life and is carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment. It is annually tested for impairment by reference to the latest auction prices provided by Lloyd’s.

c) Licences
Licences have an indefinite useful life and are initially recorded at fair value. Licenses are allocated to each CGU for the 
purpose of impairment testing. Licences are annually tested for impairment and provision is made for any impairment when the 
recoverable amount, being the higher of its value in use and fair value, is less than the carrying value. 

d) IT development costs
Costs that are directly associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products and that are anticipated to 
generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one year, are recognised as intangible assets. Costs include external 
consultants’ fees, certain qualifying internal staff costs and other costs incurred to develop software programs. The Group does 
not routinely capitalise costs relating to software products hosted in the cloud. Costs are amortised over their estimated useful 
life, three years, on a straight-line basis and subject to impairment testing annually. Amortisation commences when the asset 
becomes operational. Other non-qualifying costs are expensed as incurred.

e) Renewal rights 
Renewal rights comprise future profits relating to insurance contracts acquired and the expected renewal of those contracts. 
The costs directly attributable to acquire the renewal rights are recognised as intangible assets where they can be measured 
reliably and it is probable that they will be recovered by directly related future profits. These costs are subject to an impairment 
review annually and are amortised on a straight-line basis, based on the estimated useful life of the assets, which is estimated 
to be between five and 10 years.

Financial instruments
Financial instruments are recognised in the statement of financial position at such time as the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the financial instrument. Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date, 
which is the date the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. A financial asset is derecognised when the contractual 
rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets expire, or where the financial assets have been transferred, together with 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Financial liabilities are derecognised if the Group’s obligations specified in 
the contract expire, are discharged or are cancelled. 

a) Financial Assets
On acquisition of a financial asset, the Group is required to classify the asset into one of the following categories: financial 
assets at fair value through the statement of profit or loss, loans and receivables, assets held to maturity and assets available 
for sale. The Group does not make use of the held to maturity and available for sale categories. 

Except for derivative financial instruments and other financial assets listed in policies (c), (e) and (f) below, all financial assets 
are designated as fair value through the statement of profit or loss upon initial recognition because they are managed and their 
performance is evaluated on a fair value basis. Information about these financial assets is provided internally on a fair value 
basis to the Group’s key management. The Group’s investment strategy is to invest and evaluate their performance with 
reference to their fair values.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

171

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

1 Statement of accounting policies continued
b) Fair value measurement 
Fair value is the price at which an orderly transaction to sell an asset or to transfer a liability would take place between market 
participants at the measurement date. Fair value is a market-based measure and in the absence of observable market prices in 
an active market, it is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument at initial recognition is the transaction price, i.e. the fair value of 
the consideration given or received, unless the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable 
current market transactions in the same instrument (i.e. without modification or repackaging) or based on a valuation technique 
whose variables include only data from observable markets. 

When the transaction price provides the best evidence of fair value at initial recognition, the financial instrument is initially 
measured at the transaction price and any difference between this price and the value initially obtained from a valuation model 
is subsequently recognised in profit or loss depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the transaction but before 
the valuation is supported wholly by observable market data or the transaction is closed out. 

Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs relating to financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss when incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are continuously 
measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognised in the statement of profit or loss. Net changes in the fair value of 
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss exclude interest and dividend income, as these items are accounted for 
separately.

c) Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost less any impairment losses. 

d) Hedge funds, equity funds and illiquid credit assets 
The Group invests in a number of hedge funds, equity funds and illiquid credit assets for which there are no available quoted 
market prices. The valuation of these assets is based on fair value techniques as described in note 16. The fair value of our 
hedge fund and illiquid asset portfolio is calculated by reference to the underlying net asset values (NAVs) of each of the 
individual funds. Consideration is also given to adjusting such NAV valuations for any restriction applied to distributions, the 
existence of side pocket provisions and the timing of the latest available valuations. At certain times, we will have uncalled 
unfunded commitments in relation to our illiquid credit assets. These uncalled unfunded commitments are actively monitored by 
the Group and are disclosed in the notes 2 and 16 to the financial statements. The additional investment into our illiquid credit 
asset portfolio is recognised on the date that this funding is provided by the Group.

e)  Insurance receivables and payables 
Insurance receivables and payables are recognised when due. These include amounts due to and from agents, brokers and 
insurance contract holders. Insurance receivables are classified as ‘loans and receivables’ as they are non-derivative financial 
assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted on an active market. Insurance receivables are measured at 
amortised cost less any impairment losses. Insurance payables are stated at amortised cost. 

f) Other receivables
Other receivables categorised as loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost less any impairment losses. 

g) Investment income
Investment income consists of dividends, interest, realised and unrealised gains and losses and foreign exchange gains and 
losses on financial assets and liabilities at fair value through the statement of profit or loss. Dividends on equity securities are 
recorded as revenue on the ex-dividend date. Interest is recognised on an effective rate basis for financial assets at fair value 
through the statement of profit or loss. The realised gains or losses on disposal of an investment are the difference between 
the proceeds and the original cost of the investment. Unrealised investment gains and losses represent the difference between 
the carrying value at the reporting date, and the carrying value at the previous period end or purchase value during the period. 

172

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
1 Statement of accounting policies continued
h) Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recorded at their issue proceeds less transaction costs incurred. Subsequently borrowings are stated at 
amortised cost and interest is recognised in the statement of profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective 
interest method.

Finance costs comprise interest, fees paid for the arrangement of debt and letter of credit facilities, and commissions charged 
for the utilisation of letters of credit. These costs are recognised in the statement of profit or loss using the effective interest 
method. 

In addition, finance costs include gains on the early redemption of the Group’s borrowings. These gains are recognised in the 
statement of profit or loss, being the difference between proceeds paid plus related costs and the carrying value of the 
borrowings redeemed. 

i) Other payables 
Other payables are stated at amortised cost determined according to the effective interest rate method. 

j) Hedge accounting and derivative financial instruments 
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured at their fair value. The best evidence of fair value of a derivative at initial recognition is the transaction price. The 
method of recognising the resulting fair value gains or losses depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging 
instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active 
markets, recent market transactions, and valuation techniques which include discounted cash flow models. All derivatives are 
carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative. 

Derivative assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a 
legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and the parties intend to settle on a net basis, or realise the assets 
and settle the liability simultaneously. 

The Group has not designated any derivatives as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or net investment hedges and therefore 
all fair value movements are recorded through profit or loss.

k) Impairment of financial assets 
The Group considers evidence of impairment for financial assets measured at amortised cost at both a specific asset and a 
collective level. The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that a specific financial asset 
measured at amortised cost is impaired. A financial asset is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is 
objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that have occurred after the initial recognition of the assets 
and that event has an impact on the estimated cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated. Assets that are 
not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together assets with similar risk characteristics. 

If there is objective evidence that impairment exists, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s 
carrying amount and the value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest 
rate. The amount of the loss is recognised in the statement of profit or loss. 

In assessing collective impairment, the Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, the timing of recoveries and 
the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are 
such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or lesser than those suggested by historical trends. 

l) Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held at bank, cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, cash held in Lloyd’s 
trust accounts and other short term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which 
are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. These investments have less than three months maturity from the date 
of acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents are measured at fair value through the profit and loss account. 

m) Unfunded commitment capital 
Unfunded committed capital arising in relation to certain financial asset investments is not shown on the statement of financial 
position as unfunded committed capital represents a loan commitment that is scoped out of IAS 39. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

173

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

1 Statement of accounting policies continued
Leases
Where the Group is the lessee, a lease liability equal to the present value of outstanding lease payments and a corresponding 
right-of use asset equal to cost are initially recognised at the commencement of the lease. The right-of-use asset is 
subsequently measured at amortised cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the length of the lease term. The cost 
of right of use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, an estimate of any costs 
to be incurred at expiration of the lease agreements and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any 
lease incentives received. Recognised right of use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of its 
estimated useful life and the lease term. Right of use assets are subject to impairment. 

The lease term is determined as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to 
extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is 
reasonably certain not to be exercised. The Group applies judgement in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain to exercise 
the option to renew. After the commencement date, the Group reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or 
change in circumstances that is within its control and affect its ability to exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew (e.g., a 
change in business strategy).

The Group applies the IFRS 16 election not to recognise any amounts on the balance sheet associated with leases that are 
either deemed to be short-term, or where the underlying asset is of low-value. Lease payments on short-term leases and leases 
of low-value assets are recognised as an expense in the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Employee benefits 
a) Pension obligations 
The Group operates a defined benefit pension plan that is closed to new entrants and future service accruals. All employees 
may now participate in defined contribution pension arrangements, to which the Group contributes. 

A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, 
usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The pension costs are assessed 
using the projected unit credit method. Under this method the costs of providing pensions are charged to the statement of profit 
or loss so as to spread the regular costs over the service lives of employees in accordance with the advice of the qualified 
actuary, who values the plans annually. The net pension obligation is measured at the present value of the estimated future net 
cash flows and is stated net of plan assets. 

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan assets 
(excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in other 
comprehensive income. 

The Group also determines the net interest income/expense for the period on the net defined benefit asset/liability by applying 
the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the net defined benefit 
asset/liability at the beginning of the annual period, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit asset/liability 
during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Consequently, the net interest on the defined benefit 
asset/ liability comprises: 
• interest cost on the defined benefit obligation; 
• interest income on plan assets; and 
• interest on the effect of the asset ceiling. 

Net interest income/expense is recognised in the statement of profit or loss. 

Past service costs are recognised as an expense at the earlier of the date when a plan amendment or curtailment occurs and 
the date when an entity recognises any termination benefits. 

For the defined contribution plan, the Group pays contributions to a privately administered pension plan. Once the contributions 
have been paid, the Group has no further obligations. The Group’s contributions are charged to the statement of profit or loss in 
the period to which they relate. 

174

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
1 Statement of accounting policies continued
b) Share based compensation 
The grant date fair value of share based payment awards granted to employees is recognised as an employee expense, with a 
corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the awards. The 
amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-market 
performance conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the 
number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For share based 
payment awards with non-vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share based payment is measured to reflect such 
conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes. 

When options are exercised and new shares are issued, the proceeds received, net of any transaction costs, are credited to 
share capital (nominal value) with the excess amount going to share premium. For other plans, when no proceeds are received, 
the nominal value of shares issued is to share capital and debited to retained earnings. When the options are exercised and 
the shares are granted from the employee share trust, the proceeds received, net of any transaction costs, and the value of 
shares held within the trust, are credited to retained earnings. 

Income taxes
Income tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the statement of 
profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in 
which case it is recognised respectively in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at 
the year end reporting date and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of prior periods.

Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected 
manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised in the statement of financial position to the extent that it is probable that future taxable 
profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. 

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing profit or loss after tax available to shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the period. 

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all 
dilutive potential ordinary shares such as share options granted to employees. Share options with performance conditions 
attaching to them have been excluded from the weighted average number of shares to the extent that these conditions have not 
been met at the reporting date. 

The shares held in the employee share options plan (ESOP) and treasury shares are excluded from both the calculations, until 
such time as they vest unconditionally with the employees. 

Provisions and contingencies
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that an outflow of resources or economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of 
the obligation can be made. Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a 
separate asset but only when the reimbursement is most probable. 

Contingent liabilities are present obligations that are not recognised because it is not probable that an outflow of resources will 
be required to meet the liabilities or because the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

175

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

2 Risk management
The symbol † by a table or numerical information means it has not been audited.

2.1 Insurance Risk
Insurance risk arises from this risk transfer due to inherent uncertainties about the occurrence, amount and timing of insurance 
premium and claim liabilities. The Group seeks insurance risks as its core business. The four key components of insurance risk 
are underwriting, reinsurance, claims management and reserving. Each element is considered below.

a) Underwriting risk
Underwriting risk comprises four elements that apply to all insurance products offered by the Group:
• cycle risk – the risk that business is written without full knowledge as to the (in)adequacy of rates, terms and conditions;
• event risk – the risk that individual risk losses or catastrophes lead to claims that are higher than anticipated in plans and 

pricing;

• pricing risk – the risk that the level of expected loss is understated in the pricing process; and
• expense risk – the risk that the allowance for expenses and inflation in pricing is inadequate.

The Group’s underwriting strategy is to seek a diverse and balanced portfolio of risks in order to limit the variability of 
outcomes. This is achieved by accepting a spread of business over time, segmented between different products, geographies 
and sizes. The annual business plans for each underwriting team reflect the Group’s underwriting strategy, and set out the 
classes of business, the territories and the industry sectors in which business is to be written which are approved by the 
appropriate Boards.

Our underwriters determine premiums for risks written based on a range of criteria tailored specifically to each individual risk. 
These factors include but are not limited to financial exposure, loss history, risk characteristics, limits, deductibles, terms and 
conditions and acquisition expenses depending on the type of risk. A proportion of the Group’s insurance risks are transacted 
by third parties under delegated underwriting and claims authorities. Each third party is thoroughly vetted by our coverholder 
approval group before it can bind risks, and is subject to monitoring to maintain underwriting quality and confirm ongoing 
compliance with contractual guidelines. All underwriters also have a right to refuse renewal or change the terms and conditions 
of insurance contracts upon renewal. Rate monitoring details, including limits, deductibles, exposures, terms and conditions 
and risk characteristics are also captured and the results are combined to monitor the rating environment for each class of 
business.

The Group also recognises that insurance events are, by their nature, random, and the actual number and size of events during 
any one year may vary from those estimated using established statistical techniques. To address this, the Group sets out the 
exposure that it is prepared to accept in certain territories to a range of events such as natural catastrophes and specific 
scenarios which may result in large industry losses. This is monitored through regular calculation of realistic disaster scenarios 
(RDSs). The aggregate position is monitored at the time of underwriting a risk, and reports are regularly produced to highlight 
the key aggregations to which the Group is exposed.

The Group uses a number of modelling tools to monitor its exposures against the agreed risk appetite set and to simulate 
catastrophe losses in order to measure the effectiveness of its reinsurance programmes. Stress and scenario tests are also 
run using these models. The range of scenarios considered includes natural catastrophe, cyber, marine, liability, political, 
terrorism and war events.

One of the largest types of event exposure relates to natural catastrophe events such as windstorm or earthquake. With the 
increasing risk from climate change impacts the frequency and severity of natural catastrophes, the Group continues to monitor 
its exposure. Where possible the Group measures geographic accumulations and uses its knowledge of the business, historical 
loss behaviour and commercial catastrophe modelling software to assess the expected range of losses at different return 
periods. Upon application of the reinsurance coverage purchased, the key gross and net exposures are calculated on the basis 
of extreme events at a range of return periods.

176

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
2 Risk management continued
The Group’s catastrophe risk appetite is set by the risk management function and approved by The Board and the business 
plans of each team are determined within these parameters. The Board may adjust these limits over time as conditions change. 
In 2022 the Group operated to a catastrophe risk appetite for a probabilistic 1-in-250 years US event of † $438.0m (2021: 
$520.0m) net of reinsurance. This represents a reduction of 16% in 2022.

Lloyd’s has also defined its own specific set of RDS events for which all syndicates with relevant exposures must report. Of 
these the three largest, net of reinsurance, events which could have impacted Beazley in 2021 and 2022 are:
†

2022

Lloyd’s prescribed natural catastrophe event (total incurred losses)
Los Angeles quake (2022: $78bn)
US Northeast windstorm (2022: $81bn)
Gulf of Mexico windstorm (2022: $118bn)

Lloyd’s prescribed natural catastrophe event (total incurred losses)
Los Angeles quake (2021: $78bn)
San Francisco quake (2021: $78bn)
US Northeast windstorm (2021: $112bn)

1 Probable market loss.

Modelled 
PML1(before 
reinsurance)

Modelled 
PML1(after 
reinsurance)

$m
692.4
579.6
725.0

$m
266.8
257.2
253.2

2021

Modelled 
PML1(before 
reinsurance)

Modelled 
PML1(after 
reinsurance)

$m
737.6
708.0
560.4

$m
265.2
249.9
231.5

The tables above show each event independent of each other and considered on their own. Net of reinsurance exposures for 
the Los Angeles quake scenario have increased by less than 1% in 2022, whereas gross exposures have reduced by 6%. The 
reduction in gross exposures is being driven by less exposure being written in the Property Risks division, which has had 
minimal impact on the net, as the loss is contained within the Reinsurance protections. The US Northeast windstorm scenario 
has increased by 3% gross and 11% net, with the increase in gross being driven by an increase in exposure in Contingency, and 
the net increasing across both Contingency & Property Risks. Windstorm exposures have increased in the Gulf of Mexico during 
2022, which has resulted in the Gulf of Mexico scenario replacing the San Francisco quake scenario as one of the three largest 
net scenarios for 2022. The net natural catastrophe risk appetite reduced by 16% in 2022 to $438.0m from $520.0m in 2021, 
with the reduction in appetite coming from the Property Risks division.

The net exposure of the Group to each of these modelled events at a given point in time is a function of assumptions made 
about how and where the event occurs, its magnitude, the amount of business written that is exposed to each event and the 
reinsurance arrangements in place.

The Group also has exposure to man-made claim aggregations, such as those arising from terrorism, liability, and cyber events. 
Beazley chooses to underwrite cyber insurance within the Cyber Risks and Specialty Risks divisions using our team of specialist 
underwriters, claims managers and data breach services managers. Other than for affirmative cyber coverage, Beazley’s 
preference is to exclude cyber exposure where possible.

To manage the potential exposure, The Board has approved a risk budget for the aggregation of cyber related claims which is 
monitored by reference to the largest of seventeen realistic disaster scenarios that have been developed internally. These 
scenarios include the failure of a data aggregator, the failure of a shared hardware or software platform, the failure of a cloud 
provider & physical damage scenarios. Whilst it is not possible to be precise, as there is sparse data on actual aggregated 
events, these severe scenarios are expected to be very infrequent. To manage underwriting exposures, the Group has 
developed limits of authority and business plans which are binding upon all staff authorised to underwrite and are specific to 
underwriters, classes of business and industry. In 2022, the maximum line that any one underwriter could commit the managed 
syndicates to was $150m. In most cases, maximum lines for classes of business were much lower than this.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

177

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

2 Risk management continued
The largest net realistic disaster scenario is currently just under $140m for the Group as at 31 December 2022. The 
reinsurance programmes that protect the Cyber and Specialty Risks divisions would partially mitigate the cost of most, but not 
all, Cyber catastrophes.

Beazley also reports on Cyber exposure to Lloyd’s using the three largest internal realistic disaster scenarios and three new 
prescribed scenarios which include a cloud provider scenario & a ransomware scenario.

Operating divisions
In 2022, the Group’s business consisted of five operating divisions. The following table provides a breakdown of gross
premiums written by division, and also provides a geographical split based on placement of risk.

2022
Cyber Risks
Digital
MAP Risks
Property Risks
Specialty Risks
Total

2021
Cyber Risks
Digital
MAP Risks
Property Risks
Specialty Risks
Total

Lloyd’s 
Worldwide
 17 %
 3 %
 19 %
 16 %
 28 %
 83 %

Non-Lloyd’s
US
 3 %
 1 %
 2 %
–
 6 %
 12 %

Non-Lloyds 
Europe
 2 %
–
–
–
 3 %
 5 %

Lloyd’s 
Worldwide
 13 %
 2 %
 18 %
 18 %
 31 %
 82 %

Non-Lloyd’s
US
 4 %
 2 %
 1 %
–
 7 %
 14 %

Non-Lloyd’s 
Europe
 1 %
–
–
–
 3 %
 4 %

Total
 22 %
 4 %
 21 %
 16 %
 37 %
 100 %

Total
 18 %
 4 %
 19 %
 18 %
 41 %
 100 %

b) Reinsurance risk
Reinsurance risk to the Group arises where reinsurance contracts put in place to reduce gross insurance risk do not perform as 
anticipated, result in coverage disputes or prove inadequate in terms of the vertical or horizontal limits purchased. Failure of a 
reinsurer to pay a valid claim is considered a credit risk which is detailed in the credit risk section on page 183. In some cases 
the Group deems it more economic to hold capital than purchase reinsurance. These decisions are regularly reviewed.
The reinsurance security committee examines and approves all reinsurers to ensure that they possess suitable security.
The Group’s ceded reinsurance team ensures that these guidelines are followed, undertakes the administration of reinsurance
contracts and monitors and instigates our responses to any erosion of the reinsurance programmes.

c) Claims management risk
Claims management risk may arise within the Group in the event of inaccurate or incomplete case reserves and claims 
settlements, poor service quality or excessive claims handling costs. These risks may damage the Group brand and undermine 
its ability to win and retain business, or incur punitive damages. These risks can occur at any stage of the claims life cycle. The 
Group’s claims teams are focused on delivering quality, reliability and speed of service to both internal and external clients. 
Their aim is to adjust and process claims in a fair, efficient and timely manner, in accordance with the policy’s terms and 
conditions, the regulatory environment, and the business’s broader interests. Case reserves are set for all known claims 
liabilities, including provisions for expenses, as soon as a reliable estimate can be made of the claims liability.

d) Reserving and ultimate reserves risk
Reserving and ultimate reserves risk occurs within the Group where established insurance liabilities are insufficient through 
inaccurate forecasting, or where there is inadequate allowance for expenses and reinsurance bad debts in provisions.

178

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
2 Risk management continued
To manage reserving and ultimate reserves risk, our actuarial team uses a range of recognised techniques to project gross 
premiums written, monitor claims development patterns and stress-test ultimate insurance liability balances. The Group aims to 
hold reserves within a range of 5-10% above the actuarial estimates, which themselves include some margin for uncertainty.
The objective of the Group’s reserving policy is to produce accurate and reliable estimates that are consistent over time and 
across classes of business. The estimates of gross premiums written and claims prepared by the actuarial department are 
used through a formal quarterly peer review process to independently test the integrity of the estimates produced by the 
underwriting teams for each class of business. These meetings are attended by senior management, senior underwriters, and 
actuarial, claims, and finance representatives.

2.2 Market risk
Market risk (known as asset risk in the Group’s risk management framework) arises from adverse financial market movements 
of values of investments, interest rates, exchange rates, or external market forces. Efficient management of market risk is key 
to the investment of Group assets for matching to future liabilities. Appropriate levels of investment risk are determined by 
limiting the proportion of forecast Group earnings which could be at risk from lower than expected investment returns, using a 1 
in 10 confidence level as a practical measure of such risk. In 2022, this permitted variance from the forecast investment return 
was set at † $200m. For 2023, the permitted variance is likely to be modestly increased due to the higher level of investment 
assets. Investment strategy is developed to be consistent with this limit and investment risk is monitored on an ongoing basis, 
using outputs from our internal model.

Changes in interest rates also impact the present values of estimated Group liabilities, which are used for solvency and capital 
calculations. The four key components of asset risk are foreign exchange, interest rate, prices of assets and derivatives and 
investment. Each element is in more detail considered below.

a) Foreign exchange risk
The functional currency of Beazley plc and its main trading entities is US dollars and the presentational currency in which the 
Group reports its consolidated results is US dollars. The effect of this on foreign exchange risk is that the Group is mainly 
exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates for non-dollar denominated transactions and to net asset translation risk on non-
dollar functional currency entities.

The Group operates in four main currencies: US dollars, sterling, Canadian dollars and euros. Transactions in all currencies are 
converted to US dollars on initial recognition with any resulting monetary items being translated to the US dollar spot rate at the 
reporting date. If any foreign exchange risk arises it is actively managed as described below.

In 2022, the Group managed its foreign exchange risk by periodically assessing its non-dollar exposures and hedging these to a 
tolerable level while targeting to have net assets that are predominantly denominated in US dollar. As part of this hedging 
strategy, exchange rate derivatives were used to rebalance currency exposure across the Group. Details of foreign currency 
derivative contracts entered into with external parties are disclosed in note 17. On a forward looking basis an assessment is 
made of expected future exposure development and appropriate currency trades put in place to reduce risk.

The Group’s underwriting capital is matched by currency to the principal underlying currencies of its written premiums. This 
helps to mitigate the risk that the Group’s capital required to underwrite business is materially affected by any future 
movements in exchange rates.

The Group also has foreign operations with functional currencies that are different from the Group’s presentational currency. 
The effect of this on foreign exchange risk is that the Group is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates for US dollar 
denominated transactions and net assets arising in those foreign currency operations. It also gives rise to a currency 
translation exposure for the Group to sterling, euro, Canadian dollars, Singapore dollars and Australian dollars on translation to 
the Group’s presentational currency. These exposures are minimal and are not hedged.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

179

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

2 Risk management continued
The following table summarises the carrying value of total assets and total liabilities categorised by the Group’s main 
currencies:

31 December 2022
Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets

31 December 2021
Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets

UK £

$m
1,123.7
(1,151.9)
(28.2)

UK £

$m
904.3
(1,038.0)
(133.7)

CAD $

$m
268.0
(280.1)
(12.1)

CAD $

$m
248.8
(236.1)
12.7

EUR €

Subtotal

US $

Total $

$m
669.5
(628.4)
41.1

$m
2,061.2
(2,060.4)
0.8

$m
13,037.8
(10,465.1)
2,572.7

$m
15,099.0
(12,525.5)
2,573.5

EUR €

Subtotal

US $

Total $

$m
501.9
(561.7)
(59.8)

$m
1,655.0
(1,835.8)
(180.8)

$m
11,152.4
(8,840.8)
2,311.6

$m
12,807.4
(10,676.6)
2,130.8

Sensitivity analysis to foreign currency fluctuations
Fluctuations in the Group’s trading currencies against the US dollar would result in a change to profit after tax and net asset 
value. The table below gives an indication of the impact on profit after tax and net assets of a percentage change in the relative 
strength of the US dollar against the value of sterling, the Canadian dollar and the euro, simultaneously. The analysis is based 
on information on net asset positions as at the balance sheet date.

Change in exchange rate of sterling, Canadian dollar and euro relative to US dollar
Dollar weakens 30% against other currencies
Dollar weakens 20% against other currencies
Dollar weakens 10% against other currencies
Dollar strengthens 10% against other currencies
Dollar strengthens 20% against other currencies
Dollar strengthens 30% against other currencies

Impact on profit after 
tax for the year ended

Impact on net assets

2022

$m
0.2
0.1
0.1
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.2)

2021

$m
(45.3)
(30.2)
(15.1)
15.1
30.2
45.3

2022

$m
(13.5)
(9.0)
(4.5)
4.5
9.0
13.5

2021

$m
(64.0)
(42.7)
(21.3)
21.3
42.7
64.0

b) Interest rate risk
Some of the Group’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, certain financial assets at fair value and 
borrowings, are exposed to movements in market interest rates.

The Group manages interest rate risk by primarily investing in short duration financial assets along with cash and cash 
equivalents. The investment committee monitors the duration of these assets on a regular basis.

The Group also entered into bond futures contracts to manage the interest rate risk on bond portfolios.

The following table shows the modified duration at the reporting date of the financial instruments that are exposed to 
movements in market interest rates. Modified duration is a commonly used measure of volatility which represents the 
percentage change of the price of a security to yield. The Group believes gives a better indication than maturity of the likely 
sensitivity of the portfolio to changes in interest rates.

180

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
2 Risk management continued

Duration

<1 yr

1-2 yrs

2-3 yrs

3-4 yrs

31 December 2022
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
Syndicate loans
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative financial instruments
Borrowings
Total

2 Risk management continued

$m

$m

$m
1,962.9 3,094.1 1,430.9
25.6
–
–
–
2,650.1 3,101.0 1,456.5

–
652.5
34.7
–

6.9
–
–
–

$m
441.2
–
–
–
(249.4)
191.8

4-5 yrs

$m
434.9
–
–
–
–
434.9

5-10 yrs

Total

$m
$m
1.5 7,365.5
32.5
–
652.5
–
34.7
–
(298.6)
(548.0)
(297.1) 7,537.2

Duration

<1 yr

1-2 yrs

2-3 yrs

31 December 2021
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
Syndicate loans
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative financial instruments
Borrowings
Total

$m
1,938.5
–
591.8
7.3
–
2,537.6

$m

$m
2,624.4 1,033.2
7.8
–
–
–
2,624.4 1,041.0

–
–
–
–

3-4 yrs

$m
390.8
30.1
–
–
–
420.9

4-5 yrs

5-10 yrs

Total

$m
216.6
–
–
0.3
(249.2)
(32.3)

$m

$m
68.8 6,272.3
37.9
–
591.8
–
7.6
–
(298.4)
(547.6)
(229.6) 6,362.0

Borrowings consist of two items. The first is $250m of subordinated tier 2 debt raised in November 2016. This debt is due in 
2026 and has annual interest of 5.875% payable in May and November of each year. The second comprises $300m of 
subordinated tier 2 debt raised in September 2019. This debt is due in 2029 and has annual interest of 5.5% payable in March 
and September each year.

Sensitivity analysis of yields
Changes in yields, with all other variables constant, would result in changes in the capital value of debt securities and syndicate 
loans as well as subsequent interest receipts and payments. This would affect reported profits and net assets as indicated in 
the table below:

Shift in yield (basis points)
150 basis point increase
100 basis point increase
50 basis point increase
50 basis point decrease
100 basis point decrease

Impact on profit after 
income tax for the year

Impact on net assets

2022

$m

2021

$m

2022

$m

2021

$m

(179.0)
(119.3)
(59.7)
59.7
119.3

(124.1)
(82.8)
(41.4)
41.4
82.8

(179.0)
(119.3)
(59.7)
59.7
119.3

(124.1)
(82.8)
(41.4)
41.4
82.8

c) Price risk of assets and derivatives
Financial assets and derivatives that are recognised in the statement of financial position at their fair value are susceptible to
losses due to adverse changes in prices. This is referred to as price risk.

Financial assets include fixed and floating rate debt securities, syndicate loans, hedge funds, illiquid credit assets, equity 
investments and derivative financial assets. The price of debt securities is affected by interest rate risk, as described above, 
and also by issuer’s credit risk. The sensitivity to price risk that relates to the Group’s hedge fund, syndicate loans, illiquid 
credit and equity investments is presented below.

Listed investments that are quoted in an active market are recognised in the statement of financial position at quoted bid price, 
which is deemed to be approximate exit price. If the market for the investment is not considered to be active, then the Group 
establishes fair value using valuation techniques (refer to note 16). This includes comparison of orderly transactions between 
market participants, reference to the current fair value of other investments that are substantially the same, discounted cash 
flow models and other valuation techniques that are commonly used by market participants.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

181

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

2 Risk management continued

Change in fair value of hedge funds, 
equity funds and illiquid credit assets
30% increase in fair value
20% increase in fair value
10% increase in fair value
10% decrease in fair value
20% decrease in fair value
30% decrease in fair value

Impact on profit after 
income tax for the year

Impact on net assets

2022

$m

2021

$m

2022

$m

2021

$m

230.6
153.7
76.9
(76.9)
(153.7)
(230.6)

242.2
161.5
80.7
(80.7)
(161.5)
(242.2)

230.6
153.7
76.9
(76.9)
(153.7)
(230.6)

242.2
161.5
80.7
(80.7)
(161.5)
(242.2)

d) Investment risk
The value of the Group’s investment portfolio is impacted by interest rate and market price risks, as described above. Managing 
the Group’s exposures to these risks is an intrinsic part of the investment strategy. Beazley uses an Economic Scenario 
Generator to simulate multiple simulations of financial conditions, to support stochastic analysis of asset risk. Beazley uses 
these outputs to assess the value at risk (VAR) of its investments, at different confidence levels, including ‘1 in 200’, which 
reflects Solvency II modelling requirements, and ‘1 in 10’, reflecting scenarios which are more likely to occur in practice. It is 
assessed for investments in isolation and also in conjunction with the present value of our liabilities, to help us monitor and 
manage asset risk for solvency and capital purposes. By its nature, stochastic modelling does not provide a precise measure of 
risk, and Economic Scenario Generator outputs are regularly validated against actual market conditions, and Beazley also uses 
a number of other, qualitative measures to support the monitoring and management of investment risk. These include stress 
testing and scenario analysis.

Beazley’s investment strategy is developed by reference to an investment risk budget, approved annually by The Board. The 
Solvency II internal model is used to monitor compliance with the budget, which limits the amount by which our reported annual 
investment return may deviate from a predetermined target, at the 1 in 10 confidence level. In 2022, this permitted deviation 
was set at † $200m. Additionally, a limit is specified for the net interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities combined and 
investments are managed to ensure that this limit is not exceeded.

2.3 Credit risk
The risk arises when failure of another party to perform its financial or contractual obligations to the Group in a timely manner. 
The Group accepts credit risk overall and recognizes credit risk is aligned to its appetite for insurance risk. The primary sources 
of credit risk for the Group are:
• reinsurers – reinsurers may fail to pay valid claims against a reinsurance contract held by the Group;
• brokers and coverholders – counterparties fail to pass on premiums or claims collected or paid on behalf of the Group;
• investments – issuer default results in the Group losing all or part of the value of a financial instrument or a derivative 

financial instrument; and
• cash and cash equivalents.

An approval system also exists for brokers with their credit and performance monitored. The investment committee has 
established parameters for investment managers regarding the type, duration and quality of investments including credit ratings 
acceptable to the Group. The performance of investment managers is regularly reviewed to confirm adherence to these 
guidelines. The Group has developed processes to examine all reinsurers before entering into new business arrangements and 
they receive periodic review of their continued relationship with Beazley. Reinsurance recoverables are reviewed regularly to 
assess their collectability.

To assist in the understanding of credit risks, A.M. Best, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s (S&P) ratings are used. These ratings 
have been categorised below as used for Lloyd’s reporting:

Tier 1
Tier 2
Tier 3
Tier 4

A.M. Best
Moody’s
S&P
A++ to A-
Aaa to A3
AAA to A- 
B++ to B- Baa1 to Ba3 BBB+ to BB- 
B+ to CCC
B1 to Caa
C++ to C-
R, (U,S) 3
Ca to C
D, E, F, S

182

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
2 Risk management continued
The following tables summarise the Group’s concentrations of credit risk:

31 December 2022
Financial assets at fair value
– fixed and floating rate debt securities
– syndicate loans
– equity funds
– hedge funds
– illiquid credit assets
– derivative financial instruments
Insurance receivables
Reinsurance assets
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

31 December 2021
Financial assets at fair value
– fixed and floating rate debt securities
– syndicate loans
– equity funds
– hedge funds
– illiquid credit assets
– derivative financial instruments
Insurance receivables
Reinsurance assets
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total

Tier 1
$m

6,767.0
32.5
–
–
–
–
157.4
2,487.4
–
652.5
10,096.8

Tier 1
$m

5,517.1
37.9
–
–
–
–
177.0
1,829.4
–
589.7
8,151.1

Tier 2
$m

598.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
598.5

Tier 2
$m

755.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.3
755.5

Tier 3
$m

Tier 4
$m

Unrated
$m

Total
$m

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
159.4
530.6
222.9
34.7
1,654.3
799.2
196.4
–
3,597.5

7,365.5
32.5
159.4
530.6
222.9
34.7
1,811.7
3,286.6
196.4
652.5
14,292.8

Tier 3
$m

Tier 4
$m

Unrated
$m

Total
$m

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
209.6
478.2
277.9
7.6
1,519.1
557.0
106.7
1.8
3,157.9

6,272.3
37.9
209.6
478.2
277.9
7.6
1,696.1
2,386.4
106.7
591.8
12,064.5

The largest counterparty exposure within tier 1 is $3,715.8m of US treasuries (2021: $2,956.3m).

Financial investments falling within the unrated category comprise hedge funds and illiquid credit assets for which there is no 
readily available market data to allow classification within the respective tiers. Additionally, insurance receivables are classified 
as unrated, due to premium debtors not being credit rated with the exception of the CRI accrual element. At 31 December 
2022, no cash and cash equivalents fell within the unrated category (2021: $1.8m). This was due to the Group transacting with 
a bank in the US that did not have an external credit rating. Additionally the reinsurance share of unearned premium provision is 
classified as unrated.

Insurance receivables and other receivables balances held by the Group have not been impaired, based on all evidence 
available, and no impairment provision has been recognised in respect of these assets. Insurance receivables in respect of 
coverholder business are credit controlled by third-party managers. We monitor third party coverholders’ performance and their 
financial processes. These assets are individually impaired after considering information such as the occurrence of significant 
changes in the counterparties’ financial position, patterns of historical payment information and disputes with counterparties. 
An analysis of the overall credit risk exposure indicates that the Group has reinsurance assets that are impaired at the 
reporting date.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

183

 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

2 Risk management continued
The total impairment in respect of the reinsurance assets, including reinsurers’ share of outstanding claims, at 31 December 
2022 was as follows:

Balance at 1 January 2021
Impairment loss written back
Balance at 31 December 2021
Impairment loss recognised
Balance at 31 December 2022

Total

$m
14.8
(3.3)
11.5
17.8
29.3

The Group has insurance receivables and reinsurance assets that are past due at the reporting date. An aged analysis of these 
is presented below:

31 December 2022
Insurance receivables
Reinsurance assets

31 December 2021
Insurance receivables
Reinsurance assets

Up to 30 days 
past due

30-60 days 
past due

60-90 days 
past due

$m
102.0
24.7

$m
28.0
29.2

$m
16.6
8.9

Up to 30 days 
past due

30-60 days 
past due

60-90 days 
past due

$m
79.3
55.6

$m
23.7
16.7

$m
16.0
9.9

Greater than 
90 days past 
due

$m
62.0
82.6

Greater than 
90 days past 
due

$m
33.4
81.9

Total

$m
208.6
145.4

Total

$m
152.4
164.1

The total impairment provision in the statement of financial position in respect of reinsurance assets past due (being 
reinsurance recoverables due on paid claims) by more than 30 days at 31 December 2022 was $17.3m (2021: $2.1m). This 
$17.3m provision in respect of overdue reinsurance recoverables is included within the total provision of $29.3m shown in the 
table at the top of the page.

The Group believes that the unimpaired amounts that are past due more than 30 days are still collectable in full, based on 
historic payment behaviour and analyses of credit risk.

2.4 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises where cash may not be available to pay obligations. The Group is exposed to daily calls on its available 
cash resources, principally from claims arising from its insurance business which is an industry norm. In the majority of the 
cases, these claims are settled from the premiums received held as assets. Beazley avoids the risk of having insufficient liquid 
assets to meet expected cash flow requirements.

The Group’s approach is to manage its liquidity position so that it can reasonably survive a significant individual or market loss 
event (details of the Group’s exposure to realistic disaster scenarios are provided on pages 177 to 179. This means that the 
Group maintains sufficient liquid assets, or assets that can be converted into liquid assets at short notice and without any 
significant capital loss, to meet expected cash flow requirements. These liquid funds are regularly monitored using cash flow 
forecasting to ensure that surplus funds are invested to achieve a higher rate of return. The Group also makes use of loan 
facilities and borrowings, details of which can be found in note 25. Further information on the Group’s capital resources is 
contained on pages 64 to 66.

184

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
2 Risk management continued
The following is an analysis by business segment of the estimated timing of the net cash flows based on the net claims 
liabilities1 balance held at 31 December:

31 December 2022
Cyber Risks
Digital
MAP Risks
Property Risks
Specialty Risks
Net claims liabilities

31 December 2021
Cyber Risks
Digital
MAP Risks
Property Risks
Specialty Risks
Net claims liabilities

Within 1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

$m
219.4
70.2
294.5
343.9
520.8
1,448.8

$m
321.4
56.4
241.2
265.9
933.7
1,818.6

$m
112.2
10.7
73.1
69.9
584.0
849.9

Within 1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

$m
184.4
58.1
270.4
321.8
463.4
1,298.1

$m
264.5
51.1
230.5
258.5
910.4
1,715.0

$m
92.0
9.9
69.5
68.3
576.2
815.9

Greater than
5 years

$m
30.3
1.4
44.5
45.3
656.3
777.8

Greater than
5 years

$m
23.6
1.1
40.2
41.7
634.1
740.7

Total

$m
683.3
138.7
653.3
725.0
2,694.8
4,895.1

Total

$m
564.5
120.2
610.6
690.3
2,584.1
4,569.7

1 For a breakdown of net claims liabilities refer to note 24.

The following table is an analysis of the net contractual cash flows based on all the liabilities held at 31 December:

31 December 2022
Net claims liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Other payables

31 December 2021
Net claims liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Other payables

Within 1 year
1,448.8
31.2
9.6
1,527.5

Within 1 year
1,298.1
31.2
10.6
1,141.3

1-3 years
1,818.6
62.4
20.8
–

1-3 years
1,715.0
62.4
22.2
–

3-5 years
849.9
295.4
7.7
–

3-5 years
815.9
310.1
17.4
–

Greater than
5 years
777.8
327.9
37.3
–

Greater than
5 years
740.7
344.4
47.0
–

Weighted 
average term 
to settlement 
(years)

$m
2.0
1.3
1.8
1.7
3.6

Weighted 
average term 
to settlement 
(years)

$m
1.9
1.3
1.8
1.7
3.7

Total
4,895.1
716.9
75.4
1,527.5

Total
4,569.7
748.1
97.2
1,141.3

The next two tables summarise the carrying amount at reporting date of financial instruments analysed by maturity date.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

185

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

2 Risk management continued
Maturity

31 December 2022
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
Syndicate loans
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Insurance receivables
Other receivables
Other payables
Borrowings
Total

<1 yr

1-2 yrs

2-3 yrs

3-4 yrs

4-5 yrs   5-10 yrs 

Total

$m
1,854.9
–
34.7
652.5
1,811.7
196.4
(1,527.5)
–
3,022.7

$m
2,651.4
6.9
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,658.3

$m
1,676.5
25.6
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,702.1

$m
431.0
–
–
–
–
–
–
(249.4)
181.6

$m
652.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
652.8

$m
98.9
–
–
–
–
–
–
(298.6)
(199.7)

$m
7,365.5
32.5
34.7
652.5
1,811.7
196.4
(1,527.5)
(548.0)
8,017.8

31 December 2021
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
Syndicate loans
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Insurance receivables
Other receivables
Other payables
Borrowings
Total

<1 yr

1-2 yrs

$m
1,675.6
–
7.6
591.8
1,696.1
106.7
(1,141.3)
–
2,936.5

$m
2,316.7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,316.7

2-3 yrs

$m
953.5
7.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
961.3

3-4 yrs

$m
706.8
30.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
736.9

4-5 yrs   5-10 yrs 

Total

$m
361.9
–
–
–
–
–
–
(249.2)
112.7

$m
257.8
6,272.3
–
37.9
–
7.6
–
591.8
–
1,696.1
106.7
–
– (1,141.3)
(547.6)
7,023.5

(298.4)
(40.6)

Illiquid credit assets, hedge funds and equity funds are not included in the maturity profile because the maturity profiles of 
these asset classes cannot be determined with any degree of certainty.

The Group makes additional interest payments for borrowings. Further details are provided in notes 8 and 25.

2.5 Capital management
The Group follows a risk-based approach to determine the amount of capital required to support its activities. Recognised 
stochastic modelling techniques are used to measure risk exposures, and capital to support business activities is allocated 
according to risk profile. Stress and scenario analysis is regularly performed and the results are documented and reconciled to 
The Board’s risk appetite where necessary.

The Group has several requirements for capital, including:
• to support underwriting at Lloyd’s through the syndicates in which it participates, being 2623, 3622, 3623 and 4321. This is 

based on the Group’s own individual capital assessment. It may be provided in the form of either the Group’s cash, 
investments, debt facilities, or letter of credit;

• to support underwriting in Beazley Insurance Company, Inc., Beazley America Insurance Company, Inc., and Beazley NewCo 

Captive Company, Inc. in the US;

• to support underwriting in Beazley Insurance dac in Europe; and
• to support strategic acquisitions and investments.

186

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
2 Risk management continued
All entities within the Group have been in compliance with externally imposed capital requirements during the year. 
The Group uses letters of credit (LOC) available under a syndicated short term banking facility led by Lloyds Banking Group plc 
to support Funds at Lloyd’s (FAL) requirements. Lloyd’s of London apply certain criteria to banks issuing LOCs as FAL, including 
minimum credit rating requirements and counterparty limits. Should any of the banks on the existing LOC facility breach Lloyd’s 
of London requirements, the Group might be asked to replace the LOC provided with alternative eligible issuer(s) and/or assets 
meeting Lloyd’s requirements. The creditworthiness of the counterparties on the facility is monitored by the Group on an 
ongoing basis.

The Group considers Shareholders' Funds, Tier 2 subordinated debt and letters of credit to be the primary sources of capital for 
the Group. For more detail on the value of capital managed and how its value has changed in the year, please see pages 64 to 
66.

The Internal Model Solvency Capital Requirement is a dedicated quantitative review of syndicate models and it sets outs to be a 
key input to the Lloyd’s Internal Model.

The Board operates a progressive dividend strategy, intending to grow the dividend each year but recognising that some 
earnings fluctuations are to be expected. When determining the level of the dividend, The Board considers the Group's capital 
position, future investment and growth opportunities and our ability to generate cash flows. Dividends are typically paid on an 
annual basis to align with the Group's capital planning cycle. Our capital management strategy is to carry some surplus capital 
to enable us to take advantage of growth opportunities which may arise. At 31 December 2022, we have surplus capital of 44% 
of ECR (on a Solvency II basis), above our preferred target range of 15% to 25% of ECR. The capital base has been 
strengthened following the recent equity raise to enable us to continue to pursue our sustainable long-term growth strategy, 
particularly in opportunities identified in Property Risks.

2.6 Company risk
The Group’s parent company is exposed to the same interest rate and liquidity risk exposure experienced on its mutual 
borrowings with the Group. The Group’s exposure can be seen in sections 2.3b and 2.7. The company also experiences 
operational, regulatory and legal risks as defined in section 2.4 and 2.6. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

187

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

3 Segmental analysis
a) Reporting Segments
Segment information is presented based on the Group’s management and internal reporting structures, which represent the 
level at which financial information is reported, performance is analysed and resources are allocated by the Group’s Executive 
Committee, being the chief operating decision maker as defined in IFRS 8.

In March 2022, the Group updated its underwriting team structure with the creation of four underwriting divisions: Cyber Risks, 
Marine, Accident and Political (MAP) Risks, Property Risks and Specialty Risks.

From January 2022, the Group began separately reporting the performance of the Digital division, following the creation of that 
team in 2021.

Accordingly the Group has determined that its reporting segments are now as follows:

Cyber Risks
This segment underwrites cyber and technology risks.

Digital
This segment underwrites a variety of marine, contingency and SME liability risks through digital channels such as e-trading 
platforms and broker portals.

MAP Risks
This segment underwrites marine, portfolio underwriting and political and contingency business. 

Property Risks
This segment underwrites first party property risks and reinsurance business.

Specialty Risks
This segment underwrites a wide range of liability classes, including employment practices risks and directors and officers, as 
well as healthcare, lawyers and international financial institutions.

188

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
3 Segmental analysis continued
b) Segment information
Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Those items that are allocated on a reasonable basis, including net investment income, are split based 
on each segment’s capital requirements which is taken from the Group’s most up to date business plan. 

Finance costs and taxation have not been allocated to operating segments as these items are determined at a consolidated 
level and do not relate to operating performance.

As a result of the changes in reporting segments, prior period comparative information has been re-presented in accordance 
with the requirements of IFRS 8.

2022
Gross premiums written
Net premiums written

Net earned premiums

Net investment loss
Other income
Revenue

Net insurance claims

12 months ended 31 December 2022 

Cyber Risks

Digital MAP Risks

$m
1,156.1
832.3

783.9

(34.5)
7.9
757.3

$m
204.9
168.8

163.4

(8.7)
2.3
157.0

$m
1,107.8
777.0

726.5

(20.5)
1.0
707.0

Property 
Risks

$m
859.8
687.9

Specialty 
Risks

$m
1,940.1
1,410.2

Total

$m
5,268.7
3,876.2

663.4

1,277.0

3,614.2

(27.1)
7.4
643.7

(88.9)
13.5
1,201.6

(179.7)
32.1
3,466.6

432.1

74.4

312.1

403.2

734.6

1,956.4

Expenses for the acquisition of insurance contracts
Administrative expenses
Foreign exchange loss
Expenses

155.7
34.5
5.2
627.5

47.8
19.3
1.1
142.6

232.2
66.3
4.8
615.4

170.9
74.4
4.4
652.9

345.5
109.2
8.5
1,197.8

952.1
303.7
24.0
3,236.2

Segment result
Finance costs
Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax

Claims ratio
Expense ratio
Combined ratio

Segment assets and liabilities

Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Net assets

129.8

14.4

91.6

(9.2)

3.8

 55 %
 24 %
 79 %

 46 %
 41 %
 87 %

 43 %
 41 %
 84 %

 61 %
 37 %
 98 %

 57 %
 36 %
 93 %

230.4
(39.4)
191.0

(30.2)

160.8

 54 %
 35 %
 89 %

2,964.1
(2,244.6)
719.5

461.5
(359.3)
102.2

2,258.4
(1,980.6)
277.8

2,370.8
(1,920.3)
450.5

7,044.2
(6,020.7)
1,023.5

15,099.0
(12,525.5)
2,573.5

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

189

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

3 Segmental analysis continued

2021
Gross premiums written
Net premiums written

Net earned premiums

Net investment income
Other income
Gain from sale of business1
Revenue

12 months ended 31 December 2021 (re-presented)

Cyber Risks

Digital

MAP Risks

$m
814.3
624.8

499.7

14.5
4.6
–
518.8

$m
190.8
166.2

149.3

3.6
1.9
–
154.8

$m
897.5
671.5

613.3

17.0
2.7
54.4
687.4

Property 
Risks

$m
812.6
573.1

Specialty 
Risks

$m
1,903.7
1,476.8

Total

$m
4,618.9
3,512.4

521.7

1,363.3

3,147.3

22.6
7.5
–
551.8

58.7
11.5
–
1,433.5

116.4
28.2
54.4
3,346.3

Net insurance claims

326.9

56.1

252.5

335.4

855.3

1,826.2

Expenses for the acquisition of insurance contracts
Administrative expenses

Foreign exchange gain

Expenses

Segment result
Finance costs
Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

Claims ratio
Expense ratio
Combined ratio

Segment assets and liabilities

Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Net assets

100.7
29.0

1.2

42.2
15.6

0.3

206.8
59.2

1.4

149.4
66.9

1.3

322.7
112.3

3.0

821.8
283.0

7.2

457.8

114.2

519.9

553.0

1,293.3

2,938.2

61.0

40.6

167.5

(1.2)

140.2

 65 %
 26 %
 91 %

 37 %
 39 %
 76 %

 41 %
 44 %
 85 %

 64 %
 42 %
 106 %

 63 %
 32 %
 95 %

408.1
(38.9)
369.2

(60.5)

308.7

 58 %
 35 %
 93 %

2,289.7
(1,737.8)
551.9

432.1
(322.7)
109.4

1,844.6
(1,599.6)
245.0

2,244.5
(1,809.8)
434.7

5,996.5
(5,206.7)
789.8

12,807.4
(10,676.6)
2,130.8

1 The gain from sale of business relates to the sale of the Beazley Benefits business in the second half of 2021. A net gain of $54.4m was recognised, following 
the receipt of gross proceeds of $56.7m and recognised closing costs of $2.3m. Further details can be found in note 5b of Beazley’s 2021 Annual report and 
accounts. 

190

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
3 Segmental analysis continued
c) Information about geographical areas
The Group’s generates revenue in multiple geographies, an overview of which is set out below. UK earned premium in the 
analysis below represents all risks placed at Lloyd’s; US earned premium represents all risks placed at the Group’s US 
insurance companies, Beazley Insurance Company, Inc. and Beazley America Insurance Company, Inc; and Europe earned 
premium represents all risks placed at the Group’s European insurance company, Beazley Insurance dac. An analysis of gross 
premiums written split geographically by placement of risk and by reportable segment is provided in note 2 on page 179.

Net earned premiums
UK (Lloyd’s)
US (Non-Lloyd’s)
Europe (Non-Lloyd’s)

Assets by Geography
UK (Lloyd's)
US (Non-Lloyd’s) 
Europe (Non-Lloyd’s)

Segment assets are allocated based on where the assets are located.

4 Net investment income

Interest and dividends on financial investments at fair value through profit or loss
Interest on cash and cash equivalents
Net realised (losses)/gains on financial investments at fair value through profit or loss
Net unrealised fair value (losses) on financial investments at fair value through profit or loss
Investment income from financial investments
Investment management expenses

2022

$m

2021

$m

3,008.7
437.6
167.9
3,614.2

2,550.6
477.1
119.6
3,147.3

2022

$m

2021

$m

13,256.7
1,281.5
560.8
15,099.0

11,267.5
1,164.9
375.0
12,807.4

2022

$m
101.1
0.5
(7.6)
(266.8)
(172.8)
(6.9)
(179.7)

2021

$m
76.5
–
79.8
(34.0)
122.3
(5.9)
116.4

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

191

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

5 Other Income

Commissions received by Beazley service companies
Profit commissions from syndicates
Agency fees from syndicate 623
Other income

2022

$m
20.0
7.2
4.0
0.9
32.1

2021

$m
19.4
3.8
3.9
1.1
28.2

Profit commissions
There is an agreement between syndicate 623 and Beazley Furlonge Limited (the managing agent) where the syndicate 
remunerates Beazley for writing business in parallel with syndicate 2623. As such, profitability of 623 is a performance criterion 
for this contract. The transaction price represents a fixed percentage on profit by YOA. No other variable considerations (for 
example: discounts, rebates, refunds, incentives) are attached. The value of a transaction price is derived at each reporting 
period from the actual profit syndicate 623 has made to date and therefore represents the most likely amount of consideration 
at the reporting date.

Commissions received from service companies
Commission is payable to the Group by syndicate 623 due to Group service companies writing business on behalf of the 
syndicate. While the commercial purpose of the contract is to pass business to syndicate 623, the remuneration is triggered by 
incurring expenses, irrespective of volume of business gained. The performance criterion is deemed to be the realisation of 
expenses.

6 Auditor's Remuneration

Operating expenses include amounts receivable by the Group’s auditors in:
– audit of the Group’s annual report & accounts
– audit of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
– audit-related assurance services
– other non-audit services

2022

$m

2021

$m

1.7
3.1
1.4
0.7
6.9

0.8
1.9
1.1
0.6
4.4

Other than the fees disclosed above, no other fees were paid to the company’s auditor. Audit-related assurance services 
primarily comprise the review and audit of regulatory reporting pursuant to legislation and review of the Group’s condensed 
interim financial statements.

7 Employee benefit expenses

Wages and salaries
Short term incentive payments
Social security
Share based remuneration
Pension costs1

Recharged to syndicate 623

2022

$m
215.8
78.1
30.0
14.7
17.0
355.6
(53.1)
302.5

2021

$m
199.1
82.5
26.6
11.6
15.7
335.5
(48.5)
287.0

1 Pension costs primarily include contributions made under the defined contribution scheme. Further information on the defined benefit pension scheme can be 

found in note 27.

The average number of employees for 2022 was 1,808 (2021: 1,617). An overview of employees by type is included on page 
25.

192

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
8 Finance costs

Interest expense on financial liabilities
Interest expense on lease liabilities
Equity raise costs not charged to share premium

9 Income tax expense

Current tax expense
Current tax expense
Prior year adjustment

Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Impact of change in UK/US tax rates
Prior year adjustments

Income tax charge

2022

$m
35.6
3.1
0.7

39.4

2021

$m
35.2
3.7
–

38.9

2022

$m

53.2
(9.9)
43.3

(12.0)
(1.0)
(0.1)
(13.1)
30.2

2021

$m

64.0
(7.5)
56.5

4.4
(0.6)
0.2
4.0
60.5

Reconciliation of tax expense
The Group makes the majority of its profit in Ireland, the UK and the US. The weighted average of statutory tax rates applied to 
the profits earned in each country in which the Group operates is 21.2% (2021: 17.2%), whereas the tax charged for the year 
ending 31 December 2022 as a percentage of profit before tax is 15.8% (2021: 16.4%). The reasons for the difference are 
explained below:

Profit before tax
Tax calculated at the weighted average of statutory tax rate

Effects of:
– non-deductible expenses
– tax relief on remuneration
– over provided in prior years
– change in UK/US tax rates1
Tax charge for the period

2022

$m
191.0
40.6

1.8
(1.2)
(10.0)
(1.0)
30.2

2022

%

21.2

1.0
(0.6)
(5.2)
(0.5)
15.8

2021

$m
369.2
63.3

3.5
1.6
(7.3)
(0.6)
60.5

2021

%
–
17.2

1.0
0.4
(2.0)
(0.2)
16.4

1 The Finance Act 2021, which provides for an increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% effective from 1 April 2023 received Royal Assent on 10 

June 2021. This tax rate change to 25% will increase the Group’s future current tax charge. It was reflected in the calculation of the deferred tax balances as at 
31 December 2021 for relevant temporary differences expected to reverse on or after 1 April 2023.

The Tax Act (the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act) was signed into law in the US in December 2017. The Tax Act includes base erosion 
anti-avoidance tax provisions (the ‘BEAT’). We have performed an assessment for our intra-group transactions potentially in 
scope of BEAT. The application of this new BEAT legislation is still uncertain for some types of transaction and we are keeping 
developments under review. With support from external advisors, we believe that the BEAT impact on the Group is not 
significant. No amount has been provided for BEAT liabilities in these financial statements (2021: nil). The ultimate outcome 
may differ and if any additional amounts did fall within the scope of the BEAT, incremental tax at 10% might arise on some or all 
of those amounts. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

193

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

9 Income tax expense continued
The Group is monitoring the impact of the implementation of a Global Minimum Tax Rate of 15%, expected to apply in some 
countries from 2024. Our initial assessment is that the impact will not be significant as the Group mainly operates in 
jurisdictions with a statutory tax rate above 15%. We anticipate some additional tax arising in Ireland if profits are taxed at 15% 
rather than 12.5%.

Amounts recognised directly in equity
Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit or loss or other 
comprehensive income but directly debited or credited to equity:

Current tax: share based payments
Deferred tax: share based payments

10 Earnings per share

Basic (cents)
Diluted (cents)
Basic (pence)
Diluted (pence)

Basic

2022

$m
(0.6)
(3.1)
(3.7)

2021

$m
–
3.9
3.9

2022
26.3c
25.9c
21.1p
20.8p

2021
50.9c
50.3c
37.0p
36.5p

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing profit after tax of $160.8m (2021: $308.7m) by the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year of 611.7m (2021: 606.0m). The shares held in the Beazley plc Employee Benefit 
Trust of 5.7m (2021: 3.1m) have been excluded from the calculation, until such time as they vest unconditionally with the 
employee.

Diluted
Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing profit after tax of $160.8m (2021: $308.7m) by the adjusted weighted 
average number of shares of 619.7m (2021: 614.3m). The adjusted weighted average number of shares assumes conversion 
of dilutive potential ordinary shares, being shares from the equity settled compensation schemes. The shares held in the 
Employee Benefit Trust of 5.7m (2021: 3.1m) have been excluded from the calculation, until such time as they vest 
unconditionally with the employees. Further details of equity compensation plans can be found in note 23 as well as in the 
Directors’ remuneration report on pages 112 to 139.

11 Dividends per share
An interim dividend of 13.5p covering the whole of 2022 (2021: 12.9p) will be payable on 28 April 2023 to Beazley plc 
shareholders registered on 10 March 2023. The company expects the total amount to be paid in respect of the interim dividend 
to be approximately £91m (2021: £78m). These financial statements do not provide for the interim dividend as a liability.

194

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
12 Intangible assets

Cost
Balance at 1 January 2021
Disposal
Other additions
Foreign exchange (loss) / gain
Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2022
Disposal
Additions
Foreign exchange (loss)
Balance at 31 December 2022

Amortisation and impairment
Balance at 1 January 2021
Disposal
Amortisation for the year
Foreign exchange gain / (loss)
Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2022
Disposal
Amortisation for the year
Foreign exchange gain
Balance at 31 December 2022

Carrying amount
31 December 2022
31 December 2021

Goodwill

$m

Syndicate 
capacity

$m

72.0
–
–
–
72.0

72.0
–
–
–
72.0

(10.0)
–
–
–
(10.0)

(10.0)
–
–
–
(10.0)

10.7
–
–
–
10.7

10.7
–
3.0
–
13.7

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

IT
development
costs

$m

Renewal 
rights

$m

109.2
(10.4)
17.7
(1.1)
115.4

115.4
–
19.7
(9.8)
125.3

(73.6)
10.4
(12.4)
1.3
(74.3)

(74.3)
–
(13.6)
6.4
(81.5)

61.3
–
–
0.1
61.4

61.4
–
–
(2.5)
58.9

(52.6)
–
(8.1)
(0.3)
(61.0)

(60.8)
–
(0.7)
2.6
(58.9)

Total 

$m

262.5
(10.4)
17.7
(1.0)
268.8

268.8
–
22.7
(12.3)
279.2

(136.2)
10.4
(20.5)
1.0
(145.3)

(145.1)
–
(14.3)
9.0
(150.4)

Licences

$m

9.3
–
–
–
9.3

9.3
–
–
–
9.3

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

62.0
62.0

13.7
10.7

9.3
9.3

43.8
41.1

–
0.4

128.8
123.5

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

195

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

12 Intangible assets continued 
Impairment tests

Goodwill, syndicate capacity and US insurance authorisation licences are deemed to have indefinite life as they are expected to 
have value in use that does not erode or become obsolete over the course of time. Consequently, they are not amortised but 
annually tested for impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, they are allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units 
(CGUs) as follows:

2022
Goodwill
Capacity
Licences
Total

2021
Goodwill
Capacity
Licences
Total

Cyber Risks

Digital

MAP Risks

Property 
Risks

Specialty 
Risks

$m
1.7
3.1
2.8
7.6

$m
0.3
0.6
0.6
1.5

$m
31.9
3.0
–
34.9

$m
25.7
3.7
1.9
31.3

$m
2.4
3.3
4.0
9.7

Cyber Risks

Digital

MAP Risks

Property 
Risks

Specialty 
Risks

$m
1.7
1.8
2.8
6.3

$m
0.3
0.4
0.6
1.3

$m
31.9
2.6
–
34.5

$m
25.7
3.3
1.9
30.9

$m
2.4
2.6
4.0
9.0

Total

$m
62.0
13.7
9.3
85.0

Total

$m
62.0
10.7
9.3
82.0

Value in use is defined as the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the CGU and represents 
recoverable amount for goodwill. It is estimated by discounting future cash flows sourced from financial budgets approved by 
management which cover specific estimates for a five year period. The key assumptions used in the preparation of future cash 
flows are: premium growth rates,combined ratios, retention rates and expected future market conditions.

A discount rate, based on weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of 10.9% (2021: 9%) has been applied to projected future 
cash flows. This has been calculated using independent measures of the risk-free rate of return and is indicative of the Group’s 
risk profile relative to the market. The impairment test for goodwill confirms that no impairment is required.

The Group has taken the following measures to ensure that the key assumptions used in deriving value in use for each CGU 
considers the potential adverse effects of these potential changes in economic and regulatory environments:
• Projected combined ratio – The Group has used projected combined ratios consistent with its five year financial budgets. 

Sensitivity testing (a 5% increase in combined ratio for all classes and all years) has been performed to model the impact of 
reasonably possible changes in combined ratio to our base case impairment analysis and headroom. Within these ranges, 
the recoverable amounts remain supportable.

• Future market conditions – to test the segment’s sensitivity to variances (including those caused by the factors listed above) 
from forecast profits, the discount rate has been flexed to 5% above and 5% below the central assumption. Within this range, 
the recovery of goodwill was stress tested and remains supportable across all CGUs. Headroom was calculated in respect of 
the value in use of all the Group’s other intangible assets.

• Premium growth rates/Retention rates – The Group has used a terminal growth rate of 0% (2021: 0%) to extrapolate 

projections beyond the covered five year period.

The Group’s intangible assets relating to syndicate capacity is allocated across all CGUs. The fair value of syndicate capacity 
can be determined from the latest Lloyd's of London capacity auctions. Based upon the latest market prices, management 
concludes that the fair value exceeds the carrying amount and as such no impairment is necessary.

US insurance authorisation licences represent the privilege to write insurance business in particular states in the US. Licences 
are allocated to the relevant CGU. There is no active market for licences, therefore the recoverable amount is deemed to be the 
fair value. As described above, a WACC discount rate applied to projected future cash flows sourced from management 
approved budgets. Key assumptions are the same as those outlined above. Based upon all available evidence the results of 
the testing indicate that no impairment is required.

196

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
13 Plant and equipment

Cost
Balance at 1 January 2021
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange gain / (loss)
Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2022
Additions
Foreign exchange (loss)
Balance at 31 December 2022

Accumulated Depreciation
Balance at 1 January 2021
Depreciation charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign exchange (loss)
Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2022
Depreciation charge for the year
Foreign exchange gain / (loss)
Balance at 31 December 2022

Carrying amounts
31 December 2022
31 December 2021

Fixtures & 
fittings

Computer 
equipment

$m

$m

37.8
3.8
(9.7)
0.7
32.6

32.6
0.8
(1.3)
32.1

(22.9)
(2.3)
9.7
(0.5)
(16.0)

(16.0)
(2.8)
0.3
(18.5)

14.3
0.7
–
(0.1)
14.9

14.9
0.2
(0.5)
14.6

(9.5)
(2.6)
–
(0.2)
(12.3)

(12.3)
(0.5)
(0.5)
(13.3)

Total

$m

52.1
4.5
(9.7)
0.6
47.5

47.5
1.0
(1.8)
46.7

(32.4)
(4.9)
9.7
(0.7)
(28.3)

(28.3)
(3.3)
(0.2)
(31.8)

13.6
16.6

1.3
2.6

14.9
19.2

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

197

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

14 Investment in associates
Associates are those entities over which the Group has power to exert significant influence but which it does not control. 
Significant influence is generally presumed if the Group has between 20% and 50% of voting rights.

Group
As at 1 January
Investment in CyberAcuView LLC
Share of loss
As at 31 December

The Group’s investment in associates consists of:

2022
Falcon Money Management Holdings Limited (and subsidiaries)
Pegasus Underwriting Limited
CyberAcu View

1 259 St Paul Street, Valletta, Malta.
2 Suite 126, 12/F Somptuex Central, 52-54 Wellington Street, Hong Kong
3 8130 Lakewood Main Street, Suite 103 #329. Lakewood Ranch, FL 34202

2022

$m
0.6
–
(0.2)
0.4

2021

$m
0.3
0.3
–
0.6

Country/region of 
incorporation

% interest
held

Carrying value
$m

Malta1
Hong Kong2
USA3

 25 %  
 33 %  
 13 %  

— 
— 
0.4 
0.4 

The CyberAcuView LLC board is charged with governance over its affairs. The board is composed of individuals who are selected 
by the investors. The Group has the ability to appoint a member to the board of CyberAcuView LLC to represent the Group’s 
interest. As a result, the Group is deemed to have significant influence over CyberAcuView LLC and therefore this investment is 
recognised as an associate.

198

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
15 Deferred acquisition costs

Balance at 1 January
Additions
Amortisation charge
Balance at 31 December

16 Financial assets and liabilities
Set out below is a comparison of the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and liabilities.

Financial assets at fair value
Debt securities:
– Government issued
Corporate bonds
   – Investment grade
   – High yield
Syndicate loans
Total debt securities and syndicate loans

Equity funds
Hedge funds
Illiquid credit assets
Total capital growth assets
Total financial investments at fair value through statement of profit or loss

Derivative financial assets

Total financial assets at fair value

2022
$m
477.8
1,024.4

(952.1)
550.1

2021
$m
384.9
914.7

(821.8)
477.8

2022

$m

2021

$m

5,006.3

4,008.1

2,050.5
308.7
32.5
7,398.0

159.4
530.6
222.9
912.9
8,310.9

1,861.9
402.3
37.9
6,310.2

209.6
478.2
277.9
965.7
7,275.9

34.7

7.6

8,345.6

7,283.5

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

199

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

16 Financial assets and liabilities continued
Investment corporate bonds are rated BBB-/Baa3 or higher by at least one major rating agency, while high yield corporate bonds 
have lower credit ratings. Hedge funds are investment vehicles pursuing alternative investment strategies, structured to have 
minimal correlation to traditional asset classes. Equity funds are investment vehicles which invest in equity securities and 
provide diversified exposure to global equity markets. Illiquid credit assets are investment vehicles that predominantly target 
private lending opportunities, often with longer investment horizons. The fair value of these assets at 31 December 2022 
excludes an unfunded commitment of $30.5m (2021: $40.5m).

The amounts expected to mature within and after one year are:

Assets
Within one year
After one year
Total
Liabilities
Within one year
After one year
Total

2022
$m

2021
$m

1,673.5
5,759.2
7,432.7

1,409.4
4,908.4
6,317.8

14.5
548.0
562.5

7.1
547.6
554.7

Our capital growth assets have no defined maturity dates and have thus been excluded from the above maturity table. However, 
all $159.4m (2021: $209.6m) of equity funds could be liquidated within two weeks, $416.8m (2021: $378.1m) of hedge fund 
assets within six months and the remaining $113.8m (2021: $100.0m) of hedge fund assets within 18 months, in normal 
market conditions. Illiquid credit assets are not readily realisable and principal will be returned over the life of these assets, 
which may be up to 12 years.

Financial liabilities
Tier 2 subordinated debt (2026)
Tier 2 subordinated debt (2029)
Derivative financial liabilities
Total financial liabilities

2022

$m
249.4
298.6
14.5
562.5

2021

$m
249.2
298.4
7.1
554.7

The Group has given a fixed and floating charge over certain of its investments and other assets to secure obligations to Lloyd’s 
in respect of its corporate member subsidiary. Further details are provided in note 32.

Valuation hierarchy
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair 
value hierarchy described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a 
whole. If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability could be categorised in different levels of the fair 
value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorised in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the 
lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement. 

Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments. An active market is a market in which 
transactions for the instrument occur with sufficient frequency and volume on an ongoing basis such that quoted prices reflect 
prices at which an orderly transaction would take place between market participants at the measurement date.

200

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
16 Financial assets and liabilities continued
Level 2 – Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active, or based on pricing models for which significant 
inputs can be corroborated by observable market data, directly or indirectly (e.g. interest rates and exchange rates). Level 2 
inputs include: 
• Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; 
• Quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, the prices are not current, or price 
quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers, or in which little information is released publicly; 
• Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (for example, interest rates and yield curves 

observable at commonly quoted intervals, implied volatilities and credit spreads); and 

• Market corroborated inputs. Included within level 2 are government bonds and treasury bills, equity funds and corporate 

bonds which are not actively traded, hedge funds and senior secured loans.

Level 3 – Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable or for which there is limited market activity against which to 
measure fair value. The availability of financial data can vary for different financial assets and is affected by a wide variety of 
factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether it is new and not yet established in the marketplace, and other 
characteristics specific to each transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are unobservable in 
the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgement. Accordingly the degree of judgement exercised by 
management in determining fair value is greatest for instruments classified in level 3. The Group uses prices and inputs that 
are current as of the measurement date for valuation of these instruments. 

Our valuation approach for fair value assets and liabilities classified as level 2:

a) For the Group’s level 2 debt securities, our fund administrator obtains the prices used in the valuation from independent 
pricing vendors. The independent pricing vendors derive an evaluated price from observable market inputs. These inputs are 
verified in their pricing assumptions such as weighted average life, discount margins, default rates, and recovery and 
prepayments assumptions for mortgage securities. 

b) For our hedge funds , the pricing and valuation of each fund is undertaken by administrators in accordance with each 
underlying fund’s valuation policy. Individual fund prices are communicated by the administrators to all investors via the monthly 
investor statements. The fair value of the hedge fund portfolios are calculated by reference to the underlying net asset values of 
each of the individual funds. 

c) Subordinated debt and tier 2 subordinated debt fair value are based on quoted market prices. 

Our valuation approach for fair value assets and liabilities classified as level 3:

a) Our illiquid credit fund investments are managed by third party managers (generally closed ended limited partnerships or 
open ended funds). While the funds provide full transparency on their underlying investments, the investments themselves are 
predominantly in private and unquoted instruments. The valuation techniques used by the fund managers to establish the fair 
value of the underlying private/unquoted investments may incorporate discounted cash flow models or a more market-based 
approach, whilst the main inputs might include discount rates, fundamental pricing multiples, recent transaction prices, or 
comparable market information to create a benchmark multiple. 

b) The syndicate loans are loans provided by our Group syndicates to the Central Fund at Lloyd’s in respect of the 2019 and 
2020 underwriting years. These instruments are not tradeable and are valued using discounted cash flow models, designed to 
appropriately reflect the credit and illiquidity risk of the instruments. 

There were no changes in the valuation techniques during the year compared to those described in the Group's 2021 Annual 
Report and Accounts. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

201

 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

16 Financial assets and liabilities continued
The following table shows the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the fair value 
hierarchy.

2022
Financial assets carried at fair value 
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
– Government issued
– Corporate bonds
   – Investment grade
   – High yield
Syndicate loans
Equity funds
Hedge funds
Illiquid credit assets
Derivative financial assets
Total financial assets carried at fair value

Financial liabilities carried at fair value
Derivative financial liabilities

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Tier 2 subordinated debt (2029)
Tier 2 subordinated debt (2026)
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value

2021
Financial assets carried at fair value 
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
– Government issued
– Corporate bonds
   – Investment grade
   – High yield
Syndicate loans
Equity funds
Hedge funds
Illiquid credit assets
Derivative financial assets
Total financial assets carried at fair value

Financial liabilities carried at fair value
Derivative financial liabilities

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Tier 2 subordinated debt (2029)
Tier 2 subordinated debt (2026)
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

Level 3
$m

Total
$m

4,022.5

983.8

–

5,006.3

893.8
34.2
–
159.4
–
–
34.7
5,144.6

1,156.7
274.5
–
–
530.6
–
–
2,945.6

–
–
32.5
–
–
222.9
–
255.4

2,050.5
308.7
32.5
159.4
530.6
222.9
34.7
8,345.6

14.5

–

–
–
14.5

265.9
240.3
506.2

–

–
–
–

14.5

265.9
240.3
520.7

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

Level 3
$m

Total
$m

3,513.2

494.9

–

4,008.1

802.8
82.1
–
209.6
–
–
7.6
4,615.3

7.1

–
–
7.1

1,059.1
320.2
–
–
478.2
–
–
2,352.5

–

334.6
279.0
613.6

–
–
37.9
–
–
277.9
–
315.8

–

–
–
–

1,861.9
402.3
37.9
209.6
478.2
277.9
7.6
7,283.5

7.1

334.6
279.0
620.7

202

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
16 Financial assets and liabilities continued
The table above does not include financial assets and liabilities that are, in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, 
recorded at amortised cost, if the carrying amount of these financial assets and liabilities approximates their fair values at the 
reporting date. Cash and cash equivalents have not been included in the table above; however, the full amount of cash and 
cash equivalents would be classified under level 1 in both the current and prior year.

Transfers
The Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the fair value hierarchy by assessing categorisation at 
the end of the reporting period.

The following transfers between levels 1 & 2 for the period ended 31 December 2022 reflect the level of trading activities 
including frequency and volume derived from market data obtained from an independent external valuation tool.

31 December 2022 vs 31 December 2021 transfer from level 2 to level 1
– Corporate Bonds – Investment grade

31 December 2022 vs 31 December 2021 transfer from level  1 to level 2
– Corporate Bonds – Investment grade
– Government issued

Level 1

$m
187.7   

Level 2

$m

(187.7) 

Level 1

$m

(307.2)  
(213.7)

Level 2

$m
307.2 
213.7

The values shown in the transfer tables above are translated at foreign exchange rate as at 31 December 2022.

Level 3 investment reconciliations
The table below shows a reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances of level 3 fair values.

As at 1 January
Purchases
Sales
Realised gain
Unrealised (loss) / gain
As at 31 December

2022

$m
315.8
13.0
(81.4)
13.2
(5.2)
255.4

2021

$m
268.5
87.1
(60.2)
12.1
8.3
315.8

Unconsolidated structured entities
A structured entity is defined as an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in 
deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, or when the relevant 
activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.

As part of its standard investment activities the Group holds fixed interest investments in high yield bond funds, as well as 
capital growth investments in equity funds, hedge funds and illiquid credit assets which in accordance with IFRS 12 are 
classified as unconsolidated structured entities. The Group does not sponsor any of the unconsolidated structured entities. The 
assets classified as unconsolidated structured entities are held at fair value on the statement of financial position.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

203

 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

16 Financial assets and liabilities continued
As at 31 December the investments comprising the Group’s unconsolidated structured entities are as follows:

High yield bond funds
Equity funds
Hedge funds
Illiquid credit assets
Investments through unconsolidated structured entities

2022

2021

$m
308.7
159.4
530.6
222.9
1,221.6

$m
402.3
209.6
478.2
277.9
1,368.0

Apart from a relatively small exposure to high yield bond funds, our unconsolidated structured entity exposures fall within our 
capital growth assets. The capital growth assets are held in investee funds managed by asset managers who apply various 
investment strategies to accomplish their respective investment objectives. The Group’s investments in investee funds are 
subject to the terms and conditions of the respective investee fund’s offering documentation and are susceptible to market 
price risk arising from uncertainties about future values of those investee funds. Investment decisions are made after extensive 
due diligence on the underlying fund, its strategy and the overall quality of the underlying fund’s manager and assets.

The right to sell or request redemption of investments in high yield bond funds, asset backed securities, equity funds and 
hedge funds ranges in frequency from daily to semi-annually. The Group did not sponsor any of the respective structured 
entities.

The Group’s maximum exposure to loss from its interests in investee funds is equal to the total fair value of its investments in 
investee funds and unfunded commitments.

Currency exposures
The currency exposures of our financial assets held at fair value are detailed below:

2022
Financial assets at fair value
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
Syndicate loans
Equity Linked Funds
Hedge funds
Illiquid credit assets
Derivative financial assets
Total

2021
Financial assets at fair value
Fixed and floating rate debt securities
Syndicate loans
Equity funds
Hedge funds
Illiquid credit assets
Derivative financial assets
Total

UK £

$m

636.1
32.5
–
–
0.1
–
668.7

UK £

$m

465.0
37.9
–
–
0.5
–
503.4

CAD $

$m

365.9
–
–
–
–
–
365.9

CAD $

$m

341.4
–
–
–
–
–
341.4

EUR €

$m

–
–
–
–
46.2
–
46.2

EUR €

$m

–
–
–
–
39.8
–
39.8

Sub Total

$m

1,002.0
32.5
–
–
46.3
–
1,080.8

US $

$m

Total

$m

6,363.5
–
159.4
530.6
176.6
34.7
7,264.8

7,365.5
32.5
159.4
530.6
222.9
34.7
8,345.6

Sub Total

$m

US $

$m

Total

$m

806.4
37.9
–
–
40.3
–
884.6

5,465.9
–
209.6
478.2
237.6
7.6
6,398.9

6,272.3
37.9
209.6
478.2
277.9
7.6
7,283.5

204

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
17 Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses a variety of derivative financial instruments, including both over-the-counter and exchange traded contracts. 
These derivatives help the Group to manage exposure to market and foreign currency and/or interest rate risk on existing 
assets or liabilities. The Group had the right and the intention to settle each contract on a net basis.

The assets and liabilities of these contracts at 31 December are detailed below:

Derivative financial instrument assets
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Bond futures contract

Derivative financial instrument liabilities
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Bond futures contract

2022

2021

Gross contract 
amount

Market value
of derivative
 position

Gross contract 
amount

Market value
of derivative
position

$m
560.1
–
560.1

$m
34.7
–
34.7

$m
317.8
522.7
840.5

$m
7.3
0.3
7.6

2022

2021

Gross contract 
amount

Market value
of derivative
 position

Gross contract 
amount

$m
549.7
–
549.7

$m
(14.5)
–
(14.5)

$m
351.4
141.2
492.6

Market 
value
of derivative
position

$m
(7.1)
–
(7.1)

Foreign exchange forward contracts
The Group utilises over-the-counter foreign exchange forward agreements to economically hedge the foreign currency risk 
resulting from transactions and balances held in currencies that are different to the functional currency of the Group.

Bond futures positions
The Group utilises bond futures transactions for the purpose of efficiently managing the term structure of its interest rate 
exposures. A negative gross contract amount represents a notional short position that generates positive fair value as interest 
rates rise.

18 Insurance receivables

Insurance receivables

2022
$m

2021
$m

1,811.7
1,811.7

1,696.1
1,696.1

These are receivables due within one year and relate to business transacted with brokers and intermediaries. All insurance 
receivables are classified as loans and receivables and their carrying values approximate fair value at the reporting date.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

205

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

19 Reinsurance assets

Reinsurers’ share of claims
Impairment provision

Reinsurers’ share of unearned premium reserve

2022

2021

$m
2,516.7
(29.3)
2,487.4
799.2
3,286.6

$m
1,840.9
(11.5)
1,829.4
557.0
2,386.4

The total impairment provision in the statement of financial position in respect of reinsurance assets past due by more than 30 
days at 31 December was $17.3m (2021: $2.1m). This provision in respect of overdue reinsurance recoverables is included 
within the total provision of $29.3m.

Operating expenses include an impairment loss / (write back) on reinsurance assets of $17.8m (2021: $(3.3)m). 

20 Cash and cash equivalents

Group
Cash at bank and in hand

Company
Cash at bank and in hand

21 Share capital

Ordinary shares of 5p each
Issued and fully paid
Balance at 1 January
Issue of shares to satisfy employee share schemes
Equity raise
Balance at 31 December

2022
$m

2021
$m

652.5

591.8

2022
$m

3.4

2021
$m

0.3

2022

No. of 
shares (m)

671.2
609.2
1.0
61.0
671.2

$m

46.6
42.9
0.1
3.6
46.6

2021

No. of 
shares (m)

609.2
608.9
0.3
–
609.2

$m

42.9
42.9
–
–
42.9

There are no limits to the authorised share capital of the company.

On 16 November 2022, the company issued 60,959,017 new ordinary shares of 5 pence each, comprising the ‘Placing 
Shares’, the ‘Retail Offer Shares’ and the ‘Subscription Shares’ (together, the ‘equity raise’). The shares issued represented 
approximately 9.99% of the company's issued ordinary share capital on the day to prior to the equity raise. The shares were 
issued at a price of 575 pence per share, representing a discount of 8.0% to the closing share price of 625 pence on 15 
November 2022. In aggregate, the equity raise represented gross proceeds of £350.5m ($415.8m) and net proceeds of 
£340.8m ($404.4m). The company incurred other transaction costs of $0.7m which were recognised in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss.

206

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
21 Share capital continued
The 60,403,895 Placing Shares were issued for non-cash consideration by way of a 'cash box' structure structure. involving a 
newly incorporated subsidiary of the company (‘Cash Box’). This structure involved the issue of ordinary and preference shares 
by Cash Box to one of the investment banks advising the company in respect of the equity raise. These preference and ordinary 
shares were subsequently acquired by the company and the preference shares were redeemed by Cash Box. The acquisition by 
the company of the ordinary shares in Cash Box held by the investment bank resulted in the company securing over 90% of the 
equity share capital of Cash Box. The company was therefore able to rely on Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006, which 
provides relief from the requirements under Section 610 of the Companies Act 2006 to create a share premium account. 
Therefore, no share premium was recorded in relation to the Placing shares.

The premium over the nominal value of the Placing shares was credited to a merger reserve and subsequently recognised in 
retained earnings. The merger reserve created was determined to be distributable for the purposes of the Companies Act 2006. 
Certain Directors of the company participated in the equity raise via the Placing Shares and the 26,086 Subscription Shares.

Retail investors were able to participate in the equity raise on the same terms as institutional investors via the retail offer, 
which was hosted on the PrimaryBid platform. A total of 529,036 Retail Offer Shares were issued, and Share Premium of 
$3.6m was recognised. 

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

207

 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

22 Other reserves

Group
Balance at 1 January 2021
Share based payments
Tax on share option vestings
Transfer of shares to employees
Balance at 31 December 2021

Share based payments
Tax on share option vestings
Acquisition of own shares held in trust
Transfer of shares to employees
Balance at 31 December 2022

Company
Balance at 1 January 2021
Share based payments
Transfer of shares to employees
Balance at 31 December 2021

Share based payments
Acquisition of own shares held in trust
Transfer of shares to employees
Balance at 31 December 2022

Employee 
share options 
reserve

$m

16.0
11.0
(3.9)
(6.1)
17.0

15.7
3.1
–
(7.2)
28.6

Employee 
share trust
reserve
$m

(25.4)
–
–
4.4
(21.0)

–
–
(17.8)
2.6
(36.2)

Employee 
share options 
reserve

$m

Employee 
share trust
reserve
$m

(13.2)
11.0
(6.1)
(8.3)

15.7
–
(7.2)
0.2

(3.7)
–
4.4
0.7

–
(17.8)
2.6
(14.5)

Total
$m

(9.4)
11.0
(3.9)
(1.7)
(4.0)

15.7
3.1
(17.8)
(4.6)
(7.6)

Total
$m

(16.9)
11.0
(1.7)
(7.6)

15.7
(17.8)
(4.6)
(14.3)

The merger reserve is shown within the statement of changes in equity as a separate category and as such has been excluded 
from the other reserves note.

The employee share options reserve is held in accordance with IFRS 2: Share-based payment. For more information refer to 
note 23.2.

More information on the employee share trust reserve is included in note 23.

208

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
23 Equity compensation plans
23.1 Employee share trust

Movements in employee share trust reserve
Balance at 1 January
Additions
Transfer of shares to employees
Balance at 31 December

2022
Number (m)

3.1
3.0
(0.4)
5.7

$m

21.0
17.6
(2.5)
36.1

2021
Number (m)

3.7
–
(0.6)
3.1

$m

25.4
–
(4.4)
21.0

The shares are owned by the employee share trust to satisfy awards under the Group’s deferred share plan, retention plan, one-
off share incentive plan and long term incentive plan (LTIP). These shares are purchased on the market and carried at cost.

On the third anniversary of an award the shares under the deferred share plan are transferred from the trust to the employee. 
Under the retention plan, on the third anniversary, and each year after that up to the sixth anniversary, 25.0% of the shares 
awarded are transferred to the employee.

The deferred share plan is recognised in the statement of profit or loss on a straight-line basis over a period of three years, 
while the retention share plan is recognised in the statement of profit or loss on a straight-line basis over a period of six years.

23.2 Employee share option plans
The Group has a long term incentive plan (LTIP), one-off share incentive plan, deferred share plan, retention plan and save-as-
you-earn (SAYE) plan that entitle employees to purchase shares in the Group.

The terms and conditions of the grants are as follows:

Share option plan
LTIP

LTIP

SAYE (UK)

SAYE (US)

SAYE (Others)
Total share options outstanding

Grant date
20/10/2022
15/02/2022

10/02/2021
11/02/2020
12/02/2019
13/02/2018
20/10/2022
15/02/2022
10/02/2021
11/02/2020
28/03/2022
30/03/2021
30/03/2020
30/05/2022
02/06/2021
28/03/2022

No. of options
(m)
0.3
1.9

2.1
1.2
1.1
0.9
0.3
1.9
2.1
1.2
0.6
1.7
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.2
15.9

Vesting conditions

Contractual life 
of options

Five year’s service + NAV + 
minimum shareholding 
requirement

10 years

Three year’s service + NAV 
+ minimum shareholding
requirement

10 years

Three years’ service

N/A

Two years’ service

Two years’ service

N/A

N/A

Vesting conditions
In summary the vesting conditions are defined as:
• two years’ service – an employee has to remain in employment until the second anniversary from the grant date;
• three years’ service – an employee has to remain in employment until the third anniversary from the grant date; and
• NAV – the NAV growth, after adjusting for the effect of dividends, is greater than the risk-free rate of return plus a premium 

per year.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

209

 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

23 Equity compensation plans continued
Further details of equity compensation plans can be found in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 112 to 139. The total 
gain on Directors’ exercises of share option plans during the period was £0.2m (2021: £nil).

The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year
Granted during the year
Outstanding at 31 December
Exercisable at 31 December

2022

2021

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (pence 
per share)
80.7
74.5
124.3¹
54.5
56.5
–

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (pence 
per share)
63.5
58.0
25.0²
80.9
80.7
–

No. of  

options
(m)
14.9
(3.2)
(1.1)
5.3
15.9
–

No. of 
options
(m)
13.6
(5.8)
(0.3)
7.4
14.9
–

1 The weighted average share price at the point of exercise of these options was 498.7p.
2 The weighted average share price at the point of exercise of these options was 366.2p.

The range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the end of the year was £0 to £4.56 (2021: £0 to £4.56). The weighted 
average remaining contractual life for the outstanding options at end of the year was 1.89 years (2021: 1.87 years).

The share option programmes allow Group employees to acquire shares of the company. The fair value of options granted is 
recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in the employee share options reserve. The fair value of the 
options granted is measured at grant date and spread over the period in which the employees become unconditionally entitled 
to the options. The fair value of the options granted is measured using the Black Scholes model, taking into account the terms 
and conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual 
number of share options that vest.

The following is a summary of the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of share options awarded during the period:

Share options charge to employee share options reserve
LTIP
Weighted average share price (pence per option)
Weighted average fair value (pence per option)
Weighted average exercise price (pence per option)
Average expected life of options
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
Average risk-free interest rate
SAYE
Weighted average share price (pence per option)
Weighted average fair value (pence per option)
Weighted average exercise price (pence per option)
Average expected life of options
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
Average risk-free interest rate

2022

$m
14.7

509.9
509.8
–
4.3yrs
 38.9 %
 – 
 3.0 %

435.7
143.4
350.6
3.3yrs
 39.3 %
 2.6 %
 2.6 %

2021

$m
11.6

366.6
367.0
–
4.3yrs
 36.4 %
 – 
 0.4 %

348.7
95.0
287.8
3.3yrs
 36.6 %
 3.2 %
 0.4 %

The expected volatility is based on historic volatility over a period of at least two years.

210

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets

Gross
Claims reported and loss adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
Gross claims liabilities
Unearned premiums
Total insurance liabilities, gross

Recoverable from reinsurers
Claims reported and loss adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
Reinsurers' share of claims liabilities
Unearned premiums
Total reinsurers' share of insurance liabilities

Net
Claims reported and loss adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
Net claims liabilities
Unearned premiums
Total insurance liabilities, net

2022

$m

2021

$m

1,758.4
5,624.1
7,382.5
2,971.7
10,354.2

1,627.4
4,771.7
6,399.1
2,472.7
8,871.8

420.6
2,066.8
2,487.4
799.2
3,286.6

371.4
1,458.0
1,829.4
557.0
2,386.4

2022
$m

2021
$m

1,337.8
3,557.3
4,895.1
2,172.5
7,067.6

1,256.0
3,313.7
4,569.7
1,915.7
6,485.4

The gross claims reported, the loss adjustment liabilities and the liabilities for claims incurred but not reported are net of 
recoveries from salvage and subrogation.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

211

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued
24.1 Movements in insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets
a) Claims and loss adjustment expenses`

Claims reported and loss adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
Unexpired risk reserve
Balance at 1 January

Gross
$m
1,627.4
4,771.7
–
6,399.1

2022

Reinsurance
$m
(371.4)
(1,458.0)
–
(1,829.4)

Net 
$m
1,256.0
3,313.7
–
4,569.7

Gross
$m
1,507.3
3,855.3
91.5
5,454.1

2021

Reinsurance
$m
(262.2)
(1,034.4)
(9.0)
(1,305.6)

Net $m

1,245.1
2,820.9
82.5
4,148.5

Claims paid

(1,936.7)

371.7

(1,565.0)

(1,718.5)

378.9 (1,339.6)

Increase in claims
Arising from current year claims
Arising from prior year claims
Net exchange differences
Balance at 31 December

3,093.0
(46.8)
(126.1)
7,382.5

(1,003.9)
(85.9)
60.1
(2,487.4)

Claims reported and loss adjustment expenses
Claims incurred but not reported
Unexpired risk reserve
Balance at 31 December

1,758.4
5,624.1
–
7,382.5

(420.6)
(2,066.8)
–
(2,487.4)

2,089.1
(132.7)
(66.0)
4,895.1

1,337.8
3,557.3
–
4,895.1

2,911.5
(177.2)
(70.8)
6,399.1

(875.5)
(32.6)
5.4
1,829.4

1,627.4
4,771.7
–
6,399.1

(371.4)
(1,458.0)
–
(1,829.4)

2,036.0
(209.8)
(65.4)
4,569.7

1,256.0
3,313.7
–
4,569.7

212

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued 
b) Unearned premiums reserve

2022

2021

Balance at 1 January
Increase in the year
Release in the year
Balance at 31 December

Gross

Reinsurance

Net

Gross

$m
2,472.7
5,268.7
(4,769.7)
2,971.7

$m
(557.0)
(1,392.5)
1,150.3
(799.2)

$m
1,915.7
3,876.2
(3,619.4)
2,172.5

$m
1,924.3
4,618.9
(4,070.5)
2,472.7

Reinsurance

$m
(379.1)
(1,122.8)

Net
$m
1,545.2
3,496.1
944.9 (3,125.6)
1,915.7

(557.0)

24.2 Assumptions, changes in assumptions and claims reserve strength analysis
a) Process used to decide on assumptions
The peer review reserving process
Beazley uses a quarterly dual track process to set its reserves:
• the actuarial team uses several actuarial and statistical methods to estimate the ultimate premium and claims costs, with 

the most appropriate methods selected depending on the nature of each class of business; and

• the underwriting teams concurrently review the development of the incurred loss ratio over time, work with our claims 

managers to set reserve estimates for identified claims and utilise their detailed understanding of both risks underwritten 
and the nature of the claims to establish an alternative estimate of ultimate claims cost, which is compared to the actuarially 
established figures.

A formal internal peer review process is then undertaken to determine the reserves held for accounting purposes which, in 
totality, are not lower than the actuarially established figure.

The Group has a consistent reserving philosophy, with initial reserves being set to include risk margins which may be released 
over time as uncertainty reduces.

Actuarial assumptions
Chain-ladder techniques are applied to premiums, paid claims and incurred claims (i.e. paid claims plus case estimates). The 
basic technique involves the analysis of historical claims development factors and the selection of estimated development 
factors based on historical patterns. The selected development factors are then applied to cumulative claims data for each 
underwriting year that is not yet fully developed to produce an estimated ultimate claims cost for each underwriting year.

Chain-ladder techniques are most appropriate for classes of business that have a relatively stable development pattern. Chain-
ladder techniques are less suitable in cases in which the insurer does not have a developed claims history for a particular class 
of business, or for underwriting years that are still at immature stages of development where there is a higher level of 
assumption volatility.

The Bornhuetter-Ferguson method uses a combination of a benchmark/market-based estimate and an estimate based on 
claims experience. The former is based on a measure of exposure such as premiums; the latter is based on the paid or 
incurred claims observed to date. The two estimates are combined using a formula that gives more weight to the experience-
based estimate as time passes. This technique has been used in situations where developed claims experience was not 
available for the projection (e.g. recent underwriting years or new classes of business).

The expected loss ratio method uses a benchmark/market-based estimate applied to the expected premium and is used for 
classes with little or no relevant historical data.

The choice of selected results for each underwriting year of each class of business depends on an assessment of the 
technique that has been most appropriate to observed historical developments. In certain instances, this has meant that 
different techniques or combinations of techniques have been selected for individual underwriting years or groups of 
underwriting years within the same class of business. As such, there are many assumptions used to estimate general 
insurance liabilities.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

213

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued
We also review triangulations of the paid/outstanding claim ratios as a way of monitoring any changes in the strength of the 
outstanding claim estimates between underwriting years so that adjustments can be made to mitigate any subsequent over/
(under) reserving. To date, this analysis indicates no systematic change to the outstanding claim strength across underwriting 
years.

Where significant large losses impact an underwriting year (e.g. first-party COVID-19 losses, the events of 11 September 2001, 
the hurricanes in 2004, 2005, 2008, 2012, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the typhoons in 2018 and 2019, or the earthquakes in 
2010, 2011 and 2017), the development is usually very different from the attritional losses. In these situations, the large loss 
total is extracted from the remainder of the data and analysed separately by the respective claims managers using exposure 
analysis of the policies in force in the areas affected.

Further assumptions are required to convert gross of reinsurance estimates of ultimate claims cost to a net of reinsurance level 
and to establish reserves for unallocated claims handling expenses and reinsurance bad debt.

b) Major assumptions
The main assumption underlying these techniques is that the Group’s past claims development experience (with appropriate 
adjustments for known changes) can be used to project future claims development and hence ultimate claims costs. As such 
these methods extrapolate the development of premiums, paid and incurred losses, average costs per claim and claim 
numbers for each underwriting year based on the observed development of earlier years.

Another assumption used within insurance liabilities is the estimation of an unexpired risk reserve (URR) for the expected value 
of net claims and expenses attributable to the unexpired periods of policies in force at the balance sheet date which exceeds 
the unearned premium reserve.

Throughout, judgement is used to assess the extent to which past trends may or may not apply in the future; for example, to 
reflect changes in external or market factors such as economic conditions, public attitudes to claiming, levels of claims 
inflation, premium rate changes, judicial decisions and legislation, as well as internal factors such as portfolio mix, policy 
conditions and claims handling procedures.

c) Changes in assumptions
As already discussed, general insurance business requires many different assumptions. The diagram below illustrates the main 
categories of assumptions used for each underwriting year and class combination.

Further information on the calculation of loss reserves and the risks associated with them is provided in the risk disclosures 
section in note 2. The risks associated with general insurance contracts are complex and do not readily lend themselves to 
meaningful sensitivity analysis. Given the range of assumptions used, the Group’s profit or loss is relatively insensitive to 
changes to an individual assumption used for an underwriting year/class combination.

The Group’s profit or loss is potentially more sensitive to a systematic change in assumptions that affect many classes, such 
as judicial changes or when catastrophes produce more claims than expected. The impact of an unreported event could lead to 
a significant increase in the Group’s loss reserves. The Group believes that the loss reserves established are adequate, 
however a 20% increase in estimated losses would lead to a $1,476.5m (2021: $1,279.8m) increase in gross loss reserves 
and a $979.0m (2021: $913.9m) increase in net loss reserves. The Group uses a range of risk mitigation strategies to reduce 
such volatility including the purchase of reinsurance. In addition, the Group holds capital to absorb volatility.

214

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued 
d) Claims reserve strength analysis
The estimation of IBNR reserves for future claim notifications is subject to a greater degree of uncertainty than the estimation 
of the outstanding claims already notified. This is particularly true for the Specialty Risk business, which will typically display 
greater variations between initial estimates and final outcomes as a result of the greater degree of difficulty in estimating these 
reserves. The estimation of IBNR reserves for other business written is generally subject to less variability as claims are 
generally reported and settled relatively quickly.

As such, our reserving assumptions contain a reasonable margin for prudence given the uncertainties inherent in the insurance 
business underwritten, particularly on the longer tailed Specialty Risk classes.
Since year end 2004, we have identified a range of possible outcomes for each class and underwriting year combination directly 
from our internal model (previously our individual capital assessment (ICA)) process. Comparing these with our pricing 
assumptions and reserving estimates gives our management team increased insight into our perceived reserving strength and 
the relative uncertainties of the business written.

To illustrate the robustness of our reserves, the loss development tables below provide information about historical claims 
development by the five segments – Cyber Risks, Digital, MAP Risks, Property Risks and Specialty Risks. The tables are by 
underwriting year which in our view provides the most transparent reserving basis. We have supplied tables for both ultimate 
gross claims and ultimate net claims.

The top part of the table illustrates how the Group’s estimate of the claims ratio for each underwriting year has changed at 
successive year ends. The bottom half of the table reconciles the gross and net claims to the amount appearing in the 
statement of financial position.

While the information in the table provides a historical perspective on the adequacy of the claims liabilities established in 
previous years, users of these financial statements are cautioned against extrapolating past redundancies or deficiencies on 
current claims liabilities. The Group believes that the estimate of total claims liabilities as at 31 December 2022 is adequate. 
However, due to inherent uncertainties in the reserving process, it cannot be assured that such balances will ultimately prove to 
be adequate.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

215

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued

Gross ultimate claims

2012 ae
%

2013
%

2014
%

2015
%

2016
%

2017
%

2018
%

2019
%

2020
%

2021
%

Cyber Risks

12 months

24 months

36 months

48 months

60 months

72 months

84 months

96 months

108 months

120 months

Digital

12 months

24 months

36 months

48 months

60 months

72 months

84 months

96 months

108 months

120 months

MAP Risks

12 months

24 months

36 months

48 months

60 months

72 months

84 months

96 months

108 months

120 months

57.5

58.0

52.8

48.3

47.8

45.7

43.2

60.1

59.8

32.5

21.5

20.9

19.8

19.7

60.7

63.5

58.3

56.8

55.2

53.7

53.5

60.7

60.8

52.8

44.4

42.4

41.2

41.0

38.7

64.1

64.2

26.9

24.2

22.3

21.8

21.6

21.5

58.5

56.8

52.7

52.0

49.1

48.3

48.0

47.9

56.7

57.7

53.0

54.8

50.5

62.0

60.8

50.5

40.6

43.6

61.0

62.7

76.1

76.7

77.6

55.1

55.2

45.8

42.0

42.5

41.1

55.2

56.3

41.5

31.2

27.1

27.9

63.9

56.9

55.1

54.3

51.5

51.9

62.9

61.9

55.6

60.3

68.4

64.9

65.3

64.9

69.3

64.9

59.4

36.7

28.7

25.4

25.4

23.1

23.2

23.2

58.5

49.1

47.6

48.4

54.0

52.5

52.3

52.7

52.2

67.8

68.3

69.5

74.3

74.1

71.7

69.0

71.5

71.8

66.5

71.5

72.2

48.8

24.7

23.2

20.3

18.0

17.5

17.5

17.5

57.7

51.5

44.8

43.3

43.6

43.0

42.1

41.4

41.2

40.6

2022
%

56.0

79.9

91.1

110.9

65.6

58.1

57.6

74.6

79.1

81.4

65.9

70.6

63.4

61.6

70.4

50.6

42.9

64.6

65.3

55.3

58.9

71.2

61.9

81.0

80.2

80.9

60.0

93.0

87.8

89.7

216

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued

2012 ae
%

2013
%

2014
%

2015
%

2016
%

2017
%

2018
%

2019
%

2020
%

2021
%

2022
%

 69.8 

Total

 92.5 
 100.1 
 106.0 
 106.7 
 106.2 
 105.4 

 75.4 
 84.3 
 84.6 
 82.0 
 81.7 

 70.4 
 64.7 
 58.4 
 54.9 

 72.0 
 75.7 
 73.9 

 72.8 
 74.5 

Gross ultimate claims
Property Risks
12 months
24 months
36 months
48 months
60 months
72 months
84 months
96 months
108 months
120 months
Specialty Risks
12 months
24 months
36 months
48 months
60 months
72 months
84 months
96 months
108 months
120 months
Total
12 months
24 months
36 months
48 months
60 months
72 months
84 months
96 months
108 months
120 months
Estimated total ultimate 
losses ($m)

 55.9 
 47.1 
 44.0 
 43.5 
 42.4 
 43.4 
 42.7 
 43.0 
 43.0 
 42.9 

 74.7 
 74.4 
 74.8 
 70.1 
 64.9 
 62.0 
 62.5 
 61.0 
 59.6 
 59.5 

 63.6 
 59.2 
 56.4 
 54.4 
 52.4 
 51.4 
 50.8 
 50.5 
 50.0 
 49.3 

 56.0 
 42.7 
 37.5 
 35.9 
 35.2 
 35.4 
 35.1 
 35.3 
 34.9 

 70.0 
 70.6 
 69.7 
 66.5 
 64.5 
 63.0 
 62.2 
 63.3 
 63.4 

 62.1 
 55.9 
 52.7 
 51.7 
 53.2 
 52.0 
 51.6 
 52.1 
 52.3 

 58.5 
 43.4 
 38.6 
 37.8 
 37.0 
 38.4 
 38.0 
 37.8 

 69.6 
 70.1 
 71.1 
 70.9 
 74.7 
 83.0 
 87.5 
 89.6 

 62.6 
 58.5 
 54.5 
 52.7 
 52.8 
 55.6 
 56.8 
 57.2 

 61.7 
 58.5 
 60.1 
 60.8 
 60.6 
 60.2 
 60.1 

 68.7 
 68.5 
 69.6 
 71.6 
 70.1 
 70.7 
 72.7 

 63.2 
 62.9 
 60.7 
 60.2 
 59.2 
 58.5 
 58.7 

 67.3 
 69.1 
 71.6 
 71.1 
 73.9 
 79.4 

 70.4 
 71.5 
 71.4 
 70.2 
 70.4 
 71.9 

 69.4 
 70.3 
 70.3 
 69.1 
 75.6 

 66.8 
 69.7 
 71.2 
 70.1 
 72.1 

 68.2 
 69.1 
 64.3 
 64.4 

 68.0 
 68.6 
 62.3 

 66.8 
 65.2 

 65.5 

 65.1 
 74.1 
 69.8 
 69.6 

 73.2 
 75.7 
 75.4 

 66.1 
 66.7 

 62.9 

8,586.5

886.4

985.6

1,135.5

1,242.1

1,731.5

1,892.2

2,117.4

2,711.2

3,033.0

3,286.9

27,608.3

Less paid claims ($m)

(8,415.5)

(831.2)

(932.8)

(991.1)

(1,055.7)

(1,379.1)

(1,377.6)

(1,252.3)

(1,168.4)

(566.0)

(72.6)

(18,042.3)

Less unearned portion 
of ultimate losses ($m)
Gross claims liabilities 
($m)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(43.9)

(288.8)

(1,850.8)

(2,183.5)

171.0

55.2

52.8

144.4

186.4

352.4

514.6

865.1

1,498.9

2,178.2

1,363.5

7,382.5

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

217

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued

Net ultimate claims
Cyber Risks

2012 ae
%

2013
%

2014
%

2015
%

2016
%

2017
%

2018
%

2019
%

12 months
24 months
36 months
48 months
60 months
72 months
84 months
96 months
108 months
120 months
Digital
12 months
24 months
36 months
48 months
60 months
72 months
84 months
96 months
108 months
120 months

MAP Risks

12 months
24 months
36 months
48 months
60 months
72 months
84 months
96 months
108 months
120 months
Property Risks
12 months
24 months
36 months
48 months
60 months
72 months
84 months
96 months
108 months
120 months

 63.6 
 64.1 
 61.7 
 65.8 
 64.5 
 62.6 
 59.7 
 61.6 
 61.8 
 56.2 

 65.7 
 66.8 
 47.2 
 22.8 
 21.4 
 18.9 
 16.6 
 16.1 
 16.0 
 16.0 

 57.3 

 52.8 
 47.7 
 45.7 
 45.4 
 45.0 
 43.6 
 43.5 
 43.3 
 42.8 

 56.0 
 54.4 
 50.6 
 48.9 
 47.5 
 48.5 
 48.3 
 48.5 
 48.2 
 48.1 

 60.4 
 59.4 
 53.6 
 56.0 
 62.4 
 58.5 
 59.3 
 58.3 
 63.2 

 62.9 
 56.9 
 36.8 
 28.9 
 25.0 
 24.9 
 22.6 
 22.7 
 22.8 

 56.9 

 49.5 
 46.5 
 47.6 
 48.5 
 47.7 
 47.5 
 47.2 
 46.7 

 56.0 
 47.5 
 41.4 
 39.5 
 38.8 
 39.4 
 39.0 
 38.8 
 38.4 

 56.9 
 57.1 
 50.3 
 41.7 
 38.7 
 34.2 
 33.6 
 31.3 

 60.5 
 60.9 
 25.0 
 22.4 
 20.5 
 20.0 
 19.9 
 19.1 

 57.5 

 54.7 
 51.6 
 51.0 
 49.0 
 48.4 
 47.5 
 47.8 

 57.0 
 45.7 
 40.4 
 38.9 
 38.7 
 40.0 
 38.7 
 38.4 

 54.8 
 55.5 
 51.0 
 46.6 
 42.9 
 41.2 
 39.1 

 57.8 
 57.7 
 31.7 
 21.6 
 20.7 
 19.6 
 19.4 

 58.8 

 59.1 
 56.5 
 55.5 
 54.0 
 52.7 
 51.9 

 58.5 
 60.4 
 61.7 
 62.0 
 61.6 
 61.4 
 61.3 

 53.7 
 53.1 
 44.0 
 41.1 
 40.1 
 36.6 

 54.0 
 54.9 
 40.8 
 30.9 
 27.0 
 27.7 

 57.5 

 56.2 
 54.6 
 53.5 
 51.4 
 50.7 

 86.5 
 94.8 
 99.5 
 98.9 
 99.7 
 98.7 

 53.5 
 55.6 
 54.0 
 53.3 
 45.1 

 59.7 
 59.9 
 49.6 
 38.7 
 40.4 

 58.2 

 60.8 
 72.6 
 73.8 
 72.6 

 71.1 
 76.3 
 76.4 
 73.7 
 73.4 

2020
%

 80.2 
 79.0 
 86.9 

2021
%

 64.6 
 56.1 

2022
%

 53.9 

 55.6 
 71.2 
 72.7 
 73.5 

 60.8 
 68.8 
 49.1 
 41.0 

 65.2 
 69.0 
 60.9 

 63.0 
 61.9 

 52.2 

 55.3 

 78.2 
 73.1 
 72.3 

 67.5 

 63.8 
 59.4 

 51.5 

 53.0 

 51.2 

 65.6 
 67.1 
 61.5 
 57.2 

 73.1 
 79.9 
 77.1 

 64.3 
 69.7 

 65.6 

218

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued

2012 ae
%

2013
%

2014
%

2015
%

2016
%

2017
%

2018
%

2019
%

2020
%

2021
%

64.9

62.9

2022
%

61.9

66.3

65.3

60.9

59.7

65.0

63.4

55.6

62.1

69.3

64.7

63.1

69.5

69.1

65.1

62.1

60.9

58.1

70.8

70.3

71.1

65.3

60.5

58.5

59.0

57.6

56.3

56.2

62.0

60.2

57.4

54.4

52.2

51.5

50.9

50.6

50.1

49.4

67.4

68.2

68.4

63.9

62.5

62.1

61.1

62.6

62.6

60.7

56.4

53.1

51.4

51.6

51.0

50.5

50.8

51.1

65.7

66.2

67.0

63.1

65.6

69.2

73.7

75.5

60.1

56.9

53.0

50.0

49.9

50.7

51.7

51.9

66.4

66.3

66.0

65.7

62.7

62.6

63.7

60.7

61.2

59.0

57.7

55.7

55.0

54.8

65.3

66.7

69.8

68.2

69.2

71.8

66.2

68.1

68.1

66.2

65.7

65.8

67.2

68.9

69.5

67.8

69.4

63.7

66.4

68.2

66.6

65.6

Net ultimate claims
Specialty Risks
12 months

24 months

36 months

48 months

60 months

72 months

84 months

96 months

108 months

120 months

Total
12 months

24 months

36 months

48 months

60 months

72 months

84 months

96 months

108 months

120 months
Estimated 
total ultimate 
losses ($m)

Less paid claims 
($m)
Less unearned 
portion of ultimate 
losses ($m)

Net claims 
liabilities ($m)

6,395.5
(6,230.6)

756.4
(710.5)

825.7
(783.3)

868.3
(803.7)

975.6
(870.1)

1,335.0
(1,106.6)

1,453.5
(1,102.9)

1,638.9
(1,003.5)

1,871.2
(891.4)

2,163.3
(459.2)

2,150.9
(47.7)

20,434.3
(14,009.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(30.3)

(217.1)

(1,282.3)

(1,529.7)

164.9

45.9

42.4

64.6

105.5

228.4

350.6

635.4

949.5

1,487.0

820.9

4,895.1

Analysis of movements in loss development tables
We have updated our loss development tables to show the ultimate loss ratios as at 31 December 2022 for each underwriting 
year. The impact of amounts reported in respect of the unexpired risk reserve are embedded within the loss ratios presented.

Cyber Risks
The 2021 underwriting year has released following favourable experience. The 2019 and 2020 underwriting years have 
strengthened in response to adverse claims development on existing claims. However, as these years are recovering under 
aggregate excess of loss reinsurance programmes, the impact is reduced net of reinsurance.

Digital
The deterioration on the 2018 underwriting year arises from adverse claims experience on the tech & media private enterprise 
class. The recent underwriting years have released following the expiry of risk.

MAP Risks
The 2019 to 2021 underwriting years have been impacted by the Russian invasion of Ukraine. The impact is lower net of 
reinsurance as a result of the excess of loss reinsurance programmes in place.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

219

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

24 Insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets continued
Property Risks
Favourable developments on attritional claims and established catastrophe events have led to releases on the 2019 and 2020 
underwriting years. The 2021 underwriting year has been impacted by weather related events in the US during 2022. The 
impact is less gross of reinsurance due to favourable developments on established catastrophe events. 

Specialty Risks
The 2017 and 2018 underwriting years have seen adverse claims development gross of reinsurance predominantly driven by 
the healthcare book. Both these years are recovering under aggregate excess of loss reinsurance programmes, so the impact is 
lower net of reinsurance. Recent underwriting years continue to improve as the risk expires.

Claim releases
The below table analyses our net claims between current year claims and adjustments to prior year net claims reserves. These 
have been broken down by segment and underwriting year. Beazley’s reserving policy is to maintain catastrophe reserve 
margins either until the end of the exposure period or until catastrophe events occur. Therefore margins have been released 
from prior year reserves where risks have expired during 2022.

The below table has been prepared on an underwriting year of account basis, whereas the net loss development tables on 
pages 219 to 220 have been prepared on an accident year basis in relation to our US admitted business. However, in 
aggregate the net release or strengthening is consistent.

Reserve releases during the year totalled $132.6m (2021: $209.8m). The net of reinsurance estimates of ultimate claims 
costs have improved on the 2021, 2020 and 2019 and earlier underwriting years, with releases of $13.3m, $96.6m and 
$22.7m respectively. Our MAP Risks division saw strong releases across all years of account, while the other four divisions 
each saw a strengthening on one of the years of account. Our Cyber Risks division saw a large strengthening on the 2020 year 
of account, while Specialty Risks saw a strengthening on 2019 year and earlier.

The movements shown on 2019 and earlier are absolute claim movements and are not impacted by any current year 
movements in premium on those underwriting years.

2022
Current year
Prior year
– 2019 underwriting year and earlier
– 2020 underwriting year
– 2021 underwriting year

Net insurance claims

2021
Current year
Prior year
– 2018 underwriting year and earlier
– 2019 underwriting year
– 2020 underwriting year

Net insurance claims

Cyber Risks

$m
440.1

(31.2)
33.2
(10.0)
(8.0)
432.1

Digital

$m
89.9

(6.5)
(9.8)
0.8
(15.5)
74.4

MAP Risks

$m
378.3

(13.5)
(32.0)
(20.7)
(66.2)
312.1

Property 
Risks

$m
417.8

(19.1)
(16.8)
21.2
(14.7)
403.1

Specialty 
Risks

$m
762.9

47.6
(71.2)
(4.6)
(28.2)
734.7

Cyber Risks

Digital MAP Risks

$m
353.1

(38.3)
20.2
(8.2)
(26.3)
326.8

$m
95.8

$m
315.4

(21.2)
(19.5)
1.0
(39.7)
56.1

(15.6)
(36.6)
(10.8)
(63.0)
252.4

Property 
Risks

$m
394.6

Specialty 
Risks

$m
877.1

(19.5)
(31.1)
(8.5)
(59.1)
335.5

11.0
(30.6)
(2.1)
(21.7)
855.4

Total

$m
2,089.0

(22.7)
(96.6)
(13.3)
(132.6)
1,956.4

Total

$m
2,036.0

(83.6)
(97.6)
(28.6)
(209.8)
1,826.2

220

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
25 Borrowings
The carrying amount and fair values of the non-current borrowings are as follows:

Carrying Value
Balance at 1 January 2021
Amortisation of capitalised borrowing costs
Balance at 31 December 2021
Amortisation of capitalised borrowing costs
Balance at 31 December 2022

Tier 2 
subordinated 
debt (2029)

Tier 2 
subordinated 
debt (2026)

$m
298.1
0.3
298.4
0.2
298.6

$m
249.0
0.2
249.2
0.2
249.4

Total

$m
547.1
0.5
547.6
0.4
548.0

The total fair value of borrowings is $506.2m (2021: $613.6m). Interest accrued of $7.4m (2021: $7.4m) is included within 
Other Payables.

In November 2016, the Group issued $250m of subordinated tier 2 notes due in 2026. Annual interest, at a fixed rate of 
5.875%, is payable in May and November each year.

In September 2019, the Group issued $300m of subordinated tier 2 notes due in 2029. Annual interest, at a fixed rate of 5.5% 
is payable in March and September each year.

Under the facility $450m may be drawn as letters of credit to support underwriting at Lloyd’s, and up to $225m may be 
advanced as cash under a revolving facility. The cost of the facility is based on a commitment fee of 0.4725% per annum and 
any amounts drawn are charged at a margin of 1.35% per annum. The cash element of the facility will expire on 23 July 2023, 
whilst letters of credit issued under the facility can be used to provide support for the 2021, 2022 and 2023 underwriting 
years. As at 31 December 2022 $225m has been drawn down under the facility and placed as a letter of credit as Funds at 
Lloyd’s (FAL). No liability is recognised in these financial statements for the letter of credit (2021: nil) All of the above 
borrowings are subject to covenants, with which the Group has complied with throughout the year. The Group considers the risk 
of covenants being breached to be remote.

26 Other payables

Group
Reinsurance premiums payable
Accrued expenses including staff bonuses
Other payables
Due to syndicate 623
Due to syndicate 6107
Due to syndicate 5623

Company
Other payables

2022

2021

$m
894.3
276.9
48.3
21.8
77.8
208.4
1,527.5

$m
660.2
229.8
47.2
–
81.2
122.9
1,141.3

2022

$m
4.2 
4.2 

2021

$m
0.7
0.7

All other payables are payable within one year of the reporting date. The carrying value approximates fair value.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

221

 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

27 Retirement benefit obligations

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets
Retirement benefit asset in the statement of financial position

Amounts recognised in the statement of profit or loss
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Retirement benefit return recognised in the statement of profit or loss

2022

$m
(31.1)
35.7
4.6

(1.1)
1.4
0.3

2021

$m
(56.9)
75.0
18.1

(0.9)
0.9
–

Beazley Furlonge Limited operates a defined benefit pension scheme (‘the Beazley Furlonge Limited Pension Scheme’), which 
closed to new entrants in 2002. The scheme provides the following benefits:
• an annual pension payable to the member from his or her normal pension age (60th birthday) of generally 1/60th of final 

pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service up to 31 March 2006;

• a spouse’s pension of 2/3rds of the member’s pension payable on the member’s death after retirement;
• a lump sum of four times current pensionable salary for death in service at the date of death; and
• a pension of 2/3rds of the member’s prospective pension at the date of death, payable to the spouse until their death. This 

pension is related to salary at the date of death.

The scheme is administered by a trust that is legally separated from the Group. The trustees consist of both employee and 
employer representatives and an independent chair, all of whom are governed by the scheme rules.

During 2022, the pension scheme trustees completed a transaction that insures all of the scheme's liabilities to a third party 
via a bulk annuity buy-in with an external insurance company. The buy-in covers all members of the scheme and preserves their 
existing pension entitlements. The annuity contracts meet the criteria to be classified as qualifying insurance policies as 
defined in IAS 19 as the cash flows match the timing and value of the benefits payable to members that they cover. These 
annuities are thus valued at the present value of the obligations insured. 

The pension scheme trustees and the company will consider in due course whether to move to a full buy-out of the plan, 
whereby the buy-in policies held by the plan will be converted to individual annuity policies which will be issued to scheme 
members. This is a separate decision for the trustees and the company and whilst the buy-in policy allows for such a buy-out to 
happen, this is not a requirement. At the reporting date, the trustees and the company retain all obligations to ensure benefits 
due to scheme members are paid.

The purchase of these annuities has not been treated as a settlement, and the difference between the purchase price of the 
annuities and their carrying value has been recognised in Other comprehensive income on the revaluation of plan assets, which 
also includes any valuation movements during the year before the buy-in transaction completed.

Historically the scheme exposed the Group to additional actuarial, interest rate and market risk. However as a result of the buy-
in transaction in December these risks are now born by the insurance company to which liabilities have been insured. The buy-in 
transaction does expose the Group to additional credit risk with regard to the insurance company from whom the annuities were 
purchased.

Contributions to the scheme are determined by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method as set out in the 
scheme rules and the most recent valuation was at 31 December 2022. Following the buy-in transaction the Group expects to 
make no further contributions to the scheme.

222

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
27 Retirement benefit obligations continued
Trustees obligations
Under section 222 of the Pension Act 2004, every scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective (SFO), which is to have 
sufficient and appropriate assets to cover its technical provisions, which represent the present value of benefits to which 
members are entitled based on pensionable service to the valuation date. This is assessed at least every three years using 
assumptions agreed between the Trustees and the employer as set out in the Statement of Funding Principles produced in 
accordance with the Occupational Pensions (Scheme Funding) Regulations 2005 (OP(SF)R 2005) Regulation 6.

The Trustees written Statement of Funding Principles is dated 29 January 2021 and it sets out their policy for securing that the 
SFO is met (that the scheme will have sufficient assets to cover its technical provisions). In accordance with the OP(SF)R 2005 
Regulation 5(2) trustees have chosen the Defined Accrued Benefit Method, a variant of the projected unit credit method where 
accrual has ceased.

The most recently completed Actuarial Valuation of the Scheme was carried out at 1 January 2020 including a valuation carried 
out in accordance with the Pensions Protection Fund (Valuation) Regulations 2005 and with appropriate section 179 guidance 
and assumptions issued by The Board of the Pension Protection Fund.

During 2021 a decision was made to move the plan assets out of equities and to reinvest in quoted corporate bonds and index 
linked securities. The rationale for this was to protect the scheme’s funding position and provide protection against movements 
in interest rates and expected inflation. Following the buy-in transaction, the main class of plan assets is the purchased annuity 
contracts. During the year, the scheme had no exposure to liability driven investment products (2021: nil).

The Trust Deed provides Beazley with an unconditional right to a refund of surplus assets assuming the full settlement of plan 
liabilities in the event of a plan wind-up. Furthermore, in the ordinary course of business the Trustee has no rights to unilaterally 
wind up, or otherwise augment the benefits due to members of, the scheme. Based on these rights, any net surplus in the UK 
scheme is recognised in full.

Movement in present value of funded obligations recognised in the statement of financial position
Balance at 1 January
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) due to changes in financial assumptions
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange (gain)
Balance at 31 December

Movement in fair value of plan assets recognised in the statement of financial position
Balance at 1 January
Expected return on plan assets
(Loss)/gain on asset return
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange (loss)
Balance at 31 December

Plan assets are comprised as follows:
Purchased annuities
Corporate bonds
Index linked securities
Cash
Total

2022
$m

56.9
1.0
(22.1)
(0.5)
(4.2)
31.1

2022
$m

75.0
1.3
(34.6)
–
(0.5)
(5.5)
35.7

31.1
–
–
4.6
35.7

2021
$m

64.8
0.8
(4.0)
(2.8)
(1.9)
56.9

2021
$m

69.6
0.9
8.1
1.3
(2.8)
(2.1)
75.0

–
3.4
70.0
1.6
75.0

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

223

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

27 Retirement benefit obligations continued
The actual gain on plan assets was $33.3m (2021: gain of $9.0m).

Principal actuarial assumptions
Discount rate
Inflation rate
Expected return on plan assets
Future salary increases
Future pension increases
Life expectancy for members aged 60 at 31 December
Life expectancy for members aged 40 at 31 December

2022

$m

2021

$m

 4.8 %
 3.5 %
 4.8 %
 3.5 %
 3.0 %
90years
91years

 1.9 %
 3.8 %
 1.9 %
 3.8 %
 1.9 %
90years
91years

At 31 December 2022, the weighted-average duration of the defined benefit obligation was 23.7 years (2021: 22.6 years).

Sensitivity analysis
Changes in the relevant actuarial assumptions would result in a change in the value of the funded obligation as shown below. 
For 2022 any change in the obligation would be matched by a change in the carrying value of the annuity contracts purchased in 
the period.

31 December 2022
Discount rate (0.5% decrease)
Inflation rate (0.3%)
Future salary changes (0.5% decrease)
Life expectancy (1 year increase)

December 31 2021
Discount rate (0.5% decrease)
Inflation rate (0.3%)
Future salary changes (0.5% decrease)
Life expectancy (1 year increase)

Increase

Decrease

$m
2.7
–
–
0.9

$m
–
(1.2)
(0.2)
–

Increase

Decrease

$m
7.4
–
–
2.8

$m
–
(3.7)
(0.5)
–

The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on the defined benefit 
obligation as a result of reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period. The sensitivity 
analyses are based on a change in a significant assumption, keeping all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity analyses 
may not be representative of an actual change in the defined benefit obligation as it is unlikely that changes in assumptions 
would occur in isolation from one another.

224

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
28 Deferred Tax

Deferred tax asset

The movement in the net deferred income tax is as follows:
Balance at 1 January
Income tax charge / (credit)
Amounts recorded through equity/OCI
Foreign exchange translation differences
Balance at 31 December

2022

$m
35.2
35.2

16.3
13.1
6.2
(0.4)
35.2

2021

$m
16.3
16.3

26.2
(4.0)
(5.7)
(0.2)
16.3

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relating to the same tax authority are presented net in the Group’s balance 
sheet.

Plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Underwriting profits
Deferred acquisition costs
Tax losses carried forward
Share based payments
Unrealised gains on investments
Other
Net deferred income tax account

Plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Underwriting profits
Deferred acquisition costs
Tax losses carried forward
Share based payments
Other
Net deferred income tax account

Balance 
1 Jan 22

Recognised 
in income

Recognised in 
equity/OCI

FX translation 
differences

Balance 
31 Dec 22

$m
(1.2)
(0.5)
14.2
(7.8)
9.6
2.6
(1.7)
1.2
16.3

$m
0.4
(1.3)
(6.8)
9.5
(5.6)
3.1
11.6
2.2
13.1

$m
–
–
–
–
–
3.1
–
3.1
6.2

$m
–
–
–
–
–
(0.4)
–
–
(0.4)

$m
(0.8)
(1.8)
7.4
1.7
4.0
8.4
9.9
6.5
35.2

Balance 
1 Jan 21          

Recognised 
in income

Recognised in 
equity/OCI

FX translation 
differences

Balance 
31 Dec 21   

$m
0.1
(1.5)
25.3
(7.5)
6.3
7.0
(3.5)
26.2

$m
(1.3)
1.0
(11.1)
(0.3)
3.3
(0.4)
4.7
(4.1)

$m
–
–
–
–
–
(3.9)
(1.8)
(5.7)

$m
–
–
–
–
–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)

$m
(1.2)
(0.5)
14.2
(7.8)
9.6
2.6
(0.6)
16.3

Deferred tax assets of $4.0m (2021: $9.6m) relating to tax losses, which depend on the availability of future taxable profits, 
have been recognised. The Group has concluded that, it is probable that the deferred tax assets will be recovered using the 
estimated future taxable profits based on the approved business plans. The losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

The Group has unrecognised realised and unrealised capital losses of $2.2m (2021: nil) that will expire in five years.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

225

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

29 Leases
Leases as lessee (IFRS 16)
The Group leases offices, IT equipment and motor vehicles. The leased offices are in several locations and the leases of large 
offices such as London and New York typically run for a period of 10 years with an option to renew the lease after that date or 
continue on a rolling month by month basis. Lease payments are renegotiated as agreed in the lease contracts.

Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below. 

Right of use assets
Right of use assets related to leased properties that do not meet the definition of investment property are presented as 
property, plant and equipment.

Balance at 1 January 2022
Depreciation charge for the year
Additions of right of use assets
Foreign exchange translation differences
Balance at 31 December 2022

Lease liabilities

Balance at 1 January 2022
Lease payments
Interest on lease liabilities and dilapidation provision
Additions to lease portfolio
Foreign exchange translation differences
Balance at 31 December 2022

Right of use assets

Balance at 1 January 2021
Depreciation charge for the year
Additions of right of use assets
Disposals of right of use assets
Foreign exchange translation differences
Balance at 31 December 2021

Offices

IT equipment Motor vehicle

$m
63.4
(8.0)
0.9
(3.0)
53.3

$m
12.0
(4.2)
–
(0.6)
7.2

$m
0.1
(0.1)
–
–
–

Offices

IT equipment Motor vehicle

$m
72.1
(6.9)
2.8
0.9
(3.5)
65.4

$m
12.1
(4.5)
0.4
–
(0.7)
7.3

$m
0.1
(0.2)
–
–
0.1
–

Offices

IT equipment Motor vehicle

$m
69.5
(10.6)
3.0
3.1
(1.6)
63.4

$m
16.8
(4.3)
–
–
(0.5)
12.0

$m
0.1
(0.1)
0.1
–
–
0.1

Total

$m
75.5
(12.3)
0.9
(3.6)
60.5

Total

$m
84.3
(11.6)
3.2
0.9
(4.1)
72.7

Total

$m
86.4
(15.0)
3.1
3.1
(2.1)
75.5

226

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
29 Leases continued 
Lease liabilities

Balance at 1 January 2021
Lease payments
Interest on lease liabilities
Additions to lease portfolio
Foreign exchange translation differences
Balance at 31 December 2021

Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Leases under IFRS 16
Interest on lease liabilities
Depreciation
Income from sub-leasing right of use assets
Expenses relating to low value leases
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Total recognised in profit or loss

Offices

IT equipment Motor vehicle

$m
73.3
(8.0)
7.5
1.0
(1.7)
72.1

$m
16.7
(4.7)
0.5
–
(0.4)
12.1

$m
0.1
(0.1)
–
0.1
–
0.1

Total

$m
90.1
(12.8)
8.0
1.1
(2.1)
84.3

2022

$m

2021

$m

(3.1)
(12.3)
–
(4.2)
(0.1)
(19.7)

(3.7)
(15.0)
0.1
(5.1)
(0.1)
(23.8)

Extension options
Some property leases contain extension options exercisable by the Group before the end of the non-cancellable contract period 
or the option to continue with the lease on a monthly rolling basis. The Group reassess whether it is reasonably certain to 
exercise the options if there is a significant event or changes in circumstances within its control.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

227

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

30 Related party transactions
The Group and company have related party relationships with syndicates 623, 4321, 5623, 6107, its subsidiaries, associates 
and its Directors.

30.1 Syndicates 623, 4321, 5623 and 6107
The Group received management fees and profit commissions for providing a range of management services to syndicates 623 
and 6107 which are all managed by the Group. In addition, the Group ceded portions or all of a group of insurance policies to 
syndicates 6107 and 5623. The participants on syndicates 623, 6107 and 5623 are solely third party capital while the Group 
provides 10% of the capital for syndicate 4321.

Details of transactions entered into and the balances with these syndicates are as follows:

Written premium ceded to syndicates
Other income received from syndicates
Services provided

Balances due:

Due (to) / from syndicate 623
Due to syndicate 5623
Due to syndicate 6107

30.2 Key management compensation

Salaries and other short term benefits
Pension costs
Share based remuneration

2022
$m
318.7
20.7
58.9

2021
$m
257.3
28.6
45.8

(7.2)
(208.4)
(77.8)

1.8
(122.9)
(81.2)

2022
$m
18.9
0.5
8.0
27.4

2021
$m
25.6
0.6
2.7
28.9

Key management include Executive and Non-Executive Directors and other senior management.

The total number of Beazley plc ordinary shares held by key management was 2.8m. Apart from the transactions listed in the 
table above, there were no further related party transactions involving key management or a close member of their family. 
Further details of directors’ shareholdings and remuneration can be found in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 112 
to 139.

30.3 Other related party transactions
At 31 December 2022, the Group had purchased services from Falcon Money Management Holdings Limited of $2.9m (2021: 
$2.7m) throughout the year. All transactions with the associate and subsidiaries are priced on an arm’s length basis.

30.4 Company related party transactions
Beazley plc lends funds to subsidiary entities to help meet group working capital and liquidity requirements. Such loans are 
repayable on demand and no interest is payable. A summary of amounts due to Beazley plc from other group entities is set out 
below: 

Company
Balances due:
Due from Beazley Furlonge Holdings Limited
Due from Beazley Management Limited
Due from Beazley Underwriting Limited
Due from other Group companies

228

Beazley | Annual report 2022

2022
$m

2021
$m

192.7
39.0
667.2
20.2
919.1

194.5
35.8
84.7
–
315.0

www.beazley.com

 
30 Related party transactions continued
The key management of Beazley plc as a standalone entity is deemed to be the same as that of the wider Beazley Group. The 
majority of costs are incurred by other Group companies and are not recharged to the Company. Amounts paid to key 
management by Beazley plc were $1.1m (2021: $1.1m).

31 Parent company and subsidiary undertakings
Beazley plc, a company incorporated in England and Wales and resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom, is the ultimate 
parent and the ultimate controlling party within the Group.

The following is a list of all the subsidiaries in the Group as at 31 December 2022:

Beazley Ireland Holdings plc
Beazley Underwriting Pty Ltd
Beazley Canada Limited
Beazley Corporate Member (No.2) Limited
Beazley Corporate Member (No.3) Limited
Beazley Corporate Member (No.6) Limited
Beazley Furlonge Holdings Limited
Beazley Furlonge Limited
Beazley Group Limited
Beazley Investments Limited
Beazley Leviathan Limited ~
Beazley Management Limited
Beazley Staff Underwriting Limited
Beazley Solutions Limited
Beazley Underwriting Limited
Beazley Underwriting Services Limited
Lodestone Security Limited
Beazley Insurance dac
Beazley Solutions International Limited
Beazley Labuan Limited
Beazley America Insurance Company, Inc.***
Beazley Group (USA) General Partnership**
Beazley Holdings, Inc.*
Beazley Holdings, Inc. Digital LLC*
Beazley Insurance Company, Inc.***
Beazley Newco Captive Company, Inc.***
Beazley USA Services, Inc.*
Lodestone Securities LLC****
Beazley Pte. Limited

Please see page 232 for registered addresses.

Country/region
of incorporation
Jersey
Australia
Canada
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
Ireland
Ireland
Malaysia

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA
Singapore

Ownership
interest
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %
 100 %

 100 %

 100 %

 100 %

 100 %

 100 %

 100 %

 100 %

 100 %
 100 %

Beazley plc
direct
 investment in
subsidiary ($m)
724.6

724.6

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

229

 
Notes to the financial statements continued

31 Parent company and subsidiary undertakings continued
The following is a list of Group registered office locations:

Address

City

Postcode

Country/region

United Kingdom and Continental Europe
22 Bishopsgate
C/O RSM UK Restructuring Advisory LLP, 25 
Farringdon Street ~
2 Northwood Avenue
22 Grenville Street
North America
1209 Orange Street*
2711 Centerville Road Suite 400**
30 Batterson Park Road***
160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101****
55 University Avenue, Suite 550
Asia
138 Market Street, 03-04 Capita Green
Kensington Gardens, No. I1317, Lot 7616, Jalan 
Jumidar Buyong
Australia
Level 15, 1 O’Connell Street

London 
London

Dublin
Saint Helier

EC2N 4AJ 
EC4A 4AB

D09 X5N9 
JE4 8PX

19801
Wilmington, Delaware
Wilmington, Delaware
19808
Farmington, Connecticut 06032
19904
Dover, Delaware
M5J 2HJ
Toronto, Ontario

Singapore

Labuan

Sydney

048946

87000

England 
England

Ireland 
Jersey

USA
USA
USA
USA
Canada

Singapore

Malaysia

NSW 2000

Australia

32 Contingencies
Funds at Lloyd’s
The following amounts are held in trust by Lloyd’s to secure underwriting commitments:

Financial assets at fair value and cash
Letters of credit (‘LOC’)
Total Funds at Lloyd’s

As at

As at

31 December

31 December

2022

2021

$m
1,307.6
225.0
1,532.6

$m
1,603.5
225.0
1,828.5

The funds are held in trust and can be used to meet claims liabilities should syndicates fail to meet their claim liabilities. The 
funds can be only used to meet claim liabilities of the relevant member.

Since 2020, $225m under the Group’s syndicated short term banking facility has been utilised as letters of credit placed as 
Funds at Lloyd’s (FAL) to provide capital support for the Group’s underwriting at Lloyd’s. Letters of credit issued under the 
facility are uncollateralised. No liability was recognised for these letters of credit in the current or prior period, amounts would 
only become due if the letters of credit were called upon to fund liabilities.

Other than the letters of credit these balances are included within financial assets at fair value and cash and cash equivalents 
on the statement of financial position.

Other letters of credit
As of December 31, 2022, the Group has placed letters of credit totalling $35.0m (2021: $25.0m) with the State of 
Connecticut Insurance Department to collateralise reinsurance arrangements between the Group’s US admitted carrier, Beazley 
Insurance Company Inc. (“BICI”) and Beazley NewCo Captive Company Inc. These amounts are guaranteed by Beazley plc. In 
addition, BICI has a standby letter of credit of $5.3m (2021: $2.9m) in place to secure certain reinsurance transactions settled 
through Lloyd’s.  No amounts relating to these letters of credit are recognised in the Group or Company Statement of Financial 
Position.

230

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
33 Foreign exchange rates
The Group used the following exchange rates to translate foreign currency assets, liabilities, income and expenses into US 
dollars, being the Group’s presentational currency:

Pound sterling
Canadian dollar
Euro

2022

2021

Average

Year end spot

Average

0.80
1.29
0.94

0.82
1.37
0.95

0.73
1.25
0.84

Year end spot
0.76
1.27
0.88

34 Subsequent events
There are no events that are material to the operations of the Group that have occurred since the reporting date.

www.beazley.com

Beazley | Annual report 2022

231

 
Alternative performance 
measures

Net assets per share & net tangible assets per share
Net assets per share is the ratio, in pence and cents, 
calculated by dividing the net assets (total equity) by the 
number of shares in issue at the end of the period (excluding 
those held by the employee benefits trust).

The Group uses APMs to help explain its financial 
performance and position. These measures are not defined 
under IFRS. The Group is of the view that the use of these 
measures enhances the usefulness of our financial reporting 
and allows for improved comparison to industry peers. 

Information on APMs which the Group uses are set out below. 
Where relevant, percentages have been annualised to allow 
for comparison with the full year result.

Claims ratio
Ratio, in percentage terms, of net insurance claims to net 
earned premiums. The calculation is performed excluding the 
impact of foreign exchange.

Net insurance claims
Divided by net earned premiums
Claims ratio

2022
1,956.4
3,614.2
 54 %

2021
1,826.2
3,147.3
 58 %

Expense ratio
Ratio, in percentage terms, of the sum of expenses for 
acquisition of insurance contracts and administrative 
expenses to net earned premiums. The calculation is 
performed excluding the impact of foreign exchange.

Expenses for the acquisition of 
insurance contracts
Administrative expenses
Subtotal
Divided by net premiums earned
Expense ratio

2022

2021

952.1

821.8

303.7
1,255.8
3,614.2
 35 %

283.0
1,104.8
3,147.3
 35 %

Combined ratio
Ratio, in percentage terms, of the sum of net insurance 
claims, expenses for acquisition of insurance contracts and 
administrative expenses to net earned premiums. This is also 
the sum of the expense ratio and the claims ratio. The 
calculation is performed excluding the impact of foreign 
exchange.

Claims ratio
Expense ratio
Combined ratio

2022
 54 %
 35 %
 89 %

2021
 58 %
 35 %
 93 %

Net tangible assets per share excludes intangible assets from 
net assets in the above calculation.

Net assets
Less intangible assets & goodwill
Net tangible assets
Divided by the shares in issue at the 
period end:
Net assets per share (cents)
Net tangible assets per share (cents)
Converted at spot rate:
Net assets per share (pence)
Net tangible assets per share (pence)

2022
2,573.5
128.8
2,444.7

2021
2,130.8
123.5
2,007.3

665.4

606.0

386.7
367.4

315.6
299.8

351.6
331.2

265.8
250.4

Return on equity
Ratio, in percentage terms, calculated by dividing the 
consolidated profit after tax by the average equity for the 
period. Average equity for the period is calculated as the 
average of the opening and closing equity position adjusted 
for share issuance, dividend payments and share based 
payment transactions.

Profit after tax
Divided by average total equity
Annualised return on equity

2022
160.8
2,224.3
 7 %

2021
308.7
1,970.2
 16 %

Investment return
Ratio, in percentage terms, calculated by dividing the net 
investment income by the average financial assets at fair 
value for the period, including cash. 

Net investment (loss)/income
Financial assets at fair value
Cash and cash equivalents
Invested assets at the beginning of 
the period:
Financial assets at fair value
Cash and cash equivalents
Invested assets at the end of the 
period:
Divided by average invested assets
Annualised investment return

2022
(179.7)
7,283.5
591.8

2021
116.4
6,362.0
309.5

7,875.3

6,671.5

8,345.6
652.5

7,283.5
591.8

8,998.1

7,875.3

8,436.7
 (2.1) %

7,273.4
 1.6 %

232

Beazley | Annual report 2022

www.beazley.com

 
 
 
 
 
Beazley plc

22 Bishopsgate
London
EC2N 4BQ

T +44 (0)20 7667 0623

info@beazley.com 
www.beazley.com

Beazley online annual report
and accounts 2022

beazley.com/2022-annual-report